UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549



 

Form 10-K



 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended: December 31, 2010

Commission File Number: 1-1063



 

Dana Holding Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 
Delaware   26-1531856
(State of incorporation)   (IRS Employer
Identification Number)

 
3939 Technology Drive, Maumee, OH   43537
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (419) 887-3000



 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)



 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporate by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

     
Large accelerated filer x   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the average high and low trading prices of the common stock as of the closing of trading on June 30, 2010, was approximately $1,438,000,000.

APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY
PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes x No o

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS:

There were 144,909,664 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding at February 14, 2011.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 4, 2011 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DANA HOLDING CORPORATION — FORM 10-K
  
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

Table of Contents

 
  10-K Pages
PART I
        

Item 1

Business

    1  

Item 1A

Risk Factors

    7  

Item 1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

    10  

Item 2

Properties

    10  

Item 3

Legal Proceedings

    10  

Item 4

[Reserved]

    10  
PART II
        

Item 5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    11  

Item 6

Selected Financial Data

    13  

Item 7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    14  

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

    34  

Item 8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    37  

Item 9

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

    109  

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

    109  

Item 9B

Other Information

    109  
PART III
        

Item 10

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

    110  

Item 11

Executive Compensation

    110  

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

    110  

Item 13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

    111  

Item 14

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    111  
PART IV
        

Item 15

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule

    112  
Signatures     113  
Exhibit Index     114  
Exhibits
        

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Forward-Looking Information

Statements in this report (or otherwise made by us or on our behalf) that are not entirely historical constitute “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are indicated by words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “believes,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “projects” and similar expressions. These statements represent the present expectations of Dana Holding Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries (Dana) based on our current information and assumptions. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties. Our plans, actions and actual results could differ materially from our present expectations due to a number of factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances that may arise after the date of this report.

ii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

Item 1. Business

General

Dana is headquartered in Maumee, Ohio and was incorporated in Delaware in 2007. As a leading supplier of driveline products (axles, driveshafts and transmissions), power technologies (sealing and thermal-management products) and genuine service parts for light and heavy vehicle manufacturers world-wide, our customer base includes virtually every major vehicle manufacturer in the global light vehicle, medium/heavy vehicle and off-highway markets. As of December 31, 2010, we employed approximately 22,500 people, operated in 26 countries and owned or leased 92 major facilities around the world.

As a result of Dana Corporation’s emergence from Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Chapter 11) on January 31, 2008 (the Effective Date), Dana became the successor registrant to Dana Corporation (Prior Dana) pursuant to Rule 12g-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The terms “Dana,” “we,” “our” and “us,” when used in this report with respect to the period prior to Dana Corporation’s emergence from Chapter 11, are references to Prior Dana and when used with respect to the period commencing after Dana Corporation’s emergence, are references to Dana. These references include the subsidiaries of Dana, as the case may be, unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise.

Bankruptcy proceedings  — Prior Dana and forty of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the Debtors) operated their businesses as debtors in possession under Chapter 11 from March 3, 2006 (the Filing Date) until emergence from Chapter 11 on the Effective Date pursuant to the Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Debtors and Debtors in Possession (as modified the Plan). In connection with our emergence from Chapter 11, we adopted fresh start accounting effective February 1, 2008. The financial statements for the periods ended prior to January 31, 2008 do not include the effect of any changes in our capital structure or changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities as a result of fresh start accounting. The eleven months ended December 31, 2008 and the one month ended January 31, 2008 are distinct reporting periods as a result of our emergence from Chapter 11 on January 31, 2008. References in certain analyses of sales and other results of operations combine the two periods in order to provide additional comparability of such information.

Bankruptcy claims resolution  — During the course of our Chapter 11 proceedings, we successfully reached settlements with most of our creditors and resolved most pending claims against the Debtors. However, certain significant matters remain to be resolved in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the Bankruptcy Court). See Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further details. Although the allowed amount of certain disputed claims has not yet been determined, our liability associated with these disputed claims was discharged upon our emergence from Chapter 11. Therefore, the future resolution of these disputed claims will not have an impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

Overview of our Business

Markets

We serve three primary markets:

Light vehicle market  — In the light vehicle market, we design, manufacture and sell light axles, driveshafts, structural products, sealing products, thermal products and related service parts for light trucks, sport utility vehicles (SUVs), crossover utility vehicles (CUVs), vans and passenger cars.
Medium/heavy market  — In the medium/heavy vehicle market, we design, manufacture and sell axles, driveshafts, chassis and side rails, ride controls and related modules and systems, engine sealing products, thermal products and related service parts for medium- and heavy-duty trucks, buses and other commercial vehicles.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Off-Highway market  — In the off-highway market, we design, manufacture and sell axles, transaxles, driveshafts, suspension components, transmissions, electronic controls, related modules and systems, sealing products, thermal products and related service parts for construction machinery and leisure/utility vehicles and outdoor power, agricultural, mining, forestry and material handling equipment and a variety of non-vehicular, industrial applications.

Segments

Senior management and our Board of Directors currently review our operations in five operating segments:

Three product-based operating segments sell primarily into the light vehicle market: Light Vehicle Driveline (LVD), Power Technologies and Structural Products (Structures). Most of the operations of Structures were divested in March 2010. Sales in these light vehicle businesses totaled $3,634 in 2010, with Ford Motor Company (Ford), Hyundai Motor Group (Hyundai), Nissan Motor Company (Nissan), General Motors Corp. (GM) and Chrysler Corporation (Chrysler) among the largest customers. At December 31, 2010, these segments employed approximately 14,500 people and had 59 major facilities in 20 countries.
Two operating segments serve the medium/heavy vehicle markets: Commercial Vehicle and Off-Highway. In 2010, these segments generated sales of $2,475. In 2010, the largest Commercial Vehicle customers were PACCAR Inc (PACCAR), Daimler AG, Navistar International Corporation and Oshkosh Corporation. The largest Off-Highway customers included Deere & Company, AGCO Corporation, Fiat Group and Sandvik Ab. At December 31, 2010, these two segments employed approximately 7,000 people and had 29 major facilities in 13 countries.
In addition to the operating segments, there are two additional major facilities providing administrative services and two engineering facilities supporting multiple segments. At December 31, 2010, corporate and other support staff totaled approximately 1,000.

Our operating segments manufacture and market classes of similar products as shown below. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for financial information on all of these operating segments.

         
  Percent of
Consolidated Sales
  Products   Market
Segment   2010   2009   2008
LVD   41%   38%   34%   Front and rear axles,
driveshafts, differentials,
torque couplings and
modular assemblies
  Light vehicle
Power Technologies   15   14   12   Gaskets, cover modules,
heat shields, engine sealing
systems, cooling and heat
transfer products
  Light vehicle,
medium/heavy vehicle and
off-highway
Commercial Vehicle   22   21   21   Axles, driveshafts, steering
shafts, suspensions and tire
management systems
  Medium/heavy vehicle
Off-Highway   19   16   22   Axles, transaxles,
driveshafts and end-fittings,
transmissions, torque
converters and electronic
controls
  Off-highway
Structures   3   11   11   Frames, cradles and side
rails
  Light and medium/heavy
vehicle

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Acquisitions and Divestitures

Dongfeng Dana Axle  — In June 2007, our subsidiary Dana Mauritius Limited (Dana Mauritius) purchased 4% of the registered capital of Dongfeng Dana Axle Co., Ltd. (DDAC), a commercial vehicle axle manufacturer in China formerly known as Dongfeng Axle Co., Ltd., from Dongfeng Motor Co., Ltd. (Dongfeng Motor) and certain of its affiliates for $5. Our subsidiary, Dana Hong Kong agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase Dana Mauritius’ 4% interest and, subject to certain conditions, to purchase an additional 46% equity interest in DDAC. We signed a definitive agreement to increase our investment in DDAC in February 2011. We expect that the increase in our investment will occur in the second quarter of 2011, at which time we expect to make a payment approximating $120.

SIFCO  — In February 2011, we completed a transaction with SIFCO S.A. (SIFCO), a leading producer of steer axles and forged components in South America. Through this transaction, we acquired the distribution rights to SIFCO’s commercial vehicle steer axle systems and we are now responsible for all customer relationships, including marketing, sales, engineering and assembly. The addition of truck and bus steer axles to our product offering in South America effectively positions us as the leading full-line supplier of commercial vehicle drivelines, including front and rear axles, driveshafts and suspension systems. In return for payment of $150 to SIFCO, we obtained an exclusive, long-term supply agreement to ensure supply of key driveline components.

Structural Products business  — In December 2009, we signed an agreement to sell substantially all of the assets of our Structural Products business to Metalsa S.A. de C.V. (Metalsa), the largest vehicle frame and structures supplier in Mexico. We completed the sale in 2010 for a selling price of $147. We received cash proceeds of $118 during 2010 and expect to receive all but $1 of the remainder in 2011. Following the recognition of $150 of impairment and accrual of $11 of transaction expense in the fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded an additional $3 of loss in 2010 as a result of reducing the selling price and recorded additional tax expense of $3 in 2010.

See Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Results of Operations, for additional information on these transactions.

Other divestitures  — The Board of Directors of Prior Dana approved the divestiture of our engine hard parts, fluid products and pump products operations in 2005 and we reported these businesses as discontinued operations through their respective dates of divestiture. Substantially all of these operations were sold prior to 2008. See Note 22 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on discontinued operations.

During the latter part of 2008 and early 2009, we evaluated a number of strategic options in our non-driveline light vehicle businesses. We incurred costs of $5 and $10 during 2009 and 2008 in connection with the evaluation of these strategic options, primarily for professional fees, which we recorded in other income, net.

Other agreements  — In August 2007, we executed an agreement relating to two joint ventures with GETRAG Getriebe-und Zahnradfabrik Hermann Hagenmeyer GmbH & Cie KG (GETRAG). This agreement included the grant of a call option to GETRAG to acquire our interests in these joint ventures for $75 and our payment of GETRAG claims of $11 under certain conditions. We recorded the $11 claim in liabilities subject to compromise and as an expense in other income, net in the second quarter of 2007. In September 2008, we amended our agreement with GETRAG and reduced the call option purchase price to $60, extended the call option exercise period to September 2009 and eliminated the $11 liability. As a result of the reduced call price, we recorded an asset impairment charge of $15 in the third quarter of 2008 in equity in earnings of affiliates. Following the expiration of the call in September 2009, we began recognizing our interest in the results of GETRAG as equity in earnings of affiliates.

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Geographic Operations

We maintain administrative and operational organizations in four regions — North America, Europe, South America and Asia Pacific — to facilitate financial and statutory reporting and tax compliance on a worldwide basis and to support our business units with regional market, customer and product strategies, assistance with business plan execution and management of affiliate relations. Our operations are located in the following countries:

       
North America   Europe   South America   Asia Pacific
Canada   Austria   Italy   Argentina   Australia
Mexico   Belgium   Spain   Brazil   China
United States   France   South Africa   Colombia   India
     Germany   Sweden   Uruguay   Japan
     Hungary   Switzerland   Venezuela   Korea
          United Kingdom        Taiwan
                    Thailand

Our non-U.S. subsidiaries and affiliates manufacture and sell products similar to those we produce in the United States. Operations outside the U.S. may be subject to a greater risk of changing political, economic and social environments, changing governmental laws and regulations, currency revaluations and market fluctuations than our domestic operations. See the discussion of risk factors in Item 1A.

Sales reported by our non-U.S. subsidiaries comprised $3,434 of our 2010 consolidated sales of $6,109. A summary of sales and long-lived assets by geographic region can be found in Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Customer Dependence

We have thousands of customers around the world and have developed long-standing business relationships with many of them. Our segments in the automotive markets are largely dependent on light vehicle Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) customers, while our Commercial Vehicle and Off-Highway segments have a broader and more geographically diverse customer base, including machinery and equipment manufacturers in addition to medium- and heavy-duty vehicle OEM customers.

Ford was the only individual customer accounting for 10% or more of our consolidated sales in 2010. As a percentage of total sales from continuing operations, our sales to Ford were approximately 19% in 2010, 20% in 2009 and 17% in 2008 and our sales to PACCAR, our second largest customer, were approximately 5% in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Hyundai, Nissan and GM were our third, fourth and fifth largest customers in 2010. Our top 10 customers collectively accounted for approximately 53% of our revenues in 2010.

Loss of all or a substantial portion of our sales to Ford or other large volume customers would have a significant adverse effect on our financial results until such lost sales volume could be replaced and there is no assurance that any such lost volume would be replaced. We continue to work to diversify our customer base and geographic footprint.

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials

We use a variety of raw materials in the production of our products, including steel and products containing steel, stainless steel, forgings, castings and bearings. Other commodity purchases include aluminum, brass, copper and plastics. These materials are usually available from multiple qualified sources in quantities sufficient for our needs. However, some of our operations remain dependent on single sources for certain raw materials.

While our suppliers have generally been able to support our needs, our operations may experience shortages and delays in the supply of raw material from time to time, due to strong demand, capacity limitations and other problems experienced by the suppliers. A significant or prolonged shortage of critical components from any of our suppliers could adversely impact our ability to meet our production schedules and to deliver our products to our customers in a timely manner.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

High steel and other raw material costs have had a major adverse effect on our results of operations in the past. However, during the past few years, we successfully implemented pricing agreements with many of our customers providing adjustments for significant increases or decreases in steel and certain other raw materials costs. Where formal agreements are not in place, we have generally been successful in the past in implementing price adjustments to compensate for inflationary material cost increases. Adjustments may not result in full recovery of cost increases and there may be time lags in recovery of these costs.

Seasonality

Our businesses are generally not seasonal. However, in the light vehicle market, our sales are closely related to the production schedules of our OEM customers and, historically, those schedules have been weakest in the third quarter of the year due to a large number of model year change-overs that occur during this period. Additionally, third-quarter production schedules in Europe are typically impacted by the summer holiday schedules and fourth-quarter production is affected globally by year-end holidays.

Backlog

Our products are generally not sold on a backlog basis since most orders may be rescheduled or modified by our customers at any time. Our product sales are dependent upon the number of vehicles that our customers actually produce as well as the timing of such production. A substantial amount of the new business we are awarded by OEMs is granted well in advance of a program launch. These awards typically extend through the life of the given program. We estimate future revenues from new business on the projected volume under these programs.

Competition

Within each of our markets, we compete with a variety of independent suppliers and distributors, as well as with the in-house operations of certain OEMs. With a renewed focus on product innovation, we differentiate ourselves through: efficiency and performance, materials and processes, sustainability and product extension.

Light vehicle market  — The principal LVD competitors include ZF Friedrichshafen AG (ZF Group), GKN plc (GKN), American Axle & Manufacturing Holdings, Inc. (American Axle), Magna International Inc. (Magna), Wanxiang Group Corporation, Hitachi Automotive Systems LTD., IFA Group (acquired Rotarian GmbH), GETRAG and the captive and vertically integrated operations of various truck and auto manufacturers (e.g., Chrysler and Ford).

Our principal Power Technologies competitors include ElringKlinger Ag, Federal-Mogul Corporation, Freudenberg NOK Group, Behr GmbH & Co. KG, Mahle GmbH, Modine Manufacturing Company, Valeo Group, YinLun Co., LTD and Denso Corporation.

Medium/heavy vehicle market  — Our principal Commercial Vehicle competitors include ArvinMeritor, American Axle, Hendrickson (a subsidiary of the Boler Group), Klein Products Inc. and OEMs’ vertically integrated operations. Power Technologies’ competitors in this market are the same as in the light vehicle market.

Off-highway market  — Our major competitors in the Off-Highway segment include Carraro Group, ZF Group, GKN, Kessler + Co. and certain OEMs’ vertically integrated operations. Power Technologies’ competition in this market is similar to their competition in the other markets above.

Intellectual Property

Our proprietary axle, driveshaft and power technologies product lines have strong identities in the markets we serve. Throughout these product lines, we manufacture and sell our products under a number of patents that have been obtained over a period of years and expire at various times. We consider each of these patents to be of value and aggressively protect our rights throughout the world against infringement. We are involved with many product lines and the loss or expiration of any particular patent would not materially affect our sales and profits.

We own or have licensed numerous trademarks that are registered in many countries, enabling us to market our products worldwide. For example, our Spicer®, Victor Reinz® and Long® trademarks are widely recognized in their market segments.

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Engineering and Research and Development

Since our introduction of the automotive universal joint in 1904, we have been focused on technological innovation. Our objective is to be an essential partner to our customers and we remain highly focused on offering superior product quality, technologically advanced products, world-class service and competitive prices. To enhance quality and reduce costs, we use statistical process control, cellular manufacturing, flexible regional production and assembly, global sourcing and extensive employee training.

We engage in ongoing engineering and research and development activities to improve the reliability, performance and cost-effectiveness of our existing products and to design and develop innovative products that meet customer requirements for new applications. We are integrating related operations to create a more innovative environment, speed product development, maximize efficiency and improve communication and information sharing among our research and development operations. At December 31, 2010, we had five major technical centers with additional research and development activities carried out at ten additional sites. Our research and development costs were $50 in 2010, $44 in 2009 and $60 for the full year of 2008. Total engineering expenses including research and development were $132 in 2010, $119 in 2009 and $193 for the full year of 2008.

Our research and development activities continue to improve customer value. For all of our markets, this means drivelines with higher torque capacity, reduced weight and improved efficiency. End-use customers benefit by having vehicles with better fuel economy and reduced cost of ownership. We are also developing a number of power technologies products for vehicular and other applications that will assist fuel cell, battery and hybrid vehicle manufacturers in making their technologies commercially viable in mass production.

Employment

Our worldwide employment was approximately 22,500 at December 31, 2010.

Environmental Compliance

We make capital expenditures in the normal course of business as necessary to ensure that our facilities are in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations. The cost of environmental compliance has not been a material part of capital expenditures and did not have a material adverse effect on our earnings or competitive position in 2010.

In connection with our Chapter 11 reorganization, we settled certain pre-petition claims related to environmental matters. See the discussion of contingencies in Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Available Information

Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) are available, free of charge, on or through our Internet website ( http://www.dana.com/investors ) as soon as we file such materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC. We also post our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Standards of Business Conduct for Members of the Board of Directors , Board Committee membership lists and charters, Standards of Business Conduct and other corporate governance materials at this website address. Copies of these posted materials are available in print, free of charge, to any stockholder upon request from: Investor Relations, Dana Holding Corporation, P.O. Box 1000, Maumee, Ohio 43537, or via telephone in the U.S. at 800-472-8810 or e-mail at InvestorRelations@dana.com. The inclusion of our website address in this report is an inactive textual reference only and is not intended to include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this report.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1A. Risk Factors

We are impacted by events and conditions that affect the light vehicle, medium/heavy vehicle and off-highway markets that we serve, as well as by factors specific to Dana. Among the risks that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations are the following, many of which are interrelated.

Risk Factors Related to the Markets We Serve

Failure to sustain a continuing economic recovery in the United States and elsewhere could have a substantial effect on our business.

Our business is tied to general economic and industry conditions as demand for vehicles depends largely on the strength of the economy, employment levels, consumer confidence levels, the availability and cost of credit and the cost of fuel. These factors have had and could continue to have a substantial impact on our business.

While we expect a continuing economic recovery in 2011, negative economic conditions such as rising fuel prices could adversely impact our business. Adverse developments in these conditions could reduce demand for new vehicles, causing our customers to reduce their vehicle production in North America and, as a result, demand for our products would be adversely affected.

Our customers and suppliers could experience severe economic constraints in the future, including bankruptcy. Adverse global economic conditions and further deterioration could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations.

We could be adversely impacted by the loss of any of our significant customers, changes in their requirements for our products or changes in their financial condition.

We are reliant upon sales to several significant customers. Sales to our ten largest customers accounted for 53% of our overall revenue in 2010. Changes in our business relationships with any of our large customers or in the timing, size and continuation of their various programs could have a material adverse impact on us.

The loss of any of these customers, the loss of business with respect to one or more of their vehicle models on which we have a high component content, or a significant decline in the production levels of such vehicles would negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. Pricing pressure from our customers also poses certain risks. Inability on our part to offset pricing concessions with cost reductions would adversely affect our profitability. We are continually bidding on new business with these customers, as well as seeking to diversify our customer base, but there is no assurance that our efforts will be successful. Further, to the extent that the financial condition of our largest customers deteriorates, including possible bankruptcies, mergers or liquidations, or their sales otherwise decline, our financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may be adversely impacted by changes in international legislative and political conditions.

We operate in 26 countries around the world and we depend on significant foreign suppliers and customers. Further, we have several growth initiatives that are targeting emerging markets like China and India. Legislative and political activities within the countries where we conduct business, particularly in emerging markets and less developed countries, could adversely impact our ability to operate in those countries. The political situation in a number of countries in which we operate could create instability in our contractual relationships with no effective legal safeguards for resolution of these issues, or potentially result in the seizure of our assets.

We may be adversely impacted by the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to the currencies in the other countries in which we do business.

Approximately 56% of our sales in 2010 were from operations located in countries other than the U.S. Currency variations can have an impact on our results (expressed in U.S. dollars). Currency variations can also adversely affect margins on sales of our products in countries outside of the U.S. and margins on sales of products that include components obtained from affiliates or other suppliers located outside of the U.S. While the U.S. dollar has generally weakened over the past year, strengthening of the U.S. dollar against

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the euro and many other currencies of countries in which we have operations could adversely affect our results reported in U.S. dollars. We use a combination of natural hedging techniques and financial derivatives to mitigate foreign currency exchange rate risks. Such hedging activities may be ineffective or may not offset more than a portion of the adverse financial impact resulting from currency variations.

We may be adversely impacted by new laws, regulations or policies of governmental organizations related to increased fuel economy standards and reduced greenhouse gas emissions, or changes in existing ones.

It is anticipated that the number and extent of governmental regulations related to fuel economy standards and greenhouse gas emissions, and the costs to comply with them, will increase significantly in the future. In the U.S., the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 requires significant increases in the Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFE) requirements applicable to cars and light trucks beginning with the 2011 model year. In addition, a growing number of states are adopting regulations that establish carbon dioxide emission standards that effectively impose similarly increased fuel economy standards for new vehicles sold in those states. Compliance costs for our customers could require them to alter their spending, research and development plans, curtail sales, cease production or exit certain market segments characterized by lower fuel efficiency. Any of these actions could adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

Company-Specific Risk Factors

We have taken, and continue to take, cost-reduction actions. Although our process includes planning for potential negative consequences, the cost-reduction actions may expose us to additional production risk and could adversely affect our sales, profitability and ability to attract and retain employees.

We have been reducing costs in all of our businesses and have discontinued product lines, exited businesses, consolidated manufacturing operations and reduced our employee population. The impact of these cost-reduction actions on our sales and profitability may be influenced by many factors including our ability to successfully complete these ongoing efforts, our ability to generate the level of cost savings we expect or that are necessary to enable us to effectively compete, delays in implementation of anticipated workforce reductions, decline in employee morale and the potential inability to meet operational targets due to our inability to retain or recruit key employees.

We operate as a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries for cash to satisfy the obligations of the holding company.

Dana Holding Corporation is a holding company. Our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own substantially all of our assets. Our cash flow and our ability to meet our obligations depend on the cash flow of our subsidiaries. In addition, the payment of funds in the form of dividends, intercompany payments, tax sharing payments and otherwise may be subject to restrictions under the laws of the countries of incorporation of our subsidiaries.

Labor stoppages or work slowdowns at Dana, key suppliers or our customers could result in a disruption in our operations and have a material adverse effect on our businesses.

We and our customers rely on our respective suppliers to provide parts needed to maintain production levels. We all rely on workforces represented by labor unions. Workforce disputes that result in work stoppages or slowdowns could disrupt operations of all of these businesses which in turn could have a material adverse effect on demand for the products we supply our customers.

We could be adversely affected if we are unable to recover portions of our commodity costs (including costs of steel, other raw materials and energy) from our customers.

We continue to work with our customers to recover a greater portion of our material cost increases. While we have achieved some success in these efforts to date, there is no assurance that commodity costs will not adversely impact our profitability in the future.

We could be adversely affected if we experience shortages of components from our suppliers.

A substantial portion of our annual cost of sales is driven by the purchase of goods and services. To manage and reduce these costs, we have been consolidating our supplier base. As a result, we are dependent on single sources of supply for some components of our products. We select our suppliers based on total value (including price, delivery and quality), taking into consideration their production capacities and financial

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

condition and we expect that they will be able to support our needs. However, there is no assurance that adverse financial conditions, including bankruptcies of our suppliers, reduced levels of production or other problems experienced by our suppliers will not result in shortages or delays in their supply of components to us or even in the financial collapse of one or more such suppliers. If we were to experience a significant or prolonged shortage of critical components from any of our suppliers, particularly those who are sole sources and were unable to procure the components from other sources, we would be unable to meet our production schedules for some of our key products and to ship such products to our customers in a timely fashion, which would adversely affect our revenues, margins and customer relations.

We will be engaging in acquisitions and joint ventures in the future and we could encounter unexpected difficulties integrating those businesses.

We expect to engage in strategic acquisitions and joint ventures, which are intended to complement or expand our businesses. The success of this strategy will depend on our ability to successfully complete these transactions or arrangements, to integrate the businesses acquired in these transactions and to develop satisfactory working arrangements with our strategic partners in the joint ventures. We could encounter unexpected difficulties in completing these transactions and integrating the acquisitions with our existing operations. We also may not realize the degree or timing of benefits anticipated when we enter into a transaction.

We could be adversely impacted by the costs of environmental, health, safety and product liability compliance.

Our operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and other countries that govern emissions to the air; discharges to water; the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of waste materials and the cleanup of contaminated properties. Historically, other than an EPA settlement as part of our bankruptcy proceedings, environmental costs related to our former and existing operations have not been material. However, there is no assurance that the costs of complying with current environmental laws and regulations, or those that may be adopted in the future, will not increase and adversely impact us.

There is also no assurance that the costs of complying with current laws and regulations, or those that may be adopted in the future, that relate to health, safety and product liability matters will not adversely impact us. There is also a risk of warranty and product liability claims, as well as product recalls, in the commercial, off-highway and light vehicle markets, if our products fail to perform to specifications or cause property damage, injury or death. (See Notes 16 and 18 of our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on warranties.)

We participate in certain multiemployer pension plans which are not fully funded.

We contribute to certain multiemployer defined benefit pension plans for our union-represented employees in the U.S. in accordance with our collective bargaining agreements. Contributions are based on hours worked except in cases of layoff or leave where we generally contribute based on 40 hours per week for a maximum of one year. The plans are not fully funded as of December 31, 2009, the last date for which data is available. We could be held liable to the plans for our obligation, as well as those of other employers due to our participation in the plans. Contribution rates could increase if the plans are required to adopt a funding improvement plan, if the performance of plan assets does not meet expectations, or as a result of future collectively-bargained wage and benefit agreements.

Risk Factors Related to our Securities

Provisions in our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Shareholders Agreement may discourage a takeover attempt.

Certain provisions of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Dana. Such provisions, including those regulating the nomination of directors, limiting who may call special stockholders’ meetings and eliminating stockholder action by written consent, together with the terms of our outstanding preferred stock, may make it more difficult for other persons, without the approval of our board of directors, to make a tender offer or otherwise acquire substantial amounts of common stock or to launch other takeover attempts that a stockholder might consider to be in such stockholder’s best interest.

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

-None-

Item 2. Properties

         
Type of Facility   North
America
  Europe   South
America
  Asia/
Pacific
  Total
Administrative Offices     2                                  2  
Engineering – Multiple Groups     1                         1       2  
LVD
                                            
Manufacturing/Distribution     15       3       7       12       37  
Power Technologies
                                            
Manufacturing/Distribution     14       4                1       19  
Engineering     2                                  2  
Structures
                                            
Manufacturing/Distribution     1                                  1  
Commercial Vehicle
                                            
Manufacturing/Distribution     9       4       1       2       16  
Engineering     1                                  1  
Off-Highway
                                            
Manufacturing/Distribution       3         7                  2         12  
Total Dana       48         18         8         18         92  

As of December 31, 2010, we operated in 26 countries and had 92 major manufacturing/distribution, engineering and office facilities. We lease 32 of these manufacturing and distribution operations and a portion of 2 others and own the remainder of our facilities. We believe that all of our property and equipment is properly maintained.

Our corporate headquarters facilities are located in Maumee, Ohio. This facility and other facilities in the greater Detroit, Michigan and Toledo, Ohio area house functions that have global responsibility for finance and accounting, treasury, risk management, legal, human resources, procurement and supply chain management, communications and information technology.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

As discussed above, we emerged from Chapter 11 on January 31, 2008. Pursuant to the Plan, the pre-petition ownership interests in Prior Dana were cancelled and all of the pre-petition claims against the Debtors were addressed in connection with our emergence from Chapter 11. Certain pre-petition claims still await resolution in the Bankruptcy Court. See Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further details. Although the allowed amount of certain disputed claims has not yet been determined, our liability associated with these disputed claims was discharged upon our emergence from Chapter 11. Therefore, the future resolution of these disputed claims will not have an impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

As previously reported and as discussed in Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8, we are a party to various pending judicial and administrative proceedings that arose in the ordinary course of business.

After reviewing the currently pending lawsuits and proceedings (including the probable outcomes, reasonably anticipated costs and expenses and our established reserves for uninsured liabilities), we do not believe that any liabilities that may result from these proceedings are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. [Reserved]

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market information  — Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “DAN.” The following table shows the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported by the NYSE for each of our fiscal quarters during 2010 and 2009.

       
  2010   2009
     High   Low   High   Low
Fourth quarter   $ 17.99     $ 12.06     $ 11.25     $ 5.35  
Third quarter     12.79       8.95       7.44       1.17  
Second quarter     14.10       9.27       2.75       0.44  
First quarter     13.30       9.22       1.16       0.19  

Holders of common stock  — Based on reports by our transfer agent, there were approximately 4,528 registered holders of our common stock on February 11, 2011.

Stockholder return  — The following graph shows the cumulative total stockholder return for our common stock during the period from February 1, 2008 to December 31, 2010. Five-year historical data is not presented since we emerged from Chapter 11 on January 31, 2008 and the stock performance of Dana is not comparable to the stock performance of Prior Dana. The graph also shows the cumulative returns of the S&P 500 Index and the Dow Jones US Auto Parts Index. The comparison assumes $100 was invested at the closing price on February 1, 2008 (the date our new common stock began trading on the NYSE). Each of the indices shown assumes that all dividends paid were reinvested.

Performance chart

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Index

       
  2/1/08   12/31/08   12/31/09   12/31/10
Dana Holding Corporation   $ 100.00     $ 5.83     $ 85.35     $ 135.51  
S&P 500     100.00       67.02       84.76       97.52  
Dow Jones US Auto Parts     100.00       50.83       75.84       119.96  

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dividends  — We did not declare or pay any common stock dividends during 2010 or 2009.

Issuer’s purchases of equity securities  — The following table presents information with respect to repurchases of common stock made by us during the quarter ended December 31, 2010. These shares were delivered to us by employees as payment for withholding taxes due upon the distribution of stock awards.

       
Period   Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
  Average
Price Paid
per Share
  Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or Programs
  Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
10/1/10 – 10/31/10
    1,322     $ 12.98              
11/1/10 – 11/30/10
    183,702       14.57              
12/1/10 – 12/31/10
    5,949       15.86              

Annual meeting  — We will hold an annual meeting of stockholders on May 4, 2011.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

           
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Years Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
  Years Ended
December 31,
(In millions except
per share amounts)
  2010   2009   2007   2006
Net sales   $ 6,109     $ 5,228     $ 7,344     $ 751     $ 8,721     $ 8,504  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 35     $ (454 )     $ (549 )     $ 914     $ (387 )     $ (571 )  
Income (loss) from continuing operations   $ 14     $ (436 )     $ (667 )     $ 717     $ (423 )     $ (611 )  
Loss from discontinued operations                       (4 )       (6 )       (118 )       (121 )  
Net income (loss)     14       (436 )       (671 )       711       (541 )       (732 )  
Less: Noncontrolling interests net income (loss)     4       (5 )       6       2       10       7  
Net income (loss) attributable to the parent company   $ 10     $ (431 )     $ (677 )     $ 709     $ (551 )     $ (739 )  
Income (loss) per share from continuing operations available to parent company stockholders
                                                     
Basic   $ (0.16 )     $ (4.19 )     $ (7.02 )     $ 4.77     $ (2.89 )     $ (4.11 )  
Diluted   $ (0.16 )     $ (4.19 )     $ (7.02 )     $ 4.75     $ (2.89 )     $ (4.11 )  
Loss per share from discontinued operations attributable to parent company stockholders
                                                     
Basic   $     $     $ (0.04 )     $ (0.04 )     $ (0.79 )     $ (0.81 )  
Diluted   $     $     $ (0.04 )     $ (0.04 )     $ (0.79 )     $ (0.81 )  
Net income (loss) per share available to parent company stockholders
                                                     
Basic   $ (0.16 )     $ (4.19 )     $ (7.06 )     $ 4.73     $ (3.68 )     $ (4.92 )  
Diluted   $ (0.16 )     $ (4.19 )     $ (7.06 )     $ 4.71     $ (3.68 )     $ (4.92 )  
Cash dividends per common share   $     $     $     $     $     $  
Common Stock Data
                                            
Average common shares outstanding
                                                     
Basic     141       110       100       150       150       150  
Diluted     141       110       100       150       150       150  
Stock price
                                                     
High   $ 17.99     $ 11.25     $ 13.30              $ 2.51     $ 8.05  
Low   $ 8.95     $ 0.19     $ 0.34              $ 0.02     $ 0.65  

Note: Information for Prior Dana is not comparable to the information shown for Dana due to our emergence from Chapter 11 on January 31, 2008.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
  As of December 31,
     Dana   Prior Dana
     2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
Summary of Financial Position
                                            
Total assets   $ 5,099     $ 5,154     $ 5,607     $ 6,425     $ 6,664  
Short-term debt   $ 167     $ 34     $ 70     $ 1,183     $ 293  
Long-term debt   $ 780     $ 969     $ 1,181     $ 19     $ 722  
Liabilities subject to compromise                              $ 3,511     $ 4,175  
Preferred stock   $ 762     $ 771     $ 771     $     $  
Common stock, additional paid-in-capital, accumulated deficit and accumulated other comprehensive loss     923       908       1,257       (782 )       (834 )  
Total parent company stockholders’ equity (deficit)   $ 1,685     $ 1,679     $ 2,028     $ (782 )     $ (834 )  
Book value per share   $ 11.97     $ 15.24     $ 20.28     $ (5.22 )     $ (5.55 )  

Note: Information for Prior Dana is not comparable to the information shown for Dana due to our emergence from Chapter 11 on January 31, 2008.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Dollars in millions)

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and accompanying notes in Item 8.

Management Overview

Dana is headquartered in Maumee, Ohio and was incorporated in Delaware in 2007. As a leading supplier of driveline products (axles, driveshafts and transmissions), power technologies (sealing and thermal-management products) and genuine service parts for light and heavy vehicle manufacturers world-wide, our customer base includes virtually every major vehicle manufacturer in the global light vehicle, medium/heavy vehicle and off-highway markets. At December 31, 2010, we employed approximately 22,500 people, operated in 26 countries and had 92 major manufacturing/distribution, engineering and office facilities around the world.

We are committed to continuing to diversify our product offerings, customer base and geographic footprint and minimizing our exposure to individual market and segment declines. In 2010, 48% of our revenue came from North American operations and 52% from operations throughout the rest of the world. Light vehicle products (including Power Technologies and Structures) accounted for 59% of our global revenues, with commercial vehicle and off-highway products representing 41%.

Business Strategy

During the past three years, we have significantly improved our financial condition — reducing debt, raising additional equity, improving the profitability of customer programs, eliminating structural costs and reducing working capital investment. We have also strengthened our leadership team and streamlined our operating segments to focus on our core light vehicle driveline and power technologies businesses and our heavy vehicle on-highway commercial and off-highway businesses. As a result, we believe that we are well-positioned to put increasing focus on profitable growth.

While we intend to continue aggressively reducing cost and streamlining our business operations, our future strategy includes several growth initiatives directed at strengthening the competitiveness of our products, geographic expansion, aftermarket opportunities and selective acquisitions.

Strengthening the competitiveness of our products  — Additional engineering and operational investment is being channeled into reinvigorating our product portfolio and capitalizing on technology advancement

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

opportunities. In 2010, we combined our light and heavy vehicle products’ North American engineering centers allowing us the opportunity to better share technologies among our businesses. We are constructing a new engineering facility in India that more than doubles our engineering presence in that country. This facility will house state-of-the-art design and test capabilities that globally support each of our businesses.

Geographic expansion  — Although there are growth opportunities in each region, we will be focused on the Asia Pacific region, especially India and China. In addition to the new engineering facility referenced above, India is nearing completion of a new hypoid gear manufacturing facility which is scheduled to begin production in the first half of 2011. The additional investment in our China-based joint venture with Dongfeng significantly increases our commercial vehicle driveline presence in the region. We have experienced considerable success in the China off-highway and industrial markets and believe that there is considerable opportunity for future growth. Similar to India, we are directing additional investment in our engineering capabilities in China.

Aftermarket opportunities  — We have established a global group dedicated to identifying and developing aftermarket growth opportunities that leverage the capabilities within our existing businesses — targeting future aftermarket revenues of 20% of consolidated sales.

Selective acquisitions  — Our current acquisition focus is to identify “bolt-on” acquisition opportunities that have strategic fit with our existing businesses, particularly opportunities that would support the other growth initiatives discussed above and enhance the value proposition of our customer product offerings. Any potential acquisition will be evaluated in the same manner we currently consider customer program opportunities — with a disciplined financial approach designed to ensure profitable growth.

Sale of the Structural Products Business

We closed on the sale of substantially all of our Structural Products business except for the operations in Venezuela in March 2010 and completed the divestiture in Venezuela in December 2010. We received cash proceeds of $118 during the year, excluding amounts related to the working capital adjustment and tooling and reduced outstanding debt under our term facility by $77. Approximately $30 remains receivable at the end of 2010 under the agreement, including $15 related to an earn-out provision, $8 held in escrow and $5 of deferred proceeds. The earn-out payment vested in January 2011 and is to be paid by Metalsa in February 2011. All but $1 of the remaining $15 is expected to be received before the fourth quarter of 2011. In 2010, we recorded an additional pre-tax loss of $3, resulting from a price adjustment negotiated prior to the March close and we recorded additional tax expense of $3.

In connection with the sale, leases covering three U.S. facilities were assigned to a U.S. affiliate of Metalsa. Under the terms of the sale agreement, Dana will guarantee the affiliate’s performance under the leases which run through June 2025 including approximately $6 of annual payments. In the event of a required payment by Dana as guarantor, Dana is entitled to pursue full recovery from Metalsa of the amounts paid under the guarantee and to take possession of the leased property.

Acquisitions

In June 2007, our subsidiary Dana Mauritius purchased 4% of the registered capital of DDAC, a commercial vehicle axle manufacturer in China formerly known as Dongfeng Axle Co., Ltd., from Dongfeng Motor and certain of its affiliates for $5. Dana Hong Kong has agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the original 4% investment and an additional 46% equity interest in DDAC. We signed a definitive agreement to increase our investment in DDAC in February 2011 and will make a payment approximating $120 at closing once the transaction receives the approval of the Chinese government, which is expected in the second quarter of 2011.

In connection with our increase in ownership, DDAC entered into a contingent consideration arrangement with a Dongfeng Motor affiliate that provides for reductions in the selling price of goods sold by DDAC to such affiliate for a period of up to four years if the earnings of DDAC surpass specified targets. Dana’s share of DDAC’s earnings could be reduced by an amount not to exceed $20. We have concluded that this reduction comprises contingent consideration, the fair value of which will be determined at closing, recorded as a liability and amortized to equity in earnings of affiliates over the term of the arrangement.

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In February 2011, we completed a transaction with SIFCO, a leading producer of steer axles and forged components in South America. Through this transaction, we acquired the distribution rights to SIFCO’s commercial vehicle steer axle systems and we are now responsible for all customer relationships, including marketing, sales, engineering and assembly. The addition of truck and bus steer axles to our product offering in South America effectively positions us as the leading full-line supplier of commercial vehicle drivelines —  including front and rear axles, driveshafts and suspension systems. In return for payment of $150 to SIFCO, we obtained an exclusive, long-term supply agreement to ensure supply of key driveline components. Additionally, SIFCO will provide selected assets and assistance to Dana to establish, in the near term, assembly capabilities for these systems. At current production levels, this arrangement is expected to generate annual sales of approximately $350. We expect to account for this transaction as a business combination, with the purchase price expected to be allocable predominately to fixed assets and intangible assets.

Segments

We manage our operations globally through five operating segments. Our operations serving the light vehicle market primarily support light vehicle OEMs with products for light trucks, SUVs, CUVs, vans and passenger cars. The operating segments in the light vehicle markets are LVD, Power Technologies and Structures. Substantially all of the Structures business was sold in the first quarter of 2010.

The reporting of our operating segment results was reorganized in the first quarter of 2010 in line with our management structure as the Sealing and Thermal segments were combined into the Power Technologies segment and our Brazilian driveshaft operations were moved from LVD to Commercial Vehicle. The results of these segments have been retroactively adjusted to conform to the current reporting structure.

Two operating segments, Commercial Vehicle and Off-Highway, support the OEMs of medium-duty (Classes 5 – 7) and heavy-duty (Class 8) commercial vehicles (primarily trucks and buses) and off-highway vehicles (primarily wheeled vehicles used in construction and agricultural applications).

Trends in Our Markets

Global Vehicle Production

       
    Actual
     Dana 2011 Outlook   2010   2009   2008
North America
                                   
Light Vehicle (Total)     12,600 to 13,000       11,912       8,550       12,650  
Light Truck (excl. CUV/Minivan)     3,500 to 3,700       3,520       2,330       3,330  
Medium Truck (Classes 5 – 7)     120 to 150       116       97       157  
Heavy Truck (Class 8)     235 to 245       152       116       196  
Europe (including E. Europe)
                                   
Light Vehicle     18,300 to 18,800       18,732       16,300       21,260  
Medium/Heavy Truck     330 to 350       325       298       749  
South America
                                   
Light Vehicle     4,200 to 4,400       4,140       3,650       3,800  
Medium/Heavy Truck     215 to 230       191       115       173  
Asia Pacific
                                   
Light Vehicle     35,000 to 37,000       34,662       28,500       28,700  
Medium/Heavy Truck     1,400 to 1,550       1,437       1,089       1,355  
Off-Highway – Global (year-over-year)
                                   
Agricultural Equipment     +8 to +12%       +2 to +5%       -35 to -40%           
Construction Equipment     +15 to +20%       +20 to +25%       -70 to -75%           

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

North America

Light vehicle markets  — Production levels in the North American markets were negatively impacted by overall economic conditions which began in the second half of 2008 and continued through much of 2009 resulting in overall light vehicle production in 2009 being down about 32% from 2008. Production levels increased significantly during the second half of 2009 as GM and Chrysler both emerged from relatively short bankruptcy reorganizations and improving market and overall economic conditions led to increased vehicle sales. Gradually improving economic conditions continued in 2010, which led to increased light vehicle production of just under 12 million units in 2010. While up 39% from the low levels of the previous year, 2010 production remained well below 2008 levels. However, in the light truck pickup, van and SUV segment where more of our programs are focused, production declined from 2008 to 2009 by about 30% and rebounded strongly in 2010. With an increase in production of about 50% in 2010, production levels in this segment of the market were slightly higher than 2008 levels.

With vehicle sales strengthening since the second half of 2009, total light vehicle inventory levels have improved considerably from 93 days supply at December 31, 2008 to 53 days supply at December 31, 2009 and 55 days supply at December 31, 2010. Inventory levels in the light truck pickup, van and SUV segment experienced similar improvement, declining from 76 days supply at December 31, 2008 to 50 and 49 days supply at December 31,2009 and 2010. Based on current inventory levels, near-term production levels are likely to be driven more directly by vehicle sales.

Despite economic factors like high unemployment levels and increased fuel costs possibly constraining growth in the North American markets, we expect to see continued strengthening of light vehicle production levels in 2011. Our current outlook has 2011 light vehicle production levels increasing 6 to 9% over 2010 levels nearing those experienced three years ago. As we look at our primary light truck pickup, van and SUV segment where the 2010 rebound was larger, we expect 2011 production levels to be relatively comparable with those in 2010 or up modestly.

Medium/heavy vehicle markets  — Developments in North America have a significant impact on our results as this region accounts for more than 60% of our global sales in the commercial vehicle market. The North American medium/heavy truck market was impacted by many of the same overall economic conditions negatively impacting the light vehicle markets, as customers have been cautious about the economic outlook and, consequently, new vehicle purchases. After declining around 40% from 2008 to 2009, production levels rebounded to some extent in 2010 with heavy-duty (Class 8) truck production increasing about 31% over 2009 and medium-duty (Classes 5 – 7) production increasing about 20%.

With the continued overall improvement in the economy, new truck orders have strengthened during the last half of 2010. We expect another significant increase in Class 8 production in 2011. Our current outlook has Class 8 production up 55 to 61% over 2010. In the medium-duty segment, we also expect some production strengthening, but we believe it could be a modest increase of around 3% to a stronger increase of about 20%.

Markets outside of North America

Light vehicle markets  — During 2009, overall economic weakness impacted light vehicle production globally, resulting in a decline in markets outside North America of about 8%. The improving market conditions that were evident in the fourth quarter of 2009 continued into 2010, with full year production outside North America in 2010 being about 18% higher in 2009. Like North America, production levels in Europe dropped significantly in 2009 and rebounded in 2010 — up about 13% over 2009. Markets in South America and Asia Pacific did not experience the steep decline in 2009 that occurred in North America and Europe. Instead, production levels for 2009 were relatively flat in Asia Pacific and down modestly in South America. Both these regions saw production levels strengthen in 2010, with South America up about 12% and Asia Pacific up more than 20%. For 2011, we expect the light vehicle markets in South America and Asia Pacific to show continued strength with production levels being 2 to 7% higher than 2010 levels. In Europe, our outlook has production levels remaining relatively comparable with those of 2010.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medium/heavy vehicle markets  — Outside of North America, medium- and heavy-duty truck production was severely impacted in 2009 by the overall global economic weakness. European medium/heavy production levels in 2009 were down about 60% when compared to 2008, while the markets in South America and Asia Pacific were around 34% and 20% lower. With improving economic conditions in 2010, production levels outside North America improved considerably. While increasing about 9% over 2009, 2010 production in Europe remained well below 2008 levels. The production rebound in South America and Asia Pacific in 2010 was much stronger, with higher production of around 66% in South America and 32% in Asia Pacific bringing production in those regions to levels higher in 2008. In 2011, we expect to see continued strengthening in the Europe markets, with production levels up 2 to 8% and in the South America markets with production levels up 13 to 20%. In Asia Pacific, we expect the relatively strong 2010 markets to continue with 2011 production levels being relatively comparable to those experienced this past year.

Off-Highway markets  — Our off-highway business has become an increasingly significant component of our total operations. Unlike our on-highway businesses, our off-highway business is largely concentrated outside of North America, with about two-thirds of its sales coming from Europe and 10% from South America and Asia Pacific combined. We serve several segments of the diverse off-highway market, including construction, agriculture, mining and material handling. Our largest markets are the European and North American construction and agricultural equipment segments. During 2009, the adverse effects of a weaker global economy significantly reduced demand levels in these markets. Demand in the construction market was down 70 to 75% from 2008 while demand in the agricultural market was down 35 to 40%. During the later part of 2010, we began to see improving levels of customer demand in these markets which led to 2010 demand levels being up about 2 to 5% in the agriculture segment and 20 to 25% in the construction segment. In 2011, we expect these markets to continue to recover with demand levels increasing 8 to 12% in the agriculture segment and 15 to 20% in the construction segment.

Sales, Earnings and Cash Flow Outlook

       
  2011
Outlook
  2010   2009   2008
Sales   $ 7,100+     $ 6,109     $ 5,228     $ 8,095  
Adjusted EBITDA *   $ 740 to 760     $ 553     $ 326     $ 349  
Free Cash Flow **   $ 150+     $ 242     $ 109     $ (381 )  

* The table above refers to adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure which we have defined to be earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash equity grant expense, restructuring expense and other nonrecurring items (gain/loss on debt extinguishment or divestitures, impairment, etc.). Adjusted EBITDA is currently being used by Dana as the primary measure of its operating segment performance. The most significant impact on Dana’s ongoing results of operations as a result of applying fresh start accounting following our emergence from bankruptcy was higher depreciation and amortization. By using adjusted EBITDA, which excludes depreciation and amortization, the comparability of results is enhanced. Management also believes that adjusted EBITDA is an important measure since the financial covenants in our debt agreements are based, in part, on adjusted EBITDA. Segment EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered a substitute for income (loss) before income taxes, net income (loss) or other results reported in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. (See Segment Results of Operations (2010 versus 2009) below for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to income (loss) before income taxes.)
** Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure, which we have defined as cash provided by operations excluding any bankruptcy claim-related payments, less capital spending. We believe this measure is useful to investors in evaluating the operational cash flow of the company inclusive of the spending required to maintain the operations. Free cash flow is neither intended to represent nor be an alternative to the measure of net cash provided by (used in) operating activities reported under GAAP. Free cash flow may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Free cash flow is reconciled to cash flow provided by (used in) operations below:

     
  2010   2009   2008
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 287     $ 208     $ (1,019 )  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment     (120 )       (99 )       (250 )  
Reorganization-related claims payments     75                888  
Free cash flow   $ 242     $ 109     $ (381 )  

With lower sales in 2009 and gradual improvement in 2010, we focused on aggressively right-sizing our costs and improving the profitability of our customer programs. We also tightened our capital spending and reduced working capital levels. As sales began improving in 2010, we resisted bringing back much of the cost structure that was eliminated in 2008 and 2009. The combination of stronger sales levels, cost reductions and improved pricing led to improved profitability and cash flow in 2010. While we are continuing to make additional cost improvements and restructure the operations in 2011, we will also be pursuing the growth initiatives described in the Business Strategy section. We are currently expecting that additional strengthening in sales levels in 2011 and further benefits from cost reductions and restructuring actions will more than offset the cost associated with our growth initiatives thereby providing improved adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as a percent of sales in 2011. Primarily as a result of projecting capital spending of $200 to $250 in 2011 as compared to $120 in 2010, we expect free cash flow to be somewhat lower than in 2010, but still exceeding $150.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Summary Consolidated Results of Operations (2010 versus 2009)

     
  Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
  Increase
(Decrease)
     2010   2009
Net sales   $ 6,109     $ 5,228     $ 881  
Cost of sales     5,450       4,985       465  
Gross margin     659       243       416  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     402       313       89  
Amortization of intangibles     61       71       (10 )  
Restructuring charges, net     73       118       (45 )  
Impairment of long-lived assets              156       (156 )  
Other income, net     1       98       (97 )  
Income (loss) before interest, reorganization items and income taxes   $ 124     $ (317 )     $ 441  
Net income (loss) attributable to the parent company   $ 10     $ (431 )     $ 441  

Sales  — The following table shows changes in our sales by geographic region for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. In the third quarter of 2010, based on a realignment of organizational responsibilities, we moved our operations in South Africa from the Asia Pacific region to the Europe region. The geographical results have been retroactively adjusted to conform to the current reporting structure.

           
        Amount of Change Due To
     Year Ended December 31,   Increase/
(Decrease)
  Currency
Effects
  Divestitures   Organic
Change
     2010   2009
North America   $ 2,960     $ 2,659     $ 301     $ 16     $ (307 )     $ 592  
Europe     1,579       1,248       331       (67 )                398  
South America     839       798       41       68       (123 )       96  
Asia Pacific     731       523       208       54       (30 )       184  
Total   $ 6,109     $ 5,228     $ 881     $ 71     $ (460 )     $ 1,270  

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sales increased $881 in 2010 as compared to 2009. The overall strengthening of several international currencies against the U.S. dollar accounted for $71 of the increase. The sale of our Structural Products business in early March 2010 resulted in a year-over-year sales reduction of $460. The organic growth in sales of $1,270, attributable primarily to market volume, pricing and mix, is an increase of about 27% over 2009 sales after adjusting for the effects of the Structural Products divestiture.

Increased sales in North America during 2010, adjusted for the effects of currency and divestitures, was $592 — a 25% increase on 2009 sales adjusted for divestitures. The increase was largely due to the increased OEM production levels in the light vehicle and medium/heavy truck markets. Light duty production levels were more than 39% higher in 2010 with production in the light pickup, van and SUV segment — the sector most important to us — being up around 50%. In the medium/heavy truck markets production was up about 26%. In the off-highway sector, improvement in 2010 demand levels contributed to increased sales of around 28%.

Excluding currency effects, our European sales were 32% higher in 2010 than in 2009. Our businesses in Europe benefited from stronger production levels in each of our markets, while also benefiting from demand levels for certain light vehicle programs that were stronger than the overall market.

Stronger international currencies increased 2010 sales by $68 in South America and $54 in Asia Pacific. The organic growth in sales in South America and Asia Pacific represent increases of 14% and 37% over 2009 sales adjusted for divestitures, due principally to the higher 2010 production levels in these regions.

Cost of sales and gross margin  — Cost of sales decreased to 89.2% of sales in 2010 from 95.4% of sales in 2009. Higher production levels contributed to improved absorption of fixed costs. Additionally, manufacturing costs benefited from our restructuring initiatives, material cost savings associated with engineering design changes and reduced purchase prices and other cost reduction actions. In 2009, our cost of sales was reduced by $12 of insurance recoveries, primarily attributable to the settlement of environmental claims. Higher sales levels, cost reductions and pricing improvement combined to improve gross margin to $659 (10.8% of sales) in 2010 from $243 (4.6% of sales) in 2009.

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A)  — SG&A expenses in 2010 were $89 higher than in 2009. Additional compensation and benefit costs are a major reason for the increase. The improved operating performance in 2010 resulted in cash incentive costs of $40 associated with the annual incentive compensation programs while the only expense recorded in 2009 for cash incentive compensation was a special discretionary bonus of $13 awarded in the fourth quarter of 2009. Throughout 2009, we also suspended certain benefits and merit increases and we implemented mandatory unpaid furloughs. In 2010, we restored most of the suspended programs, granted merit increases and minimized mandatory furloughs. Primarily as a result of these actions, benefits and other compensation-related costs in 2010 were higher by approximately $46. Additionally reductions to our liability for asbestos claims reduced SG&A by $9 in 2009. Absent these effects, SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales for 2010 would have been 5.7% as compared to 6.0% in 2009.

Restructuring charges and impairments  — Restructuring expense was $73 in 2010 compared to $118 in 2009 as we continued to right-size the operations through workforce reductions and facility closure or realignment. Expense in both periods is primarily due to employee separation costs. Charges of $156 for impairment of long-lived assets were recorded in 2009, with $150 recognized in the fourth quarter of 2009 in connection with our agreement to sell the Structural Products business and $6 recognized in the second quarter in connection with revised economic outlooks of certain operating segments. The $150 consisted of $121 related to property, plant and equipment and $29 related to amortizable intangible assets, while the $6 related to indefinite lived intangibles.

Other income, net  — Other income, net was $1 in 2010, whereas we had other income of $98 in 2009. In 2010, interest income of $30 and other sources of income were essentially offset by a charge of $25 for a settlement with Toyota associated with warranty claims related to our Structural Products business, a loss of $7 on extinguishment of debt and a pre-tax loss of $3 in connection with the divestiture of the Structural Products business. In 2009, interest income of $24 and other sources of income were supplemented by a $35 net gain on the repurchase of debt at a discount, contract cancellation income of $17 in connection with the

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

early termination of a customer program and net foreign currency transaction gains of $9. Partially offsetting the income items in 2009 was $11 of transaction expenses accrued for the Structural Products divestiture and $5 of expenses incurred in connection with the strategic assessment of certain businesses. Further details of other income, net are provided in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Interest expense  — Interest expense in 2010 was $50 less than in 2009, primarily as a result of debt repurchases and repayments over the past year and a reduction in 2010 of the contractual rate paid under our Amended Term Facility.

Income tax expense  — We recorded income tax expense of $31 in 2010 and a benefit of $27 in 2009. These amounts vary from an expected expense of $12 for 2010 and an expected benefit of $159 for 2009 at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%, primarily due to non-deductible expenses, withholding taxes on the expected repatriation of earnings from our non-U.S. subsidiaries, adjustments to reserves for uncertain tax positions and the effects of valuation allowances as discussed in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

In the U.S. and certain other countries, our recent history of operating losses does not allow us to satisfy the “more likely than not” criterion for recognition of deferred tax assets. Consequently, there is no income tax recognized on the pre-tax income or losses in these jurisdictions as valuation allowance adjustments offset the associated tax benefit or expense. As described in Note 17 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8, an exception occurs when there is a pre-tax loss from continuing operations and pre-tax income in another category such as other comprehensive income (OCI). The tax benefit allocated to operations is the amount by which the loss from operations reduces the tax expense recorded with respect to the other category of earnings. Due to the application of this exception for the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized an income tax benefit of $5 on pre-tax losses of operations in the U.S.

In 2010, we reduced previously accrued withholding taxes on expected future repatriations of foreign earnings and decreased tax expense by $3. Based on our debt refinancing and other plans, we determined that certain repatriation actions were no longer likely to occur. In 2010 we incurred $8 of withholding taxes on transfers of funds to the U.S and between foreign subsidiaries. During 2009, tax expense was reduced by $22 as a result of modifications to previously expected repatriation actions and tax expense was increased by $6 as a result of withholding taxes on transfers of funds to the U.S. and between foreign subsidiaries. As a consequence of reorganizing our operations in Brazil in 2010, we determined that valuation allowances against certain deferred tax assets were no longer required. The reversal of these valuation allowances resulted in a tax benefit of $16.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Consolidated Results of Operations (2009 versus 2008)

     
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
Net sales   $ 5,228     $ 7,344     $ 751  
Cost of sales     4,985       7,113       702  
Gross margin     243       231       49  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     313       303       34  
Amortization of intangibles     71       66           
Restructuring charges, net     118       114       12  
Impairment of goodwill              169           
Impairment of long-lived assets     156       14           
Other income, net     98       53       8  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, reorganization items and income taxes   $ (317 )     $ (382 )     $ 11  
Fresh start accounting adjustments   $     $     $ 1,009  
Income (loss) from continuing operations   $ (436 )     $ (667 )     $ 717  
Loss from discontinued operations   $     $ (4 )     $ (6 )  
Net income (loss) attributable to the parent company   $ (431 )     $ (677 )     $ 709  

As a consequence of our emergence from Chapter 11 on January 31, 2008, the results of operations for 2008 consist of the month of January pre-emergence results of Prior Dana and the eleven-month results of Dana. Fresh start accounting affects our post-emergence results, but not the pre-emergence January results. Adjustments to adopt fresh start accounting were recorded as of January 31, 2008.

Although the eleven months ended December 31, 2008 and one month ended January 31, 2008 are distinct reporting periods as a consequence of our emergence from Chapter 11 the emergence and fresh start accounting effects had negligible impacts on the comparability of sales between the periods. Accordingly, references in our analysis to annual 2008 sales information combine the two periods in order to enhance the comparability of such information for the annual periods.

Sales  — The following table shows changes in our sales by geographic region for the year ended December 31, 2009, eleven months ended December 31, 2008 and one month ended January 31, 2008.

     
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
North America   $ 2,659     $ 3,523     $ 396  
Europe     1,248       2,233       230  
South America     798       966       67  
Asia Pacific     523       622       58  
Total   $ 5,228     $ 7,344     $ 751  

Sales in 2009 were $2,867 lower than sales for the combined periods in 2008, a reduction of 35%. Currency movements reduced sales by $190 as a number of currencies in international markets weakened against the U.S. dollar. Exclusive of currency, sales decreased $2,677 or 33%, primarily due to lower production levels in each of our markets. Partially offsetting the effects of lower production was improved pricing which added approximately $200 in 2009.

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

North American sales for 2009, adjusted for currency, declined approximately 32% due largely to lower production levels in both the light vehicle and commercial vehicle markets. Light truck production was down about 29% compared to 2008 and medium/heavy truck production was down about 40%. The impact of lower vehicle production levels was partially offset by the impact of higher pricing.

Weaker international currencies decreased 2009 sales by $85 in Europe. Adjusted for currency effects, European sales were 46% lower than 2008. Light vehicle production levels were down about 20% while commercial vehicle sector production was about 60% lower. Our European region has a significant presence in off-highway vehicle markets which also experienced significant year-over-year production declines.

Weaker international currencies reduced 2009 sales by $62 in South America and $20 in Asia Pacific. Exclusive of currency effects, sales were down 17% and 20% in these regions, due largely to reduced production levels.

Cost of sales and gross margin  — Cost of sales was 95.4% of sales in 2009 compared to 96.5% for the combined eleven months ended December 31, 2008 and the month of January in 2008. Lower production levels negatively impacted our ability to absorb fixed costs. Conversely, material cost savings, conversion cost improvements and reduced warranty costs contributed to reduced manufacturing costs. In 2009, environmental insurance recoveries reduced cost of sales by $12. In 2008, cost of sales was increased by the step-up in inventory values ($49) related to the application of fresh start accounting at emergence from Chapter 11 and the subsequent sell off of that inventory in the first half of 2008. Year-over-year cost of sales was also negatively impacted by a pension settlement gain of $12 in 2008.

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A)  — With the significant decline in sales, consolidated SG&A increased as a percentage of sales. However, for 2009, SG&A was $24 lower than the combined periods in 2008, primarily as a result of the cost reduction actions taken during the last half of 2008 and the first part of 2009 in response to reduced sales levels. The fourth quarter of 2009 includes an expense of $13 for additional compensation to certain employees. No incentive compensation expense was accrued for 2008.

Amortization of intangibles  — Amortization of customer relationship intangibles resulted from the application of fresh start accounting at the date of emergence from Chapter 11. Consequently, there is no expense in January 2008.

Restructuring charges and impairments  — Restructuring charges are primarily costs associated with the workforce reduction actions and facility closures. Restructuring expense of $118 for 2009 represents a decrease from expense of $126 for the combined periods of 2008. Expense in both periods is primarily due to separation costs incurred in connection with workforce reductions.

In connection with the planned divestiture of substantially all of the assets of our Structural Products business, we recorded an impairment charge of $150 in the fourth quarter of 2009 against the definite-lived intangibles and long-lived assets of this segment. Charges for impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles of $6 in 2009 and $183 in 2008 were recorded in connection with the new valuations triggered by revised economic outlooks. These charges are recorded as impairment of goodwill and impairment of long-lived assets.

Other income, net  — Other income of $98 for 2009 was $37 higher than the combined periods of 2008. We recognized a net gain of $35 on extinguishment of debt in 2009 whereas repayment of debt in 2008 resulted in a net loss of $10. Contract cancellation income in connection with the early termination of a customer program added $17 over 2008. Net currency transaction gains in 2009 were $18 favorable to the amounts recorded in 2008 and interest income was lower by $28.

Interest expense  — Interest expense includes the costs associated with the Exit Facility and other debt agreements which are described in Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8. Interest expense in 2009 includes $14 of amortized original issue discount (OID) recorded in connection with the Exit Facility, $13 of amortized debt issuance costs and $6 of debt issuance costs written off in connection with the extinguishment of debt. Also included is $8 of other non-cash interest expense associated primarily with the accretion of certain liabilities that were recorded at discounted values in connection with the adoption of fresh

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

start accounting upon emergence from Chapter 11. For the eleven months ended December 31, 2008, interest expense includes $16 of amortized OID and $8 of amortized debt issuance costs. Non-cash interest expense relating to the accretion of certain liabilities in the eleven months ended December 31, 2008 was $8. In the month of January 2008, a substantial portion of our debt obligations was reported as liabilities subject to compromise. The interest expense not recognized on these obligations during the month of January 2008 was $9.

Reorganization items  — Reorganization items were directly attributable to our Chapter 11 reorganization process. See Note 21 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for a summary of these costs. During the Chapter 11 process, there were ongoing advisory fees of professionals representing Dana and the other Chapter 11 constituents. Certain of these costs continued subsequent to emergence as there are disputed claims which require resolution, claims which require payment and other post-emergence activities related to emergence from Chapter 11. Reorganization items in 2008 include a gain on the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and several one-time emergence costs, including the cost of employee stock bonuses, transfer taxes and success fees and other fees earned by certain professionals upon emergence. During the second quarter of 2009, we reduced our vacation benefit liability by $5 to correct the amount accrued in 2008 as union agreements arising from our reorganization activities were being ratified. We recorded $3 as a reorganization item benefit consistent with the original expense recognition.

Income tax expense  — The reported income tax benefit of $27 in 2009 compares to an expense of $107 for the eleven months ended December 31, 2008 and expense of $199 for the month of January 2008. These amounts vary from an expected benefit of $159 for 2009, expense of $192 for the eleven months ended December 31, 2008 and expense of $320 for January 2008 at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%, primarily due to non-deductible expenses, withholding taxes on the expected repatriation of earnings from our non-U.S. subsidiaries, adjustments to reserves for uncertain tax positions, the effects of valuation allowances as discussed in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 and fresh start adjustments associated with our reorganization.

In the U.S. and certain other countries, our recent history of operating losses does not allow us to satisfy the “more likely than not” criterion for recognition of deferred tax assets. Consequently, there is no income tax benefit recognized on the pre-tax losses of these jurisdictions as valuation allowance adjustments offset the associated tax benefit or expense.

During 2009, we recorded a tax benefit of $22 to reduce liabilities previously accrued for expected repatriation of earnings from our non-U.S. subsidiaries and we recorded tax expense of $6 as a result of withholding taxes on transfers of funds to the U.S. and between foreign subsidiaries.

Segment Results of Operations (2010 versus 2009)

Segment Sales

           
Year Ended
December 31,
  2010   2009   Increase/
(Decrease)
  Amount of Change Due To
  Currency
Effects
  Divestitures   Organic
Change
LVD   $ 2,516     $ 1,973     $ 543     $ 76     $     $ 467  
Power Technologies     927       714       213       1                212  
Commercial Vehicle     1,344       1,099       245       24                221  
Off-Highway     1,131       850       281       (37 )                318  
Structures     188       592       (404 )       7       (462 )       51  
Other     3                3                2       1  
Total   $ 6,109     $ 5,228     $ 881     $ 71     $ (460 )     $ 1,270  

Our LVD and Power Technologies segments principally serve the light vehicle markets. Exclusive of currency effects, 2010 sales increases over 2009 in LVD and Power Technologies were 24% and 30%. The higher sales were due primarily to increased light vehicle unit production levels in 2010 across all regions.

Commercial Vehicle segment 2010 sales, adjusted for currency, were up 20% compared to 2009. This segment is heavily concentrated in the North American market where medium/heavy (Classes 5 – 8) truck

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

production during these periods was up about 26%. Outside of North America, 2010 medium/heavy truck production was about 30% higher than 2009.

With its significant European presence, our Off-Highway segment was unfavorably impacted by the weaker euro during 2010. Excluding currency effects, sales in 2010 were up about 38% compared to 2009. These increases reflect the stronger 2010 demand levels in the construction, agriculture and other segments of this market.

We completed the sale of a substantial portion of the Structures business in 2010 which accounts for the reduced sales in this segment. Partially offsetting this was the impact of higher production levels in 2010 prior to the divestiture.

Segment EBITDA

     
  Year Ended December 31,
     2010   2009   Increase
(Decrease)
Segment EBITDA *
                          
Light Vehicle Driveline   $ 235     $ 128     $ 107  
Power Technologies     125       29       96  
Commercial Vehicle     131       84       47  
Off-Highway     98       38       60  
Structures     6       35       (29 )  
Total Segment EBITDA     595       314       281  
Shared services and administrative     (22 )       (22 )           
Other income (expense) not in segments     (10 )       33       (43 )  
Foreign exchange not in segments     (10 )       1       (11 )  
Adjusted EBITDA *     553       326       227  
Depreciation and amortization     (314 )       (397 )       83  
Restructuring     (73 )       (118 )       45  
Impairment              (156 )       156  
Interest expense, net     (59 )       (115 )       56  
Other **     (72 )       6       (78 )  
Income (loss) before income taxes   $ 35     $ (454 )     $ 489  

* See discussion of non-GAAP financial measures below.
** Other includes reorganization items, gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt, strategic transaction expenses, stock compensation expense, loss on sales of assets and foreign exchange costs and benefits. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional details.

Non-GAAP financial measures  — The table above refers to segment EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP financial measures which we have defined to be earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash equity grant expense, restructuring expense and other nonrecurring items (gain/loss on debt extinguishment or divestitures, impairment, etc.). Segment EBITDA is currently being used by Dana as the primary measure of its operating segment performance. The most significant impact on Dana’s ongoing results of operations as a result of applying fresh start accounting following our emergence from bankruptcy was higher depreciation and amortization. By using segment EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, performance measures that exclude depreciation and amortization, the comparability of results is enhanced. Management also believes that adjusted EBITDA is an important measure since the financial covenants in our debt agreements are based, in part, on adjusted EBITDA. Segment EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered a substitute for income before income taxes, net income or other results reported in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

LVD segment EBITDA of $235 in 2010 improved $107 from 2009. Higher sales volumes resulting from stronger market production levels increased earnings by about $70. Material cost recovery and other pricing

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

actions contributed about $38 to the improvement. Year-over-year segment EBITDA was negatively impacted by higher pension cost of $11 and increased warranty cost of $5. The remaining increase was driven by cost reductions which more than offset higher material costs and increased costs associated with incentive compensation and restoring benefits programs that were suspended in 2009.

In Power Technologies, segment EBITDA of $125 in 2010 improved $96 from 2009. Higher sales volumes from stronger markets contributed about $65 of the increase. Many of the restructuring initiatives impacting this segment occurred in the second half of 2009 and first half of 2010. Benefits from these actions along with other cost reduction efforts provided most of the remaining improvement, more than offsetting the increase in compensation and benefit costs in 2010 that followed the curtailment of extensive cost-saving actions we had taken in 2009.

The Commercial Vehicle segment EBITDA in 2010 was $131, an increase of $47 over the amount reported for 2009. Stronger production levels in this segment’s markets added about $50 to segment EBITDA. The segment EBITDA in 2009 benefited from higher material cost recovery of $20, partially offsetting the impact of the year-over-year sales volume improvement. The remaining improvement was due principally to benefits resulting from our restructuring and other cost reduction actions, which more than covered the increases in compensation benefit costs and warranty expense.

Off-Highway segment EBITDA of $98 in 2010 was up $60 from the amount reported for 2009. Improving market conditions in this business drove stronger sales volume which increased segment EBITDA by about $45. Lower material cost contributed another $15 of improvement. Higher warranty costs of $7 and lower material cost recovery in 2010 partially offset the improvement from stronger production levels and material cost savings. This segment’s EBITDA for 2010 also benefited from restructuring and other cost reduction efforts, which more than offset the increased costs associated with incentive compensation and restoring other benefits programs suspended in 2009.

We completed the sale of substantially all of our Structures business in 2010, which contributed to the reduced segment EBITDA in 2010. Additionally, Structures’ segment EBITDA in 2009 included a benefit of $17 from contract cancellation income recognized in connection with the early termination of a customer program.

Segment Results of Operations (2009 versus 2008)

Segment Sales

     
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
LVD   $ 1,973     $ 2,450     $ 270  
Power Technologies     714       872       92  
Commercial Vehicle     1,099       1,596       141  
Off-Highway     850       1,637       157  
Structures     592       786       90  
Other              3       1  
Total   $ 5,228     $ 7,344     $ 751  

In the first quarter of 2009, we began allocating the majority of our Brazil driveshaft operation’s results to our Commercial Vehicle segment. In the first quarter of 2010, we again modified our segment reporting to report all of this operation in the Commercial Vehicle segment. The initial change was not appropriately reflected in the 2008 segment reporting in the 2009 financial statements. We have revised the 2008 segment reporting to correct this error. The impact of these changes was to increase Commercial Vehicle net sales by $48, $153 and $11 and segment EBITDA by $3, $26 and $1 for the year ended December 31, 2009, the eleven months ended December 31, 2008 and the one month ended January 31, 2008 with equal offsets to the LVD segment. These adjustments were not considered material to the 2008 periods to which they relate.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our LVD, Power Technologies and Structures segments principally serve the light vehicle markets. Exclusive of currency effects, sales in 2009 declined 25% in LVD, 24% in Power Technologies and 30% in Structures as compared to the combined periods in 2008, all principally due to lower production levels. Improved pricing in our LVD and Structures segments helped offset some of the reduction attributed to lower production.

Our Commercial Vehicle segment is heavily concentrated in the North American market where Class 8 commercial truck production was down about 41% and Classes 5-7 commercial truck production was down approximately 38%. The sales decline in Commercial Vehicle in 2009, exclusive of currency effects, was 34% as the volume reduction associated with lower production levels was partially offset by higher pricing under material cost recovery arrangements.

With its significant European presence, our Off-Highway segment was negatively impacted by weaker international currencies during this period. Excluding this effect, sales were down 50% compared to 2008 as demand levels were down 70 to 75% in construction markets and 35 to 40% in agriculture markets. Increased pricing provided a partial offset.

Segment EBITDA

     
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
Segment EBITDA *
                          
Light Vehicle Driveline   $ 128     $ 53     $ 9  
Power Technologies     29       47       9  
Commercial Vehicle     84       76       7  
Off-Highway     38       102       14  
Structures     35       37       4  
Total Segment EBITDA     314       315       43  
Shared services and administrative     (22 )       (23 )       (3 )  
Other income (expense) not in segments     33       22       (2 )  
Foreign exchange not in segments     1       (3 )           
Adjusted EBITDA *     326       311       38  
Depreciation and amortization     (397 )       (399 )       (23 )  
Restructuring     (118 )       (114 )       (12 )  
Impairment     (156 )       (183 )           
Reorganization items, net     2       (25 )       (98 )  
Interest expense, net     (115 )       (94 )       (4 )  
Fresh start accounting adjustments                       1,009  
Other **     4       (45 )       4  
Income (loss) before income taxes   $ (454 )     $ (549 )     $ 914  

* See discussion of non-GAAP financial measures above.
** Other includes gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt, strategic transaction expenses, non-cash stock compensation expense, loss on sales of assets and certain foreign exchange costs and benefits. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional details.

Segment EBITDA in LVD increased $66 from 2008 as pricing improvement of approximately $100 and improvement from cost reductions and other items (primarily conversion cost, material and warranty) more than offset the decline of about $150 attributed to lower sales volume.

Lower sales volumes drove the EBITDA reduction of $27 in Power Technologies. Restructuring and cost reduction initiatives began contributing to profit improvement during the second half of 2009 and, along with lower warranty expense, helped offset the impact of reduced sales.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In our Commercial Vehicle segment, EBITDA was relatively comparable to the prior year, but improved as a percent of sales. The profit reduction of about $75 from lower sales volume was substantially offset by improved pricing and cost reductions.

Our Off-Highway segment experienced a segment EBITDA reduction of $78. Lower sales volume reduced segment EBITDA by about $150 while pricing improvement of $25 and cost reductions provided a partial offset.

Our Structures business segment EBITDA in 2009 was down $6 from the amount reported for 2008. Lower sales volumes reduced segment EBITDA by about $65. Pricing improvements of approximately $38 combined with cost reductions provided some offset to the adverse impact of lower sales volumes. Additionally, this segment’s 2009 segment EBITDA benefited $17 from contract cancellation income recognized in connection with the early termination of a customer program.

Liquidity

Common stock offering and debt reduction  — In September 2009, we completed a common stock offering of 34 million shares at a price per share of $6.75, generating net proceeds of $217. The provisions of our Term Facility required that a minimum of 50% of the net proceeds of the equity offering be used to repay outstanding principal of our term loan. As a result of previous debt repurchases, approximately 10% of the outstanding principal amount of the term loan was held by a wholly-owned non-U.S. subsidiary of Dana. Accordingly, $11 of the $109 term loan repayment that was made to the lenders was received by this wholly-owned non-U.S. subsidiary and $98 was used to repay outstanding principal of our term loan held by third parties.

The September 2009 equity offering provided the underwriters with an over-allotment option to purchase an additional 5 million shares. The purchase of these additional shares was completed in October 2009, generating additional net proceeds of $33. Of these proceeds, $15 was used to repay third party debt principal.

Additional debt reduction occurred in 2009 when the combination of Dana repayments and purchases of debt by a wholly-owned non-U.S. subsidiary of Dana reduced our outstanding principal under our Term Facility by $129 (net of OID of $9) with a cash outlay of $86.

Amended Term Facility refinancing and Revolving Facility amendment  — In January 2011, we completed an offering of senior unsecured notes (Senior Notes) which generated net proceeds of $733. These proceeds were used together with available cash of $127 to repay in full all amounts then outstanding under our Amended Term Facility. The aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes is $750, with $400 at a fixed interest rate of 6.50% maturing in 2019 and $350 at a fixed rate of 6.75% maturing in 2021. In connection with this refinancing, we amended our Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the Revolving Facility) allowing for the issuance of the Senior Notes. The Revolving Facility was amended in February extending the maturity to five years and reducing the aggregate principal amount of the facility from $650 to $500. With the issuance of the Senior Notes and the amendment and extension of the revolving facility, we have additional flexibility to make acquisitions and other investments, incur additional indebtedness and pay dividends and distributions as long as certain terms and conditions are met. The maintenance-based financial covenants in our prior agreements were replaced with incurrence-based financial covenants. With these actions, we have reduced our overall debt, secured fixed interest rates over the next eight to ten years and increased our financial flexibility by freeing up debt capacity for growth. See Note 12 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional details.

Covenants  — At December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with the debt covenants under our agreements.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Global liquidity  — Our global liquidity at December 31, 2010 was as follows:

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,134  
Less: Deposits supporting obligations     (58 )  
Available cash     1,076  
Additional cash availability from lines of credit in the U.S. and Europe     313  
Total global liquidity   $ 1,389  

With the completion of the issuance of the Senior Notes in January 2011 and the repayment in full of the Term Facility, we used $127 of available global liquidity. The February 2011 acquisition of the SIFCO axle business used another $150 and the expected increase in our investment in DDAC, our China joint venture with Dongfeng Motors during the second quarter of 2011 will utilize an additional $120.

As of December 31, 2010, the consolidated cash balance includes $473 located in the U.S. In addition, our cash balance at December 31, 2010 includes $92 held by less-than-wholly-owned subsidiaries where our access may be restricted. Our ability to efficiently access cash balances in certain subsidiaries and foreign jurisdictions is subject to local regulatory, statutory or other requirements, as well as the business needs of the operations.

Following our issuance of the Senior Notes in the first quarter of 2011, the principal sources of liquidity available for our future cash requirements are expected to be (i) cash flows from operations, (ii) cash and cash equivalents on hand, (iii) proceeds related to our trade receivable securitization and financing programs and (iv) borrowings from the Revolving Facility. We believe that our overall liquidity and operating cash flow will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for capital expenditures, working capital, debt obligations and other commitments during the next twelve months. While uncertainty surrounding the current economic environment could adversely impact our business, based on our current financial position, we believe it is unlikely that any such effects would preclude us from maintaining sufficient liquidity.

At December 31, 2010, there was $103 of availability based on the borrowing base but no borrowings under our European trade receivable securitization program. At December 31, 2010, we had no borrowings under the Revolving Facility but we had utilized $141 for letters of credit. Based on our borrowing base collateral, we had availability at that date under the Revolving Facility of $210 after deducting the outstanding letters of credit. As a result, we had aggregate additional borrowing availability of $313 under these credit facilities.

Cash Flow

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
Cash provided by (used for) changes in working capital   $ 33     $ 94     $ 18     $ (61 )  
Reorganization-related claims payment     (75 )       (2 )       (882 )       (74 )  
Other cash provided by operations     329       116       (33 )       13  
Net cash flows provided by operating activities     287       208       (897 )       (122 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     2       (98 )       (221 )       77  
Net cash flows used in financing activities     (144 )       32       (207 )       912  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   $ 145     $ 142     $ (1,325 )     $ 867  

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating activities  — The table above summarizes our consolidated statement of cash flows. Exclusive of working capital and reorganization-related activity, other cash provided by operations was $329 during 2010 and $116 during 2009. An increased level of operating earnings and reduced cash used for restructuring were primary factors for the higher level of other cash provided by operations in 2010. This was partially offset by a voluntary contribution of $50 to the U.S. pension plans in December 2010.

Working capital provided cash of $33 in 2010 and $94 in 2009. Higher sales levels in 2010 as compared to 2009 resulted in increased levels of receivables and inventory. Cash of $96 was used in 2010 to finance increased receivables, whereas lower sales in 2009 drove a reduction in receivables which provided cash of $76. Inventory levels at the end of 2008 were relatively high in relation to customer requirements. Consequently, concerted efforts to reduce inventory enabled us to generate cash of $299 in 2009. Excess inventory levels coming into 2010 had largely been worked down, so higher sales in 2010 resulted in a cash use of $108 to fund inventory. The cash use in 2010 for higher receivables and inventory was more than offset by cash provided by increases in accounts payable and other net liabilities of $237 resulting in the net cash provided of $33. In contrast, reduced inventory and other purchases in 2009 led to a decrease in accounts payable and other net liabilities which used cash of $281.

In 2009, exclusive of working capital and reorganization-related activity, other cash provided from operations of $116 compared to a use of $20 for the combined periods of 2008. An increased level of operating earnings was the primary factor for the higher level of cash provided in 2009 as compared to the prior periods. As our operational improvements continued, our workforce reduction and other restructuring activities consumed cash of $138 during 2009, an increase of $5 over the combined periods of 2008.

Working capital provided cash of $94 in 2009, whereas cash of $43 was used in 2008. The combination of focused operational initiatives and lower sales levels combined to generate cash of $299 in 2009 from reductions in inventory. During 2008, cash of $34 was used to finance increased inventory. Bringing inventories in line with current requirements caused accounts payable to decrease, using cash of $184 in 2009. Lower sales levels during the latter part of 2008 led to a reduction in accounts payable cash use of $210. Reductions to receivables generated cash of $107 in 2009 and $434 in 2008, again driven primarily by lower sales during the latter part of 2008.

Investing activities  — Proceeds from the sale of the Structural Products business provided cash of $118 in 2010. Expenditures for property, plant and equipment were $120, as compared to $99 in 2009 and $250 for the combined periods of 2008 as capital expenditures were closely managed and prioritized throughout 2010 and 2009.

Financing activities  — A cash use of $144 in 2010 for financing activities was principally due to a use of $137 for long-term debt repayment. As described in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8, we were required to use proceeds from the sale of the Structural Products business to repay term loan debt. Dividend payments to preferred shareholders also consumed cash of $66 during 2010 with $34 used for payment of previously deferred dividends. Partially offsetting these outflows were proceeds of $52 from long-term debt issuance.

In 2009, we completed a common stock offering for 39 million shares generating proceeds of $250 net of underwriting fees. Cash of $214 was used in 2009 to reduce long-term debt, with another $36 being used to reduce short-term borrowings.

In 2008, significant cash was provided by financing activities as proceeds from our Exit Facility and the issuance of preferred stock at emergence exceeded the cash used for the repayment of other debt.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual Obligations

We are obligated to make future cash payments in fixed amounts under various agreements. The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010. The issuance of Senior Notes in January 2011 resulted in a change in these obligations which is discussed in the notes to the table.

         
    Payments Due by Period
Contractual Cash Obligations   Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 – 3
Years
  4 – 5
Years
  After
5 Years
Long-term debt (1)   $ 956     $ 18     $ 101     $ 837     $  
Interest payments (2)     172       43       83       46           
Leases (3)     281       46       71       68       96  
Unconditional purchase obligations (4)     115       107       7       1           
Pension contribution (5)     45       45                             
Retiree health care benefits (6)     81       8       16       16       41  
Uncertain income tax positions (7)
                                            
Total contractual cash obligations   $ 1,650     $ 267     $ 278     $ 968     $ 137  

Notes:

(1) Principal payments on long-term debt in place at December 31, 2010. After giving effect to the issuance of the Senior Notes in January 2011, payments due by period are: less than 1 year — $122, 1 – 3 years — $83, 4 – 5 years — $1, after 5 years — $750 for a total of $956. The cash used in the repayment of the Term Facility in January 2011 is included as part of the 2011 obligation.
(2) These amounts represent future interest payments based on the debt in place at December 31, 2010 and the interest rates applicable to such debt. After giving effect to the issuance of the Senior Notes in January of 2011, the payments are: less than 1 year — $60, 1 – 3 years — $108, 4 – 5 years — $99, after 5 years — $50 or a total of $317.
(3) Capital and operating leases related to real estate, vehicles and other assets.
(4) The unconditional purchase obligations presented are comprised principally of commitments for procurement of fixed assets and the purchase of raw materials.
(5) This amount represents estimated 2011 contributions to our global defined benefit pension plans. We have not estimated non-U.S. pension contributions beyond 2011 due to the significant impact that return on plan assets and changes in discount rates might have on such amounts.
(6) This amount represents estimated payments under our non-U.S. retiree health care programs. Obligations under the non-U.S. retiree health care programs are not fixed commitments and will vary depending on various factors, including the level of participant utilization and inflation. Our estimates of the payments to be made in the future consider recent payment trends and certain of our actuarial assumptions.
(7) There are no expected payments in 2011 related to the uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of this liability in individual years beyond 2011 due to uncertainties in the timing of the effective settlement of tax positions. Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010 total $53.

Preferred dividends accrued but not paid were $8 and $42 at December 31, 2010 and 2009. In October 2010, the Board of Directors authorized an aggregate cash payment of $34 in dividends to shareholders of 4.0% Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 4.0% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. The $34 was paid in December 2010 to preferred shareholders of record as of the close of business on November 5, 2010. In March and July 2010, our Board authorized two $16 dividend payments which were made in April and August 2010.

At December 31, 2010, we maintained cash balances of $58 on deposit with financial institutions to support surety bonds, letters of credit and bank guarantees and to provide credit enhancements for certain lease agreements. These surety bonds enable us to self-insure our workers compensation obligations. We accrue the estimated liability for workers compensation claims, including incurred but not reported claims. Accordingly, no significant impact on our financial condition would result if the surety bonds were called.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We signed a definitive agreement to increase our investment in DDAC in February 2011. The transaction is subject to Chinese government approval and is expected to close during the first half of 2011 with a cash payment approximating $120 due at closing. In February 2011, we completed a transaction with SIFCO, a Brazilian forging and machining supplier to the vehicular markets. We paid $150 to SIFCO at closing.

Contingencies

For a summary of litigation and other contingencies, see Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8. We believe that any liabilities beyond the amounts already accrued that may result from these contingencies will not have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to use estimates and make judgments and assumptions about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and the related disclosures. Considerable judgment is often involved in making these determinations. Critical estimates are those that require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments in the preparation of the financial statements and the accompanying notes. We evaluate these estimates and judgments on a regular basis. We believe our assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate. However, the use of different assumptions could result in significantly different results and actual results could differ from those estimates. The following discussion of accounting estimates is intended to supplement the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies presented as Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Income taxes  — Accounting for income taxes is complex, in part because we conduct business globally and therefore file income tax returns in numerous tax jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the income tax provision, uncertain tax positions, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided when, in our judgment, based upon available information, it is more likely than not that a portion of such deferred tax assets will not be realized. To make this assessment, we consider the historical and projected future taxable income or loss in different tax jurisdictions and we review our tax planning strategies. We have recorded valuation allowances against deferred tax assets in the U.S. and other foreign jurisdictions where realization has been determined to be uncertain. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to our valuation allowances may be necessary.

In the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is less than certain. We are regularly under audit by the various applicable tax authorities. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, we believe that we have appropriate support for the positions taken on our tax returns and that our annual tax provisions include amounts sufficient to pay assessments, if any, which may be proposed by the taxing authorities. Nonetheless, the amounts ultimately paid, if any, upon resolution of the issues raised by the taxing authorities may differ materially from the amounts accrued for each year. See additional discussion of our deferred tax assets and liabilities in Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Retiree benefits  — Accounting for pensions and OPEB involves estimating the cost of benefits to be provided well into the future and attributing that cost to the time period each employee works. These plan expenses and obligations are dependent on assumptions developed by us in consultation with our outside advisors such as actuaries and other consultants and are generally calculated independently of funding requirements. The assumptions used, including inflation, discount rates, investment returns, life expectancies, turnover rates, retirement rates, future compensation levels and health care cost trend rates, have a significant impact on plan expenses and obligations. These assumptions are regularly reviewed and modified when appropriate based on historical experience, current trends and the future outlook. Changes in one or more of the underlying assumptions could result in a material impact to our consolidated financial statements in any given period. If actual experience differs from expectations, our financial position and results of operations in future periods could be affected.

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The inflation assumption is based on an evaluation of external market indicators. Retirement, turnover and mortality rates are based primarily on actual plan experience. Health care cost trend rates are developed based on our actual historical claims experience, the near-term outlook and an assessment of likely long-term trends. For our largest plans, discount rates are based upon the construction of a theoretical bond portfolio, adjusted according to the timing of expected cash flows for the future obligations. A yield curve is developed based on a subset of these high-quality fixed-income investments (those with yields between the 40th and 90th percentiles). The projected cash flows are matched to this yield curve and a present value developed which is then calibrated to develop a single equivalent discount rate. Pension benefits are funded through deposits with trustees that satisfy, at a minimum, the applicable funding regulations. For our largest defined benefit pension plans, expected investment rates of return are based upon input from the plan’s investment advisors and actuary regarding our expected investment portfolio mix, historical rates of return on those assets, projected future asset class returns, the impact of active management and long-term market conditions and inflation expectations. We believe that the long-term asset allocation on average will approximate the targeted allocation and we regularly review the actual asset allocation to periodically rebalance the investments to the targeted allocation when appropriate. OPEB benefits are funded as they become due.

Actuarial gains or losses may result from changes in assumptions or when actual experience is different from that expected. Under the applicable standards, those gains and losses are not required to be immediately recognized as expense, but instead may be deferred as part of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) and amortized into expense over future periods.

In 2010, the actual returns on plan assets were better than the expected returns. The most significant of our funded plans exist in the U.S. and Canada. In our U.S. plans, we maintained a balanced allocation between growth and immunization assets. Growth assets posted double-digit returns for the full year. Interest rates declined in 2010 which reduced the liability discount rate and increased the present value of our benefit obligations. This increase in liability was offset partially by positive returns from the Treasury strips and long duration fixed income corporate bonds within our portfolio. In the U.S. the funded status of the pension plans improved as asset returns and a voluntary contribution to the plan outweighed the increase in the liability due to interest rate declines. In our Canadian plans we remain heavily invested in government securities as many of the associated plans continue to be in various stages of settlement under Canadian pension regulation.

At the end of 2010, we have significant unrecognized net actuarial losses in AOCI, principally in the U.S. These unrecognized losses are being amortized into domestic net periodic pension cost. This component of pension expense will increase from $19 in 2010 to $22 in 2011. However, net pension expense will decline in 2011 as a result of lower interest costs and a larger asset base. As such, the U.S. net periodic pension cost (before any curtailment impacts) is expected to decrease from $20 in 2010 to $11 in 2011. We estimate that required contributions to our U.S. plans will approximate $32 in 2011.

A change in the pension discount rate of 25 basis points would result in a change in our pension obligations as of December 31, 2010 of approximately $57 and no change in 2011 pension expense. A 25 basis point change in the rate of return would change 2011 pension expense by approximately $4.

Restructuring actions involving facility closures and employee downsizing and divestitures frequently give rise to adjustments to employee benefit plan obligations, including the recognition of curtailment or settlement gains and losses. Upon the occurrence of these events, the obligations of the employee benefit plans affected by the action are also re-measured based on updated assumptions as of the re-measurement date. See additional discussion of our pension and OPEB obligations in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets  — We test goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment as of October 31 of each year for all of our reporting units, or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would warrant such a review. We make significant assumptions and estimates about the extent and timing of future cash flows, growth rates and discount rates. The cash flows are estimated over a significant future period of time, which makes those estimates and assumptions subject to a high degree of uncertainty. We also utilize market valuation models which require us to make certain assumptions and estimates regarding the applicability of those models to our assets and businesses. We use our internal forecasts, which we update monthly, to make our cash flow projections. These

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

forecasts are based on our knowledge of our customers’ production forecasts, our assessment of market growth rates, net new business, material and labor cost estimates, cost recovery agreements with customers and our estimate of savings expected from our restructuring activities. Inherent in these forecasts is an assumption of modest economic recovery in 2011 and continuing relatively low interest rates which can impact end-user purchases.

The most likely factors that would significantly impact our forecasts are changes in customer production levels and loss of significant portions of our business. We believe that the assumptions and estimates used to determine the estimated fair value of our Off-Highway reporting unit and our other indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 31, 2010 were reasonable. There is a significant excess of fair value over the carrying value of these assets at December 31, 2010. As described in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8, we recorded goodwill impairment of $169 in 2008 related to our LVD business segment.

Indefinite-lived intangible asset valuations are generally based on revenue streams. We impaired indefinite-lived intangible assets by $35 in 2009 (including $29 related to the sale of substantially all of our Structural Products business) and $14 in the eleven months ended December 31, 2008.

Long-lived assets with definite lives  — We perform impairment analyses on our property, plant and equipment and our definite-lived intangible assets whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. When indications are present, we compare the estimated future undiscounted net cash flows of the operations to which the assets relate to their carrying amount (step one test). We utilize the cash flow projections discussed above for property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangibles. We group the assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities and evaluate the asset group against the undiscounted future cash flows using the life of the primary assets. If the operations are determined to be unable to recover the carrying amount of their assets, the long-lived assets are written down to their estimated fair value. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows, third party appraisals or other methods that provide appropriate estimates of value. A considerable amount of management judgment and assumptions are required in performing the impairment tests and in determining whether an adverse event or circumstance has triggered the need for an impairment review of the carrying value of assets.

Warranty  — Costs related to product warranty obligations are estimated and accrued at the time of sale with a charge against cost of sales. Warranty accruals are evaluated and adjusted as appropriate based on occurrences giving rise to potential warranty exposure and associated experience. Warranty accruals and adjustments require significant judgment, including a determination of our involvement in the matter giving rise to the potential warranty issue or claim, our contractual requirements, estimates of units requiring repair and estimates of repair costs. If actual experience differs from expectations, our financial position and results of operations in future periods could be affected.

Contingency reserves  — We have numerous other loss exposures, such as environmental claims, product liability and litigation. Establishing loss reserves for these matters requires the use of estimates and judgment in regards to risk exposure and ultimate liability. We estimate losses under the programs using consistent and appropriate methods. However, changes to our assumptions could materially affect our recorded liabilities.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices for products we use in our manufacturing and interest rates. To reduce our exposure to these risks, we maintain risk management controls to monitor these risks and take appropriate actions to attempt to mitigate such forms of market risks.

Foreign currency exchange rate risk  — We use forward exchange contracts to manage foreign currency exchange rate risks associated with certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities and with a portion of our forecasted sales and purchase transactions. Foreign currency exposures are reviewed monthly and natural offsets are considered prior to entering into forward contracts. The majority of our exposures are associated with cross-currency intercompany loans, intercompany receivable/payable balances and third party non-U.S.-dollar-denominated debt. A 10% instantaneous increase in foreign currency rates versus the U.S. dollar would result in a loss of $2. A 10% decrease in foreign currency rates versus the U.S. dollar would result in a gain of $2 on existing foreign currency derivatives.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest rate risk  — We are subject to interest rate and fair value risk in connection with the issuance of fixed and variable rate debt. Our exposure arises primarily from changes in the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). A 50 basis points instantaneous increase (decrease) in the interest rate (primarily LIBOR) underlying our total outstanding debt would result in an annualized increase (decrease) of less than $1 in interest expense. The interest on our 2010 debt was primarily at a LIBOR rate plus a fixed margin as defined in our Amended Term Loan Agreement and the margin did not change. The offsetting impact of interest income on our cash balances is not considered in the preceding amounts but represents a significant offset to rate changes. In January 2011, we issued $750 of fixed-rate debt and repaid our term loan. We have included interest rate risk at December 31, 2010 and interest rate risk based on the Senior Notes in the table below.

Forward contracts  — We began to designate certain of our qualifying currency forward contracts as cash flow hedges in October 2010. Changes in the fair value of contracts treated as cash flow hedges are reported in OCI and are reclassified to earnings in the same period in which the underlying transactions affect earnings. Changes in the fair value of contracts not treated as cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings in the period in which those changes occur. Changes in the fair value of contracts associated with product-related transactions are recorded in cost of sales, while those associated with non-product transactions are recorded in other income, net. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Sensitivity  — The following table summarizes the sensitivities of certain instruments and balances to a 10% change in our LIBOR interest rate or foreign exchange rates (versus the U.S. dollar) on the fair value of fixed-rate instruments and cash flow (interest expense) for variable rate instruments. The sensitivities do not include the interaction that would be likely between exchange rates and interest rates.

     
  Assuming a 10%
Increase in
Rates
  Assuming a 10%
Decrease in
Rates
  Favorable
(Unfavorable)
Change in
Foreign currency rate sensitivity:
                          
Forwards (1)
                          
Long U.S. dollars   $ (2 )     $ 2       Fair value  
Short U.S. dollars   $ 4     $ (4 )       Fair value  
Debt (2)
                          
Foreign currency denominated (3)   $  —     $  —       Fair value  

     
  Assuming a
50 Basis Point
Increase in
Rates
  Assuming a
50 Basis Point
Decrease in
Rates
  Favorable
(Unfavorable)
Change in
Interest rate sensitivity:
                          
Debt as of December 31, 2010
                          
Fixed rate   $  —     $       Fair value  
Variable rate (3)   $     $       Cash flow  
Debt after January 2011 bond issue
                          
Fixed rate   $ 26     $ (28 )       Fair value  
Variable rate (3)   $     $       Cash flow  
Derivatives (4)   $     $       Cash flow  

Notes:

(1) Change in fair value of forward contract assuming a 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar vs. foreign currencies. Amount does not include the impact of the underlying exposure. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for the fair values of our forward contracts.
(2) Change in fair value of foreign currency denominated debt assuming a 10% change in the value of the foreign currency. This amount includes the impact of U.S.-dollar-based- cross-currency intercompany loans.
(3) Amount is less than $1.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(4) Under our Amended Term Facility, we were required to carry interest rate hedge agreement covering a notional amount of not less than 50% of the aggregate loans outstanding under the Amended Term Facility until January 2011. These contracts effectively capped our interest rate at 10.25%. An increase in our interest rates as shown above would not have reached the cap. The value of the cap was less than $1 as of December 31, 2010. The interest rate hedge was closed for less than $1 in January 2011.

Commodity price risk  — We do not utilize forward contracts to manage commodity price risk. Our overall strategy is to pass through commodity risk to our customers in our pricing agreements. A substantial portion of our customer agreements include contractual provisions for the pass-through of commodity price movements. In instances where the risk is not covered contractually, we have generally been able to adjust customer pricing to recover commodity cost increases.

Long-term debt  — The two tables below summarize our long-term debt at December 31, 2010 and our long-term debt after giving effect to the January 2011 refinancing of our Term Facility debt with the issuance of $750 of Senior Notes and the payment of the remaining $117 of the Term Facility. The maturities before and after the refinancing are shown for each circumstance in the two tables below using the interest rates on the applicable debt.

The interest rate structure and maturities in the table below are based on the debt in place at December 31, 2010. The interest rates shown represent the weighted average interest rates on the remaining debt as of that period.

             
  2011   2012   2013   2014   2015   Thereafter   Total
Debt
                                                              
Fixed rate long-term debt   $ 5     $ 23     $ 55     $ 1     $     $  —     $ 84  
Average interest rate     4.22 %       4.25 %       4.39 %       2.17 %                         4.26 %  
Variable rate long-term debt   $ 13     $ 9     $ 14     $ 669     $ 167     $     $ 872  
Average interest rate     4.51 %       4.51 %       4.51 %       4.53 %       4.53 %                4.52 %  

The amounts shown exclude original issue discount, short-term debt and non-recourse debt.

The following table includes the impact of the refinancing of the Term Facility debt and the issuance of the new fixed-rate Senior Notes in January 2011. The interest rates shown represent the weighted average interest rates on the remaining debt as of that period.

             
  2011   2012   2013   2014   2015   Thereafter   Total
Debt
                                                              
Fixed rate long-term debt   $ 5     $ 23     $ 55     $ 1     $     $ 750     $ 834  
Average interest rate     6.37 %       6.39 %       6.46 %       6.61 %       6.61 %       6.61 %       6.45 %  
Variable rate long-term debt   $ 117     $     $ 5     $     $     $     $ 122  
Average interest rate     4.39 %       0.43 %       0.43 %                                  4.12 %  

The amounts shown exclude original issue discount, short-term debt and non-recourse debt.

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Dana Holding Corporation

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dana Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries (Dana) at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the period from February 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(3) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the period from February 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for noncontrolling interests and the manner in which it accounts for inventory in 2009.

As discussed in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company filed a petition on March 3, 2006 with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York for reorganization under the provisions of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Company’s Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Debtors and Debtors in Possession (as modified, the “Plan”) was confirmed on December 26, 2007. Confirmation of the Plan resulted in the discharge of certain claims against the Company that arose before March 3, 2006 and substantially alters rights and interests of equity security holders as provided for in the Plan. The Plan was substantially consummated on January 31, 2008 and the Company emerged from bankruptcy. In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy, the Company adopted fresh start accounting on January 31, 2008.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Toledo, Ohio
February 24, 2011

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Dana Holding Corporation

In our opinion, the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2008 through January 31, 2008 present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Dana Corporation and its subsidiaries (Prior Dana) for the period from January 1, 2008 through January 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(3) for the period from January 1, 2008 through January 31, 2008 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company filed a petition on March 3, 2006 with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York for reorganization under the provisions of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Company’s Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Debtors and Debtors in Possession (as modified, the “Plan”) was confirmed on December 26, 2007. Confirmation of the Plan resulted in the discharge of certain claims against the Company that arose before March 3, 2006 and substantially alters rights and interests of equity security holders as provided for in the Plan. The Plan was substantially consummated on January 31, 2008 and the Company emerged from bankruptcy. In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy, the Company adopted fresh start accounting.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Toledo, Ohio
March 16, 2009

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Consolidated Statement of Operations
(In millions except per share amounts)

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
     2010   2009   2008   2008
Net sales   $ 6,109     $ 5,228     $ 7,344     $ 751  
Costs and expenses
                                   
Cost of sales     5,450       4,985       7,113       702  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     402       313       303       34  
Amortization of intangibles     61       71       66           
Restructuring charges, net     73       118       114       12  
Impairment of goodwill                       169           
Impairment of long-lived assets              156       14           
Other income (expense), net     1       98       53       8  
Income (loss) before interest, reorganization items and income taxes     124       (317 )       (382 )       11  
Interest expense     89       139       142       8  
Reorganization items              (2 )       25       98  
Fresh start accounting adjustments                                1,009  
Income (loss) before income taxes     35       (454 )       (549 )       914  
Income tax benefit (expense)     (31 )       27       (107 )       (199 )  
Equity in earnings of affiliates     10       (9 )       (11 )       2  
Income (loss) from continuing operations     14       (436 )       (667 )       717  
Loss from discontinued operations                       (4 )       (6 )  
Net income (loss)     14       (436 )       (671 )       711  
Less: Noncontrolling interests
net income (loss)
    4       (5 )       6       2  
Net income (loss) attributable to the parent company     10       (431 )       (677 )       709  
Preferred stock dividend requirements     32       32       29           
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders   $ (22 )     $ (463 )     $ (706 )     $ 709  
Income (loss) per share from continuing operations available to parent company stockholders:
                                   
Basic   $ (0.16 )     $ (4.19 )     $ (7.02 )     $ 4.77  
Diluted   $ (0.16 )     $ (4.19 )     $ (7.02 )     $ 4.75  
Loss per share from discontinued operations attributable to parent company stockholders:
                                   
Basic   $     $     $ (0.04 )     $ (0.04 )  
Diluted   $     $     $ (0.04 )     $ (0.04 )  
Net income (loss) per share available to parent company stockholders:
                                   
Basic   $ (0.16 )     $ (4.19 )     $ (7.06 )     $ 4.73  
Diluted   $ (0.16 )     $ (4.19 )     $ (7.06 )     $ 4.71  
Average common shares outstanding
                                   
Basic     141       110       100       150  
Diluted     141       110       100       150  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Consolidated Balance Sheet
(In millions)

   
  December 31,
     2010   2009
Assets
                 
Current assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,134     $ 947  
Accounts receivable
                 
Trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $11 in 2010 and $18 in 2009     816       728  
Other     184       172  
Inventories     708       608  
Other current assets     91       89  
Current assets held for sale              99  
Total current assets     2,933       2,643  
Goodwill     104       111  
Intangibles     352       438  
Investments and other assets     238       262  
Investments in affiliates     121       112  
Property, plant and equipment, net     1,351       1,484  
Noncurrent assets held for sale              104  
Total assets   $ 5,099     $ 5,154  
Liabilities and equity
                 
Current liabilities
                 
Notes payable, including current portion of long-term debt   $ 167     $ 34  
Accounts payable     779       601  
Accrued payroll and employee benefits     144       103  
Accrued restructuring costs     28       29  
Taxes on income     38       101  
Other accrued liabilities     251       270  
Current liabilities held for sale              79  
Total current liabilities     1,407       1,217  
Long-term debt     780       969  
Deferred employee benefits and other noncurrent liabilities     1,128       1,189  
Total liabilities     3,315       3,375  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
                 
Parent company stockholders’ equity
                 
Preferred stock, 50,000,000 shares authorized
                 
Series A, $0.01 par value, 2,500,000 shares outstanding     242       242  
Series B, $0.01 par value, 5,311,298 and 5,400,000 shares outstanding     520       529  
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 450,000,000 shares authorized, 144,126,032 and 139,414,149 outstanding     1       1  
Additional paid-in capital     2,613       2,580  
Accumulated deficit     (1,191 )       (1,169 )  
Treasury stock, at cost     (4 )  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (496 )       (504 )  
Total parent company stockholders’ equity     1,685       1,679  
Noncontrolling equity     99       100  
Total equity     1,784       1,779  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 5,099     $ 5,154  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
(In millions)

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
Cash flows – operating activities
                                
Net income (loss)   $ 14     $ (436 )     $ (671 )     $ 711  
Depreciation     238       311       269       23  
Amortization of intangibles     76       86       81           
Amortization of inventory valuation                       49           
Amortization of deferred financing charges and original issue discount     25       34       27           
Impairment of goodwill, intangibles, investments and other assets              156       183           
Loss on sale of business     3       9                    
Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt     7       (35 )       10           
Deferred income taxes     (10 )       (20 )       22       191  
Reorganization:
                                   
Payment of claims     (75 )                (100 )           
Reorganization items net of cash payments              (4 )       (24 )       79  
Payments to VEBAs                       (733 )       (55 )  
Gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise                                (27 )  
Fresh start adjustments                                (1,009 )  
Pension contributions in excess of expense     (30 )       (5 )       (36 )       (2 )  
Change in accounts receivable     (96 )       76       512       (78 )  
Change in inventories     (108 )       299       (6 )       (28 )  
Change in accounts payable     178       (184 )       (227 )       17  
Change in accrued payroll and employee benefits     43       (80 )       (79 )       12  
Change in accrued income taxes     22       (41 )       (40 )       (2 )  
Change in other current assets and liabilities     (6 )       24       (142 )       18  
Change in other non-current assets and liabilities, net     (13 )       8       (19 )       27  
Other, net     19       10       27       1  
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities     287       208       (897 )       (122 )  
Cash flows – investing activities
                                
Purchases of property, plant and equipment     (120 )       (99 )       (234 )       (16 )  
Proceeds from sale of businesses     118                         5  
Change in restricted cash                                93  
Other     4       1       13       (5 )  
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities     2       (98 )       (221 )       77  
Cash flows – financing activities
                                   
Net change in short-term debt     6       (36 )       (70 )       (18 )  
Proceeds from long-term debt     52       27                    
Repayment of long-term debt     (137 )       (214 )       (164 )           
Proceeds from issuance of common stock              264                    
Underwriting fee payment              (14 )                    
Dividends paid to preferred stockholders     (66 )                (18 )           
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests     (7 )       (5 )       (7 )       (1 )  
Proceeds of Exit Facility debt                       80       1,350  
Deferred financing payments              (1 )       (26 )       (40 )  
Reorganization related debt payments                                (1,150 )  
Issuance of preferred stock                                771  
Other     8       11       (2 )           
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities     (144 )       32       (207 )       912  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     145       142       (1,325 )       867  
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period     947       777       2,147       1,271  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances     42       28       (45 )       5  
Net change in cash of discontinued operations                                4  
Cash and cash equivalents – end of period   $ 1,134     $ 947     $ 777     $ 2,147  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In millions)

                     
                     
  Parent Company Stockholders
               Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
  Parent
Company
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
     Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Treasury Stock   Accumulated
Deficit
  Foreign
Currency
Translation
  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Post-
retirement
Benefits
Balance, December 31, 2007, Prior Dana   $     $ 150     $ 202     $     $ (468 )     $ (155 )     $ (2 )     $ (509 )     $ (782 )     $ 95     $ (687 )  
Comprehensive income:
                                                                                                  
Net income                                         709                                  709       2       711  
Currency translation                                                  3                         3       (21 )       (18 )  
Defined benefit plans                                                                    79       79       3       82  
Other                                         (6 )             (6 )                (6 )  
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                                     76       (18 )       58  
Total comprehensive income (loss)                                                                             785       (16 )       769  
Dividends paid                                                                                      (1 )       (1 )  
Cancellation of Prior Dana common stock              (150 )       (202 )                                                    (352 )                (352 )  
Elimination of Prior Dana accumulated deficit and accumulated other comprehensive loss                                         (241 )       152       8       430       349       34       383  
Balance, January 31, 2008, Prior Dana                                                                                      112       112  
Issuance of new equity in connection with emergence from Chapter 11     771       1       2,267                                                    3,039                3,039  
Balance, January 31, 2008, Dana     771       1       2,267                                                    3,039       112       3,151  
Comprehensive income:
                                                                                                  
Net income (loss)                                         (677 )                                  (677 )       6       (671 )  
Currency translation                                                  (224 )                         (224 )       (6 )       (230 )  
Defined benefit plans                                                                    (84 )       (84 )                (84 )  
Unrealized investment losses and other                                         (51 )             (51 )                (51 )  
Other comprehensive loss                                                     (359 )       (6 )       (365 )  
Total comprehensive loss                                                                             (1,036 )                (1,036 )  
Additional investment                                                                                      2       2  
Dividends paid                                                                                      (7 )       (7 )  
Preferred stock dividends ($3.67 per share)                                         (29 )                                  (29 )                (29 )  
Issuance of additional equity in connection with emergence from Chapter 11                       2                                                    2                2  
Employee emergence bonus                       45                                                    45                45  
Stock compensation                       7                                                    7                7  
Balance, December 31, 2008, Dana     771       1       2,321                (706 )       (224 )       (51 )       (84 )       2,028       107       2,135  
Comprehensive income:
                                                                                                  
Net loss                                         (431 )                                  (431 )       (5 )       (436 )  
Currency translation                                                  109                         109       2       111  
Defined benefit plans                                                                    (317 )       (317 )                (317 )  
Unrealized investment gains and other                                         63             63       1       64  
Other comprehensive income (loss)                                                     (145 )       3       (142 )  
Total comprehensive loss                                                                             (576 )       (2 )       (578 )  
Dividends paid                                                                                      (5 )       (5 )  
Preferred stock dividends ($4.00 per share)                                         (32 )                                  (32 )                (32 )  
Share issuance                       250                                                    250                250  
Stock compensation                       9                                                    9                9  
Balance, December 31, 2009, Dana     771       1       2,580                (1,169 )       (115 )       12       (401 )       1,679       100       1,779  
Comprehensive income:
                                                                                                  
Net income                                         10                                  10       4       14  
Currency translation                                                  5                         5       6       11  
Defined benefit plans                                                                    (9 )       (9 )       (1 )       (10 )  
Reclassification to net loss of cumulative translation adjustment                                                  10                         10                10  
Unrealized investment gains and other                                         2             2                2  
Other comprehensive income                                                     8       5       13  
Total comprehensive income                                                                             18       9       27  
Return of capital                                                                                      (3 )       (3 )  
Dividends paid                                                                                      (7 )       (7 )  
Preferred stock dividends ($4.00 per share)                                         (32 )                                  (32 )                (32 )  
Share conversion     (9 )                9                                                                          
Stock compensation                       24                                                    24                24  
Stock withheld for employees taxes                                (4 )                                           (4 )                (4 )  
Balance, December 31, 2010, Dana   $ 762     $ 1     $ 2,613     $ (4 )     $ (1,191 )     $ (100 )     $ 14     $ (410 )     $ 1,685     $ 99     $ 1,784  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Index to Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements

 
  Page

1.

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    45  

2.

Divestitures and Acquisitions

    50  

3.

Restructuring of Operations

    52  

4.

Inventories

    55  

5.

Supplemental Balance Sheet and Cash Flow Information

    55  

6.

Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Long-lived Assets

    57  

7.

Capital Stock

    60  

8.

Earnings per Share

    62  

9.

Incentive and Stock Compensation

    63  

10.

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

    66  

11.

Cash Deposits

    74  

12.

Financing Agreements

    74  

13.

Fair Value Measurements

    79  

14.

Risk Management and Derivatives

    81  

15.

Commitments and Contingencies

    82  

16.

Warranty Obligations

    84  

17.

Income Taxes

    84  

18.

Other Income, Net

    89  

19.

Investments in Equity Affiliates

    90  

20.

Segment, Geographical Area and Major Customer Information

    92  

21.

Reorganization Items

    95  

22.

Discontinued Operations

    96  

23.

Emergence from Chapter 11

    97  

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

General

Dana Holding Corporation (Dana) is headquartered in Maumee, Ohio and was incorporated in Delaware in 2007. As a leading supplier of driveline products (axles, driveshafts and transmissions), power technologies (sealing and thermal management products) and genuine service parts for light and heavy vehicle manufacturers, our customer base includes virtually every major vehicle manufacturer in the global light vehicle, medium/heavy vehicle and off-highway markets.

As a result of Dana Corporation’s emergence from Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Chapter 11) on January 31, 2008 (the Effective Date), Dana became the successor registrant to Dana Corporation (Prior Dana) pursuant to Rule 12g-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Dana Corporation and forty of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the Debtors) reorganized under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code from March 3, 2006 (the Filing Date) through the Effective Date. The terms “Dana,” “we,” “our” and “us,” when used in this report, are references to Dana. These references include the subsidiaries of Dana or Prior Dana, as the case may be, unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise. With respect to the period prior to Dana Corporation’s emergence from Chapter 11, references are to Prior Dana and, when used with respect to the period commencing after Dana Corporation’s emergence, are references to Dana.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of presentation  — Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all subsidiaries where we hold a controlling financial interest. The ownership interests in subsidiaries held by third parties are presented in the consolidated balance sheet within equity, but separate from the parent’s equity, as noncontrolling interests. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in 20 to 50%-owned affiliates, which are not required to be consolidated, are accounted for under the equity method. Equity in earnings of these investments is presented separately in the consolidated statement of operations, net of tax. Investments in less-than-20%-owned companies are included in the financial statements at the cost of our investment. Dividends, royalties and fees from these cost basis affiliates are recorded in income when received.

Bankruptcy proceedings  — Dana and forty of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the Debtors) reorganized under Chapter 11 from March 3, 2006 (the Filing Date) through the Effective Date. On the Effective Date, we implemented the Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Debtors and Debtors in Possession as modified (the Plan) and adopted fresh start accounting. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP), historical financial statements of Prior Dana are presented separately from Dana results. The implementation of the Plan and the application of fresh start accounting result in financial statements that are not comparable to financial statements for periods prior to emergence.

Fresh start accounting  — Effective February 1, 2008, we adopted fresh start accounting. Pursuant to the Plan, all outstanding securities of Prior Dana were cancelled and new securities were issued. In addition, fresh start accounting required that our assets and liabilities be stated at fair value upon our emergence from Chapter 11.

Segments  — In the first quarter of 2010, the reporting of our operating segment results was reorganized in line with changes in our management structure and internal reporting. The Sealing and Thermal segments have been combined to form the Power Technologies segment and one manufacturing operation in Brazil was moved from the Light Vehicle Driveline (LVD) segment to the Commercial Vehicle segment. Prior period segment results have been conformed to the current year presentation. See Note 20 for segment results and the impact of these changes.

Estimates  — Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Some of the more significant estimates include: valuation

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

of deferred tax assets and inventories; restructuring, environmental, product liability, asbestos and warranty accruals; valuation of postemployment and postretirement benefits; valuation, depreciation and amortization of long-lived assets; valuation of noncurrent notes receivable; valuation of goodwill; and allowances for doubtful accounts. We believe our assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate. However, due to the inherent uncertainties in making estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Noncontrolling interests  — Effective January 1, 2009, we adopted the provisions of a new accounting standard which changed the presentation of noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries. The format of our consolidated statement of operations, consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of cash flows and consolidated statement of stockholders equity and comprehensive income (loss) have been reclassified to conform to the new presentation which was required to be applied retrospectively.

Discontinued operations  — We classify a business component that either has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale as a discontinued operation if the cash flow of the component has been or will be eliminated from our ongoing operations and we will no longer have any significant continuing involvement in the component. The results of operations of our discontinued operations through the date of sale, including any gains or losses on disposition, are aggregated and presented on one line in the income statement. See Note 22 for additional information regarding discontinued operations.

Cash and cash equivalents  — For purposes of reporting cash flows, we consider highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Marketable securities that satisfy the criteria for cash equivalents are classified accordingly.

The ability to move cash out of operating locations is subject to the operating needs of those locations in addition to locally imposed restrictions on the transfer of funds in the form of dividends, cash advances or loans. In addition, we must meet distributable reserve requirements. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, we received dividends of $85, $121 and $124 from consolidated subsidiaries. Dividends of $2, $2 and $10 were received from less-than-50%-owned affiliates in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Inventories  — Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is generally determined on the average or FIFO cost basis. In connection with our adoption of fresh start accounting on February 1, 2008, inventories were revalued and increased by $169, including the elimination of the U.S. LIFO reserve of $120, which restored our U.S. inventory to a FIFO basis. The remaining valuation increase of $49 was recognized in cost of sales as the inventory was sold, negatively impacting gross margin in 2008. As originally reported, on January 1, 2009, we changed our method of accounting for inventory in the U.S. from LIFO to FIFO.

Property, plant and equipment  — As a result of our adoption of fresh start accounting on February 1, 2008, property, plant and equipment was stated at fair value with useful lives ranging from two to thirty years. Useful lives of newly acquired assets are generally twenty to thirty years for buildings and building improvements, five to ten years for machinery and equipment, three to five years for tooling and office equipment and three to ten years for furniture and fixtures. Depreciation is recognized over the estimated useful lives using primarily the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated depreciation methods for federal income tax purposes. If assets are impaired, their value is reduced via an increase in the depreciation reserve.

Pre-production costs related to long-term supply arrangements  — The costs of tooling used to make products sold under long-term supply arrangements are capitalized as part of property, plant and equipment and amortized over their useful lives if we own the tooling or if we fund the purchase but our customer owns the tooling and grants us the irrevocable right to use the tooling over the contract period. If we have a contractual right to bill our customers, costs incurred in connection with the design and development of tooling are carried as a component of other accounts receivable until invoiced. Design and development costs related to customer products are deferred if we have an agreement to collect such costs from the customer;

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

otherwise, they are expensed when incurred. At December 31, 2010, the machinery and equipment component of property, plant and equipment included $9 of our tooling related to long-term supply arrangements and less than $1 of our customers’ tooling which we have the irrevocable right to use, while trade and other accounts receivable included $15 of costs related to tooling that we have a contractual right to collect from our customers.

Goodwill  — We test goodwill for impairment at least annually as of October 31 and more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would warrant an interim review. Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level. We estimate the fair value using various valuation methodologies, including projected future cash flows and multiples of current earnings. The test compares the carrying value to the fair value and, when appropriate, the carrying value is reduced to fair value. See Note 6 for more information regarding goodwill and a discussion of the impairment of goodwill in the second and third quarters of 2008.

Intangible assets  — Intangible assets include the value of core technology, trademarks and trade names and customer relationships. Customer contracts and developed technology have definite lives while substantially all of the trademarks and trade names have indefinite lives. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their useful life using the straight-line method of amortization and are periodically reviewed for impairment indicators. Amortization of core technology is charged to cost of sales. Amortization of trademarks and trade names and customer relationships is charged to amortization of intangibles. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually and more frequently if impairment indicators exist. See Note 6 for more information about intangible assets.

Asset impairments  — We review the carrying value of amortizable long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell and are no longer depreciated. See Note 6 for a discussion of long-lived asset impairment.

Other long-lived assets and liabilities  — In connection with the application of fresh start accounting, we discounted our asbestos and worker’s compensation liabilities and the related amounts recoverable from insurers. We discounted the projected cash flows using a risk-free rate of 4.0% which we interpolated for the applicable period using U.S. Treasury rates. Use of a risk-free rate was considered appropriate given that other risks affecting the volume and timing of payments had been considered in developing the probability-weighted projected cash flows. The risk-free rates applied to incremental cash flow projections have been updated periodically.

Financial instruments  — The reported fair values of financial instruments are based on a variety of factors. Where available, fair values represent quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated based on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates reflecting varying degrees of credit risk. Fair values may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that could be realized as of the balance sheet date or that will be realized in the future.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and short-term borrowings approximate fair value. Foreign currency forward contracts and the interest rate swap contracts are carried at their fair values. Long-term notes receivable are carried at the lower of fair value or a contractual call price. Borrowings under our credit facilities are carried at historical cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums or discounts, foreign currency fluctuations and principal payments.

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Derivative financial instruments  — All derivative instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. We enter into currency forward contracts to manage our exposure arising from currency fluctuations associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities and with a portion of our forecasted sales and purchase transactions. We began to designate certain currency forward contracts as cash flow hedges on October 1, 2010.

Changes in the fair value of contracts treated as cash flow hedges are deferred in other comprehensive income (OCI) in stockholders’ equity and are reclassified to earnings in the same period(s) in which the underlying transactions affect earnings. Changes in the fair value of contracts not treated as cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings as those changes occur. Changes in the fair value of contracts associated with product-related transactions are recorded in cost of sales while those associated with non-product transactions are recorded in other income, net and are generally offset by currency-driven gains or losses on the underlying transactions. We may also use interest rate swaps to manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and to adjust the mix of our fixed and floating rate debt. We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes and we do not hedge all of our exposures.

Environmental compliance and remediation  — Environmental expenditures that relate to current operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Expenditures that relate to existing conditions caused by past operations that do not contribute to our current or future revenue generation are expensed. Liabilities are recorded when environmental assessments and/or remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. We consider the most probable method of remediation, current laws and regulations and existing technology in determining our environmental liabilities.

Pension and other postretirement benefits  — We sponsor a number of defined benefit pension plans covering eligible salaried and hourly employees. Benefits are determined based upon employees’ length of service, wages or a combination of length of service and wages. Our practice is to fund these costs through deposits with trustees in amounts that, at a minimum, satisfy the applicable local funding regulations. We also provide other postretirement benefits, including medical and life insurance, for certain eligible employees upon retirement. Benefits are determined primarily based upon employees’ length of service and include applicable employee cost sharing. Our policy is to fund these benefits as they become due.

Annual net pension and postretirement benefits expenses and the related liabilities are determined on an actuarial basis. These plan expenses and obligations are dependent on management’s assumptions developed in consultation with our actuaries. We review these actuarial assumptions at least annually and make modifications when appropriate. With the input of independent actuaries and other relevant sources, we believe that the assumptions used are reasonable; however, changes in these assumptions, or experience different from that assumed, could impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 10 for additional information about these plans.

Postemployment benefits  — Costs to provide postemployment benefits to employees are accounted for on an accrual basis. Obligations that do not accumulate or vest are recorded when payment of the benefits is probable and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. Our policy is to fund these benefits as they become due. Annual net postemployment benefits expense and the related liabilities are accrued as service is rendered for those obligations that accumulate or vest and the amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Equity-based compensation  — We measure compensation cost arising from the grant of share-based awards to employees at fair value. We recognize such costs in income over the period during which the requisite service is provided, usually the vesting period.

Revenue recognition  — Sales are recognized when products are shipped and risk of loss has transferred to the customer. We accrue for warranty costs, sales returns and other allowances based on experience and other relevant factors when sales are recognized. Adjustments are made as new information becomes available.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in sales, while costs of shipping and handling are included in cost of sales. Taxes collected from customers are credited directly to obligations to the appropriate governmental agencies on a net basis, and are excluded from revenues.

Supplier agreements with our original equipment manufacturers (OEM) customers generally provide for fulfillment of the customers’ purchasing requirements over vehicle program lives, which generally range from three to ten years. Prices for product shipped under the programs are established at inception, with subsequent pricing adjustments mutually agreed through negotiation. Pricing adjustments are occasionally determined retroactively based on historical shipments and either paid or received, as appropriate, in lump sum to effectuate the price settlement. Proceeds from retroactive price increases are deferred upon receipt and amortized over the remaining life of the appropriate program, unless the retroactive price increase was determined to have been received under contract or legal provisions, in which case revenue is recognized when settled.

Foreign currency translation  — The financial statements of subsidiaries and equity affiliates outside the U.S. located in non-highly inflationary economies are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which they operate as the functional currency, which typically is the local currency. Transaction gains and losses resulting from translating assets and liabilities of these entities into the functional currency are included in other income, net or in equity earnings. When translating into U.S. dollars, income and expense items are translated at average monthly rates of exchange, while assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Translation adjustments resulting from translating the functional currency into U.S. dollars are deferred and included as a component of OCI in stockholders’ equity. For operations whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, non-monetary assets are translated into U.S. dollars at historical exchange rates and monetary assets are translated at current exchange rates.

Income taxes  — In the ordinary course of business there is inherent uncertainty in quantifying our income tax positions. We assess our income tax positions and record tax assets or liabilities for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts and circumstances and information available at the reporting dates. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have recorded the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater-than-50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in the financial statements. Where applicable, the related interest cost has also been recognized as a component of the income tax provision.

Deferred income taxes are provided for future tax effects attributable to temporary differences between the recorded values of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the basis of such assets and liabilities as measured by tax laws and regulations. Deferred income taxes are also provided for net operating loss (NOLs), tax credit and other carryforwards. Amounts are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

In each reporting period, we assess whether it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize our deferred tax assets. This assessment requires significant judgment and, in making this evaluation, we consider all available positive and negative evidence. Such evidence includes trends and expectations for future U.S. and non-U.S. pre-tax operating income, our historical earnings and losses, the time period over which our temporary differences and carryforwards will reverse and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. While the assumptions require significant judgment, they are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying business.

We provide a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets if, based upon available evidence, we determine that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded net deferred tax assets

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

will not be realized in future periods. Creating a valuation allowance serves to increase income tax expense during the reporting period. Once created, a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets is maintained until realization of the deferred tax asset is judged more likely than not to occur. Reducing a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets serves to reduce income tax expense in the reporting period of change unless the reduction occurs due to the expiration of the underlying loss or tax credit carryforward period. See Note 17 for an explanation of the valuation allowance adjustments made for our net deferred tax assets and additional information on income taxes.

Earnings per share  — Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Certain share and share-equivalents are included or excluded from the share count for fully diluted earnings per share depending on the nature of those shares and whether or not we have net earnings or a net loss. See Note 8 for the calculation of earning per share. Prior Dana shares were cancelled at emergence from Chapter 11 and shares in Dana were issued. Therefore the earnings per share information for Dana is not comparable to Prior Dana earnings per share.

Research and development  — Research and development programs include research and development for commercial products. Cost for such programs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses were $50 in 2010, $44 in 2009 and $60 for the full year of 2008.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued additional guidance regarding new disclosures and clarification of existing disclosures of fair value measurements. This guidance covers significant transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements. In addition, the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements must include information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements presented separately. The guidance also clarified existing disclosures regarding the level of disaggregation and disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. We adopted the provisions of the standard on January 1, 2010, which did not impact our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance regarding accounting for transfers of financial assets. The guidance seeks to improve the relevance and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial statements about a transfer of financial assets; the effects of a transfer on its financial position, financial performance and cash flows and a transferor’s continuing involvement, if any, in transferred financial assets. The guidance eliminates the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity, creates more stringent conditions for reporting a transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale, clarifies other sale-accounting criteria and changes the initial measurement of a transferor’s interest in transferred financial assets. The guidance was effective January 1, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance related to variable interest entities (VIEs) and the determination of whether an entity is a VIE. Companies are required to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a VIE. The guidance requires ongoing assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, requires enhanced disclosures and eliminates the scope exclusion for qualifying special-purpose entities. We adopted the guidance on January 1, 2010 and it did not impact our consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Divestitures and Acquisitions

Acquisitions  — In June 2007, our subsidiary Dana Mauritius Limited (Dana Mauritius) purchased 4% of the registered capital of Dongfeng Dana Axle Co., Ltd. (DDAC), a commercial vehicle axle manufacturer in China formerly known as Dongfeng Axle Co., Ltd., from Dongfeng Motor Co., Ltd. (Dongfeng Motor) and

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2. Divestitures and Acquisitions  – (continued)

certain of its affiliates for $5. Our subsidiary Dana Hong Kong agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase Dana Mauritius’ 4% interest and, subject to certain conditions, to purchase an additional 46% equity interest in DDAC. We signed a definitive agreement to increase our investment in DDAC in February 2011 and will make a cash payment approximating $120 at closing following approval of the agreement by the Chinese government, which is expected in the second quarter of 2011.

In connection with our increase in ownership, DDAC will enter into a contingent consideration arrangement with a Dongfeng Motor affiliate that provides for reductions in the selling price of goods sold by DDAC to such affiliate for a period of up to four years if the earnings of DDAC surpass specified targets. Dana’s share of DDAC’s earnings could be reduced by an amount not to exceed $20. Dana has concluded that the impact of this arrangement comprises contingent consideration, the fair value of which will be determined at closing, recorded as a liability and amortized to equity in earnings of affiliates over the term of the arrangement.

In February 2011, we completed a transaction with SIFCO S.A. (SIFCO), a leading producer of steer axles and forged components in South America. Through this transaction, we acquired the distribution rights to SIFCO’s commercial vehicle steer axle systems and we are now responsible for all customer relationships, including marketing, sales, engineering and assembly. The addition of truck and bus steer axles to our product offering in South America effectively positions us as the leading full-line supplier of commercial vehicle drivelines — including front and rear axles, driveshafts and suspension systems. In return for payment of $150 to SIFCO, we obtained an exclusive, long-term supply agreement to ensure supply of key driveline components. Additionally, SIFCO will provide selected assets and assistance to Dana to establish, in the near term, assembly capabilities for these systems. At current production levels, this arrangement is expected to generate annual sales of approximately $350. We expect to account for this transaction as a business combination.

A valuation of the fair values of the specific tangible and intangible assets has not been completed. We expect that the $150 invested will be allocated predominately to fixed assets and intangible assets consisting primarily of the value of definite-lived customer contracts and relationships.

Divestiture of Structural Products business  — In December 2009, we signed an agreement to sell substantially all of the assets of our Structural Products business to Metalsa S.A. de C.V. (Metalsa), the largest vehicle frame and structures supplier in Mexico. As a result of the sale agreement, we had recorded a $161 charge ($153 net of tax) in December 2009, including an impairment of $150 of the intangible and long-lived assets of the Structures segment and transaction and other expenses associated with the sale of $11 which was recorded in other income, net.

We closed on the sale of all but the operations in Venezuela in March 2010 and completed the divestiture in Venezuela in December. We received cash proceeds of $118 during the year, excluding amounts related to the working capital adjustments and tooling, and reduced outstanding debt under our term facility by $77. Approximately $30 remains receivable at the end of 2010 under the agreement, including $15 related to an earn-out provision, $8 held in escrow and $5 of deferred proceeds. The earn-out payment vested in January 2011 and is to be paid by Metalsa in February 2011. All but $1 of the remaining $15 is expected to be received before the fourth quarter of 2011. In 2010, we recorded an additional pre-tax loss of $3 resulting from a price adjustment negotiated prior to the March close and we recorded additional tax expense of $3.

In connection with the sale, leases covering three U.S. facilities were assigned to a U.S. affiliate of Metalsa. Under the terms of the sale agreement, we will guarantee the affiliate’s performance under the leases, which run through June 2025, including approximately $6 of annual payments. In the event of a required payment by Dana as guarantor, we are entitled to pursue full recovery from Metalsa of the amounts paid under the guarantee and to take possession of the leased property.

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 2. Divestitures and Acquisitions  – (continued)

Assets and liabilities related to this transaction were reported as held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet and consisted of the following at December 31, 2009.

 
  December 31,
2009
Assets
        
Accounts receivable   $ 62  
Inventories     34  
Other current assets     3  
Current assets held for sale   $ 99  
Intangibles   $ 16  
Investments and other assets     6  
Investments in affiliates     17  
Property, plant and equipment, net     65  
Non-current assets held for sale   $ 104  
Liabilities
        
Accounts payable   $ 54  
Accrued payroll     7  
Other accrued liabilities     18  
Current liabilities held for sale   $ 79  

In the consolidated statement of cash flows, we did not segregate the cash flows related to assets and liabilities held for sale.

Other divestitures  — In 2007, we completed the sale of our engine hard parts, fluid products hose and tubing and coupled fluid products businesses and in January 2008 our pump products businesses to various third parties. Post-closing adjustments were made during 2008. See Note 22 for a discussion of the results of discontinued operations.

Other agreements  — In August 2007, we executed an agreement relating to two joint ventures with GETRAG Getriebe-und Zahnradfabrik Hermann Hagenmeyer GmbH & Cie KG (GETRAG). This agreement included the grant of a call option for GETRAG to acquire our interests in these joint ventures for $75 and our payment to GETRAG of $11 under certain conditions. In September 2008, we amended our agreement with GETRAG and reduced the call option purchase price to $60, extended the call option exercise period to September 2009 and eliminated the $11 liability. As a result of the reduced call price, we recorded an asset impairment charge of $15 in the third quarter of 2008 in equity in earnings of affiliates. During the period covered by the options, the call prices effectively capped the carrying value of our investment. As a result, the recognition of positive equity earnings and the corresponding increase in our investment in GETRAG were effectively offset by the recognition of charges to reflect other-than-temporary impairment to the extent of the equity earnings. Following the expiration of the option in September 2009, we began recognizing our interest in the earnings of GETRAG without an offsetting impairment charge.

Note 3. Restructuring of Operations

We continue to eliminate excess capacity by closing and consolidating facilities and repositioning operations in lower cost facilities or those with excess capacity and focusing on reducing and realigning overhead costs. Restructuring expense includes costs associated with current and previously announced actions including various workforce reduction programs, manufacturing footprint optimization actions and other restructuring activities across our global businesses. In connection with our restructuring activities, we classify

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 3. Restructuring of Operations  – (continued)

incremental depreciation as restructuring expense when a planned closure triggers accelerated depreciation. This amount is included in accelerated depreciation/impairment in the table below.

During 2010, we continued to execute strategic business realignment and headcount reduction initiatives across our businesses. In the first quarter of 2010, we announced our plans to consolidate our Heavy Vehicle operations and close the Kalamazoo, Michigan and Statesville, North Carolina facilities. Certain costs associated with this consolidation had been accrued in 2009. We also announced the planned closure of the Yennora, Australia facility in our LVD business and the associated transfer of certain production activity to other global operations during 2010. In the second and third quarters of 2010, we also realigned certain operations, primarily in our LVD businesses in North America and Venezuela as well as our Commercial Vehicle and Off-Highway businesses in Europe.

Including costs associated with previously announced initiatives, we expensed $73 for restructuring actions during 2010, including $42 of severance and related benefit costs, $22 of exit costs and $9 of accelerated depreciation/impairment cost.

During 2009, we continued to implement cost reduction activities initially begun in 2008 in response to adverse economic conditions. As part of the continuation of the voluntary separation program begun in the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a $10 charge for severance and related benefit costs for approximately 125 salaried employees, predominantly in the U.S. and Canada, during the first quarter of 2009. We incurred costs of $17 in 2008 associated with approximately 275 employees who accepted this offer and terminated employment by the end of 2008. We also implemented other employee reduction programs and continued our global business realignment activities, including the closures of our Mississauga, Ontario; Calatayud, Spain and McKenzie, Tennessee facilities in our Power Technologies business, our Brantford, Ontario and Orangeburg, South Carolina facilities in our LVD business and our Beamsville, Ontario facility in our Commercial Vehicle business.

Including the $10 associated with the voluntary separation program, these actions resulted in a total charge of $83 for severance and related benefit costs and a global headcount reduction from 29,000 at the end of 2008 to 24,000 at the end of 2009. Restructuring charges during the first nine months of 2009 also included $24 of exit costs and accelerated depreciation/impairment costs, including those associated with other previously announced initiatives.

Actions taken during 2008 resulted in a reduction of our global workforce by approximately 6,000 employees, including approximately 5,000 in North America. During 2008, we recorded a total of $73 of severance and other related benefit costs and $53 of accelerated depreciation/impairment and exit costs. Significant 2008 actions included the closure of certain manufacturing facilities, including our Barrie, Ontario facility in our Commercial Vehicle business as well as our Magog, Quebec facility and our Venezuelan foundry operation in our LVD business. Restructuring expense in 2008 included severance and other costs associated with the termination of employees at these facilities, costs incurred to transfer certain manufacturing operations to Mexico and accelerated depreciation/impairment of certain manufacturing equipment.

In the third quarter of 2008, we entered into an agreement to sell our corporate headquarters. The book value in excess of sale proceeds was recognized as accelerated depreciation/impairment and recorded as restructuring expense from the date we entered the agreement through the closing of the agreement in February 2009. Under the terms of the agreement, we received proceeds of $11. Due to the conditions under which we continued to occupy the facility, we deferred the recognition of the sale until June 2009.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 3. Restructuring of Operations  – (continued)

Restructuring charges and related payments and adjustments —

       
  Employee
Termination
Benefits
  Accelerated
Depreciation/
Impairment
  Exit
Costs
  Total
Balance at December 31, 2007   $ 53              $ 15     $ 68  
Activity during the period:
                                   
Charges to restructuring     7       2       3       12  
Fresh start adjustment                       32       32  
Non-cash write-off              (2 )                (2 )  
Cash payments     (2 )                (3 )       (5 )  
Balance at January 31, 2008     58                47       105  
Activity during the period:
                                   
Charges to restructuring     77       14       34       125  
Adjustments of accruals     (11 )                         (11 )  
Non-cash write-off              (14 )                (14 )  
Cash payments     (62 )                (66 )       (128 )  
Currency impact     (7 )                (5 )       (12 )  
Balance at December 31, 2008     55                10       65  
Activity during the period:
                                   
Charges to restructuring     91       18       23       132  
Adjustments of accruals     (8 )                (6 )       (14 )  
Non-cash write-off              (18 )                (18 )  
Cash payments     (114 )                (24 )       (138 )  
Currency impact     2                         2  
Balance at December 31, 2009     26                3       29  
Activity during the period:
                                   
Charges to restructuring     52       9       24       85  
Adjustments of accruals     (10 )                (2 )       (12 )  
Non-cash write-off              (9 )                (9 )  
Cash payments     (46 )                (21 )       (67 )  
Currency impact     2                         2  
Balance at December 31, 2010   $ 24     $     $ 4     $ 28  

At December 31, 2010, $28 of realignment accruals remained in accrued liabilities, including $24 for the reduction of approximately 600 employees to be completed over the next year and $4 for lease terminations and other exit costs. The estimated cash expenditures related to these liabilities are projected to approximate $25 in 2011 and $3 thereafter.

Cost to complete  — The following table provides project-to-date and estimated future expenses for completion of our pending restructuring initiatives for our business segments.

       
  Expense Recognized   Future
Cost to
Complete
     Prior to
2010
  2010   Total to
Date
LVD   $ 12     $ 35     $ 47     $ 28  
Structures              1       1       2  
Power Technologies     8       6       14       3  
Off-Highway     1       7       8       3  
Commercial Vehicle     34       17       51       17  
Other              7       7           
Total   $ 55     $ 73     $ 128     $ 53  

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 3. Restructuring of Operations  – (continued)

The remaining cost to complete includes estimated contractual and noncontractual separation payments, lease continuation costs, equipment transfers and other costs which are required to be recognized as closures are finalized or as incurred during the closure.

Note 4. Inventories

The components of inventory at December 31 are as follows:

   
  2010   2009
Raw materials   $ 327     $ 300  
Work in process and finished goods     440       402  
Inventory reserves     (59 )       (60 )  
Less: assets held for sale              (34 )  
Total   $ 708     $ 608  

Note 5. Supplemental Balance Sheet and Cash Flow Information

The following items comprise the amounts indicated in the respective balance sheet captions at December 31:

   
  2010   2009
Other current assets
                 
Prepaid expenses   $ 56     $ 65  
Deferred tax benefits, net     19       16  
Other     16       11  
Less: assets held for sale              (3 )  
Total   $ 91     $ 89  
Investments and other assets
                 
Notes receivable   $ 103     $ 94  
Amounts recoverable from insurers     46       54  
Deferred tax assets     28       29  
Deferred financing costs     23       37  
Pension assets, net of related obligations     10       9  
Prepaid expenses     8       9  
Other     20       36  
Less: assets held for sale              (6 )  
Total   $ 238     $ 262  
Property, plant and equipment, net
                 
Land and improvements to land   $ 257     $ 284  
Buildings and building fixtures     430       439  
Machinery and equipment     1,408       1,608  
Total cost     2,095       2,331  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (744 )       (661 )  
Less: accumulated impairment              (121 )  
Less: assets held for sale              (65 )  
Net   $ 1,351     $ 1,484  

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 5. Supplemental Balance Sheet and Cash Flow Information  – (continued)

   
  2010   2009
Other accrued liabilities (current)
                 
Non-income taxes payable   $ 56     $ 46  
Warranty reserves     44       56  
Customer settlement obligation     25           
Accrued professional fees     23       14  
Workers compensation obligations     13       16  
Asbestos claims obligations     15       13  
Dividends payable     9       43  
Deferred income     8       25  
Accrued interest     8       11  
Environmental     6       8  
Payable under forward contracts     5       4  
Other expense accruals     39       52  
Less: liabilities held for sale              (18 )  
Total   $ 251     $ 270  
Deferred employee benefits and other noncurrent liabilities
                 
Pension obligations, in excess of related assets   $ 615     $ 643  
Postretirement obligations other than pension     125       117  
Deferred income tax liability     120       140  
Asbestos claims obligations     86       100  
Income tax liability     55       68  
Warranty reserves     41       27  
Workers compensation obligations     38       39  
Other noncurrent liabilities     48       55  
Total   $ 1,128     $ 1,189  

Supplemental cash flow information —

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
    
  
  
Year Ended December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
Cash paid during the period for:
                                   
Interest   $ 61     $ 99     $ 94     $ 11  
Income taxes   $ 30     $ 27     $ 89     $ 2  
Non-cash financing activities:
                                   
Stock compensation plans   $ 12     $ 9     $ 7     $  —  
Conversion of preferred stock into common stock   $ 9     $     $     $  
Dividends on preferred stock accrued not paid   $ 8     $ 32     $ 11     $  
Per share   $ 1.00     $ 4.00     $ 1.33     $  

An additional $75 income tax payment was made in 2010 in settlement of tax claims from Dana’s Chapter 11 filings. This amount is included in the consolidated statement of cash flows as reorganization: payment of claims.

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 6. Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Long-lived Assets

We test the carrying values of goodwill and other indefinite-lived assets for impairment annually as of October 31, and more frequently, if conditions arise that warrant an interim review. We review long-lived and amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets’ carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

Valuations and projections  — We utilize various valuation methods for our impairment testing. These valuations are based in part on our cash flow projections for our segments and certain asset groups below the segment level. We use our internal forecasts, which we update monthly, to develop our cash flow projections. These forecasts are based on our knowledge of our customers’ production forecasts, our assessment of market growth rates, net new business, material and labor cost estimates, cost recovery agreements with customers and our estimate of savings expected from our restructuring activities. The most likely factors that would significantly impact our forecasts are changes in customer production levels and loss of significant portions of our business.

During the second quarter of 2009, the negative impact of declining production expectations on our forecasts triggered impairment assessments of all our long-lived assets and an impairment was recorded. As a result of a fourth quarter 2009 decision to sell substantially all of our Structural Products business, we impaired the long-lived assets based on the expected proceeds from the sale of the related assets. Due to the economic downturn in 2008, we tested for impairment of all our long-lived assets. We recorded impairments in goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets.

Goodwill  — Our goodwill, which is assigned to our Off-Highway operating segment, totaled $104 at December 31, 2010. In assessing the recoverability of goodwill, estimates of segment fair value are based upon an average of the net present value of projected future cash flows and multiples of current earnings relative to the multiples of our peers. Based on our October 31, 2010 impairment assessment, the fair value of the Off-Highway segment is significantly higher than its carrying value, including goodwill. At December 31, 2010, we do not believe that our goodwill is at risk of being impaired.

During 2008, we determined that the decline in sales volume and deterioration of margins resulting from higher steel costs in our driveshaft business, along with the related impact on projected cash flows, constituted a triggering event in that reporting unit. As a result, the corresponding goodwill was tested for impairment in the second quarter of 2008. The updated fair value of the reporting unit did not support the full amount of the recorded goodwill at June 30 and, accordingly, our results of operations for the second quarter of 2008 included a goodwill impairment charge of $75 to reduce the goodwill recorded in the driveshaft reporting unit.

Fuel and steel costs began to fall in the latter half of the third quarter of 2008, but declines in consumer confidence and economic conditions in general triggered a tightening of credit, causing sales in all of our markets to decline further and the forecast for our driveshaft reporting unit to be revised again. As a result of this triggering event, the goodwill in our driveshaft reporting unit was tested for impairment at the end of the third quarter. The updated fair value of the driveshaft reporting unit did not support any goodwill at September 30, 2008 and, accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $105 in the third quarter of 2008 to eliminate the remaining goodwill in the driveshaft reporting unit.

Under the segment structure in place in 2008, our driveshaft reporting unit comprised the former Driveshaft reporting segment. As part of the modification of our reporting segment structure in the first quarter of 2009, we allocated the goodwill associated with the former Driveshaft segment to the LVD (34%) and Commercial Vehicle (66%) segments based on the relative fair values of the underlying operations. The impairment charges identified herein have also been allocated to those segments. The related impairment charge was reduced by $11 as a result of pre-emergence income tax adjustments that effectively reduced the amount of goodwill. An additional $9 of the pre-emergence tax adjustments reduced Off-Highway goodwill in 2008.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 6. Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Long-lived Assets  – (continued)

Changes in goodwill —

         
  LVD   Power
Technologies
  Commercial
Vehicle
  Off-
Highway
  Total
Goodwill   $ 59     $ 146     $ 114     $ 119     $ 438  
Accumulated impairment losses              (89 )                         (89 )  
Balance at December 31, 2007     59       57       114       119       349  
Fresh start adjustments     1       (146 )       1       5       (139 )  
Currency and other     (3 )                (3 )       (16 )       (22 )  
Fresh start impairment adjustment              89                         89  
Goodwill impairment     (57 )                (112 )                (169 )  
Goodwill     57                112       108       277  
Accumulated impairment losses     (57 )                (112 )                (169 )  
Balance at December 31, 2008                       108       108  
Currency                                3       3  
Goodwill     57                112       111       280  
Accumulated impairment losses     (57 )                (112 )                (169 )  
Balance at December 31, 2009                       111       111  
Currency                                (7 )       (7 )  
Goodwill     57                112       104       273  
Accumulated impairment losses     (57 )                (112 )                (169 )  
Balance at December 31, 2010   $     $     $     $ 104     $ 104  

Other non-amortizable intangibles  — Non-amortizable intangible assets relate to all of our segments except Structures and consist of the Dana® and Spicer® trademarks and trade names. Our valuations of these non-amortizable intangible assets utilize a relief from royalty method which is based on revenue streams. No impairment was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2010 in connection with the required annual assessment. Based on our sales forecasts, we do not believe that these assets are at risk of being impaired.

Due to the second-quarter 2009 assessment of our forecasted results noted above, we performed impairment testing on our indefinite-lived intangible assets as of June 30, 2009 and determined that the fair value of trademarks and trade names had declined below the carrying value. These valuations resulted in impairments of $4 and $2 in our Commercial Vehicle and Off-Highway segments in the second quarter of 2009 which we reported as impairment of intangible assets.

We completed the annual assessment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 31, 2009. Our assessment supported the carrying amounts of the intangible assets at that time.

As a result of finalizing the agreement to divest substantially all of the assets of our Structural Products business, we assessed the recoverability of our definite-lived intangible assets in the Structures segment during the fourth quarter of 2009. Based on the expected selling price of the related assets, we recorded an impairment of $29 to impair the segment’s intangible assets.

During 2008, due to the triggering economic events in our Driveshaft segment noted above, we performed impairment testing on the non-amortizable intangible assets as of June 30, 2008 and, based on market declines and revised forecasts, we determined the need to assess the intangible assets in several additional segments at September 30, 2008. We determined that the fair value of these intangible assets had declined in the Driveshaft segment in the second quarter of 2008 resulting in an impairment charge of $7. In the third quarter of 2008, the fair value of a trademark in our Commercial Vehicle segment indicated an impairment of $3. In the fourth quarter, we reviewed valuations as of October 31 and updated those valuations

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 6. Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Long-lived Assets  – (continued)

as of December 31, 2008. These valuations resulted in impairments of $1 in the former Driveshaft segment and $3 in the Off-Highway segment in the fourth quarter of 2008.

Long-lived assets and amortizable intangible assets  — Our long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangibles: core technology, customer relationships and a portion of our trademarks and trade names. Core technology includes the proprietary know-how and expertise that is inherent in our products and manufacturing processes. Customer relationships include the established relationships with our customers and the related ability of these customers to continue to generate future recurring revenue and income.

These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. We group the assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities and evaluate the asset group against the undiscounted future cash flows. Our valuation is based on the cash flow projections discussed above applied over the life of the primary assets within the asset groups. If the undiscounted cash flows do not indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group is recoverable, an impairment charge is recorded if the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value based on discounted cash flow analyses or appraisals.

As a result of an agreement in the fourth quarter of 2009 to sell substantially all the assets of our Structures segment, we impaired the property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangibles of this segment by $121 and $29 in December 2009. Following the closing related to this sale in March 2010, no intangible assets remain in this segment. The remaining property, plant and equipment of the Structures segment has a carrying value of $17 as of December 31, 2010. Based on our current cash flow projections, the undiscounted cash flows exceed the carrying value of these assets and we do not expect to impair these assets in the future.

For our other operating segments, our second quarter of 2009 assessment of our forecasted results noted above indicated the need to evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment. Based on our analysis, the cash flows significantly exceeded the carrying values. Since that time, our earnings and cash flow projections have continued to improve and no triggering events have occurred. At December 31, 2010, we do not believe that these long-lived assets are at risk of being impaired.

We had evaluated the long-lived assets in certain of our light vehicle market businesses as of June 30, 2008 and determined that the projected undiscounted future net cash flows were adequate to recover the carrying value of those assets. During the second half of 2008, consumer interest continued to shift from pickups and SUVs, important vehicle platforms for us, to smaller vehicles in which we have less content. Production levels continued to drop causing our earnings outlook for many of our businesses to decline. As a result of these declines, we evaluated the long-lived assets of certain of our segments for potential impairment as of September 30, 2008 and again at December 31, 2008. We reviewed the recoverability of the assets by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to the projected undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated. These assessments supported the carrying values of the long-lived assets and no impairment of those assets was recorded in the third or fourth quarter of 2008.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 6. Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Long-lived Assets  – (continued)

Components of intangible assets other than goodwill —

             
  Weighted
Average
Useful Life
(years)
  December 31, 2010   December 31, 2009
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Impairment and
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Impairment and
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
Amortizable intangible assets
                                                              
Core technology     7     $ 94     $ (43 )     $ 51     $ 98     $ (31 )     $ 67  
Trademarks and trade names     17       4       (1 )       3       4                4  
Customer relationships     8       412       (179 )       233       483       (165 )       318  
Non-amortizable intangible assets
                                                              
Trademarks and trade names              65                65       65                65  
Less: Assets held for sale                                      (62 )       46       (16 )  
           $ 575     $ (223 )     $ 352     $ 588     $ (150 )     $ 438  

The net carrying amounts of intangible assets other than goodwill attributable to each of our operating segments at December 31, 2010 were as follows: LVD — $19, Power Technologies — $45, Commercial Vehicle — $155 and Off-Highway — $133. The Structures intangible assets were reported as assets held for sale at the end of 2009. Intangible assets in the Structures segment were impaired by $29 in the fourth quarter of 2009 with $1 and $28 included in core technology and customer relationship accumulated impairment and amortization in the table above.

Amortization expense related to the amortizable intangible assets —

     
 
  
Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
     2010   2009
Charged to cost of sales   $ 15     $ 15     $ 15  
Charged to amortization of intangibles     61       71       66  
Total amortization   $ 76     $ 86     $ 81  

Estimated aggregate pre-tax amortization expense related to intangible assets for each of the next five years based on December 31, 2010 exchange rates are: 2011 — $61, 2012 — $61, 2013 — $61, 2014 — $58 and 2015 — $30. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates due to such factors as currency translation, customer turnover, impairments, additional intangible asset acquisitions and other events.

Note 7. Capital Stock

Series A and Series B Preferred Stock

Issuance  — Pursuant to the Plan, we issued 2.5 million shares of our Series A Preferred and 5.4 million shares of our Series B Preferred on the Effective Date. The Series A Preferred was sold to Centerbridge Partners, L.P. and certain of its affiliates (Centerbridge) for $250, less a commitment fee of $3 and expense reimbursement of $5, resulting in net proceeds of $242. The Series B Preferred was sold to certain qualified investors (as described in the Plan) for $540, less a commitment fee of $11, resulting in net proceeds of $529.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 7. Capital Stock  – (continued)

Conversion rights  — In accordance with the terms of the preferred stock, all of the shares of preferred stock were, at the holder’s option, convertible into a number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock at the initial conversion price of $13.19. This price is subject to certain adjustments when dilution occurs (based on a formula set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation). Following our issuance of an additional 39 million shares in a common stock offering completed in September and October 2009 (see Note 12), the preferred stock conversion price was lowered to $11.93. At this price, the outstanding preferred shares at December 31, 2010 would convert into approximately 65.5 million shares of common stock.

Shares of Series A Preferred having an aggregate liquidation preference of not more than $125 and the Series B Preferred is convertible at any time at the option of the applicable holder after July 31, 2008. The remaining shares of Series A Preferred are convertible after January 31, 2011. In addition, we will be able to cause the conversion of all, but not less than all, of the preferred stock, if the per share closing price of the common stock exceeds $22.24 for at least 20 consecutive trading days beginning on or after January 31, 2013. This price is subject to adjustment under certain customary circumstances, including as a result of stock splits and combinations, dividends and distributions and certain issuances of common stock or common stock derivatives.

In connection with the issuance of the preferred stock, we entered into certain Registration Rights Agreements and a Shareholders Agreement. The Registration Rights Agreements provide registration rights for the shares of our preferred stock and certain other of our equity securities. On the Effective Date, we also entered into a Shareholders Agreement with Centerbridge containing certain preemptive rights related to approval of Board members as well as restrictions related to Centerbridge’s ability to acquire additional shares of our common stock.

Centerbridge is limited for ten years from the Effective Date in its ability to acquire additional shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, if it would own more than 30% of the voting power of our equity securities after such acquisition, or to take certain other actions to control us after the Effective Date without the consent of a majority of our Board of Directors (excluding directors elected by the holders of Series A Preferred or nominated by the Series A Nominating Committee for election by the holders of common stock).

Right to select board members  — Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement and our Restated Certificate of Incorporation as long as shares of Series A Preferred having an aggregate Series A Liquidation Preference (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) of at least $125 are owned by Centerbridge, Centerbridge will be entitled, voting as a separate class, to elect three directors at each meeting of stockholders held for the purpose of electing directors, at least one of whom will be “independent” of both Dana and Centerbridge, as defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. A special committee consisting of two directors designated by Centerbridge and one non-Centerbridge director selected by the board will nominate a fourth director who must be unanimously approved by this committee.

Dividends  — Dividends on our 4.0% Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 4.0% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (preferred stock) have been accrued from the issue date and are payable in cash as approved by the Board of Directors. The payment of preferred dividends was suspended in November 2008 under the terms of our Term Facility Credit and Guaranty Agreement as amended on November 21, 2008 (the Amended Term Facility) but became payable at the discretion of our Board of Directors at the end of 2009 when our total leverage ratio became less than 3.25:1.00. Dividend payments of $16 were made in both April and August 2010 and $34 in December 2010. Preferred dividends accrued but not paid were $8 and $42 at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 7. Capital Stock  – (continued)

Conversions  — During the fourth quarter of 2010, holders of 88,702 shares of preferred stock elected to convert those preferred shares into 748,036 shares of common stock. The shares issued upon conversion include payment of accrued dividends in common stock of Dana through the date of conversion. Based on the market price of Dana common stock on the date of conversion, the total fair value of the conversions was $12.

Common Stock

On the Effective Date, we began distributing 100 million shares of Dana common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to certain general unsecured creditors and employees. At December 31, 2010, approximately four million of the initial 100 million shares authorized remain to be distributed to holders of previously allowed claims and disputed claims that are pending final resolution.

On September 29, 2009, we completed an underwritten offering of 34 million shares of common stock at $6.75 per share, generating proceeds of $217, net of underwriting commissions and related offering expenses (see Note 12). On October 5, 2009, we completed the sale of an additional 5 million shares, generating net proceeds of $33.

At December 31, 2010, there were 144,505,663 shares of our common stock issued and 144,126,032 shares outstanding, net of 379,631 in treasury shares withheld at cost to satisfy tax obligations due upon the payment of stock awards and other taxable distributions of shares.

Note 8. Earnings per Share

The following table reconciles the weighted-average number of shares used in the basic earnings per share calculations to the weighted-average number of shares used to compute diluted earnings per share (in millions of shares):

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
    
  
Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding – basic     140.8       100.2       100.1       149.9  
Employee compensation-related shares, including stock options                                0.5  
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding – diluted     140.8       100.2       100.1       150.4  

Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) available to parent company stockholders, less preferred stock dividend requirements, by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. The outstanding common shares computation excludes any shares held in treasury.

The share count for diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the effects of dilutive common stock equivalents (CSEs) outstanding during the period. We excluded 1.4 million, 4.8 million and 2.5 million CSEs from the calculations of diluted earnings per share for the year 2010, 2009 and the eleven months ended December 31, 2008 as the effect of including them would have been anti-dilutive. In addition, we excluded CSEs that satisfied the definition of potentially dilutive shares of 5.1 million, 2.2 million and 0.4 million for these same periods due to the dilutive effect of the loss from continuing operations for these periods.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 8. Earnings per Share  – (continued)

We excluded 66.2 milliion, 61.8 million and 59.9 million CSEs related to the conversion of the preferred stock for 2010 and 2009 and the eleven months ended December 31, 2008. Conversion of the preferred stock is not included in the share count for diluted earnings per share for 2010 because the inclusion of the converted preferred shares and the exclusion of the preferred dividend from earnings would result in earnings per share that are anti-dilutive. Conversion of the preferred stock was not included in the share count for diluted earnings per share for 2009 and 2008 due to the loss from continuing operations.

The calculation of earnings per share is based on the following income (loss) available to the parent company stockholders:

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
    
  
Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
Income (loss) from continuing operations before loss from discontinued operations   $ (22 )     $ (463 )     $ (702 )     $ 715  
Loss from discontinued operations                       (4 )       (6 )  
Net income (loss) available to the parent company stockholders   $ (22 )     $ (463 )     $ (706 )     $ 709  

Net income (loss) available to parent company stockholders includes a charge for the preferred stock dividend requirement and the effect of this charge is included in income (loss) per share from continuing operations available to parent company stockholders. Earnings per share information reported by Prior Dana is not comparable to earnings per share information reported by Dana because all existing equity interests of Prior Dana were eliminated upon the consummation of the Plan.

Note 9. Incentive and Stock Compensation

2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan authorizes grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units (RSUs) and performance share awards to be made pursuant to the plan. The eligibility requirements and terms governing the allocation of any common stock and the receipt of other consideration under the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan are determined by the Board of Directors and/or its Compensation Committee. The number of shares of common stock that may be issued or delivered may not exceed 16.1 million shares in the aggregate. Cash-settled awards do not count against the maximum aggregate number.

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 9. Incentive and Stock Compensation  – (continued)

At December 31, 2010, there were 4.1 million shares available for future grants of options and other types of awards under the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Award activity —  (shares in millions)

               
               
  Options   SARs   Restricted
Stock Units
  Performance
Notional Shares
Outstanding at   Shares   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Shares   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Shares   Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
  Shares   Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
January 31, 2008         $           $           $           $  
Granted     5.8       8.09       0.1       0.69       0.9       5.10       0.6       4.16  
Vested                                         (0.1 )       2.85                    
Forfeited or expired     (0.2 )       10.00                                  10.00       (0.2 )       9.21  
December 31, 2008     5.6       8.01       0.1       0.69       0.8       5.10       0.4       0.74  
Granted     4.4       0.90       0.6       1.00       0.4       2.33       0.2       2.49  
Exercised or vested     (0.1 )       2.09                         (0.2 )       2.13       (0.3 )       1.76  
Forfeited or expired     (0.7 )       5.05       (0.1 )       0.51       (0.1 )       7.17       (0.1 )       2.49  
December 31, 2009     9.2       4.87       0.6       1.00       0.9       4.46       0.2       0.74  
Granted     1.0       11.74       0.2       11.34       0.1       11.75       0.5       11.37  
Exercised or vested     (3.6 )       3.33       (0.1 )       0.69       (0.5 )       2.95       (0.4 )       6.54  
Forfeited or expired     (0.5 )       6.97       (0.1 )       1.24                                      
December 31, 2010     6.1     $ 6.71       0.6     $ 4.16       0.5     $ 7.44       0.3     $ 7.58  

We recognized total stock compensation expense of $18, $13 and $7 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the eleven months ended December 31, 2008. The total fair value of awards vested during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $17, $6 and $2. We received $12 of cash from the exercise of stock options and we paid $3 of cash to settle SARs, RSU and performance shares during 2010. At December 31, 2010, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested equity awards granted and expected to vest over the next 0.6 to 2.6 years was $11. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of one year.

Stock options and stock appreciation rights  — The exercise price of each option or SAR equals the closing market price of our common stock on the date of grant. Options and SARs generally vest over three years and their maximum term is ten years. Compensation expense is measured based on the fair value at the date of grant and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Shares issued upon the exercise of options are recorded as common stock and additional paid-in capital at the option price. Options to be settled in cash result in the recognition of a liability representing the vested portion of the obligation. SARs are settled in cash for the difference between the market price on the date of exercise and the exercise price. As a result, SARs are recorded as a liability until the date of exercise. The fair value of each SAR award is recalculated at the end of each reporting period and the liability and expense adjusted based on the new fair value. A liability of $4 and $3 for cash-settled options and SARs was recorded as deferred employee benefits in other noncurrent liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 9. Incentive and Stock Compensation  – (continued)

We estimated fair values for options and SARs at the date of grant using the following key assumptions as part of the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected term was estimated using the simplified method because the limited period of time our common stock has been publicly traded provides insufficient historical exercise data. The dividend yield is assumed to be zero since there are no current plans to pay common stock dividends.

           
  Options   SARs
     2010   2009   2008   2010   2009   2008
Expected term (in years)     6.00       6.00       5.48       6.00       6.00       6.00  
Risk-free interest rate     2.74 %       2.21 %       2.83 %       2.75 %       1.87 %       1.72 %  
Expected volatility     66.15 %       63.08 %       42.46 %       66.10 %       63.17 %       53.40 %  

The weighted-average per share grant-date fair value of options granted during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $7.23, $0.53 and $3.51. The weighted-average per share grant-date fair value of SARs granted during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $6.99, $0.60 and $0.35. The total intrinsic value (which is the amount by which the stock price exceeded the exercise price on the date of exercise) of options and SARs exercised was $38 during 2010 and de minimis during 2009. No options or SARs were exercised during 2008.

Restricted stock units and performance shares  — Each RSU or notional performance share granted represents the right to receive one share of Dana common stock or, at the election of Dana (for units awarded to board members) or for certain non-U.S. employees (for employee awarded units), cash equal to the market value per share. All RSUs contain dividend equivalent rights. RSUs granted to non-employee directors vest in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary date of the grant and those granted to employees generally cliff vest fully after three years.

Performance shares are awarded if specified performance goals are achieved during the respective performance period. Compensation expense for stock-settled awards expected to vest is measured based on the closing market price of our common stock at the date of grant and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Compensation expense for cash-settled awards expected to vest is measured based on the closing market price of our common stock at the end of each reporting period and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The portion of cash-settled restricted stock units and performance shares expected to vest was $2 and $1 at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and was recorded in deferred employee benefits and other noncurrent liabilities. The total intrinsic value (which is the stock price at vesting) of RSUs and performance shares vested was $14 and $4 during 2010 and 2009 and de minimis during 2008.

Outstanding awards expected to vest and exercisable or convertible at December 31, 2010  — (shares in millions)

               
               
  Equity Awards Outstanding
Expected to Vest
  Equity Awards Outstanding
That are Exercisable or Convertible
     Shares   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
  Weighted-Average   Shares   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
  Weighted-Average
     Exercise
Price
  Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years
  Exercise
Price
  Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years
Options / SARs     6.6     $ 70     $ 6.54       7.9       2.8     $ 24     $ 8.58       7.5  
Restricted Stock Units     0.5       9             0.7       0.1       1             0.2  
Performance Share Units     0.3       10             0.8       0.3       6             0.3  

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 9. Incentive and Stock Compensation  – (continued)

Annual cash incentive awards  — Our 2010 Annual Incentive Program (2010 AIP) was implemented pursuant to the terms and conditions of the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Certain eligible employees designated by Dana, including our named executive officers, participated in the plan. Awards under the plan were based on achieving certain financial target performance goals. Participants were eligible to receive cash awards based on achieving earnings and cash flow performance goals. Additionally, our 2010 long-term incentive program include a cash-settled component which provided for potential annual payments if we achieved return on invested capital and new business origination performance goals. The performance goals under both of these plans were established by the Board of Directors. We accrued $40 of expense in 2010 for the expected cash payments under these programs.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we accrued $13 of expense for two additional compensation programs. Employees working in countries where pay increases were frozen in 2009 were awarded a one-time payment of 2% of their eligible base salary. Also included was a one-time Special Recognition Bonus awarded to the top 1,000 bonus eligible employees pursuant to the terms and conditions of the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. This award was based on each individual’s compensation level and their individual contributions toward achievement of our 2009 objectives.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan  — Five employees participated in the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan during 2007 which resulted in 73,562 shares of common stock being issued in April 2008 at a value of $9.86 per share to settle an obligation accrued at the end of 2007.

Note 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

We have a number of defined contribution and defined benefit, qualified and nonqualified, pension plans for certain employees. Other postretirement benefits (OPEB), including medical and life insurance, are provided for certain employees upon retirement.

Under the terms of the qualified defined contribution retirement plans, employee and employer contributions may be directed into a number of diverse investments. None of these qualified defined contribution plans allow direct investment in our stock.

Components of net periodic benefit costs and other amounts recognized in OCI —

               
               
  Pension Benefits
     Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended December 31,   Eleven Months Ended
December 31, 2008
  One Month Ended
January 31, 2008
     2010   2009
     U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.
Service cost   $     $ 5     $     $ 6     $     $ 8     $ 1     $ 1  
Interest cost     100       17       109       19       101       21       9       2  
Expected return on plan assets     (99 )       (5 )       (116 )       (9 )       (126 )       (14 )       (12 )       (2 )  
Recognized net actuarial loss     19                                                    2           
Net periodic benefit cost (credit)     20       17       (7 )       16       (25 )       15                1  
Curtailment (gain) loss                       1       (1 )       4                             
Settlement (gain) loss              2                1                (12 )                    
Termination cost                       2                7                             
Net periodic benefit cost (credit) after curtailments and settlements     20       19       (4 )       16       (14 )       3                1  
Recognized in OCI:
                                                                       
Amount due to net actuarial (gains) losses     29       3       285       27       102       (10 )       105       28  
Prior service cost from plan amendments                                (1 )                7                    
Amortization of net actuarial gains (losses) in net periodic cost     (19 )       (2 )                                           (2 )           
Fresh start adjustment                                                           (407 )       (78 )  
Total recognized in OCI     10       1       285       26       102       (3 )       (304 )       (50 )  
Total recognized in benefit cost and OCI   $ 30     $ 20     $ 281     $ 42     $ 88     $     $ (304 )     $ (49 )  

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans  – (continued)

         
  Other Benefits
     Dana Non-U.S.   Prior Dana
     Year   Eleven Months   One Month Ended
January 31, 2008
     Ended December 31,
     2010   2009   2008   U.S.   Non-U.S.
Service cost   $     $ 1     $ 1     $     $  
Interest cost     7       6       6       5       1  
Amortization of prior service credit                                (3 )           
Recognized net actuarial loss                                3           
Net periodic benefit cost     7       7       7       5       1  
Curtailment gain              (2 )       (2 )       (61 )           
Net periodic benefit cost (credit) after curtailments and settlements     7       5       5       (56 )       1  
Recognized in OCI:
                                            
Prior service credit from plan amendments                                (278 )           
Amount due to net actuarial (gains) losses     (1 )       9       (15 )       13           
Amortization of prior service credit in net periodic cost                                64           
Amortization of net actuarial gains (losses) in net periodic cost                                (3 )           
Fresh start adjustment                                89       (52 )  
Total recognized in OCI     (1 )       9       (15 )       (115 )       (52 )  
Total recognized in benefit cost and OCI   $ 6     $ 14     $ (10 )     $ (171 )     $ (51 )  

Our other postretirement benefit obligations for all U.S. employees and retirees were eliminated or settled upon our emergence from Chapter 11.

The estimated net actuarial loss for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI) into benefit cost in 2011 is $22 for our U.S. plans and a nominal amount for our non-U.S. plans. There is a nominal amount of net actuarial gain related to other postretirement benefit plans that will be amortized from AOCI into benefit cost in 2011 for our non-U.S. plans.

Funded status  — The following tables provide reconciliations of the changes in benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

           
    Other Benefits
     Pension Benefits   Years Ended December 31,
     Year Ended December 31,
     2010   2009   2010   2009
     U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.
Reconciliation of benefit obligation:
                                                     
Obligation at beginning of period   $ 1,831     $ 351     $ 1,777     $ 364     $ 124     $ 100  
Service cost              5                6                1  
Interest cost     100       17       109       19       7       6  
Plan amendments                                (1 )                    
New plans                                5                    
Actuarial (gain) loss     94       7       119       18       (1 )       9  
Benefit payments     (159 )       (17 )       (177 )       (28 )       (6 )       (7 )  
Settlements, curtailments and terminations              (33 )       3       (50 )                (1 )  
Translation adjustments              (5 )                18       8       16  
Obligation at end of period   $ 1,866     $ 325     $ 1,831     $ 351     $ 132     $ 124  

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans  – (continued)

           
    Other Benefits
     Pension Benefits   Years Ended December 31,
     Year Ended December 31,
     2010   2009   2010   2009
     U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.
Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:
                                                     
Fair value at beginning of period   $ 1,401     $ 136     $ 1,628     $ 183     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets     164       9       (50 )                             
Employer contributions     50       18                13       6       7  
Benefit payments     (159 )       (17 )       (177 )       (28 )       (6 )       (7 )  
Settlements              (33 )                (49 )                    
Translation adjustments              7                17                    
Fair value at end of period   $ 1,456     $ 120     $ 1,401     $ 136     $     $  
Funded status at end of period   $ (410 )     $ (205 )     $ (430 )     $ (215 )     $ (132 )     $ (124 )  

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet —

           
  Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
     2010   2009   2010   2009
     U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:
                                                     
Noncurrent assets   $     $ 10     $     $ 9     $     $  
Current liabilities              (10 )                (11 )       (7 )       (7 )  
Noncurrent liabilities     (410 )       (205 )       (430 )       (213 )       (125 )       (117 )  
AOCI     397       24       387       23       (7 )       (6 )  
Net amount recognized   $ (13 )     $ (181 )     $ (43 )     $ (192 )     $ (139 )     $ (130 )  

           
  Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
     2010   2009   2010   2009
     U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.
Amounts recognized in AOCI
                                                     
Net actuarial loss (gain)   $ 397     $ 18     $ 387     $ 17     $ (7 )     $ (6 )  
Prior service cost              6                6                    
Gross amount recognized     397       24       387       23       (7 )       (6 )  
Deferred tax benefits              (3 )                (3 )                    
Minority and equity interests              (1 )                                      
Net amount recognized   $ 397     $ 20     $ 387     $ 20     $ (7 )     $ (6 )  

In December 2010, we made a $50 voluntary contribution to our U.S. pension plans.

During principally the fourth quarter of 2010, we continued to settle portions of our Canadian retiree pension benefit obligations by making lump-sum distribution payments or by purchasing non-participating annuity contracts to cover vested benefits. The related settlement loss of $2 was included in restructuring charges.

In 2009, we recorded a net charge of less than $1 in pension curtailment costs and $2 in postretirement health care curtailment gains related to our workforce reduction actions. These costs were included in restructuring charges. We also announced the anticipated sale of substantially all of the assets of our Structural Products business, which resulted in a termination of pension service. The associated cost of $2 was recorded in other income, net along with other costs associated with the sale.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans  – (continued)

During the first quarter of 2009, we settled a portion of the Canadian retiree pension benefit obligations by purchasing non-participating annuity contracts to cover vested benefits. This action necessitated a remeasurement of the assets and liabilities of the affected plans as of February 28, 2009. The discount rate used for remeasurement was 6.39%. As a result of the annuity purchases, we reduced the benefit obligation by $43 and also reduced the fair value of plan assets by $43. We recorded the related settlement loss of $1 in cost of sales.

In 2008, employee acceptances of early retirement incentives in the U.S. generated pension plan special termination costs of $7 in the second quarter which were included in restructuring charges as well as curtailment losses of $3 which were charged against OCI. Similar incentives in the U.S. generated curtailment losses of $2 which were included in restructuring charges in the third quarter. The affected pension plans were remeasured at June 30, 2008 and again at August 31, 2008. The remeasurement at June 30, 2008 increased net assets by $3 and reduced the net defined benefit obligations by $32 with a credit to OCI of $35. The remeasurement at August 31, 2008 increased net assets by $2 and increased the net defined benefit obligations by $72 with a charge to OCI for $70.

Also during the second quarter of 2008, we settled a substantial portion of the Canadian retiree pension benefit obligations by purchasing non-participating annuity contracts to cover vested benefits. This action necessitated a remeasurement of the assets and liabilities of the affected plans as of May 31, 2008. As a result of the annuity purchases, we reduced the benefit obligation by $114 and also reduced the fair value of plan assets by $114. We recorded the related settlement gain of $12 as a reduction to cost of sales.

Under fresh start accounting we were required to remeasure all defined benefit plan obligations and assets. The discount rates used to measure the U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit obligations were 6.13% and 6.10% at January 31, 2008 compared to 6.26% and 6.24% at December 31, 2007. The weighted-average discount rates used to measure the non-U.S. pension and other postretirement benefit obligations were both 5.29% at January 31, 2008 compared to 5.27% and 5.29% at December 31, 2007. The generally adverse asset investment performance during the month of January 2008 negatively impacted net obligations. As a result of these changes, a net actuarial loss of $140 adversely affected the funded status of our plans, reducing net assets by $35 and increasing the net defined benefit obligations by $105 with offsets to AOCI. The AOCI balance at January 31, 2008 was eliminated under fresh start accounting.

Changing our U.S. pension plans was a key component of our Chapter 11 reorganization initiatives. Credited service and benefit accruals were frozen for all U.S. employees in defined benefit pension plans. During our Chapter 11 proceedings we entered into agreements to participate in two multiemployer pension plans for our union-represented employees: the Steelworkers Pension Trust (SPT) and the IAM National Pension Fund (IAM Plan). Benefit levels are set by trustees who manage the plans. Contributions are made in accordance with our collective bargaining agreements and rates are generally based on hours worked. We made contributions totaling $8, $9 and $10 in 2010, 2009 and 2008. The trustees of the SPT advised us that as of December 31, 2009 the plans were not fully funded. Depending on subsequent financial performance of the plans, we could be required to increase our contributions to the plans. As a consequence of the plans not being fully funded, we could be assessed a withdrawal liability in the event we elected to withdraw from the plans.

Our postretirement health care obligations for all U.S. employees and retirees were eliminated or settled as part of the Chapter 11 reorganization. With regard to union-represented employees and retirees, we contributed an aggregate of approximately $733 in cash on February 1, 2008 to union-administered Voluntary Employee Benefit Associations (VEBAs). We are not obligated to provide future funding in the event of an asset shortfall and these assets would never be returned to Dana. As a result of the changes in our U.S. other postretirement benefits that became effective on January 31, 2008 with our emergence from Chapter 11, we recognized a portion of the previously unrecognized prior service credits as a curtailment gain of $61 due to

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans  – (continued)

the negative plan amendment and reported it as a component of the gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise as of January 31, 2008. The gain was calculated based on the current estimate of the future working lifetime attributable to those participants who will not receive benefits following the estimated exhaustion of funds. The calculation used then current plan assumptions and plan benefits. In connection with the recognition of our obligations to the VEBAs at emergence, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO) was reset to an amount equal to the VEBA payments, resulting in a reduction of $278 with an offsetting credit to AOCI.

Aggregate funding levels  — The following table presents information regarding the aggregate funding levels of our defined benefit pension plans at December 31:

       
  2010   2009
     U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.
Plans with fair value of plan assets in excess of obligations:
                                   
Accumulated benefit obligation   $ 15     $ 90     $ 14     $ 95  
Projected benefit obligation     15       91       14       95  
Fair value of plan assets     15       101       14       104  
Plans with obligations in excess of fair value of plan assets:
                                   
Accumulated benefit obligation     1,851       215       1,817       238  
Projected benefit obligation     1,851       234       1,817       256  
Fair value of plan assets     1,441       19       1,387       32  

At December 31, 2010, benefit obligations of $195 for certain non-U.S. pension plans and $132 for other postretirement benefits are in plans that are not required to be funded.

Fair value of plan assets —

           
    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010
       U.S.   Non-U.S.
Asset Category   Total   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Equity securities:
                                                     
U.S. all cap (a)   $ 66     $ 66     $     $  —     $     $  —  
U.S. large cap     115       115                                      
U.S. small cap     35       35                                      
EAFE composite     160       160                                      
Emerging markets     65       65                                      
Fixed income securities:
                                                     
U.S. core bonds (b)     112                112                             
Corporate bonds     467                463                4           
U.S. Treasury strips     219                219                             
Non-U.S. government securities     91                                  91           
Emerging market debt     41                41                             
Alternative Investments:
                                                     
Hedge fund of funds (c)     78                         78                    
Insurance contracts (d)     10                                           10  
Real estate     19                         19                    
Other     5                         1       4           
Cash and cash equivalents     93                82                11           
Total   $ 1,576     $ 441     $ 917     $ 98     $ 110     $ 10  

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans  – (continued)

             
    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009
       U.S.   Non-U.S.
Asset Category   Total   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Equity securities:
                                                              
U.S. all cap (a)   $ 86     $ 86     $     $     $  —     $     $  
U.S. large cap     129       129                                               
U.S. small cap     20       20                                               
EAFE composite     146       146                                               
Emerging markets     45       45                                               
Fixed income securities:
                                                              
U.S. core bonds (b)     116                116                                      
Corporate bonds     307                299                         8           
U.S. treasury strips     343                343                                      
Non-U.S. government securities     111                                           111           
Emerging market debt     38                36                         2           
Alternative Investments:
                                                              
Hedge fund of funds (c)     109                         109                             
Insurance contracts (d)     9                                                    9  
Other     3                         2                1           
Cash and cash equivalents     75                70                         5           
Total   $ 1,537     $ 426     $ 864     $ 111     $     $ 127     $   9  

Notes:

(a) This category comprises a combination of small-, mid- and large-cap equity stocks that are allocated at the investment manager’s discretion.
(b) This category represents a combination of investment grade corporate bonds, sovereign bonds, Yankee bonds, asset backed securities and U.S. government bonds.
(c) This category includes fund managers that invest in a well-diversified group of hedge funds where strategies include, but are not limited to, event driven, relative value, long/short market neutral, multistrategy and global macro.
(d) This category comprises contracts placed with insurance companies where the underlying assets are invested in fixed interest securities.

           
  2010   2009
     U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.
Reconciliation of Level 3 Assets   Hedge
fund of
funds
  Other   Insurance
contract
  Hedge
fund of
funds
  Other   Insurance
contract
Fair value at beginning of period   $ 109     $ 2     $ 9     $ 36     $ 2     $ 9  
Unrealized gains relating to
                                                     
Assets sold during the period     (36 )                                               
Assets still held at the reporting date     5                1       3                    
Purchases              18                70                    
Fair value at end of period   $ 78     $ 20     $ 10     $ 109     $   2     $   9  

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans  – (continued)

Investment policy  — Target asset allocations of U.S. pension plans are established through an investment policy, which is updated periodically and reviewed by an Investment Committee, comprised of certain company officers and directors. The investment policy allows for a flexible asset allocation mix which is intended to provide appropriate diversification to lessen market volatility while assuming a reasonable level of economic risk.

Our policy recognizes that properly managing the relationship between pension assets and pension liabilities serves to mitigate the impact of market volatility on our funding levels. During 2010 the plan assets continued to be transitioned to an appropriately balanced allocation between a Growth Portfolio, an Immunizing Portfolio and a Liquidity Portfolio. These three sub-portfolios are intended to balance the generation of incremental returns with the management of overall risk.

The Growth Portfolio is invested in a diversified pool of assets in order to generate an incremental return with an acceptable level of risk. The Immunizing Portfolio is a hedging portfolio that may be comprised of fixed income securities and overlay positions. This portfolio is designed to offset changes in the value of the pension liability due to changes in interest rates. The Liquidity Portfolio is a cash portfolio designed to meet short-term liquidity needs and reduce the plans’ overall risk.

The allocations among portfolios may be adjusted to meet changing objectives and constraints. We expect that as the funded status of the plan changes, we will increase or decrease the size of the Growth Portfolio in order to manage the risk of losses in the plan. As of December 31, 2010, the Growth Portfolio (U.S and non-U.S. equities, core and high-yield fixed income, as well as hedge fund of funds, real estate and emerging market debt) comprises 50% of total assets, the Immunizing Portfolio (long duration U.S. Treasury strips and corporate bonds) comprises 44% and the Liquidity Portfolio (cash and short-term securities) comprises 6%. The Growth Portfolio is currently limited to not less than 35% nor more than 65% of total assets, the Immunizing Portfolio is currently limited to not less than 30% nor more than 60% and the Liquidity Portfolio is currently limited to no more than 10%.

Significant assumptions  — The significant weighted average assumptions used in the measurement of pension benefit obligations at December 31 of each year and the net periodic benefit cost for each year are as follows:

           
  2010   2009   2008
     U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.
Benefit obligations:
                                                     
Discount rate     5.23 %       4.87 %       5.79 %       5.36 %       6.44 %       5.80 %  
Net periodic benefit cost:
                                                     
Discount rate     5.79 %       5.36 %       6.44 %       5.80 %       6.26 %       5.27 %  
Rate of compensation increase     N/A       3.19 %       N/A       3.21 %       5.00 %       3.11 %  
Expected return on plan assets     7.50 %       4.12 %       7.50 %       6.03 %       8.25 %       6.66 %  

The pension plan discount rate assumptions are evaluated annually in consultation with our outside actuarial advisors. Long-term interest rates on high quality corporate debt instruments are used to determine the discount rate. For our largest plans, discount rates are developed using a discounted bond portfolio analysis, with appropriate consideration given to defined benefit payment terms and duration of the liabilities.

The expected rate of return on plan assets was selected on the basis of our long-term view of return and risk assumptions for major asset classes. We define long-term as forecasts that span at least the next ten years. Our long-term outlook is influenced by a combination of return expectations by individual asset class, actual historical experience and our diversified investment strategy. We consult with and consider the opinions of financial professionals in developing appropriate capital market assumptions. Return projections are also

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans  – (continued)

validated using a simulation model that incorporates yield curves, credit spreads and risk premiums to project long-term prospective returns. The appropriateness of the expected rate of return is assessed on an annual basis and revised if necessary. Since the benefit accruals are frozen for all of our U.S. pension plans, we continue to have a high percentage of total assets in fixed income securities.

The significant weighted average assumptions used in the measurement of other postretirement benefit obligations at December 31 of each year and the net periodic benefit cost for each year are as follows:

     
  2010   2009   2008
     Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.
Benefit obligations:
                          
Discount rate     5.11 %       5.79 %       6.33 %  
Net periodic benefit cost:
                          
Discount rate     5.79 %       6.33 %       5.29 %  
Initial health care costs trend rate     7.00 %       7.98 %       8.40 %  
Ultimate health care costs trend rate     5.02 %       5.03 %       4.95 %  
Year ultimate reached     2015       2015       2015  

The discount rate selection process was similar to the process used for the pension plans. Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the health care obligation. To determine the trend rates, consideration is given to the plan design, recent experience and health care economics.

A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects for 2010:

   
  1% Point
Increase
  1% Point
Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost components   $ 1     $ (1 )  
Effect on postretirement benefit obligations     12       (11 )  

Estimated future benefit payments and contributions — Expected benefit payments by our pension plans and other postretirement plans for each of the next five years and for the period 2016 through 2020 are as follows:

     
  Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
Year   U.S.   Non-U.S.   Non-U.S.
2011   $ 142     $ 86     $ 8  
2012     140       14       8  
2013     135       14       8  
2014     132       14       8  
2015     129       14       8  
2016 to 2020     604       84       41  
Total   $ 1,282     $ 226     $ 81  

Pension benefits are funded through deposits with trustees that satisfy, at a minimum, the applicable funding regulations. OPEB benefits are funded as they become due. As a result of the closure of several facilities in Canada, we are required to settle the related retiree pension benefit obligations. These settlements are projected to occur in 2011. Projected contributions to be made to the defined benefit pension plans in 2011 are $13 for our non-U.S. plans and $32 for our U.S. plans.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 11. Cash Deposits

Cash deposits are maintained to provide credit enhancement for certain agreements and are reported as part of cash and cash equivalents. For most of these deposits, the cash may be withdrawn if comparable security is provided in the form of letters of credit. Accordingly, these deposits are not considered to be restricted.

           
  2010   2009
     U.S.   Non-U.S.   Total   U.S.   Non-U.S.   Total
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 467     $ 517     $ 984     $ 517     $ 296     $ 813  
Cash and cash equivalents held as deposits     3       55       58       4       39       43  
Cash and cash equivalents held at less than wholly-owned subsidiaries     3       89       92       3       88       91  
Balance at December 31   $ 473     $ 661     $ 1,134     $ 524     $ 423     $ 947  

A portion of the non-U.S. cash and cash equivalents is utilized for working capital and other operating purposes. Several countries have local regulatory requirements that significantly restrict the ability of our operations to repatriate this cash. Beyond these restrictions, there are practical limitations on repatriation of cash from certain countries because of the resulting tax withholdings.

Note 12. Financing Agreements

The sections below are based on debt in place at December 31, 2010 and the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the Revolving Facility) in place at that time. In January 2011, our Term Facility was repaid and we issued $750 of new senior unsecured debt (the Senior Notes). We have also amended our Revolving Facility. For an explanation of these changes see the “subsequent event – refinancing” section below.

Exit financing  — On the Effective Date, Dana, as Borrower, and certain of our domestic subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into an Exit Facility which consisted of a Term Facility in the aggregate amount of $1,430 and a $650 Revolving Facility. The Term Facility was fully drawn in borrowings of $1,350 on the Effective Date and $80 on February 1, 2008. Net proceeds were reduced by payment of $114 of original issue discount (OID) and other customary issuance costs and fees of $40 for net proceeds of $1,276. There were no initial borrowings under the Revolving Facility.

In November 2008, we entered into an amendment to our Term Facility (the Amendment) which, among other changes, revised our quarterly financial covenants. As of December 31, 2010, the financial covenants are as follows:

a maximum leverage ratio of not greater than 3.10:1.00 at December 31, 2010, decreasing in steps to 2.50:1.00 as of September 30, 2012 and thereafter, based on the ratio of consolidated funded debt to the previous twelve month consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as defined in the agreement; and
a minimum interest coverage ratio of not less than 3.50:1.00 at December 31, 2010, increasing in steps to 4.50:1.00 as of March 31, 2013 and thereafter, based on the ratio of the previous twelve month EBITDA (as defined in the agreement) to consolidated interest expense for that period.

The Amendment changed the Credit Agreement’s definition of EBITDA by increasing the amount of restructuring charges that are excluded from EBITDA in 2009 and 2010 from $50 to $100 per year. After 2010, restructuring charges of up to $50 per year were excluded (up to an aggregate maximum of $100 for periods after 2010). The Amendment permitted us to dispose of certain lines of business.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 12. Financing Agreements  – (continued)

Under the Amendment, we could not make preferred or common dividend payments and certain other payments until the total leverage ratio as of the end of the preceding fiscal quarter is less than or equal to 3.25:1.00. The Amendment also reduced the net amount of foreign subsidiary permitted indebtedness to an aggregate of $400 outstanding at any time. The Amendment increased the interest rate payable on outstanding advances by 0.50% per annum. We paid an additional $24 of fees to creditors including an amendment fee of 1.50% of outstanding advances under the Term Facility at that time. These fees are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis which approximates the effective interest method.

Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility could be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed with the final payment due and payable on January 31, 2013. Amounts outstanding under the Term Facility were payable up to January 31, 2014 in equal quarterly amounts on the last day of each fiscal quarter at a rate of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Facility, adjusted for any prepayments. The remaining balance was due in equal quarterly installments in the final year of the Term Facility with final maturity on January 31, 2015. The amended Exit Facility contained mandatory prepayment requirements in certain other circumstances.

The Revolving Facility interest was at a floating rate based on, at our option, the base rate or London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) rate (each as described in the terms of the Revolving Facility) plus a margin based on the undrawn amounts available under the Revolving Facility as set forth below:

   
Remaining Borrowing Availability   Base Rate   LIBOR Rate
Greater than $450     1.00 %       2.00 %  
Greater than $200 but less than or equal to $450     1.25 %       2.25 %  
$200 or less     1.50 %       2.50 %  

We paid a commitment fee of 0.375% per annum for unused committed amounts under the Revolving Facility. Up to $400 of the Revolving Facility could be applied to letters of credit. Issued letters of credit reduce availability. We paid a fee for issued and undrawn letters of credit in an amount per annum equal to the applicable LIBOR margin based on a quarterly average availability under the Revolving Facility and a per annum fronting fee of 0.25%, payable quarterly.

As amended, the Term Facility interest rate was a floating rate based on, at our option, the base rate or LIBOR rate (each as described in the Term Facility) plus a margin of 3.25% in the case of base rate loans or 4.25% in the case of LIBOR rate loans.

Under the amended Exit Facility, we were required to comply with customary covenants for facilities of this type and we were required to maintain compliance with the financial covenants. The amended Exit Facility and the European Receivables Loan Facility (see below) also include material adverse change provisions and customary events of default. The amended Exit Facility was guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries except for Dana Credit Corporation (DCC), Dana Companies, LLC and their respective subsidiaries (the guarantors). The Revolving Facility Security Agreement granted a first priority lien on Dana’s and the guarantors’ accounts receivable and inventory and a second priority lien on substantially all of Dana’s and the guarantors’ remaining assets, including a pledge of 65% of the stock of our material foreign subsidiaries.

The net proceeds from the Exit Facility were used to repay Dana’s DIP Credit Agreement (which was terminated pursuant to its terms), make other payments required upon exit from bankruptcy protection and provide liquidity to fund working capital and other general corporate purposes.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 12. Financing Agreements  – (continued)

As of December 31, 2010, we had borrowings of $867 (net of amounts held by a Dana subsidiary) and unamortized OID of $39 under the Amended Term Facility and no borrowings under the Revolving Facility. We had utilized $141 for letters of credit. Based on our borrowing base collateral of $351, we had potential availability at that date under the Revolving Facility of $210 after deducting the outstanding letters of credit.

Proceeds from sale of Structural Products business  — The provisions of our Amended Term Facility require that net cash proceeds from the sale of the Structural Products business be used to pay down our term loan debt within five days of being received. During 2010, a total of $95 was received in the U.S. and $90 was remitted to our lenders. Approximately $9 of the $90 was received by a Dana subsidiary that had acquired approximately 10% of parent company debt in 2009. In connection with the debt repayments, we wrote off the related OID of $4 as a loss on extinguishment of debt, resulting in a $77 decrease in net debt and we expensed $2 of related issuance costs as interest expense. The $95 of proceeds includes $5 received in December 2010 upon completion of the sale of the Structural Products operation in Venezuela. The $5 was applied to our term loan in January 2011. The remaining cash proceeds will not be restricted to the repayment of the term loan following the issuance of the Senior Notes in January 2011.

Common Stock offering  — In September and October of 2009, we completed a common stock offering for 39 million shares generating net proceeds of $250. The provisions of our Amended Term Facility required that a minimum of 50% of the net proceeds of the equity offering be used to repay outstanding principal of our term loan. The Dana subsidiary holding 10% of parent company debt received $13 of the $126 term loan repayment made to the lenders and $113 was used to repay outstanding principal held by third parties. We recorded a net loss on extinguishment of debt of $8, including a premium of $1 on the prepayment of debt which is included in other income, net. We also charged $3 of deferred financing costs to interest expense in connection with this reduction in debt.

Repurchases and other repayments  — We also repaid $150 of the term loan in November 2008. OID reduced the basis of the $150 of debt repaid by $10 resulting in a loss on the repayment of debt of $10 recorded in other income, net. Related deferred financing costs of $3 were charged to interest expense. During the second and third quarters of 2009, we used cash of $86 to reduce the principal amount of our Term Facility borrowings by $138, primarily through market purchases and repayments. The accounting for this activity included a reduction of $9 in the related OID and resulted in the recording of a $43 net gain on extinguishment of debt, which is included in other income, net. Debt issuance costs of $3 were written off as a charge to interest expense. During the third quarter of 2010, we prepaid $46 of the term loan debt ($51 less $5 paid to a Dana subsidiary holding about 10% of the term loan debt) and we made a scheduled repayment of $2. These repayments resulted in a reduction of OID of $3 recorded as a loss on extinguishment of debt and a reduction of deferred issue costs of $1 recorded as interest expense. In the fourth quarter we made a scheduled repayment of $2.

European receivables loan facility  — Certain of our European subsidiaries are party to definitive agreements to establish an accounts receivable securitization program. The agreements include a Receivable Loan Agreement (the Loan Agreement) with GE Leveraged Loans Limited (GE) that provide for an accounts receivable securitization facility through July 2012 under which up to the euro equivalent of $227 in financing is available to those European subsidiaries subject to the availability of adequate levels of accounts receivable.

These obligations are secured by a lien on and security interest in all of each Seller’s rights to the transferred accounts receivable, as well as collection accounts and items related to the accounts receivable. The program is accounted for as a secured borrowing with a pledge of collateral. Accordingly, the accounts receivable sold and the loans from GE and the participating lenders are included in our consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2010, there were no borrowings under this facility although $166 of accounts receivable available as collateral under the program would have supported $103 of borrowings.

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 12. Financing Agreements  – (continued)

Advances bear interest based on the LIBOR applicable to the currency in which each advance is denominated, plus a margin as specified in the Loan Agreement. Any advances are to be repaid in full by July 2012. We also pay a fee to the lenders based on any unused amount of the accounts receivable facility. The Loan Agreement contains representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default that are customary for financings of this type.

Other borrowings  — During the third quarter of 2010, a Dana subsidiary in Brazil borrowed the Brazilian real equivalent of $51 for a term of three years. Interest on this debt is fixed at 4.5%. Additional short-term borrowings of $29 and $15 at December 31, 2010 and 2009 carry average interest rates of 2.7% and 2.10%.

Subsequent event-refinancing  — In January 2011, we completed the sale of $400 aggregate principal amount of 6.50% senior unsecured debt due 2019 (the 2019 Notes) and $350 aggregate principal amount of 6.75% senior unsecured debt due 2021 (the 2021 Notes and together with the 2019 Notes, the Senior Notes). Interest on the notes is payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year beginning on August 15, 2011. The 2019 Notes will mature on February 15, 2019 and the 2021 Notes will mature on February 15, 2021. Net proceeds of the offering totaled approximately $733, net of the underwriters’ commission of $15 and fees of $2. The underwriters’ commission and debt issue costs will be recorded in other noncurrent assets and amortized to interest expense over the life of the Senior Notes. The proceeds, plus current cash and cash equivalents of $127 (net of amounts paid to a Dana subsidiary) were used to repay all amounts outstanding under our Term Facility and to pay the underwriters’ commission of $15. In connection with the refinancing we will record charges of approximately $51 in the first quarter of 2011 for the write-off of unamortized OID and debt issue costs.

At any time on or after February 15, 2015, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 15 of the years set forth below:

   
  Redemption Price
Year   Notes due 2019   Notes due 2021
2015     103.250 %  
2016     101.625 %       103.375 %  
2017     100.000 %       102.250 %  
2018     100.000 %       101.125 %  
2019 and thereafter     100.000 %       100.000 %  

Prior to February 15, 2015 for the 2019 Notes and prior to February 15, 2016 for the 2021 Notes, during any 12-month period, we may at our option redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Prior to February 15, 2015 and 2016 dates, we may also redeem some or all of the notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date plus a “make-whole” premium. At any time prior to February 15, 2014 for the 2019 Notes and February 15, 2015 for the 2021 Notes, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes in an amount not to exceed the amount of proceeds of one or more equity offerings, at a price equal to 106.500% (2019 Notes) and 106.75% (2021 Notes) of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, provided that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes issued remains outstanding after the redemption.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 12. Financing Agreements  – (continued)

Amendment to Revolving Facility  — In order to complete the refinancing of our term debt in January 2011, we entered into a second amendment (the Amendment) to our Revolving Facility. The Amendment permitted, among other things, repayment in full of all amounts outstanding under our Amended Term Facility using the net proceeds from the issuance of senior unsecured notes and, at our discretion, our current cash and cash equivalents. In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, we received commitments for a $500 amended and extended revolving credit facility (the New Revolving Facility). The New Revolving Facility extends the maturity of the New Revolving Facility to five years from the date of execution in February 2011 and reduces the aggregate principal amount of the facility from $650 to $500. In connection with the amendments to the Revolving Facility, we paid fees of $6 which will be recorded in the first quarter of 2011 as deferred costs.

The New Revolving Facility is guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries except for Dana Credit Corporation (DCC) and Dana Companies, LLC and their respective subsidiaries (the guarantors) and grants a first priority lien on Dana’s and the guarantors’ accounts receivable and inventory and a second priority lien on substantially all of Dana’s and the guarantors’ remaining assets, including a pledge of 65% of the stock of our material foreign subsidiaries.

The New Revolving Facility bears interest at a floating rate based on, at our option, the base rate or London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) (each as described in the New Revolving Facility) plus a margin based on the undrawn amounts available under the New Revolving Facility as set forth below:

   
Remaining Borrowing Availability   Base Rate   LIBOR Rate
Greater than $350     1.50 %       2.50 %  
Greater than $150 but less than or equal to $350     1.75 %       2.75 %  
$150 or less     2.00 %       3.00 %  

Commitment fees will be applied based on the average daily unused portion of the available amounts under the New Revolving Facility. If the average daily use is less than 50%, the applicable fee will be 0.50% per annum. If the average daily unused portion of the New Revolving Facility is equal to or greater than 50%, the applicable fee will be 0.5625% per annum. Up to $300 of the New Revolving Facility may be applied to letters of credit, which reduce availability. We pay a fee for issued and undrawn letters of credit in an amount per annum equal to the applicable LIBOR margin based on a quarterly average availability under the New Revolving Facility and a per annum fronting fee of 0.25%, payable quarterly.

Debt covenants  — At December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with the financial covenants of our debt agreements.

Under the New Revolving Facility and the Senior Notes, we are required to comply with customary covenants for facilities of this type. In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes and amendment of the Revolving Facility, the maintenance-based covenants in our prior agreements were replaced with incurrence-based financial covenants. The restrictive covenants of our prior agreements were revised to, among other things, (i) increase the permitted amount of foreign subsidiary indebtedness from $500 to $750, (ii) permit general indebtedness up to $1,000, which can be secured by the assets currently securing the Term Facility on a first priority basis as long as the pro forma minimum fixed charge coverage ratio is at least 1.1:1, and (iii) permit additional unsecured debt so long as the pro forma minimum fixed charge coverage ratio is at least 1.1:1. Under the Amendment, Dana may make dividend payments in respect of its common stock as well as certain investments and acquisitions so long as there is (i) at least $125 of pro forma excess borrowing availability, or (ii) at least $75 of pro forma excess borrowing availability and the pro forma minimum fixed charge coverage ratio is at least 1.1:1.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 12. Financing Agreements  – (continued)

Debt at December 31, 2010 — Details of consolidated long-term debt at December 31 are as follows:

       
  2010   2009
     Carrying
Value
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Value
  Fair
Value
Term Loan Facility, weighted average rate, 4.53%   $ 867     $ 873     $ 1,003     $ 963  
Less: original issue discount     (39 )                (57 )           
       828       873       946       963  
Nonrecourse notes, fixed rates, 5.92%, due 2010 to 2011     2       2       4       4  
Other indebtedness     89       83       38       35  
Total     919       958       988       1,002  
Less: current maturities     139       139       19       19  
Total long-term debt   $ 780     $ 819     $ 969     $ 983  

The current portion of long-term debt at December 31, 2010 includes $132 of the term loan that was not refinanced with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes, but rather utilized available cash. This amount also includes the underwriter’s commission which was netted against the proceeds of the Senior Notes.

As of December 31, 2010, and with the term loan balance not yet repaid, the maturities of all long-term debt (excluding OID and nonrecourse notes) for the next five years and after would have been as follows: 2011 — $18, 2012 — $32, 2013 — $69, 2014 — $669, 2015 — $168 with nothing beyond 2015. Cash on hand of $132 used in January 2011 to repay the Term Loan drove the classification of that amount as current portion of long-term debt at the end of 2010 and is included as a 2011 payment. The maturities of the outstanding long-term debt as of December 31, 2010 after giving effect to the issuance of Senior Notes and the refinancing of the Term Loan in January 2011 would be: 2011 — $122, 2012 — $23, 2013 — $60, 2014 — $1, 2015 — less than $1 and beyond 2015 — $750.

Fees are paid to the banks for providing committed lines, but not for uncommitted lines. We paid fees of $7, $8 and $71 in 2010, 2009 and 2008 in connection with our committed facilities. Bank fees totaling $14, $19 and $18 in 2010, 2009 and 2008 and amortization of OID of $11, $14 and $16 in 2010, 2009 and 2008 are included in interest expense.

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements

The fair value framework establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value:

Level 1 inputs (highest priority) include unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 inputs include other than quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities that are observable either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 inputs (lowest priority) include unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

In measuring the fair value of our assets and liabilities, we use market data or assumptions that we believe market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability including assumptions about risk when appropriate. Our valuation techniques include a combination of observable and unobservable inputs.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis  — Assets and liabilities that are carried in our balance sheet at fair value are as follows:

       
    Fair Value Measurements Using
     Total   Quoted
Prices in
Markets
Active
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Inputs
Observable
(Level 2)
  Significant
Inputs
Unobservable
(Level 3)
December 31, 2010
                                   
Notes receivable – noncurrent asset   $ 103     $  —     $  —     $ 103  
Currency forward contracts – current asset     1                1           
Currency forward contracts – current liability     5                5           
December 31, 2009
                                   
Notes receivable – noncurrent asset   $ 94     $     $     $ 94  
Currency forward contracts – current liability     4                4           

Changes in level 3 recurring fair value measurements —

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
    
  
Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
Notes receivable
                                   
Beginning of period   $ 94     $ 20     $ 62     $ 67  
Accretion of value (interest income)     11       10       9       1  
Note sold in Structures sale     (2 )                             
Unrealized gain (loss) (OCI)              64       (51 )       (6 )  
End of period   $ 103     $ 94     $ 20     $ 62  

We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. From time to time, we enter into forward contracts to manage the exposure on forecasted transactions denominated in foreign currencies and to manage the risk of transaction gains and losses associated with assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of certain subsidiaries. The changes in the fair value of these forward contracts are recorded in cost of sales for product related hedges and in other income, net for hedges related to the repatriation of cash from other countries.

Under our Amended Term Facility in place at December 31, 2010, we were required to carry interest rate hedge agreements covering a notional amount of not less than 50% of the aggregate loans outstanding. The interest rate cap on a notional value of $695 used to satisfy this requirement was closed for less than $1 in January 2011.

Substantially all of the notes receivable balance consists of one note, due 2019, obtained in connection with a divestiture in 2004. Its carrying amount is adjusted each quarter to the lower of its contractual value or its fair value, which is based on the market value of publicly traded debt of the operating subsidiary of the obligor. The fair value of the note at December 31, 2010 and 2009 approximated the contractual value and we

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

believe that the note will be paid in full at the end of the term or sooner. Net changes in the values of the other notes receivable were less than $1.

Items measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis  — In addition to items that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, we also have assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets include long-lived assets which may be written down to fair value as a result of impairment. The intangible assets and the property, plant and equipment of the Structures segment were impaired by $150 to a Level 3 value at December 31, 2009. Following impairment, the intangible assets were valued at $16 and the property, plant and equipment at $65. Substantially all of these assets were sold during the first quarter of 2010.

Indefinite-lived trademarks and trade names are measured at October 31 each year but may also be adjusted to fair value on a nonrecurring basis if conditions arise that warrant a review and impairment is indicated. Following an assessment of our forecasted results during the second quarter of 2009, we performed impairment testing on certain of our trademarks and trade names as of June 30, 2009 and they were written down to their fair values (see Note 6).

Note 14. Risk Management and Derivatives

Foreign currency derivatives  — The total notional amounts of outstanding foreign currency derivatives as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $108 and $86, comprised of currency forward contracts involving the exchange of U.S. dollars, euros, British pounds, Swiss francs, Swedish krona, Japanese yen, Hungarian forints and Indian rupees as well as a cross-currency swap involving the exchange of Australian dollars and South African rand. We began to designate certain currency forward contracts as cash flow hedges on October 1, 2010 and have applied the principles of hedge accounting to such contracts subsequent to that date.

As presented in the table below, as of December 31, 2010, forward contracts with notional amounts totaling a U.S. dollar equivalent of approximately $51 have been designated as cash flow hedges. These contracts are primarily associated with forecasted transactions involving the purchases and sales of inventory throughout 2011.

         
    Notional Amount (U.S. Dollar equivalent)  
Functional Currency   Traded Currency   Designated as
Cash Flow
Hedges
  Undesignated   Total   Maturity
British pound     U.S. dollar     $ 20     $ 1     $ 21       Dec-11  
U.S. dollar     Swiss franc                15       15       Jan-11  
Swedish krona     Euro       13       2       15       Dec-11  
British pound     Euro       8       (1 )       7       Dec-11  
Euro     Hungarian forint       1       4       5       Dec-11  
Euro     U.S. dollar       7       (2 )       5       Dec-11  
Euro     Canadian dollar       2                2       Dec-11  
Euro     Japanese yen                1       1       Jun-11  
Indian rupee     U.S. dollar                12       12       Dec-11  
Indian rupee     British pound                7       7       Dec-11  
Indian rupee     Euro                4       4       Dec-11  
Total forward contracts         $ 51     $ 43     $ 94        

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 14. Risk Management and Derivatives  – (continued)

The notional amount of our cross-currency swap is a U.S. dollar equivalent of $14 and has a duration through December 2011. This swap has not been designated for hedge accounting treatment.

Cash flow hedges  — With respect to contracts designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value during the period in which the contracts remain outstanding are reported in OCI to the extent such contracts remain effective. Changes in fair value of those contracts that are not designated as cash flow hedges are reported in income in the period in which the changes occur. Forward contracts associated with product-related transactions are marked to market in cost of sales while other contracts are marked to market through other income, net. Amounts recorded in OCI are ultimately reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods in which the underlying transaction affects earnings.

Fair values  — The fair values of derivative instruments included within the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 are $1 of receivables under forward contracts reported as part of other current assets and $5 of payables under forward contracts reported in other accrued liabilities, compared to less than $1 of receivables under forward contracts and $4 of payables under forward contracts as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2010, a deferred loss of less than $1 associated with cash flow hedges has been included in OCI. At December 31, 2010, we had a receivable of $1 and a liability of $2 for currency forward contracts and a liability of $3 for a cross-currency swap.

Amounts to be reclassified to earnings  — Deferred losses at December 31, 2010 reported in OCI were less than $1 and amounts expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months were less than $1. Amounts expected to be reclassified to earnings assume no change in the current hedge relationships or to December 31, 2010 market rates.

No amounts related to hedging were reclassified from OCI to earnings for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies

Asbestos personal injury liabilities  — We had approximately 30,000 active pending asbestos personal injury liability claims at December 31, 2010 versus 31,000 at December 31, 2009. In addition, approximately 11,000 mostly inactive claims have been settled and are awaiting final documentation and dismissal, with or without payment. We have accrued $101 for indemnity and defense costs for settled, pending and future claims at December 31, 2010, compared to $113 at December 31, 2009. We use a fifteen-year time horizon for our estimate of this liability.

At December 31, 2010, we had recorded $52 as an asset for probable recovery from our insurers for the pending and projected asbestos personal injury liability claims, compared to $58 recorded at December 31, 2009. The recorded asset represents our assessment of the capacity of our current insurance agreements to provide for the payment of anticipated defense and indemnity costs for pending claims and projected future demands. The recognition of these recoveries is based on our assessment of our right to recover under the respective contracts and on the financial strength of the insurers. We have coverage agreements in place with our insurers confirming substantially all of the related coverage and payments are being received on a timely basis. The financial strength of these insurers is reviewed at least annually with the assistance of a third party. The recorded asset does not represent the limits of our insurance coverage, but rather the amount we would expect to recover if we paid the accrued indemnity and defense costs. During 2010, we recorded $1 of pre-tax expense ($2 during the first quarter, offset by a $1 credit during the second quarter) to correct amounts primarily associated with asbestos-related insurance receivables at December 31, 2009. These adjustments were not considered material to the current period or to the prior periods to which they relate.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies  – (continued)

As part of our reorganization, assets and liabilities associated with asbestos claims were retained in Prior Dana which was then merged into Dana Companies, LLC, a consolidated wholly-owned subsidiary of Dana. The assets of Dana Companies, LLC include insurance rights relating to coverage against these liabilities and other assets which we believe are sufficient to satisfy its liabilities. Dana Companies, LLC continues to process asbestos personal injury claims in the normal course of business, is separately managed and has an independent board member. The independent board member is required to approve certain transactions including dividends or other transfers of $1 or more of value to Dana.

Other product liabilities  — We had accrued $1 for non-asbestos product liability costs at December 31, 2010 and 2009, with no recovery expected from third parties at either date. We estimate these liabilities based on assumptions about the value of the claims and about the likelihood of recoveries against us derived from our historical experience and current information.

Environmental liabilities  — Accrued environmental liabilities at December 31, 2010 were $13, compared to $17 at December 31, 2009. We consider the most probable method of remediation, current laws and regulations and existing technology in determining the fair value of our environmental liabilities. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, other accounts receivable included $1 recoverable from an insurer in connection with an agreement reached in the second quarter of 2009.

Class action lawsuit  — A securities class action entitled Howard Frank v. Michael J. Burns and Robert C. Richter was originally filed in October 2005 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Ohio. In a consolidated complaint filed in August 2006 naming our former Chief Executive Officer, Michael J. Burns and former Chief Financial Officer, Robert C. Richter, as defendants, lead plaintiffs alleged violations of the U.S. securities laws and claimed that the price at which our stock traded between April 2004 and October 2005 was artificially inflated as a result of the defendants’ alleged wrongdoing. By order dated August 21, 2007, the District Court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint and entered a judgment closing the case. On November 19, 2008, the Sixth Circuit vacated the District Court’s judgment on the ground that the decision on which it was based misstated the applicable pleading standard and remanded the case to the District Court. On August 29, 2009, the District Court entered an amended order granting defendants’ renewed motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint and entered a judgment closing the case. On September 23, 2009, the lead plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal of the amended order and the judgment entry. Oral arguments before the Sixth Circuit were heard on the case on January 21, 2011. We do not expect to incur any liability from these proceedings.

Other legal matters  — We are subject to various pending or threatened legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of business or operations. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, we cannot state what the eventual outcome of these matters will be. However, based on current knowledge and after consultation with legal counsel, we believe that the liabilities that may result from these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

Lease commitments  — Cash obligations under future minimum rental commitments under operating leases and net rental expense are shown in the table below. Operating lease commitments are primarily related to facilities.

             
  2011   2012   2013   2014   2015   Thereafter   Total
Lease commitments   $ 46     $ 37     $ 34     $ 44     $ 24     $ 96     $ 281  

             
  2008   2009   2010        
Rental expense   $ 89     $ 71     $ 64                                      

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 16. Warranty Obligations

We record a liability for estimated warranty obligations at the dates our products are sold. We record the liability based on our estimate of costs to settle future claims. Adjustments are made as new information becomes available. Changes in our warranty liabilities are as follows:

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
    
  
Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
Balance, beginning of period   $ 83     $ 100     $ 93     $ 92  
Amounts accrued for current period sales     41       34       62       4  
Adjustments of prior accrual estimates     11       3       10           
Settlements of warranty claims     (50 )       (56 )       (61 )       (3 )  
Foreign currency translation and other              2       (4 )           
Balance, end of period   $ 85     $ 83     $ 100     $ 93  

We have been notified of an alleged quality issue at a foreign subsidiary of Dana that produces engine coolers for a unit of Sogefi SpA that are used in modules supplied to Volkswagen. Based on the information currently available to us, we do not believe that this matter will result in a material liability to Dana. In January 2011, we announced that we had settled an issue with Toyota related to warranty. See Note 18.

Note 17. Income Taxes

Continuing operations  — Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to continuing operations can be summarized as follows:

       
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
Expense (benefit)   2010   2009
Current
                                   
U.S. federal and state   $ (16 )     $ (15 )     $ 19     $ 14  
Non-U.S.     57       8       66       (6 )  
Total current     41       (7 )       85       8  
Deferred
                                   
U.S. federal and state     (5 )       1       (8 )       27  
Non-U.S.     (5 )       (21 )       30       164  
Total deferred     (10 )       (20 )       22       191  
Total expense (benefit)   $ 31     $ (27 )     $ 107     $ 199  

Net interest expense (income) of less than $1, $4 and $(10) was recognized as part of the provision for income taxes in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the eleven months ended December 31, 2008.

In 2010, we revised our 2009 balance sheet for items previously netted in our current liability for taxes on income by increasing the liability by $31 for income tax receivables, $28 for prepaid taxes and by $2 for current deferred tax benefits with offsets in other receivables, prepaid expenses and other current assets. We also revised the netting of our noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities, increasing both amounts by $29.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 17. Income Taxes  – (continued)

Income tax expense was calculated based upon the following components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax:

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
U.S. operations   $ (90 )     $ (322 )     $ (618 )     $ 429  
Non-U.S. operations     125       (132 )       69       485  
Total income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 35     $ (454 )     $ (549 )     $ 914  

The tax expense or benefit recorded in continuing operations is generally determined without regard to other categories of earnings, such as OCI. An exception occurs if there is aggregate pre-tax income from other categories and a pre-tax loss from continuing operations, where a valuation allowance has been established against deferred tax assets in that country. The tax benefit allocated to continuing operations is the amount by which the loss from continuing operations reduces the tax expense recorded with respect to the other categories of earnings.

This exception resulted in a third-quarter 2010 charge of $14 to OCI. An offsetting benefit of $7 was recorded in continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 due to interperiod tax allocation rules, leaving a liability of $7 in current liabilities at September 30, 2010. Based on OCI for the full year, we reduced the tax benefit recorded in continuing operations by $2 and the liability of $7 was reversed reducing the charge to OCI for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $5 with the offsetting tax benefit of $5 recorded in continuing operations.

This exception also resulted in a charge of $23 to OCI during the first three quarters of 2009. An offsetting income tax benefit of $18, limited due to interperiod tax allocation rules, was attributed to operations for the same period. This left a liability of $5 in current liabilities at the end of the third quarter. The actuarial loss resulting from the 2009 year-end valuation of our defined benefit pension plans caused the OCI recorded for our U.S. operations to be a loss for the full year. Accordingly, the tax expense of $25 in OCI and the tax benefit of $18 in operations were both reversed in the fourth quarter.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 17. Income Taxes  – (continued)

Effective tax rate  — The effective income tax rate for continuing operations differs from the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate for the following reasons:

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
U.S. federal income tax rate       35 %         (35 )%         (35 )%         35 %  
Adjustments resulting from:
                                   
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit     (12 )                1       2  
Non-U.S. income     (40 )       (2 )       14       (4 )  
Non-U.S. withholding taxes on undistributed earnings of non-U.S. operations     16       (4 )       (1 )       1  
Goodwill impairment                       10           
Settlement and return adjustments     (12 )       (2 )                    
Impact of divestitures     9                             
Effect of gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise                                66  
Miscellaneous items     13       1       4       1  
Impact of continuing operations before valuation allowance adjustments on effective tax rate     9       (42 )       (7 )       101  
Valuation allowance adjustments     80       36       26       (79 )  
Effective income tax rate for continuing operations     89 %       (6 )%       19 %       22 %  

Generally, the discharge of a debt obligation for an amount less than the adjusted issue price creates cancellation of indebtedness income (CODI), which must be included in the obligor’s taxable income. However, recognition of CODI is limited for a taxpayer that is a debtor in a reorganization case if the discharge is granted by the court or pursuant to a plan of reorganization approved by the court. In our case, the Plan enabled the Debtors to qualify for this bankruptcy exclusion rule. The CODI triggered by discharge of debt under the Plan affected the taxable income of the Debtors for the stub period tax return (January 2008) by reducing certain income tax attributes otherwise available in the following order: (i) net operating losses (NOLs) for the year of discharge and net operating loss carryforwards; (ii) most credit carryforwards, including the general business credit and the minimum tax credit; (iii) net capital losses for the year of discharge and capital loss carryforwards; and (iv) the tax basis of the Debtors’ assets.

Through further evaluation and audit adjustment, we estimate that the use of $703 of our U.S. NOLs is subject to limitation due to the change in ownership of our stock upon emergence from bankruptcy. We estimate that the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) will limit our use of these pre-change NOLs to $84 annually. The deferred tax assets related to our pre- and post-change U.S. NOLs have a full valuation allowance. Generally, the additional NOLs accumulated since the change in ownership at emergence are not subject to limitation as of the end of 2010. However, there can be no assurance that trading in our shares will not effect another change in ownership under the IRC which would further limit our ability to utilize our available NOLs.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 17. Income Taxes  – (continued)

In the month following our reorganization in 2008, we paid approximately $733 to fund two VEBAs for certain union employee benefit obligations which the IRS confirmed as a deductible cost in the 2008 post-emergence period. This amount did not increase the $703 of pre-emergence NOLs that are subject to the limitations imposed by the IRC. Offsetting this deduction in 2008 was additional CODI generated by the amendment of our Exit Facility in November 2008. Under IRS regulations, this amendment is treated as a reissuance of debt at fair value for tax purposes. The difference between the fair market value of the debt at that time and the face value becomes an original issue discount for tax purposes generating CODI of approximately $550. The full amount of this discount will be deductible over the remaining term of the loan. In January 2011, we repaid the outstanding Amended Term Facility through the issuance of the Senior Notes, which will accelerate the tax deduction for the unamortized original issue discount associated with the November 2008 amendment to the Exit Facility. The net deferred tax assets related to these issues have a full valuation allowance.

Valuation allowance adjustments  — We have generally not recognized tax benefits on losses generated in several countries, including the U.S., where the recent history of operating losses does not allow us to satisfy the “more likely than not” criterion for the recognition of deferred tax assets. Consequently, there is no income tax benefit recognized on the pre-tax losses in these jurisdictions as valuation allowances are established offsetting the associated tax benefit. During 2010, we reorganized our business operations in Brazil, resulting in the reversal of $16 of valuation allowances that had been recorded against certain deferred tax assets. During 2009, we determined that certain deferred tax assets in Spain required a valuation allowance and we recorded a charge to tax expense of $8. We will maintain full valuation allowances against our net deferred tax assets in the U.S. and other applicable countries until sufficient positive evidence exists to reduce or eliminate the valuation allowance.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities  — Temporary differences and carryforwards give rise to the following deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31:

   
  2010   2009
Net operating loss carryforwards   $ 845     $ 869  
Expense accruals     206       247  
Pension accruals     174       180  
Research and development costs     96       124  
Foreign tax credits recoverable     107       111  
Other tax credits recoverable     41       72  
Postretirement benefits other than pensions     33       36  
Capital loss carryforward     31       31  
Postemployment benefits     12       13  
Inventory reserves     8       2  
Other employee benefits     3       2  
Other     10       33  
Total     1,566       1,720  
Valuation allowance     (1,345 )       (1,409 )  
Deferred tax assets     221       311  
Unremitted earnings     (106 )       (202 )  
Intangibles     (120 )       (149 )  
Depreciation – non-leasing     (63 )       (45 )  
Goodwill     (3 )       (4 )  
Other     (13 )       (8 )  
Deferred tax liabilities     (305 )       (408 )  
Net deferred tax liabilities   $ (84 )     $ (97 )  

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 17. Income Taxes  – (continued)

Carryforwards  — Our deferred tax assets include benefits expected from the utilization of NOLs, capital loss and credit carryforwards in the future. The following table identifies the various deferred tax asset components and the related allowances that existed at December 31, 2010. Due to time limitations on the ability to realize the benefit of the carryforwards, additional portions of these deferred tax assets may become unrealizable in the future.

       
  Deferred
Tax
Asset
  Valuation
Allowance
  Carryforward
Period
  Earliest
Year of
Expiration
Net operating losses
                                   
U.S. federal   $ 593     $ (593 )       20       2023  
U.S. state     131       (131 )       Various       2011  
Brazil     40       (22 )       Unlimited           
France     17                Unlimited           
Australia     27       (27 )       Unlimited           
Venezuela     9       (9 )       3       2011  
U.K.     14       (14 )       Unlimited           
Argentina     7       (7 )       5       2011  
Mexico     3       (3 )       10       2017  
Spain     4       (3 )       15       2024  
Total     845       (809 )              
Capital losses     31       (31 )              
Other credits     148       (148 )       10 – 20       2011  
Total   $ 1,024     $ (988 )              

In addition to the carryforwards listed in the table above, we have $9 of NOLs related to excess tax benefits generated upon the settlement of stock awards that increased a current year net operating loss. We cannot record these losses in the financial statements until the losses are utilized to reduce our income taxes payable at which time we will recognize the tax benefit in equity.

Foreign income repatriation —  We provide for U.S. federal income and non-U.S. withholding taxes on the planned future repatriations of the earnings from certain non-U.S. operations that we have determined are not permanently reinvested. During 2010, we continued to modify our forecast of the amount and source of future repatriations and we recognized a net benefit of $3 and $22 for 2010 and 2009 related to future income taxes and non-U.S. withholding taxes on repatriations from operations that are not permanently reinvested. We also incurred withholding tax of $8 and $6 during 2010 and 2009 related to the actual transfer of funds to the U.S. and between foreign subsidiaries. We estimate that the unrecognized tax liability associated with operations in which we are permanently reinvested is $3.

The earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries will likely be repatriated to the U.S. in the form of repayments of intercompany borrowings and distributions from earnings. Certain of our international operations had intercompany loan obligations to the U.S. totaling $202 at the end of 2010. Of this amount, intercompany loans and related interest accruals with an equivalent value of $58 are denominated in a foreign currency and are not considered to be permanently invested as they are expected to be repaid in the near term.

Income tax audits  — We conduct business globally and, as a result, file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions that are subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local or foreign income tax examinations for years before 2006. The U.S. federal income tax audits for 1999 through 2005 are settled. During 2010, we reversed accruals for uncertain tax positions of $9 related to the 1999 through 2002 and 2003 through 2005 U.S.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 17. Income Taxes  – (continued)

Internal Revenue Service (IRS) audit cycles. We also paid $75 to satisfy a bankruptcy claim related to these audit cycles. We are under audit in the U.S. for 2006 through 2008, but we do not expect to incur any additional tax liability for that period.

We are currently under audit by foreign authorities for certain taxation years. When these issues are settled the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for all open tax years may be modified. Audit outcomes and the timing of the audit settlements are subject to uncertainty and we cannot make an estimate of the impact on our financial position at this time.

Unrecognized tax benefits  — Unrecognized tax benefits are the difference between a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return and the benefit recognized for accounting purposes. Interest income or expense, as well as penalties relating to income tax audit adjustments and settlements are recognized as components of income tax expense or benefit. Interest of $5 and $7 was accrued on the uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

A reconciliation of the beginning to ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

     
  2010   2009   2008
Balance at January 1   $ 41     $ 44     $ 57  
Decreases related to prior year tax positions                       (11 )  
Balance at January 31     41       44       46  
Decrease related to expiration of statute of limitations     (8 )       (3 )       8  
Increase (decrease) related to prior years tax positions     15       (7 )       (27 )  
Increases related to current year tax positions     5       7       17  
Balance at December 31   $ 53     $ 41     $ 44  

A portion of the gross unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would not impact the effective tax rate as the recognition of these benefits would be offset by the reversal of valuation allowances. If open matters are settled with the IRS or other taxing jurisdictions, the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for open tax years may be modified.

Note 18. Other Income, Net

Other income, net included

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
Interest income   $ 30     $ 24     $ 48     $ 4  
Export and other credits     7       19       11       1  
Contract cancellation income              17                    
Warranty claim settlement     (25 )                             
Foreign exchange gain (loss)     (18 )       9       (12 )       3  
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt     (7 )       35       (10 )           
Loss on sale of Structural Products business     (3 )                             
Strategic transaction expenses     (1 )       (16 )       (10 )           
Other     18       10       26           
Other income, net   $ 1     $   98     $   53     $   8  

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 18. Other Income, Net  – (continued)

As discussed in Note 12 above, the net gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt resulted from the repurchase and repayment of Term Facility debt. The losses represent the portion of the OID written off in connection with repayments. Additional charges representing the write-off of debt issue costs were recorded in interest expense.

In January 2011, we announced that we had reached a settlement with Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc., a subsidiary of Toyota Motor Company (Toyota) for warranty claims related to frames produced by our former Structural Products business. We divested substantially all of our Structural Products business, including the plants that manufactured these Tacoma frames, in 2010 (See Note 2). Under the terms of the agreement, we will make a one-time payment of $25 to Toyota related to corrosion on frames produced for certain Tacoma pickup trucks that were subject to a customer support program initiated by Toyota in 2008. The cost is recorded in other income, net and is accrued in other current liabilities.

Foreign exchange gains and losses on cross-currency intercompany loan balances that are not considered permanently invested are included in foreign exchange gain (loss) above. Foreign exchange gains and losses on loans that are permanently invested are reported in OCI. Foreign exchange gain (loss) for 2010 also includes a charge of $3 for the devaluation of the Venezuelan bolivar.

The contract cancellation income of $17 in 2009 represents recoveries in connection with early cancellation of certain customer programs during the first quarter of 2009.

Strategic transaction expenses relate primarily to costs incurred in connection with evaluating alternative opportunities for certain of our businesses. Included in this amount in 2009 is $11 which was recorded in connection with the pending sale of substantially all of the assets of our Structural Products business (Note 2).

Other recoveries  — During 2009, we agreed on remuneration for early termination of a customer program in mid-2010. Since this program was not immediately cancelled and continued in full production through mid-2010, the remuneration received for early cancellation was reported in sales over the remainder of the program. Program cancellation income of $10 and $2 was recognized as revenue in 2009 and 2010.

Note 19. Investments in Equity Affiliates

Equity Affiliates  — At December 31, 2010, we had a number of investments in entities that engage in the manufacture of vehicular parts — primarily axles, driveshafts, wheel-end braking systems and all-wheel drive systems — supplied to OEMs.

Dividends received from equity affiliates were $2, 2 and $12 in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

The principal components of our investments in equity affiliates at December 31, 2010 (with an investment balance exceeding $5) were:

   
Affiliates   Investment   Dana
Ownership
GETRAG entities   $ 70       25% to 49 % (1)  
Bendix Spicer Foundation Brakes LLC (BSFB)     27       20 % (2)  
ROC Spicer entities     6       14% to 25 % (3)  
All others as a group     8       20% to 50%   
Total (4)   $   111        

(1) Dana owns 49% of GETRAG Corporation in the U.S. and 25% of GETRAG All Wheel Drive AB in Sweden.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 19. Investments in Equity Affiliates  – (continued)

(2) Dana owns 20% of BSFB, but under the terms of the joint venture agreement earns 40% of the earnings of BSFB, declining periodically to 20% in 2018.
(3) ROC Spicer LTD (ROC) is 50.5% owned and consolidated by Dana. ROC records equity earnings for ROC-Keeper Industrial Ltd. (50% owned by ROC) and Taiway Ltd (27.5% owned by ROC).
(4) An additional $10 of investments in affiliates is carried at cost.

Summarized combined financial information for our equity affiliates is as follows:

     
  Year Ended December 31,
     2010   2009   2008 (2)
Sales   $ 977     $ 785     $ 1,079  
Gross profit   $ 150     $ 103     $ 125  
Net income   $ 26     $ (4 )     $ 3  
Equity in earnings of affiliates before impairments   $ 10     $ (3 )     $ 3  
Chassis Systems Limited (1)              (1 )       3  
Impairments              (5 )       (15 )  
Equity earnings   $ 10     $ (9 )     $ (9 )  

(1) Chassis Systems Limited was divested in the sale of substantially all of the Structural Products business in March 2010 and is not included in the summary results above.
(2) We have combined the results for the eleven months ended December 31, 2008 with the results for the month ended January 31, 2008 as not all of the results were available for the January 2008 period.

   
  December 31,
     2010   2009
Current assets   $ 403     $ 346  
Noncurrent assets     281       286  
Total assets (1)   $ 684     $ 632  
Current liabilities   $ 269     $ 275  
Noncurrent liabilities     126       120  
Total liabilities   $ 395     $ 395  

(1) The assets and liabilities in the table above are as reported by our equity affiliates and do not include our adjustment of the valuation of these investments as part of fresh start accounting.
(2) Chassis Systems Limited was divested in the sale of substantially all of the Structural Products business in March 2010 and is not included in the summary results above.

Impairments In August 2007, we executed an agreement relating to two joint ventures with GETRAG. This agreement included the grant of a call option for GETRAG to acquire our interests in these joint ventures for $75. In September 2008, the call option was reduced to $60 through September 2009. As a result of the reduced call price, we recorded an asset impairment charge of $15 in the third quarter of 2008 in equity in earnings of affiliates. During the period covered by the options, the call prices effectively capped the carrying value of our investment. As a result, the recognition of positive equity earnings and the corresponding increase in our investment in GETRAG were offset by the recognition of charges to reflect other-than-temporary impairment of the investment to the reduced call price value. Following the expiration of the option in September 2009, we began recognizing our interest in the earnings of GETRAG as equity earnings without an offsetting impairment charge.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 19. Investments in Equity Affiliates  – (continued)

Based on revised forecasts, we reassessed the valuation of our equity investment in Bendix-Spicer Foundation Brakes LLC at the end of 2009. Our analysis indicated an impairment of $4 which was charged to equity in earnings of affiliates in the fourth quarter of 2009.

Note 20. Segments, Geographical Area and Major Customer Information

The components that management establishes for purposes of making decisions about an enterprise’s operating matters are referred to as “operating segments.” We manage our operations globally through a total of five operating segments with three operating segments — LVD, Power Technologies and Structures —  focused on specific products for the light vehicle market and two operating segments — Commercial Vehicle and Off-Highway — focused on specific medium-duty and heavy-duty vehicle markets. In the first quarter of 2010, the reporting of our operating segment results was reorganized in line with our management structure and internal reporting. The Sealing and Thermal segments were combined to form the Power Technologies segment and a Brazilian driveshaft operation was moved from the LVD segment to the Commercial Vehicle segment. The results of these segments have been retroactively adjusted to conform to the current reporting.

In the first quarter of 2009, we began allocating the majority of the Brazilian driveshaft operation’s results to our Commercial Vehicle segment. In the first quarter of 2010, we again modified our segment reporting to report all of this operation in the Commercial Vehicle segment. The initial change was not appropriately reflected in the 2008 segment reporting in the 2009 financial statements. We have revised the 2008 segment reporting to correct this error resulting in an increase in Commercial Vehicle net sales of $138 and $10 and segment EBITDA of $23 and less than $1 for the eleven months ended December 31, 2008 and the one month ended January 31, 2008 with equal offsets to the LVD segment. The second change has been made in the tables below and conforms 2008 and 2009 reporting to the 2010 organization. These adjustments were not considered material to the 2008 periods to which they relate.

In March 2010, we completed the sale of substantially all of our Structures segment with the sale of the Venezuelan operation being completed in December 2010. These operations were included in the Structures segment through the close date of the sale along with the Longview, Texas facility, which we retained.

We report the results of our operating segments and related disclosures about each of our segments on the basis that is used internally for evaluating segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources to those segments. The primary measure of operating results is segment EBITDA which, through the end of 2010, was closely aligned with the definition of EBITDA in our debt agreements. Our segments are charged for corporate and other shared administrative costs. Costs allocated to the operating segments are $117, $111, $110 and $10 for 2010, 2009, the eleven months ended December 31, 2008 and the one month ended January 31, 2008.

Segment information —  We used the following information to evaluate our operating segments:

           
  Dana
     Year Ended December 31, 2010   December 31,
2010
     External
Sales
  Inter-Segment
Sales
  Segment
EBITDA
  Capital
Spend
  Depreciation   Net
Assets
LVD   $ 2,516     $ 199     $ 235     $ 63     $ 109     $ 860  
Power Technologies     927       26       125       17       50       434  
Commercial Vehicle     1,344       99       131       12       44       626  
Off-Highway     1,131       43       98       10       24       481  
Structures     188       3       6       2       6       29  
Eliminations and other     3       (370 )                16       5       90  
Total   $ 6,109     $     $ 595     $ 120     $ 238     $ 2,520  

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 20. Segments, Geographical Area and Major Customer Information  – (continued)

           
  Dana
     Year Ended December 31, 2009   December 31,
2009
     External

Sales
  Inter-Segment
Sales
  Segment
EBITDA
  Capital
Spend
  Depreciation   Net
Assets
LVD   $ 1,973     $ 126     $ 128     $ 30     $ 132     $ 950  
Power Technologies     714       17       29       29       51       468  
Commercial Vehicle     1,099       67       84       22       46       669  
Off-Highway     850       26       38       4       29       563  
Structures     592       9       35       9       44       148  
Eliminations and other              (245 )                5       9       73  
Total   $ 5,228     $     $ 314     $ 99     $ 311     $ 2,871  

           
  Dana
     Eleven Months Ended December 31, 2008   December 31,
2008
     External

Sales
  Inter-Segment
Sales
  Segment
EBITDA
  Capital
Spend
  Depreciation   Net
Assets
LVD   $ 2,450     $ 181     $ 53     $ 65     $ 118     $ 1,095  
Power Technologies     872       22       47       39       47       487  
Commercial Vehicle     1,596       83       76       62       36       783  
Off-Highway     1,637       43       102       25       25       591  
Structures     786       10       37       43       36       347  
Eliminations and other     3       (339 )                         7       30  
Total   $ 7,344     $     $ 315     $ 234     $ 269     $ 3,333  

           
  Prior Dana
     One Month Ended January 31, 2008   January 31,
2008
     External
Sales
  Inter-Segment
Sales
  Segment
EBITDA
  Capital
Spend
  Depreciation   Net
Assets
LVD   $ 270     $ 17     $ 9     $ 8     $ 9     $ 1,226  
Power Technologies     92       2       9       3       3       411  
Commercial Vehicle     141       10       7       3       4       629  
Off-Highway     157       4       14                2       436  
Structures     90       1       4       2       5       374  
Eliminations and other     1       (34 )                                  421  
Total   $ 751     $     $ 43     $ 16     $ 23     $ 3,497  

Assets and liabilities of the Structures segment declined with the sale of substantially all of the Structural Products business in 2010. See Note 2 for details of assets and liabilities held for sale at the end of 2009 related to this segment.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 20. Segments, Geographical Area and Major Customer Information  – (continued)

The following table reconciles segment EBITDA to the consolidated income (loss) before income taxes:

       
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009
Segment EBITDA   $ 595     $ 314     $ 315     $ 43  
Shared services and administrative     (22 )       (22 )       (23 )       (3 )  
Other income (expense) not in segments     (10 )       33       22       (2 )  
Foreign exchange not in segments     (10 )       1       (3 )           
Depreciation     (238 )       (311 )       (269 )       (23 )  
Amortization of intangibles     (76 )       (86 )       (81 )           
Amortization of fresh start inventory step-up                       (49 )           
Restructuring     (73 )       (118 )       (114 )       (12 )  
Impairment of goodwill                       (169 )           
Impairment of long-lived assets              (156 )       (14 )           
Reorganization items, net              2       (25 )       (98 )  
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt     (7 )       35       (10 )           
Warranty settlement     (25 )                             
Strategic transaction and other expenses     (5 )       (16 )       (10 )           
Loss on sale of assets, net     (3 )       (8 )       (10 )           
Stock compensation expense     (14 )       (13 )       (6 )           
DCC EBIT                       (2 )           
Foreign exchange on intercompany loans, Venezuelan currency devaluation and market value adjustments on forwards     (18 )       6       (7 )       4  
Interest expense     (89 )       (139 )       (142 )       (8 )  
Interest income     30       24       48       4  
Fresh start accounting adjustments                                1,009  
Income (loss) before income taxes   $ 35     $ (454 )     $ (549 )     $ 914  

Net assets at the segment level are intended to correlate with invested capital. The amount includes accounts receivable, inventories, prepaid expenses (excluding taxes), goodwill, investments in affiliates, net property, plant and equipment, accounts payable and certain accrued liabilities.

Net assets differ from consolidated total assets as follows:

   
  2010   2009
Net assets   $ 2,520     $ 2,871  
Accounts payable and other current liabilities     1,167       1,042  
Other current and long-term assets     1,412       1,241  
Consolidated total assets   $ 5,099     $ 5,154  

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 20. Segments, Geographical Area and Major Customer Information  – (continued)

Although accounting for discontinued operations does not result in the reclassification of prior balance sheets, our segment reporting excludes the assets of our discontinued operations for all periods presented based on the treatment of these items for internal reporting purposes. The differences between operating capital spending and depreciation shown by segment and purchases of property, plant and equipment and depreciation shown on the cash flow statement result from the exclusion from the segment table of the amounts related to discontinued operations.

Geographic information  — Of our consolidated net sales, no country other than the U.S. accounts for more than 10% and only Brazil, Germany and Italy are between 5% and 10%. Sales are attributed to the location of the product entity recording the sale. In the third quarter of 2010, based on realignment of organizational responsibilities, we moved our operations in South Africa from the Asia Pacific region to the Europe region. The geographical results have been retroactively adjusted to conform to the current reporting structure. Long-lived assets represents property, plant and equipment. They exclude other noncurrent assets.

             
  Net Sales   Long-Lived Assets
     Dana   Prior Dana   December 31,
     Year Ended
December 31,
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
     2010   2009   2010   2009   2008
North America
                                                              
United States   $ 2,675     $ 2,402     $ 3,016     $ 333     $ 363     $ 420     $ 686  
Other     285       257       507       63       162       178       189  
Total     2,960       2,659       3,523       396       525       598       875  
Europe
                                                              
Italy     517       378       838       85       70       80       91  
Germany     360       333       442       45       135       155       152  
Other Europe     702       537       953       100       168       188       213  
Total     1,579       1,248       2,233       230       373       423       456  
South America
                                                              
Brazil     535       426       578       47       130       157       123  
Other South America     304       372       388       20       75       129       132  
Total     839       798       966       67       205       286       255  
Asia Pacific
                                                              
Total     731       523       622       58       248       242       254  
Total   $ 6,109     $ 5,228     $ 7,344     $ 751     $ 1,351     $ 1,549     $ 1,840  

Sales to major customers —  Ford is the only individual customer whose sales have exceeded 10% of our consolidated sales in the past three years. Sales to Ford for the three most recent years were $1,180 (19%) in 2010, $1,058 (20%) in 2009 and $1,399 (17%) in 2008.

Export sales from the U.S. were $281, $228 and $345 in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Note 21. Reorganization Items

Dana filed a petition on March 3, 2006 with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York for reorganization under the provisions of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Our Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Debtors and Debtors in Possession (as modified, the Plan) was confirmed on December 26, 2007. Confirmation of the Plan resulted in the discharge of certain claims against the Company that arose before March 3, 2006 and substantially altered rights and interests of equity security holders as

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 21. Reorganization Items  – (continued)

provided for in the Plan. The Plan was substantially consummated on January 31, 2008 and we emerged from bankruptcy. In connection with our emergence from bankruptcy, we adopted fresh start accounting on January 31, 2008.

Professional advisory fees and other costs directly associated with our reorganization are reported separately as reorganization items. Post-emergence professional fees relate to claim settlements, plan implementation and other transition costs attributable to the reorganization. Reorganization items of Prior Dana include provisions and adjustments to record the carrying value of certain pre-petition liabilities at their estimated allowable claim amounts, as well as the costs incurred by non-Debtor companies as a result of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 proceedings.

The reorganization items in the consolidated statement of operations consisted of the following items:

     
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
Professional fees   $ 1     $ 19     $ 27  
Employee emergence bonus                       47  
Foreign tax costs due to reorganization                       33  
Interest income                       (1 )  
Other     (3 )       6       19  
Total reorganization items     (2 )       25       125  
Gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise                       (27 )  
Reorganization items, net   $ (2 )     $ 25     $ 98  

During the second quarter of 2009, we reduced our vacation benefit liabilities by $5 to correct the amount accrued in 2008 as union agreements arising from our reorganization activities were being ratified. We recorded $3 as a reorganization item benefit consistent with the original expense recognition. This adjustment is not material to 2009 or to the prior periods to which it relates.

The gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise resulted from the satisfaction of these liabilities at emergence through issuance of Dana common stock or cash payments. The $125 of reorganization items for the one month ended January 31, 2008 included $104 of costs incurred as a direct consequence of emergence from Chapter 11. These costs included an accrual for stock bonuses for certain union and non-union employees of $47, transfer taxes and other tax charges to effectuate the emergence and new legal organization, success fee obligations to certain professional advisors and other parties contributing to the Chapter 11 reorganization and other costs relating directly to emergence.

Note 22. Discontinued Operations

In 2005, the Board of Directors of Prior Dana approved the divestiture of our engine hard parts, fluid products and pump products operations and we reported these businesses as discontinued operations through their respective dates of divestiture. Substantially all of these operations were sold prior to 2008.

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 22. Discontinued Operations  – (continued)

The results of the discontinued operations were as follows:

   
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
Sales   $     $ 6  
Cost of sales              6  
Restructuring and other expense, net     4       8  
Loss before income taxes     (4 )       (8 )  
Income tax benefit              2  
Loss from discontinued operations   $ (4 )     $ (6 )  

The sales and net loss of our discontinued operations consisted of the following:

   
  Dana   Prior Dana
     Eleven Months
Ended
December 31,
2008
  One Month
Ended
January 31,
2008
Sales
                 
Pump   $     $ 6  
Total Discontinued Operations   $     $ 6  
Net loss
                 
Engine   $ (1 )     $ (4 )  
Fluid     (2 )       (1 )  
Pump     (1 )       (1 )  
Total Discontinued Operations   $ (4 )     $ (6 )  

There were no assets or liabilities of discontinued operations as of December 31, 2008. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, the cash flows of discontinued operations have been reported in the respective categories of cash flows, along with those of our continuing operations.

Note 23. Emergence from Chapter 11

Background  — The Debtors operated their businesses as debtors in possession under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code from the Filing Date until emergence from Chapter 11 on January 31, 2008. The Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases were consolidated in the Bankruptcy Court under the caption In re Dana Corporation, et al. , Case No. 06-10354 (BRL). Neither DCC and its subsidiaries nor any of our non-U.S. affiliates were Debtors.

Liabilities subject to compromise —  Liabilities that were being addressed through the bankruptcy process (i.e., general unsecured nonpriority claims) were reported as liabilities subject to compromise and adjusted to the allowed claim amount as determined through the bankruptcy process, or to the estimated claim amount if determined to be probable and estimable. Certain of these claims were resolved and satisfied on or before our emergence on January 31, 2008, while others have been or will be resolved subsequent to emergence. Although the allowed amount of certain disputed claims has not yet been determined, our liability associated with these disputed claims was discharged upon our emergence. Except for certain specific priority claims (see below), most of the allowed unsecured nonpriority claims in Class 5B were or will be satisfied by distributions from the previously funded reserve holding shares of Dana common stock. Therefore, the future

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 23. Emergence from Chapter 11  – (continued)

resolution of these disputed claims will not have an impact on our post-emergence results of operations or financial condition. Liabilities subject to compromise in the consolidated balance sheet shown below include those of our discontinued operations.

On the Effective Date, the Plan required that certain liabilities previously reported as liabilities subject to compromise be retained by Dana. Accordingly, at December 31, 2007, we reclassified approximately $213 of liabilities, including $145 of asbestos liabilities, $27 of pension liabilities and $41 of other liabilities from liabilities subject to compromise to current or long-term liabilities of Dana. Liabilities subject to compromise declined further, by $128, in January 2008 as a result of the retention of additional liabilities including $111 of priority tax claim liabilities, $9 of other tax liabilities and $8 of other liabilities. The remaining liabilities subject to compromise were discharged at January 31, 2008 under the terms of the Plan.

Under the provisions of the Plan, approximately two million shares of common stock (valued in reorganization at $45) have been issued and distributed since the Effective Date to pay emergence bonuses to union employees and non-union hourly and salaried non-management employees. The original accrual of $47 on the Effective Date included approximately 65,000 shares (valued in reorganization at $2) that were not utilized for these bonuses. These shares will be distributed instead to the holders of allowed general unsecured claims in Class 5B as provided in the Plan.

Settlement obligations relating to non-pension retiree benefits and long-term disability (LTD) benefits for union claimants and non-pension retiree benefits for non-union claimants were satisfied with cash payments of $788 to VEBAs established for the benefit of the respective claimant groups. Additionally, we paid DCC $49, the remaining amount due to DCC noteholders, thereby settling DCC’s general unsecured claim of $325 against the Debtors. DCC, in turn, used these funds to repay the noteholders in full. Since emergence, payments of $100 have been made for administrative claims, priority tax claims, settlement pool claims and other classes of allowed claims. Additional cash payments of $75, related primarily to federal, state and local tax claims, were paid in 2010.

Bankruptcy claims resolution  — On the Effective Date, the Plan was consummated and we emerged from Chapter 11. As provided in the Plan, we issued and set aside approximately 28 million shares of Dana common stock (valued in reorganization at $640) for future distribution to holders of allowed unsecured nonpriority claims in Class 5B under the Plan. These shares are being distributed as the disputed and unliquidated claims are resolved. Since emergence, we have issued 24 million of the 28 million shares for allowed claims (valued in reorganization at $545), increasing the total shares issued to 94 million (valued in reorganization at $2,173) for unsecured claims of approximately $2,255. The corresponding decrease in the disputed claims reserve leaves approximately 4 million shares (valued in reorganization at $96). The remaining disputed and unliquidated claims total approximately $75. To the extent that these remaining claims are settled for less than the 4 million remaining shares, additional incremental distributions will be made to the holders of the previously allowed general unsecured claims in Class 5B.

Although the allowed amount of certain disputed claims has not yet been determined, our liability associated with these disputed claims was discharged upon our emergence from Chapter 11. Therefore, the future resolution of these disputed claims will not have an impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

Fresh start accounting  — As required by GAAP, we adopted fresh start accounting effective February 1, 2008. The financial statements for the periods ended prior to January 31, 2008 do not include the effect of any changes in our capital structure or changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities as a result of fresh start accounting.

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 23. Emergence from Chapter 11  – (continued)

The timing of the availability of funds for our post-reorganization financing resulted in a January 31, 2008 consummation of the Plan. We selected February 1, 2008 for adoption of fresh start accounting. Accordingly, the results of operations of Dana for January 2008 include charges of $21 incurred during the month of January plus one-time reorganization costs incurred at emergence of $104 offset by a pre-emergence gain of $27 resulting from the discharge of liabilities under the Plan. In addition, we recorded a credit to earnings of $1,009 ($831 after tax) resulting from the aggregate changes to the net carrying value of our pre-emergence assets and liabilities to record their fair values under fresh start accounting.

GAAP provides, among other things, for a determination of the value to be assigned to the equity of the emerging company as of a date selected for financial reporting purposes. Dana’s compromise total enterprise value was determined to be $3,563. This value represents the amount of resources available for the satisfaction of post-petition liabilities and allowed claims, as negotiated between the Debtors and their creditors. This value, along with other terms of the Plan, was determined after extensive arms-length negotiations with the claimholders. Dana developed its view of what the value should be based upon expected future cash flows of the business after emergence from Chapter 11, discounted at rates reflecting perceived business and financial risks (the discounted cash flows or DCF). This valuation and a valuation using market value multiples for peer companies were blended to arrive at the compromise valuation. This value is the enterprise value of the entity and, after adjusting for certain liabilities and debt as explained below and summarized in explanatory note (5) to the reorganized consolidated balance sheet, is intended to approximate the amount a willing buyer would pay for the assets and liabilities of Dana immediately after restructuring.

The basis for the DCF was the projections published in the Plan. These five-year estimates included projected changes associated with our reorganization initiatives, anticipated changes in general market conditions, including variations in market regions and known new business gains and losses, as well as other factors considered by Dana management. We completed the DCF analysis by operating segment in late 2007 using discount rates ranging from 10.5% to 11.5% based on a capital asset pricing model which utilized weighted-average cost of capital relative to certain light vehicle and heavy vehicle reference group companies. The estimated enterprise value and the resulting equity value were highly dependent on the achievement of the future financial results contemplated in the projections that were published in the Plan.

The estimates and assumptions made in our valuation were inherently subject to significant uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control and there was no assurance that these results could be achieved. The primary assumptions for which there is a reasonable possibility of the occurrence of a variation that would have significantly affected the measurement value included the revenue assumptions, anticipated levels of commodity costs, achievement of the cost reductions outlined in our 2007 Form 10-K, the discount rate utilized, expected foreign exchange rates, the demand for pickup trucks and SUVs and the overall strength of the U.S. light vehicle markets. The primary assumptions for conditions expected to be different from conditions in late 2007 were stronger light vehicle and off-highway markets outside North America and a peak in demand for Class 8 trucks in North America in 2009 related to stricter U.S. emission standards that become effective in 2010.

Based on conditions in the automotive industry and general economic conditions, we used the low end of the range of valuations to determine the enterprise reorganization value.

For the DCF portion of the valuation, we utilized the average of two DCF methodologies to derive the enterprise value of Dana:

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) multiple method  — The sum of the present values of the unlevered free cash flows was added to the present value of the terminal value of Dana, computed using EBITDA exit multiples by segment ranging from 3.8 to 9.0 based in part on the range of multiples calculated in using a comparable public company methodology, to arrive at an implied enterprise value for Dana’s operating assets (excluding cash).

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 23. Emergence from Chapter 11  – (continued)

Perpetuity growth method  — The sum of the present values of the unlevered free cash flows was added to the present value of the terminal value of Dana, which was computed using the perpetuity growth method based in part on industry growth prospects and our business plans, to arrive at an implied enterprise value for Dana’s operating assets (excluding cash).

We also utilized a comparable companies methodology which identified a group of publicly traded companies whose businesses and operating characteristics were similar to those of Dana as a whole, or similar to significant portions of Dana’s operations and evaluated various operating metrics, growth characteristics and valuation multiples for equity and net debt for each of the companies in the group. We then developed a range of valuation multiples to apply to our projections to derive a range of implied enterprise values for Dana. The multiples ranged from 3.8 to 9.0 depending on the comparable company.

The final valuation range was an average of the DCF valuation ranges and the comparable company multiples range. This amount was also adjusted for the fair value of unconsolidated subsidiaries, the residual value of DCC’s assets, the fair value of our net operating losses and a note receivable obtained in connection with a divestiture in 2004.

Under fresh start accounting, this compromise total enterprise value was adjusted for Dana’s available cash and was allocated to our assets based on their respective fair values in conformity with the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Available cash was determined by adjusting actual cash at emergence for emergence-related cash activity expected to occur after January 31, 2008. The valuations required to determine the fair value of certain of Dana’s assets as presented below represent the results of valuation procedures we performed. The enterprise reorganization value, after adjustments for available cash, is reduced by debt, noncontrolling interests and preferred stock with the remainder representing the value to common stockholders.

The significant assumptions related to the valuations of our assets in connection with fresh start accounting included the following:

Inventory  — The value of inventory for fresh start accounting was based on the following:

The fair value of finished goods was calculated as the estimated selling price of the finished goods on hand, less the costs to dispose of that inventory (i.e., selling costs) and a reasonable profit margin for the selling effort.
The fair value of work in process was calculated as the selling price less the sum of costs to complete the manufacturing process, selling costs and a reasonable profit on the remaining manufacturing effort and the selling effort based on profits for similar finished goods.
The fair value of raw material inventory was its current replacement cost.

Fixed assets  — Except for specific fixed assets identified as held for sale, which were valued at their estimated net realizable value, fixed assets were valued at fair value. In establishing fair value, three approaches were utilized to ensure that all market conditions were considered:

The market or comparison sales approach uses recent sales or offerings of similar assets currently on the market to arrive at a probable selling price. In applying this method, aligning adjustments were made to reconcile differences between the comparable sale and the appraised asset.
The cost approach considers the amount required to construct or purchase a new asset of equal utility, then adjusts the value in consideration of all forms of depreciation as of the appraisal date as described below:

Physical deterioration  — the loss in value or usefulness attributable solely to physical causes such as wear and tear and exposure to the elements.

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 23. Emergence from Chapter 11  – (continued)

Functional obsolescence  — a loss in value due to factors inherent in the property itself and due to changes in design or process resulting in inadequacy, overcapacity, excess construction, lack of functional utility or excess operation costs.

Economic obsolescence  — loss in value by unfavorable external conditions such as economics of the industry, loss of material and labor sources or change in ordinances.

The income approach considers value in relation to the present worth of future benefits derived from ownership and is usually measured through the capitalization of a specific level of income.

Useful lives were assigned to applicable appraised assets based on estimates of economic future usefulness in consideration of all forms of depreciation.

Intangible assets  — The financial information used to determine the fair value of intangible assets was consistent with the information used in estimating the enterprise value of Dana. Following is a summary of each category considered in the valuation of intangible assets:

Core technology  — An income approach, the relief from royalty method, was used to value developed technology at $99 as of January 31, 2008. Significant assumptions included development of the forecasted revenue streams for each technology category by geographic region, estimated royalty rates for each technology category, applicable tax rates by geographic region and appropriate discount rates which considered variations among markets and geographic regions.
Trademarks and trade names  — Four trade names/trademarks were identified as intangible assets: Dana®, Spicer®, Victor-Reinz® and Long®. An income approach, the relief from royalty method, was used to value trademarks and trade names at $90 as of January 31, 2008. Significant assumptions included the useful life, the forecasted revenue streams for each trade name/trademark by geographic region, estimated applicable royalty rate for each technology category, applicable tax rates by geographic region and appropriate discount rates. For those indefinite-lived trade names/trademarks (Dana® and Spicer®), terminal growth rates were also estimated.
Customer contracts and related relationships  — Customer contracts and related relationships were valued by operating segment utilizing an income approach, the multi-period excess earnings method, which resulted in a valuation of $491. Significant assumptions included the forecasted revenue streams by customer by geographic region, the estimated contract renewal probability for each operating segment, estimated profit margins by customer by region, estimated charges for contributory assets for each customer (fixed assets, net working capital, assembled workforce, trade names/trademarks and developed technology), estimated tax rates by geographic region and appropriate discount rates.

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 23. Emergence from Chapter 11  – (continued)

The adjustments presented below were made to our January 31, 2008 balance sheet. The balance sheet reorganization and fresh start adjustments presented below summarize the impact of the adoption of the Plan and the fresh start accounting entries as of the Effective Date.

DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
REORGANIZED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

       
  January 31, 2008
     Prior
Dana
  Reorganization
Adjustments (1)
  Fresh Start
Adjustments
  Dana
Assets
                                   
Current assets
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,199     $ 948 (2)     $     $ 2,147  
Accounts receivable
                                   
Trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts     1,255                1 (6)       1,256  
Other     316                (1 ) (6)       315  
Inventories     843                169 (6)       1,012  
Other current assets     127                (32 ) (6)       95  
Total current assets     3,740       948       137       4,825  
Goodwill     352                (50 ) (6)       302 (5)  
Intangibles     1                679 (6)       680  
Investments and other assets     294       40 (2)       (35 ) (6)       299  
                (18 ) (3)       (35 ) (7)       (53 )  
As adjusted     294       22       (70 )       246  
Investments in affiliates     172                9 (6)       181  
Property, plant and equipment, net     1,763                278 (6)       2,041  
Total assets   $ 6,322     $ 970     $ 983     $ 8,275  

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 23. Emergence from Chapter 11  – (continued)

       
  January 31, 2008
     Prior
Dana
  Reorganization
Adjustments (1)
  Fresh Start
Adjustments
  Dana
Liabilities and Equity
                                   
Current liabilities
                                   
Notes payable, including current portion of
long-term debt
  $ 177     $ (49 ) (2)              $ 128  
                15 (2)                15  
As adjusted     177       (34 )                143  
Debtor-in-possession financing     900       (900 ) (2)                    
Accounts payable     1,094                         1,094  
Accrued payroll and employee benefits     267                1 (6)       268  
Taxes on income including current deferred     132                         132  
Other accrued liabilities (including VEBA paid on February 1)     436       815 (3)       21 (6)       1,272  
                86 (3)                86  
                (15 ) (2)                (15 )  
As adjusted     436       886       21       1,343 (2)  
Total current liabilities     3,006       (48 )       22       2,980  
Liabilities subject to compromise     3,382       (3,327 ) (3)                55  
                (55 ) (2)                (55 )  
As adjusted     3,382       (3,382 )                    
Deferred employee benefits and other non-current liabilities     650                (29 ) (6)       621  
                         105 (7)       105  
                         178 (6)       178  
As adjusted     650                254       904  
Long-term debt     19                         19  
Term loan facility              1,221 (2)                1,221  
Total liabilities     7,057       (2,209 )       276       5,124  
Parent company stockholders’ equity
                                   
Series A preferred stock              242 (2)                242  
Series B preferred stock              529 (2)                529  
Common stock – successor              1 (3) (5)                1  
Additional paid-in capital – successor              2,267 (3) (5)                2,267  
Common stock – predecessor     150       (150 ) (4)                    
Additional paid-in capital – predecessor     202       (202 ) (4)  
Accumulated deficit     (515 )       27 (3)       831 (6)       343  
                (104 ) (3)       (591 ) (8)       (695 )  
                352 (4)                352  
As adjusted     (515 )       275       240           
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (668 )       278 (3)       591 (8)       201  
                (61 ) (3)       (140 ) (7)       (201 )  
As adjusted     (668 )       217       451           
Total parent company stockholders’ equity (deficit)     (831 )       3,179       691       3,039  
Noncontrolling interests     96                16 (6)       112  
Total equity (deficit)     (735 )       3,179       707       3,151  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 6,322     $ 970     $ 983     $ 8,275  

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 23. Emergence from Chapter 11  – (continued)

Explanatory Notes

(1) Represents amounts recorded on the Effective Date for the implementation of the Plan, including the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and related payments, the issuance of new debt and repayment of old debt, distributions of cash and new shares of common and preferred stock and the cancellation of Prior Dana common stock.
(2) Cash proceeds at emergence (net of cash payments):

 
Amount borrowed under the Exit Facility   $ 1,350  
OID     (114 )  
Exit Facility, net of OID ($15 current, $1,221 to long-term debt)     1,236  
Less: deferred issuance fees     (40 )  
Exit Facility net proceeds     1,196  
Preferred stock issuance, net of fees and expenses – Series A     242  
Preferred stock issuance, net of fees and expenses – Series B     529  
Repayment of DIP lending facility     (900 )  
Non-union retiree VEBA obligation payment     (55 )  
Fees paid at emergence (including $10 previously accrued)     (15 )  
Payment to DCC bondholders     (49 )  
Net cash   $ 948  

This entry records our exit financing, the issuance of new Series A and Series B Preferred Stock and the payment of certain bankruptcy obligations on January 31, 2008. An additional $80 of the term loan portion of the Exit Facility was borrowed by Dana on February 1, 2008 and is not included in the January balance sheet above. Debt issuance costs of $40 are recorded in Investments and other assets and OID of $114 is presented net with the debt balance. Both of these are being deferred and amortized over the term of the facility. The $790 of preferred stock is recorded at the net proceeds of $771.

(3) Retirement of liabilities subject to compromise (LSTC):

 
Liabilities subject to compromise   $ 3,382  
APBO reduction charged to LSTC and credited to Accumulated other
comprehensive loss (See Note 10)
    (278 )  
Non-union retiree VEBA obligation payment     (55 )  
New common stock and paid-in capital issued to satisfy allowed and
disputed claims
    (2,268 )  
Claims to be satisfied in cash transferred to Other accrued liabilities at January 31, 2008 (includes $733 union VEBA obligation paid on February 1)     (815 )  
Prior service credits recognized (See Note 10)     61  
Gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise   $ 27  
Deferred tax assets not realizable due to emergence   $ (18 )  
Reorganization costs accrued at emergence (includes $47 of emergence bonuses)     (86 )  
Total reorganization costs incurred at emergence (See Note 3)   $ (104 )  

This entry records reorganization costs of $104 incurred as a result of emergence and a gain of $27 on extinguishment of the obligations pursuant to implementation of the Plan.

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 23. Emergence from Chapter 11  – (continued)

Other accrued liabilities include a $733 liability to the union VEBAs. On February 1, 2008, Dana paid this obligation and borrowed the remaining $80 of the Term loan commitment in (2) above. Payments after January 31, under the terms of the Plan, were expected to include approximately $212 of administrative claims, priority tax claims and other classes of allowed claims and were also included in other accrued liabilities of Dana at January 31, 2008.

(4) Closes Prior Dana capital stock and paid-in capital to accumulated deficit.
(5) Reconciliation of enterprise value to the reorganization value of Dana assets, determination of goodwill and allocation of compromise enterprise value to common stockholders:

 
Compromise total enterprise value   $ 3,563  
Plus: cash and cash equivalents     2,147  
Less: adjustments to cash assumptions used in valuation and emergence related cash payments     (1,129 )  
Plus: liabilities (excluding debt and liability for emergence bonuses)     3,694  
Reorganization value of Dana assets     8,275  
Fair value of Dana assets (excluding goodwill)     7,973  
Reorganization value of Dana assets in excess of fair value (goodwill)   $ 302  
Reorganization value of Dana assets   $ 8,275  
Less: liabilities (excluding debt and the liability for emergence bonuses)     (3,694 )  
Less: debt     (1,383 )  
Less: noncontrolling interests     (112 )  
Less: preferred stock (net of issuance costs)     (771 )  
Less: liability for emergence bonus shares not issued at January 31, 2008     (47 )  
New common stock ($1) and paid-in capital ($2,267)   $ 2,268  
Shares outstanding at January 31, 2008     97,971,791  
Per share value   $ 23.15  

The per share value of $23.15 was utilized to record the shares issued for allowed claims, the shares issued for the disputed claims reserve and the liability for shares issued to employees subsequent to January 31, 2008 as emergence bonuses. The $1,129 in the caption “Adjustments to cash assumptions used in valuation and emergence-related cash payments” in the table above represents adjustments to cash on hand for the then estimated amounts expected to be paid for bankruptcy claims and fees after emergence of $962 (VEBA payments of $733, remaining administrative claims, priority tax claims, settlement pool claims and other classes of allowed claims of $212 and settlements (cures) for contract rejections of $17). In addition, consistent with assumptions made in the determination of enterprise value, available cash was reduced by $56 for DCC settlements and $111 for cash deposits which support letters of credit, a number of self-insured programs and lease obligations, all of which were deemed to be unavailable to Dana.

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 23. Emergence from Chapter 11  – (continued)

The following table summarizes the allocation of fair values of the assets and liabilities at emergence as shown in the reorganized consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2008:

 
Cash   $ 2,147  
Current assets     2,678  
Goodwill     302  
Intangibles     680  
Investments and other assets     246  
Investments in affiliates     181  
Property, plant and equipment, net     2,041  
Total assets     8,275  
Less current liabilities (including notes payable and current portion of long-term debt)     (3,016 )  
Less long-term debt     (1,240 )  
Less long-term liabilities and noncontrolling interests     (980 )  
Net assets acquired   $ 3,039  
(6) This entry records the adjustments for fresh start accounting including the write-up of inventory and the adjustment of property, plant and equipment to its appraised value. Fresh start adjustments for intangible assets are also included and are based on valuations discussed above. The adjustments required to report assets and liabilities at fair value under fresh start accounting resulted in a pre-tax adjustment of $1,009, which was reported as fresh start accounting adjustments in the consolidated statement of operations for January 2008. Income tax expense for January included $178 of tax expense related to these adjustments, reducing to $831 the impact of fair value adjustments on net income for the month and on the accumulated deficit at January 31, 2008.

The $29 reduction in deferred employee benefits and other noncurrent liabilities resulted from adjustments to the asbestos liability, discounting of workers’ compensation liabilities and reductions in certain tax liabilities.

The fresh start adjustment to other accrued liabilities included restructuring-related exit costs of $32 consisting of $10 of projected maintenance, security and taxes on assets held for sale, $9 of costs to be incurred in preparing these assets for sale and $13 of obligations under lease contracts related to facilities and equipment that were in use at January 31, 2008 but scheduled to cease operations in 2008 as part of restructuring plans approved prior to Dana’s emergence from bankruptcy. Charges to liability accounts, primarily to write off deferred revenue, reduced the total fresh start adjustment to other accrued liabilities to $21.

(7) Charge to accumulated other comprehensive loss for the remeasurement of retained employee benefit plans. See Note 10.

 
Reduction of pension plan net assets   $ (35 )  
Increase in deferred employee benefits and other noncurrent liabilities     (105 )  
Charge to accumulated other comprehensive loss   $ (140 )  
(8) Adjusts accumulated other comprehensive loss to zero.

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation
Quarterly Results (Unaudited)
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

       
  For the 2010 Quarter Ended
     March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31
Net sales   $ 1,508     $ 1,526     $ 1,516     $ 1,559  
Gross margin   $ 140     $ 169     $ 178     $ 172  
Net income (loss)   $ (30 )     $ 10     $ 47     $ (13 )  
Net income (loss) attributable to the parent company   $ (31 )     $ 9     $ 46     $ (14 )  
Net income (loss) per share available to parent company stockholders
                                   
Basic   $ (0.28 )     $     $ 0.27     $ (0.15 )  
Diluted   $ (0.28 )     $     $ 0.22     $ (0.15 )  

Note: Gross margin is net sales less cost of sales.

       
  For the 2009 Quarter Ended
     March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31
Net sales   $ 1,216     $ 1,190     $ 1,329     $ 1,493  
Gross margin   $ (12 )     $ 67     $ 82     $ 106  
Net loss   $ (160 )     $ (3 )     $ (38 )     $ (235 )  
Net loss attributable to the parent company   $ (157 )     $     $ (38 )     $ (236 )  
Net loss per share available to parent company stockholders
                                   
Basic   $ (1.64 )     $ (0.08 )     $ (0.45 )     $ (2.02 )  
Diluted   $ (1.64 )     $ (0.08 )     $ (0.45 )     $ (2.02 )  

Note: Gross margin is net sales less cost of sales.

The fourth quarter of 2009 includes pre-tax impairments of $150 related to the planned sale of substantially all of our Structural Products business.

Net income for the fourth quarter of 2010 includes a $25 charge for the settlement of warranty claims with Toyota related to frames produced by our former Structural Products business.

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dana Holding Corporation

DANA HOLDING CORPORATION AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

         
  Balance at
beginning
of period
  Amounts
charged
(credited)
to income
  Allowance
utilized
  Adjustments
arising
from change
in currency
exchange rates
and other items
  Balance at
end of
period
Dana
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
                                            
Amounts deducted from assets
                                            
Allowance for doubtful receivables   $ 18     $ (2 )     $ (5 )     $     $ 11  
Inventory reserves     60       9       (10 )                59  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets     1,409       46       (3 )       (107 )       1,345  
Total allowances deducted from assets   $ 1,487     $ 53     $ (18 )     $ (107 )     $ 1,415  
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
                                            
Amounts deducted from assets
                                            
Allowance for doubtful receivables   $ 23     $ 2     $ (7 )     $     $ 18  
Inventory reserves     52       16       (10 )       2       60  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets     1,137       268       (64 )       68       1,409  
Total allowances deducted from assets   $ 1,212     $ 286     $ (81 )     $ 70     $ 1,487  
For the Eleven Months Ended December 31, 2008
                                            
Amounts deducted from assets
                                            
Allowance for doubtful receivables   $ 23     $ 5     $ (4 )     $ (1 )     $ 23  
Inventory reserves     56       17       (18 )       (3 )       52  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets     710       266                161       1,137  
Total allowances deducted from assets   $ 789     $ 288     $ (22 )     $ 157     $ 1,212  

         
Prior Dana
For the Month Ended January 31, 2008
                                            
Amounts deducted from assets
                                            
Allowance for doubtful receivables   $ 20     $     $ (1 )     $ 4     $ 23  
Inventory reserves     55       3       (2 )                56  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets     1,609       (723 )                (176 )       710  
Total allowances deducted from assets   $ 1,684     $ (720 )     $   (3 )     $ (172 )     $ 789  

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures  — Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluations, our Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting  — Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Management, with the participation of the Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting  — There has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

On February 24, 2011, Dana and certain of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries entered into the New Revolving Facility with Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent for the lenders which amended and restated the Revolving Facility dated as of January 31, 2008, as amended as of April 30, 2009 and January 14, 2011, among Dana, the guarantors party to the agreement, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent, and other lenders.

The New Revolving Facility, in comparison to the previous facility: (i) extends the maturity date to February 24, 2016, (ii) reduces the aggregate principal amount available in revolving loan and letter of credit commitments to $500 and provides for a $100 incremental revolving loan facility, (iii) increases the applicable interest rate margins to 2.50% to 3.00% for LIBOR loans and 1.50% to 2.00% for base rate loans, in each case, depending on our average daily borrowing availability, (iv) increases the commitment fees payable on the unused portion of the facility to 0.50% to 0.625%, depending on our average daily use of the facility, (v) changes certain definitions relating to financial and negative covenants and (vi) increases the amount of collateral available to secure obligations under hedge agreements to $125.

A copy of the New Revolving Facility is filed as Exhibit 10.32 and is incorporated herein by reference. The above description of the material terms of the facility is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Exhibit 10.32.

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Dana has adopted Standards of Business Conduct that applies to all of its officers and employees worldwide. Dana also has adopted Standards of Business Conduct for the Board of Directors. Both documents are available on Dana’s website at www.dana.com .

The remainder of the response to this item will be included under the sections captioned “Corporate Governance,” “Selection of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; Succession Planning,” “Information About the Nominees and Series A Preferred Directors,” “Risk Oversight,” “Committees and Meetings of Directors,” “Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of Dana’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2011, which sections are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The response to this item will be included under the sections captioned “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation of Executive Officers,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation of Directors,” “Officer Stock Ownership Guidelines,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards at Fiscal Year-End,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested During Fiscal Year,” “Pension Benefits,” “Executive Agreements” and “Potential Payments and Benefits Upon Termination or Change in Control” of Dana’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2011, which sections are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The response to this item will be included under the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of Dana’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2011, which section is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table contains information as of December 31, 2010 about shares of stock which may be issued under our equity compensation plans, all of which have been approved by our shareholders.

     
(Shares in millions)
Plan Category (1)
  Number of Securities to
be issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights (2)
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights (3)
  Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders     6.8     $ 6.72       4.1  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders                           
Total     6.8     $ 6.72       4.1  

(1) As a result of our emergence from bankruptcy on January 31, 2008, all unexercised Prior Dana stock options, unvested restricted shares and restricted stock units and unvested equity incentive plan awards were cancelled with no consideration. All amounts shown relate to the period following emergence.
(2) In addition to stock options, restricted stock units and performance shares have been awarded under Dana’s equity compensation plans and were outstanding at December 31, 2010.
(3) Calculated without taking into account the 664,147 shares of common stock subject to outstanding restricted stock units and performance shares that become issuable as those units vest since they have no exercise price and no cash consideration or other payment is required for such shares.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The response to this item will be included under the sections captioned “Director Independence and Transactions of Directors with Dana,” “Transactions of Executive Officers with Dana” and “Information about the Nominees and Series A Preferred Directors” of Dana’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2011, which sections are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The response to this item will be included under the section captioned “Independent Auditors” of Dana’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2011, which section is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 
  10-K Pages
(a)  List of documents filed as a part of this report:
        

1.

Consolidated Financial Statements:

        
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     37  
Consolidated Statement of Operations     40  
Consolidated Balance Sheet     41  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows     42  
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)     43  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     44  

2.

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

    107  

3.

Financial Statement Schedule:

        
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves (Schedule II)     108  
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto
        

4.

Exhibit Index

    114  

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

 
  DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
Date: February 24, 2011  

By:

/s/ John M. Devine
John M. Devine
Executive Chairman, President and Interim
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on this 24 th day of February 2011 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated, including a majority of the directors.

 
Signature   Title
/s/ John M. Devine
John M. Devine
  Executive Chairman, President and Interim
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ James A. Yost
James A. Yost
  Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Richard J. Dyer
Richard J. Dyer
  Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ Mark T. Gallogly*
Mark T. Gallogly
  Director
/s/ Terrence J. Keating*
Terrence J. Keating
  Director
/s/ Joseph C. Muscari*
Joseph C. Muscari
  Director
/s/ Mark A. Schulz*
Mark A. Schulz
  Director
/s/ David P. Trucano*
David P. Trucano
  Director
/s/ Richard F. Wallman*
Richard F. Wallman
  Director
/s/ Keith E. Wandell*
Keith E. Wandell
  Director

*By:

/s/ Marc S. Levin
Marc S. Levin, Attorney-in-Fact

    

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 EXHIBIT INDEX

All documents referenced below were filed by Dana Corporation or Dana Holding Corporation (as successor registrant) — file number 001-01063, unless otherwise indicated.

 
No.   Description
3.1     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dana Holding Corporation. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated January 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
3.2     Bylaws of Dana Holding Corporation. Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.1     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 31, 2008, by and among the Company and Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P. and Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.2     Shareholders Agreement dated as of January 31, 2008, by and among the Company and Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P. and Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.3     Specimen Common Stock Certificate. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated January 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.4     Specimen Series A Preferred Stock Certificate. Filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.5     Specimen Series B Preferred Stock Certificate. Filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.6     Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Dana and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.
4.7     First Supplemental Indenture, among Dana and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.
10.1**    Executive Employment Agreement dated December 16, 2008 and effective January 1, 2009 by and between John M. Devine and Dana Holding Corporation. Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and as amended as set forth in Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 18, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.2**    Executive Employment Agreement dated December 16, 2008 and effective January 1, 2009 by and between Robert H. Marcin and Dana Holding Corporation. Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.3**    Employment Agreement dated May 13, 2008 by and between Dana Holding Corporation and James A. Yost. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 13, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.4**    Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for James A. Yost dated May 22, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 13, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.5**    Executive Employment Agreement dated May 22, 2009 by and between Dana Holding Corporation and James E. Sweetnam. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009.
10.6**    Dana Holding Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
No.   Description
10.7**    Form of Stock Option Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.14 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.8**    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.15 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.9**    Form of Indemnification Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.10**   Dana Holding Corporation Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation Package and Stock Ownership Guidelines. Filed as Exhibit 10.21 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.11**   Form of Option Right Agreement For Non-Employee Directors. Filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.12**   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors. Filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.13**   Form of Option Agreement under the Dana Holding Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as in use through August 1, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 18, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.14**   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Dana Holding Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as in use through August 1, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 18, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.15**   Form of Performance Share Agreement under the Dana Holding Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as in use through August 1, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 18, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.16**   Form of Option Agreement under the Dana Holding Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.38 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.17**   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Dana Holding Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.18**   Form of Performance Share Agreement under the Dana Holding Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.40 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.19**   Form of Share Appreciation Rights Agreement under the Dana Holding Corporation 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.20**   Dana Holding Corporation Executive Perquisite Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 18, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.21**   Dana Holding Corporation Executive Severance Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 24, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.22     Receivables Loan Agreement dated 18 July 2007, between Dana Europe Financing (Ireland) Limited, as Borrower; Dana International Luxembourg SARL, as Servicer and as Performance Undertaking Provider; the persons from time to time party thereto as Lenders; and GE Leveraged Loans Limited, as Administrative Agent. Filed as Exhibit 10-Z(1) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
No.   Description
10.23     Master Schedule of Definitions, Interpretation and Construction dated 18 July 2007, between Dana Europe Financing (Ireland) Limited; Dana International Luxembourg SARL; the Originators; GE Leveraged Loans Limited; GE FactorFrance SNC; Dana Europe S.A., the Lenders; and certain other parties. Filed as Exhibit 10-Z(2) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.24     Performance and Indemnity Deed dated 18 July 2007, between Dana International Luxembourg SARL, as Performance Undertaking Provider; the Intermediate Transferor; Dana Europe Financing (Ireland) Limited, as Borrower; GE Leveraged Loans Limited, as Administrative Agent; and other secured parties. Filed as Exhibit 10-Z(3) to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.25     Term Facility Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2008, among Dana Holding Corporation, as Borrower, the guarantors party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Citigroup Capital Markets, Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent, Barclays Capital, as joint bookrunner and documentation agent and the lenders and other financial institutions party thereto. Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
10.26     Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2008, among Dana Holding Corporation, as Borrower, the guarantors party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Citigroup Capital Markets, Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent, Barclays Capital, as joint bookrunner and documentation agent, and the lenders and other financial institutions party thereto. Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.27     Term Facility Security Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2008, among Dana Holding Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and Citicorp USA, Inc., as collateral agent. Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.28     Revolving Facility Security Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2008, among Dana Holding Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and Citicorp USA, Inc., as collateral agent. Filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.29     Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2008, among Dana Holding Corporation, Citicorp USA, Inc., as collateral and administrative agents under the Term Facility Credit and Guaranty Agreement and the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement. Filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.30     Amendment No. 1 to the Term Facility Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of November 21, 2008. Filed as Exhibit 10.74 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.31     Amendment No. 2 to the Term Facility Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 14, 2010. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.32     Underwriting Agreement, dated January 25, 2011, among Dana Holding Corporation and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.; Wells Fargo Securities, LLC; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters named therein. Filed as Exhibit 1.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 31, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
No.   Description
10.33     Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated February 24, 2011, among Dana Holding Corporation, as borrower; the guarantor parties thereto; the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders party thereto, each as a lender; Citicorp USA, INC., as administrative agent and collateral agent; Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; Wells Fargo, as syndication agent; Bank of America, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC, as documentation agents; and Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc, ING Capital LLC, UBS Securities LLC and UBS Loan Finance LLC, as senior managing agents.
21        List of Subsidiaries of Dana Holding Corporation. Filed with this Report.
23        Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Filed with this Report.
24        Power of Attorney. Filed with this Report.
31.1      Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by Chief Executive Officer. Filed with this Report.
31.2      Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by Chief Financial Officer. Filed with this Report.
32        Section 1350 Certification of Periodic Report (pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002). Filed with this Report.

** Management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as part of an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

117


        
 
Exhibit 4.6
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
 
and
 
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
Trustee
 
INDENTURE
 
Dated as of January 28, 2011
 

 
Providing for Issuance of Senior Debt Securities in Series
        

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
Page
   
ARTICLE I Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application
1
     
Section 1.01
Definitions
1
Section 1.02
Compliance Certificates and Opinions
10
Section 1.03
Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
11
Section 1.04
Acts of Securityholders
12
Section 1.05
Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company
13
Section 1.06
Notices to Securityholders; Waiver
13
Section 1.07
Conflict with Trust Indenture Act
14
Section 1.08
Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
14
Section 1.09
Successors and Assigns
14
Section 1.10
Separability Clause
14
Section 1.11
Benefits of Indenture
14
Section 1.12
Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
14
Section 1.13
Counterparts
14
Section 1.14
Judgment Currency
15
Section 1.15
U.S.A. Patriot Act
15
Section 1.16
Force Majeure
15
   
ARTICLE II Security Forms
16
     
Section 2.01
Forms Generally
16
Section 2.02
Forms of Securities
16
Section 2.03
Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
16
Section 2.04
Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security
17
   
ARTICLE III The Securities
18
     
Section 3.01
General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of Particular Series
18
Section 3.02
Denominations
21
Section 3.03
Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating
22
Section 3.04
Temporary Securities
23
Section 3.05
Registration, Transfer and Exchange
24
Section 3.06
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities
25
Section 3.07
Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
26
Section 3.08
Persons Deemed Owners
27
Section 3.09
Cancellation
27
Section 3.10
Computation of Interest
27
Section 3.11
Delayed Issuance of Securities
28
Section 3.12
CUSIP Numbers
28
   
ARTICLE IV Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance
28
     
Section 4.01
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
28

 
i

 

   
Page
     
Section 4.02
Application of Trust Money
30
Section 4.03
Defeasance Upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations
30
Section 4.04
Reinstatement
32
   
ARTICLE V Remedies
32
     
Section 5.01
Events of Default
32
Section 5.02
Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
34
Section 5.03
Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
35
Section 5.04
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
36
Section 5.05
Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities
37
Section 5.06
Application of Money Collected
37
Section 5.07
Limitation on Suits
38
Section 5.08
Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest
38
Section 5.09
Restoration of Rights and Remedies
38
Section 5.10
Rights and Remedies Cumulative
39
Section 5.11
Delay or Omission Not Waiver
39
Section 5.12
Control by Securityholders
39
Section 5.13
Waiver of Past Defaults
39
Section 5.14
Undertaking for Costs
40
Section 5.15
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
40
   
ARTICLE VI The Trustee
40
     
Section 6.01
Certain Duties and Responsibilities
40
Section 6.02
Notice of Defaults
42
Section 6.03
Certain Rights of Trustee
42
Section 6.04
Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
44
Section 6.05
May Hold Securities
44
Section 6.06
Money Held in Trust
44
Section 6.07
Compensation and Reimbursement
44
Section 6.08
Disqualification; Conflicting Interests
45
Section 6.09
Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
45
Section 6.10
Resignation and Removal
46
Section 6.11
Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
47
Section 6.12
Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
48
Section 6.13
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
48
Section 6.14
Appointment of Authenticating Agent
48
   
ARTICLE VII Securityholders’ Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company
50
     
Section 7.01
Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders
50

 
ii

 

   
Page
     
Section 7.02
Preservation of Information; Communications to Securityholders
50
Section 7.03
Reports by Trustee
52
Section 7.04
Reports by Company
52
   
ARTICLE VIII Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer
52
     
Section 8.01
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer on Certain Terms
52
Section 8.02
Successor Person Substituted
53
   
ARTICLE IX Supplemental Indentures
53
     
Section 9.01
Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders
53
Section 9.02
Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders
55
Section 9.03
Execution of Supplemental Indentures
56
Section 9.04
Effect of Supplemental Indentures
57
Section 9.05
Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
57
Section 9.06
Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures
57
   
ARTICLE X Covenants
57
     
Section 10.01
Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest
57
Section 10.02
Maintenance of Office or Agency
57
Section 10.03
Money for Security Payments to Be Held in Trust
58
Section 10.04
Statement as to Compliance
59
Section 10.05
Legal Existence
59
Section 10.06
Waiver of Certain Covenants
60
   
ARTICLE XI Redemption of Securities
60
     
Section 11.01
Applicability of Article
60
Section 11.02
Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee
60
Section 11.03
Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed
61
Section 11.04
Notice of Redemption
62
Section 11.05
Deposit of Redemption Price
62
Section 11.06
Securities Payable on Redemption Date
63
Section 11.07
Securities Redeemed in Part
63
Section 11.08
Provisions with Respect to Any Sinking Funds
63
Section 11.09
Rescission of Redemption
64
   
ARTICLE XII Conversion
65
     
Section 12.01
Conversion Privilege
65
Section 12.02
Conversion Procedure; Rescission of Conversion; Conversion Price; Fractional Shares
66
Section 12.03
Adjustment of Conversion Price for Common Stock or Marketable Securities
68
Section 12.04
Consolidation or Merger of the Company
71
Section 12.05
Notice of Adjustment
72

 
iii

 
 
   
Page
     
Section 12.06
Notice in Certain Events
72
Section 12.07
Company to Reserve Stock or other Marketable Securities; Registration; Listing
73
Section 12.08
Taxes on Conversion
74
Section 12.09
Conversion After Record Date
74
Section 12.10
Corporate Action Regarding Par Value of Common Stock
74
Section 12.11
Company Determination Final
74
Section 12.12
Trustee’s Disclaimer
74
   
ARTICLE XIII Guarantees
75
     
Section 13.01
Guarantees
75
 
 
iv

 
 
Table Showing Reflection in Indenture of Certain Provisions
of Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990
 
Reflected in Indenture
 
Trust Indenture Act Section
Indenture Section
       
§ 310
 
(a)(1)
6.09
   
(a)(2)
6.09
   
(a)(3)
Not Applicable
   
(a)(4)
Not Applicable
   
(a)(5)
6.09
   
(b)
6.08
       
§ 311
 
(a)
6.13(a)
   
(b)
6.13(b)
   
(b)(2)
7.03(a)
     
7.03(b)
       
§ 312
 
(a)
7.01
     
7.02(a)
   
(b)
7.03(b)
   
(c)
7.02(c)
       
§ 313
 
(a)
7.03(a)
   
(b)
7.03(b)
   
(c)
7.03(a)
     
7.03(b)
   
(d)
7.03(c)
       
§ 314
 
(a)(1)
7.04
   
(a)(2)
7.04
   
(a)(3)
7.04
   
(a)(4)
10.04
   
(b)
Not Applicable
   
(c)(1)
1.02
   
(c)(2)
1.02
   
(c)(3)
Not Applicable
   
(d)
Not Applicable
   
(e)
1.02
       
§ 315
 
(a)
6.01(a)
     
6.01(c)
   
(b)
6.02
     
7.03(a)
   
(c)
6.01(b)

 
i

 

Trust Indenture Act Section
Indenture Section
       
   
(d)
6.01
   
(d)(1)
6.01(a)
   
(d)(2)
6.01(c)(2)
   
(d)(3)
6.01(c)(3)
   
(e)
5.14
       
§ 316
 
(a)
1.01
   
(a)(1)(A)
5.02
     
5.12
   
(a)(1)(B)
5.13
   
(a)(2)
Not Applicable
   
(b)
5.08
   
(c)
1.04(d)
       
§ 317
 
(a)(1)
5.03
   
(a)(2)
5.04
   
(b)
10.03
       
§ 318
 
(a)
1.07
 

 
Note:
This table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

Section 318(c) of the Trust Indenture Act provides that the provisions of Sections 310 to and including 317 of the Trust Indenture Act are a part of and govern every qualified indenture, whether or not physically contained therein.

 
ii

 

THIS INDENTURE between DANA HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “ Company ”) having its principal office at 3939 Technology Drive, Maumee, Ohio 43697, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (hereinafter called the “ Trustee ”), is made and entered into as of January 28, 2011.
 
Recitals of the Company
 
The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its debentures, notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness, in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, to be issued in one or more fully registered series.
 
This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be incorporated into this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.
 
All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company in accordance with its terms have been done.
 
Agreements of the Parties
 
To set forth or to provide for the establishment of the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are and are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed as follows, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of a series thereof, as the case may be:
 
ARTICLE I
 
Definitions and Other Provisions
of General Application
 
Section 1.01           Definitions .  For all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
 
(1)           the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;
 
(2)           all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act or by Commission rule under the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them herein;
 
(3)           all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles and any accounting rules or interpretations promulgated by the Commission as are generally accepted in the United States of America at the date of this Indenture; and

 
 

 

(4)           all references in this instrument to designated “Articles”, “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and other subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed.  The words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.
 
Certain terms, used principally in Article VI, are defined in that Article.
 
Act ”, when used with respect to any Securityholder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.
 
Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to authenticate Securities under Section 6.14.
 
Board of Directors ” means (i) the board of directors of the Company, (ii) any duly authorized committee of such board, (iii) any committee of officers of the Company or (iv) any officer of the Company acting, in the case of clauses (iii) or (iv), pursuant to authority granted by the board of directors of the Company or any committee of such board.
 
Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
 
Business Day ” means, with respect to any series of Securities, unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution, in an indenture supplemental hereto or an Officer’s Certificate with respect to a particular series of Securities, each day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the pertinent Place or Places of Payment or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.
 
Closing Price ” of the Common Stock or other Marketable Security, as the case may be, shall mean the last reported sale price of such stock or other Marketable Security (regular way) as shown on the Composite Tape of the NYSE (or, if such stock or other Marketable Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, on the principal national securities exchange on which such stock or other Marketable Security is listed or admitted to trading, including the NASDAQ), or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the NYSE (or, if such stock or other Marketable Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, on the principal national securities exchange on which such stock or other Marketable Security is listed or admitted to trading, including the NASDAQ), or if such stock or other Marketable Security is not so reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.

 
2

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.
 
Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company authorized at the date of this Indenture as originally signed, or any other class of stock resulting from successive changes or reclassifications of such Common Stock, and in any such case including any shares thereof authorized after the date of this Indenture.
 
Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor.
 
Company Request ”, “ Company Order ” and “ Company Consent ” mean a written request, order or consent, respectively, signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, Controller, any Assistant Controller, General Counsel, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President, and delivered to the Trustee.
 
Conversion Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to receive Securities to be converted into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities on behalf of the Company.  The Company initially authorizes the Trustee to act as Conversion Agent for the Securities on its behalf.  The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize one or more Persons to act as Conversion Agent in addition to or in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.
 
Conversion Price ” means, with respect to any series of Securities which are convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, the price per share of Common Stock or the price per designated unit of other Marketable Security at which the Securities of such series are so convertible as set forth in the Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to such series (or in any indenture supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to Section 9.01(9) with respect to such series), as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 12.03 (or such indenture supplemental hereto).

 
3

 

Converting Holder ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.02(c) of this Indenture.
 
Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 625 Marquette Avenue, 11 th Floor, MAC N9311-110, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55470, Attn: Corporate Trust Services — Administrator for Dana Holding Corporation.
 
Current Market Price ” on any date shall mean the average of the daily Closing Prices per share of Common Stock or of such other Marketable Securities for any 30 consecutive Trading Days selected by the Company prior to the day in question, which 30 consecutive Trading Day period shall not commence more than 45 Trading Days prior to the day in question; provided that with respect to Section 12.03(3), the “Current Market Price” of the Common Stock or of such other Marketable Securities shall mean the average of the daily Closing Prices per share of Common Stock or of such other Marketable Securities for the five consecutive Trading Days ending on the date of the distribution referred to in Section 12.03(3) (or if such date shall not be a Trading Day, on the Trading Day immediately preceding such date).
 
Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.
 
Depository ” means, unless otherwise specified by the Company pursuant to either Section 2.04 or 3.01, with respect to Securities of any series issuable or issued as a Global Security, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or any successor thereto registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation.
 
Discharged ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03.
 
Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Article V.
 
Federal Bankruptcy Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(5).
 
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as such principles are in effect in the United States as of the date of this Indenture.
 
Global Security ”, when used with respect to any series of Securities issued hereunder, means a Security which is executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction, all in accordance with this Indenture and an indenture supplemental hereto, if any, or Board Resolution and pursuant to a Company Request, which shall be registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee and which shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all of the Outstanding Securities of such series or any portion thereof, in either case having the same terms, including, without limitation, the same original issue date, date or dates on which principal is due, and interest rate or method of determining interest.

 
4

 

Guarantee ” means the guarantees specified in Section 13.01(a).
 
Guarantor ” means any Person who guarantees any series of Securities issued hereunder as specified in Section 13.01(a).
 
Holder ”, when used with respect to any Security, means a Securityholder, which means a Person in whose name a security is registered in the Security Register.
 
Indenture ” or “ this Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 3.01.
 
Interest ”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.
 
Interest Payment Date ”, when used with respect to any series of Securities, means the Stated Maturity of any installment of interest on those Securities.
 
Marketable Security ” means any common stock, debt security or other security of a Person which is (or will, upon distribution thereof, be) listed on the NYSE, the American Stock Exchange, NASDAQ or any other national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or approved for quotation in any system of automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices in the United States or for which there is a recognized market maker or trading market.
 
Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Securities, means the date on which the principal of any such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether on a Repayment Date, at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
 
NASDAQ ” shall mean the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market.
 
NYSE ” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 
5

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of the Company, and by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, any Assistant Controller, the General Counsel, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.  Wherever this Indenture requires that an Officers’ Certificate be signed also by a financial expert or an accountant or other expert, such financial expert, accountant or other expert (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) may be in the employ of the Company, and shall be acceptable to the Trustee.
 
Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) be an employee of or of counsel to the Company, which is delivered to the Trustee.
 
Original Issue Discount Security ” means (i) any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof, and (ii) any other security which is issued with “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.
 
Outstanding ”, when used with respect to the Securities or Securities of any series, means, as of the date of determination, all such Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
 
(i) such Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
 
(ii) such Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and
 
(iii) such Securities in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, or which shall have been paid pursuant to the terms of Section 3.06 (except with respect to any such Security as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Security is held by a Person in whose hands such Security is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company).

 
6

 

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of such Securities Outstanding have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (i) the principal amount of any Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of the taking of such action upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof, and (ii) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding.  In determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be so disregarded.  Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act as owner with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor.
 
Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.  The Company initially authorizes the Trustee to act as Paying Agent for the Securities on its behalf.  The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize one or more Persons to act as Paying Agent in addition to or in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.
 
Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
 
Place of Payment ” means with respect to any series of Securities issued hereunder the city or political subdivision so designated with respect to the series of Securities in question in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01.
 
Predecessor Securities ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security.
 
Redemption Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
 
Redemption Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price specified in the Security at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

 
7

 

Redemption Rescission Event ” shall mean the occurrence of (a) any general suspension of trading in, or limitation on prices for, securities on the principal national securities exchange on which shares of Common Stock or Marketable Securities are registered and listed for trading (or, if shares of Common Stock or Marketable Securities are not registered and listed for trading on any such exchange, in the over-the-counter market) for more than six-and-one-half (6-1/2) consecutive trading hours, (b) any decline in either the Dow Jones Industrial Average or the S&P 500 Index (or any successor index published by Dow Jones & Company, Inc. or S&P) by either (i) an amount in excess of 10%, measured from the close of business on any Trading Day to the close of business on the next succeeding Trading Day during the period commencing on the Trading Day preceding the day notice of any redemption of Securities is given (or, if such notice is given after the close of business on a Trading Day, commencing on such Trading Day) and ending at the time and date fixed for redemption in such notice or (ii) an amount in excess of 15% (or if the time and date fixed for redemption is more than 15 days following the date on which such notice of redemption is given, 20%), measured from the close of business on the Trading Day preceding the day notice of such redemption is given (or, if such notice is given after the close of business on a Trading Day, from such Trading Day) to the close of business on any Trading Day at or prior to the time and date fixed for redemption, (c) a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks by Federal or state authorities in the United States or (d) the occurrence of an act of terrorism or commencement of a war or armed hostilities or other national or international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States which in the reasonable judgment of the Company could have a material adverse effect on the market for the Common Stock or Marketable Securities.
 
Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Security on any Interest Payment Date means the date specified in such Security as the Regular Record Date.
 
Repayment Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid, means the date fixed for such repayment pursuant to such Security.
 
Repayment Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid, means the price at which it is to be repaid pursuant to such Security.
 
Required Currency ”, when used with respect to any Security, has the meaning set forth in Section 1.14.
 
Responsible Officer ”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.  “Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Company, means any of the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, Controller, General Counsel, Secretary or any Vice President of the Company (or any equivalent of the foregoing officers).
 
S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Service or any successor to the rating agency business thereto.
 
Security ” or “ Securities ” means any note or notes, bond or bonds, debenture or debentures, or any other evidences of indebtedness, as the case may be, of any series authenticated and delivered from time to time under this Indenture.
 
Security Register ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.05.

 
8

 

Security Registrar ” means the Person who keeps the Security Register specified in Section 3.05.  The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Security Registrar for the Securities on its behalf.  The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize any Person to act as Security Registrar in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.
 
Securityholder ” means a Person in whose name a security is registered in the Security Register.
 
Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.
 
Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.
 
Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.
 
Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation more than 50% of the voting stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by such Person, and any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person owns more than 50% of the equity interests or has the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body.
 
Trading Day ” shall mean, with respect to the Common Stock or a Marketable Security, so long as the common stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, a day on which the NYSE is open for the transaction of business, or, if the Common Stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is listed is open for the transaction of business, or, if the Common Stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is not so listed or admitted for trading on any national securities exchange, a day on which the member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority selected by the Company to provide pricing information for the Common Stock or such Marketable Security is open for the transaction of business.
 
Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided, however, that, in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

 
9

 

Trustee ” means the Person named as the Trustee in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean and include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.  If at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.
 
Vice President ” when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”, including without limitation, an assistant vice president.
 
Voting Stock ”, as applied to the stock of any corporation, means stock of any class or classes (however designated) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or other governing body) of such corporation other than stock having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency.
 
Yield to Maturity ” means the yield to maturity on a series of Securities, calculated by the Company at the time of issuance of such series of Securities, or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such series, in accordance with accepted financial practice.
 
Section 1.02           Compliance Certificates and Opinions .  Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such Counsel all such conditions precedent, if any (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
 
Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than annual statements of compliance provided pursuant to Section 10.04) shall include:
 
(1)           a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
 
(2)           a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 
10

 

(3)           a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
 
(4)           a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
 
Section 1.03           Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .  In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons may certify or give an opinion as to the other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
 
Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such Counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.
 
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 
11

 

Section 1.04           Acts of Securityholders .  (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Securityholders or Securityholders of any series may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Securityholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing or may be embodied in or evidenced by an electronic transmission which identifies the documents containing the proposal on which such consent is requested and certifies such Securityholders’ consent thereto and agreement to be bound thereby; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company.  If any Securities are denominated in coin or currency other than that of the United States, then for the purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities have taken any action as herein described, the principal amount of such Securities shall be deemed to be that amount of United States dollars that could be obtained for such principal amount on the basis of the spot rate of exchange into United States dollars for the currency in which such Securities are denominated (as evidenced to the Trustee by an Officers’ Certificate) as of the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is evidenced to the Trustee as provided in the immediately preceding sentence.  If any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities, then for the purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities have taken any action as herein described, the principal amount of such Original Issue Discount Securities shall be deemed to be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof as of the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is evidenced to the Trustee as provided in the first sentence of this Section 1.04(a).  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Securityholders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.
 
(b)           The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
 
(c)           The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.
 
(d)           If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so.  Such record date shall be the later of 10 days prior to the first solicitation of such action or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.01.  If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Securities outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Securities outstanding shall be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date, and that no such authorization, agreement or consent may be amended, withdrawn or revoked once given by a Holder, unless the Company shall provide for such amendment, withdrawal or revocation in conjunction with such solicitation of authorizations, agreements or consents or unless and to the extent required by applicable law.

 
12

 

(e)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.
 
Section 1.05           Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company .  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Securityholders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:
 
(1)           the Trustee by any Securityholder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration; or
 
(2)           the Company by the Trustee or by any Securityholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (except as provided in Section 5.01(4) or, in the case of a request for repayment, as specified in the Security carrying the right to repayment) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument, Attention: Office of the General Counsel, or at the address last furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
 
Section 1.06           Notices to Securityholders; Waiver .  Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice to Securityholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein or in such Security expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.  In any case where notice to Securityholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Securityholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Securityholders.  Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Securityholders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
 
 
13

 
 
In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or otherwise, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to any Securityholder when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any method of notification as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.
 
Section 1.07          Conflict with Trust Indenture Act .  If and to the extent that any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in this Indenture by operation of, any of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.
 
Section 1.08          Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .  The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
Section 1.09          Successors and Assigns .  All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company and the Guarantors, if any, shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
 
Section 1.10          Separability Clause .  In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
Section 1.11          Benefits of Indenture .  Nothing in this Indenture or in any Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Authenticating Agent or Paying Agent, the Security Registrar and the Holders of Securities (or such of them as may be affected thereby), any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
 
Section 1.12          Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .  This Indenture shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.  EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
Section 1.13          Counterparts .  This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 
14

 

Section 1.14          Judgment Currency .  The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on the Securities of any series (the “ Required Currency ”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “ Judgment Currency ”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in the City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding that on which a final unappealable judgment is given and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with subsection (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture.  For purposes of the foregoing, “ New York Banking Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in the City of New York or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.
 
Section 1.15          U.S.A. Patriot Act .  The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.
 
Section 1.16          Force Majeure .  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 
15

 

ARTICLE II
 
Security Forms
 
Section 2.01          Forms Generally .  The Securities shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities.  Any portion of the text of any Security may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Security.
 
The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities, subject, with respect to the Securities of any series, to the rules of any securities exchange on which such Securities are listed.
 
Section 2.02          Forms of Securities .  Each Security shall be in one of the forms approved from time to time by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto.  Prior to the delivery of a Security to the Trustee for authentication in any form approved by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee the Board Resolution by or pursuant to which such form of Security has been approved, which Board Resolution shall have attached thereto a true and correct copy of the form of Security which has been approved thereby or, if a Board Resolution authorizes a specific officer or officers to approve a form of Security, a certificate of such officer or officers approving the form of Security attached thereto.  Any form of Security approved by or pursuant to a Board Resolution must be acceptable as to form to the Trustee, such acceptance to be evidenced by the Trustee’s authentication of Securities in that form or a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and delivered to the Company.
 
Section 2.03          Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .  The form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication for any Security issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be substantially as follows:
 
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
 
This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
by
   
   
Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
Dated
   

 
16

 

Section 2.04          Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security .  (a) If the Company shall establish pursuant to Sections 2.02 and 3.01 that the Securities of a particular series are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee or its agent shall, in accordance with Section 3.03 and the Company Order delivered to the Trustee or its agent thereunder, authenticate and deliver, such Global Security or Securities, which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Outstanding Securities of such series to be represented by such Global Security or Securities, or such portion thereof as the Company shall specify in a Company Order, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Security or Securities or its nominee, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee or its agent to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: “Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depository to Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange, or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of the nominee of the Depository or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depository (and any payment is made to the nominee of the Depository or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depository), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, the nominee of the Depository, has an interest herein.”
 
(b)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.04 or of Section 3.05, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) below, unless the terms of a Global Security expressly permit such Global Security to be exchanged in whole or in part for individual Securities, a Global Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part and in the manner provided in Section 3.05, only to a nominee of the Depository for such Global Security, or to the Depository, or a successor Depository for such Global Security selected or approved by the Company, or to a nominee of such successor Depository.
 
(c)           (i)           If at any time the Depository for a Global Security notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Security or if at any time the Depository for the Securities for such series shall no longer be eligible or in good standing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation, the Company shall appoint a successor Depository with respect to such Global Security.  If a successor Depository for such Global Security is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Company will execute, and the Trustee or its agent, upon receipt of a Company Request for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series in exchange for such Global Security, will authenticate and deliver, individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security in exchange for such Global Security.

 
17

 

(ii)           The Company may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the Securities of any series or portion thereof issued or issuable in the form of one or more Global Securities shall no longer be represented by such Global Security or Securities.  In such event the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Request for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series in exchange in whole or in part for such Global Security, will authenticate and deliver individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Security or Securities representing such series or portion thereof in exchange for such Global Security or Securities.
 
(iii)          If specified by the Company pursuant to Sections 2.02 and 3.02 with respect to Securities issued or issuable in the form of a Global Security, the Depository for such Global Security may surrender such Global Security in exchange in whole or in part for individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depository.  Thereupon the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or its agent shall authenticate and deliver, without service charge, (1) to each Person specified by such Depository a new Security or Securities of the same series of like tenor and terms and of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest as specified by such Depository in the Global Security; and (2) to such Depository a new Global Security of like tenor and terms and in an authorized denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of Securities delivered to Holders thereof.
 
(iv)          In any exchange provided for in any of the preceding three paragraphs, the Company will execute and the Trustee or its agent will authenticate and deliver individual Securities in definitive registered form in authorized denominations.  Upon the exchange of the entire principal amount of a Global Security for individual Securities, such Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee or its agent.  Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository for such Global Security, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee or the Security Registrar.  The Trustee or the Security Registrar shall deliver at its Corporate Trust Office such Securities to the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.
 
ARTICLE III
 
The Securities
 
Section 3.01          General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of Particular Series .  The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited.
 
The Securities may be issued in one or more series as from time to time may be authorized by the Board of Directors.  There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in an indenture supplemental hereto, subject to Section 3.11, prior to the issuance of Securities of any such series:

 
18

 

(1)           the title of the Securities of such series (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series from Securities of any other series);
 
(2)           the Person to whom any interest on a Security of such series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;
 
(3)           the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of such series is payable;
 
(4)           the rate or rates at which the Securities of such series shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date for any interest payable on any Interest Payment Date;
 
(5)           the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of such series shall be payable;
 
(6)           the period or periods within which, the Redemption Price or Prices or the Repayment Price or Prices, as the case may be, at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of such series may be redeemed or repaid (including the applicability of Section 11.09), as the case may be, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company or the Holder;
 
(7)           the obligation, if any, of the Company to purchase Securities of such series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of such series shall be purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;
 
(8)           if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Securities of such series shall be issuable;
 
(9)           provisions, if any, with regard to the conversion or exchange of the Securities of such series, at the option of the Holders thereof or the Company, as the case may be, for or into new Securities of a different series, Common Stock or other securities;
 
(10)         if other than U.S. dollars, the currency or currencies or units based on or related to currencies in which the Securities of such series shall be denominated and in which payments of principal of, and any premium and interest on, such Securities shall or may be payable;

 
19

 

(11)           if the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of such series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in a coin or currency (including a composite currency) other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made;
 
(12)           if the amount of payments of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of such series may be determined with reference to an index based on a coin or currency (including a composite currency) other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;
 
(13)           any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of such series pursuant to Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.06, 11.07 and 12.02 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 3.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);
 
(14)           provisions, if any, with regard to the exchange of Securities of such series, at the option of the Holders thereof, for other Securities of the same series of the same aggregate principal amount or of a different authorized series or different authorized denomination or denominations, or both;
 
(15)           provisions, if any, with regard to the appointment by the Company of an Authenticating Agent in one or more places other than the location of the office of the Trustee with power to act on behalf of the Trustee and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of the Securities of any one or more series in connection with such transactions as shall be specified in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to such Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto;
 
(16)           the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series, if other than the principal amount thereof, which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02 or provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.04;
 
(17)           any Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series, if not set forth herein, and any additions, deletions or other changes to the Events of Default set forth herein that shall be applicable to the Securities of such series;
 
(18)           any covenant solely for the benefit of the Securities of such series and any additions, deletions or other changes to the provisions of Article VIII, Article X or Section 1.01 or any definitions relating to such Article that would otherwise be applicable to the Securities of such series;

 
20

 

(19)           if Section 4.03 of this Indenture shall not be applicable to the Securities of such series and if Section 4.03 shall be applicable to any covenant or Event of Default established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in an indenture supplemental hereto as described above that has not already been established herein;
 
(20)           if the Securities of such series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Security or Securities, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such Global Security or Securities may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual Securities; and the Depository for such Global Security or Securities;
 
(21)           if the Securities of such series shall be guaranteed, the terms and conditions of such Guarantees and provisions for the accession of the guarantors to certain obligations hereunder; and
 
(22)           any other terms of such series, including, without limitations, any restrictions on transfer related thereto.
 
all upon such terms as may be determined in or pursuant to such Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to such series.
 
The form of the Securities of each series shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture in or pursuant to the Board Resolution or in the indenture supplemental hereto creating such series.  The Securities of each series shall be distinguished from the Securities of each other series in such manner, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, as the Board of Directors may determine.
 
Unless otherwise provided with respect to Securities of a particular series, the Securities of any series may only be issuable in registered form, without coupons.
 
Any terms or provisions in respect of the Securities of any series issued under this Indenture may be determined pursuant to this Section by providing for the method by which such terms or provisions shall be determined.
 
Section 3.02         Denominations .  The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations and currency as shall be provided in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the Board Resolution or the indenture supplemental hereto creating such series.  In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of that series shall be issuable only in fully registered form in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 
21

 

Section 3.03          Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating .  The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, its Chief Operating Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, its Controller, its General Counsel, its Secretary or any Vice President and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries.  The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.
 
Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.
 
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall, upon Company Order, authenticate and deliver such Securities as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise.
 
Prior to any such authentication and delivery, the Trustee shall be provided with the Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 1.02, and the Board Resolution and any certificate relating to the issuance of the series of Securities required to be furnished pursuant to Section 2.02, an Opinion of Counsel substantially to the effect that:
 
(1)           all instruments furnished to the Trustee conform to the requirements of the Indenture and constitute sufficient authority hereunder for the Trustee to authenticate and deliver such Securities;
 
(2)           the form and terms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;
 
(3)           all laws and requirements with respect to the execution and delivery by the Company of such Securities have been complied with, the Company has the corporate power to issue such Securities and such Securities have been duly authorized and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authentication and delivery by the Trustee, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in equity) and entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, equally and ratably with all other Securities, if any, of such series Outstanding;
 
(4)           when applicable, the Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act; and

 
22

 

(5)           such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request; and, if the authentication and delivery relates to a new series of Securities created by an indenture supplemental hereto, also stating that all laws and requirements with respect to the form and execution by the Company of the supplemental indenture with respect to that series of Securities have been complied with, the Company has corporate power to execute and deliver any such supplemental indenture and has taken all necessary corporate action for those purposes and any such supplemental indenture has been duly executed and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in equity).
 
The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue thereof will adversely affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture.
 
Unless otherwise provided in the form of Security for any series, all Securities shall be dated the date of their authentication.
 
No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual or facsimile signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.09, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
 
Section 3.04          Temporary Securities .  Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and, upon receipt of the documents required by Section 3.03, together with a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.
 
If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of such series to be prepared without unreasonable delay.  After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder; and upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of such series of authorized denominations and of like tenor and terms.  Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of such series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

 
23

 

Section 3.05          Registration, Transfer and Exchange .  The Company shall keep or cause to be kept a register or registers (herein sometimes referred to as the “ Security Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities, or of Securities of a particular series, and of transfers of Securities or of Securities of such series.  Any such register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.  At all reasonable times the information contained in such register or registers shall be available for inspection by the Trustee at the office or agency to be maintained by the Company as provided in Section 10.02.  There shall be only one Security Register per series of Securities.
 
Subject to Section 2.04, upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in a Place of Payment, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of such series of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms.
 
Subject to Section 2.04, at the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of such series of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Securityholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
 
All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
 
Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
 
Unless otherwise provided in the Security to be registered for transfer or exchanged, no service charge shall be made on any Securityholder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may (unless otherwise provided in such Security) require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04, 9.06 or 11.07 not involving any transfer.

 
24

 

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of such series selected for redemption under Section 11.03 and ending at the close of business on the date of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part.
 
None of the Company, the Trustee, any agent of the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
Section 3.06          Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities .  If (i) any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and (ii) there is delivered to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor, series, Stated Maturity and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
 
In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.
 
Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
 
Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of the same series duly issued hereunder.
 
The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

 
25

 

Section 3.07          Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .  Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 3.01, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.
 
Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of his having been such Holder; and, except as hereinafter provided, such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below:
 
(1)           The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names any such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner (the “ Special Record Date ”).  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause (1) provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the Holder of each such Security at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).
 
(2)           The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (2), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 
26

 

If any installment of interest the Stated Maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date for any Security called for redemption pursuant to Article XI is not paid or duly provided for on or prior to the Redemption Date in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section, such interest shall be payable as part of the Redemption Price of such Securities.
 
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.
 
Section 3.08          Persons Deemed Owners .  The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 3.07) interest on, such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
Section 3.09          Cancellation .  All Securities surrendered for payment, conversion, redemption, registration of transfer, exchange or credit against a sinking fund shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already canceled, shall be promptly canceled by it.  The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee.  No Security shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  The Trustee shall dispose of all canceled Securities in accordance with its standard procedures and deliver a certificate of such disposition to the Company upon its written request therefor.
 
Section 3.10          Computation of Interest .  Unless otherwise provided as contemplated in Section 3.01, interest on the Securities shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 
27

 

Section 3.11          Delayed Issuance of Securities .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary for the Company to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, Board Resolution, indenture supplemental hereto, opinion of counsel or Company Order otherwise required pursuant to Sections 1.02, 2.02, 3.01 and 3.03 at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered to the Trustee or its agent at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued; provided that any subsequent request by the Company to the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series upon original issuance shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company that as of the date of such request, the statements made in the Officers’ Certificate or other certificates delivered pursuant to Sections 1.02 and 2.02 shall be true and correct as if made on such date.
 
A Company Order, Officers’ Certificate or Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto delivered by the Company to the Trustee in the circumstances set forth in the preceding paragraph may provide that Securities which are the subject thereof will be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or its agent on original issue from time to time in the aggregate principal amount, if any, established for such series pursuant to such procedures reasonably acceptable to the Trustee as may be specified from time to time by Company Order upon the telephonic, electronic or written order of Persons designated in such Company Order, Officers’ Certificate, indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution (any such telephonic or electronic instructions to be promptly confirmed in writing by such Persons) and that such Persons are authorized to determine, consistent with such Company Order, Officers’ Certificate, indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution, such terms and conditions of said Securities as are specified in such Company Order, Officers’ Certificate, indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution.
 
Section 3.12          CUSIP Numbers .  The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance
 
Section 4.01          Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .  Unless pursuant to Section 3.01 provision is made that this Section shall not be applicable to the Securities of any series, this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities (except as to any surviving rights of conversion or registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or in the form of Security for such series), and the Trustee, on receipt of a Company Request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series, when:

 
28

 

(1)           either
 
(A)         all Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities of such series which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.06, and (ii) Securities of such series for whose payment money in the Required Currency has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 10.03) have been delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancellation; or
 
(B)         all such Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancellation:
 
(i)           have become due and payable, or
 
(ii)          will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or
 
(iii)         are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,
 
and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount in the Required Currency sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;
 
(2)           the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to the Securities of such series; and
 
(3)           the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series have been complied with.
 
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee with respect to that series under Section 6.07 shall survive and the obligations of the Company and the Trustee under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 4.02, 10.02 and 10.03 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 
29

 

Section 4.02          Application of Trust Money .  Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money, property and securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 or Section 4.03 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the series of Securities in respect of which it was deposited and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money, property or securities deposited with and held by it as provided in Section 4.03 and this Section 4.02 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent satisfaction and discharge, Discharge (as defined below) or covenant defeasance, provided that the Trustee shall not be required to liquidate any securities in order to comply with the provisions of this paragraph.
 
Section 4.03          Defeasance Upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations .  Unless pursuant to Section 3.01 provision is made that this Section shall not be applicable to the Securities of any series, at the Company’s option, either (a) the Company and the Guarantors, if any, shall be deemed to have been Discharged (as defined below) from its obligations with respect to any series of Securities after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied or (b) the Company shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Section 10.05 and Article VIII (and any other Sections or covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision), the Guarantors, if any, shall be released from the Guarantees and clause (4) of Section 5.01 of this Indenture (and any other Events of Default applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities at any time after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied:
 
(1)           the Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series, (i) money in an amount, or (ii) the equivalent in securities of the government which issued the currency in which the Securities are denominated or government agencies backed by the full faith and credit of such government which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide freely available funds on or prior to the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii), sufficient, in the opinion (with respect to (ii) and (iii)) of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including mandatory sinking fund payments) and any premium of, interest on and any repurchase or redemption obligations with respect to the outstanding Securities of such series on the dates such installments of interest or principal or repurchase or redemption obligations are due (before such a deposit, if the Securities of such series are then redeemable or may be redeemed in the future pursuant to the terms thereof, in either case at the option of the Company, the Company may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 11.02, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Securities of such series at a future date in accordance with Article XI);
 
 
30

 

(2)           no Event of Default or event (including such deposit) which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);
 
(3)           the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders of the Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Section 4.03 and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such option had not been exercised, and, in the case of Securities being Discharged, accompanied by a ruling to that effect from the Internal Revenue Service, unless, as set forth in such Opinion of Counsel, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law since the date of this Indenture such that a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service is no longer required;
 
(4)           the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit referred to in paragraph (1) above was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and
 
(5)           the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series have been complied with.
 
If the Company, at its option, with respect to a series of Securities, satisfies the applicable conditions pursuant to either clause (a) or (b) of the first sentence of this Section, then (x), in the event the Company satisfies the conditions to clause (a) and elects clause (a) to be applicable, each of the Guarantors, if any, shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, its respective guarantee of the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series and (y) in either case, each of the Guarantors, if any, shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in any covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision), and any Events of Default applicable to such series of Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities at any time thereafter.

 
31

 

Discharged ” means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series (and the Trustee, on receipt of a Company Request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except (A) the rights of Holders of Securities to receive, from the trust fund described in clause (1) above, payment of the principal and any premium of and any interest on such Securities when such payments are due; (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 4.02, 6.07, 10.02 and 10.03; (C) the Company’s right of redemption, if any, with respect to any Securities of such series pursuant to Article XI, in which case the Company may redeem the Securities of such series in accordance with Article XI by complying with such Article and depositing with the Trustee, in accordance with Section 11.05, an amount of money sufficient, together with all amounts held in trust pursuant to Section 4.02 with respect to Securities of such series, to pay the Redemption Price of all the Securities of such series to be redeemed; and (D) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder.  A “ Discharge ” shall mean the meeting by the Company of the foregoing requirements.
 
Section 4.04          Reinstatement .  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money, property or securities in accordance with Section 4.02 of this Indenture, by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and, if applicable, the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 4.01 or 4.03 of this Indenture, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money, property or securities in accordance with Section 4.02 of this Indenture; provided that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of or interest on any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money, property or securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
 
ARTICLE V
 
Remedies
 
Section 5.01          Events of Default .  “ Event of Default ”, wherever used herein, means with respect to any series of Securities any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless such event is either inapplicable to a particular series or it is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution creating such series of Securities or in the form of Security for such series:

 
32

 

(1)           default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or
 
(2)           default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series at its Maturity; or
 
(3)           default in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of such series; or
 
(4)           default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture in respect of the Securities of such series (other than a covenant or warranty in respect of the Securities of such series a default in the performance of which or the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), all of such covenants and warranties in the Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular series of Securities being deemed in respect of the Securities of all series for this purpose, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 33⅓% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “ Notice of Default ” hereunder; or
 
(5)           the entry of an order for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof under Title 11, United States Code (the “ Federal Bankruptcy Act ”) by a court having jurisdiction in the premises or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof a bankrupt or insolvent under any other applicable Federal or State law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

 
33

 
(6)           the consent by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof in furtherance of any such action; or
 
(7)           any other Event of Default provided in the indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution under which such series of Securities is issued or in the form of Security for such series.
 
Section 5.02               Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .  If an Event of Default described in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4) or (7) (if the Event of Default under clause (4) or (7) is with respect to less than all series of Securities then Outstanding) of Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing with respect to any series, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Securities of such series shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 33⅓% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding hereunder (each such series acting as a separate class), by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal amount (or, if the Securities of such series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series) of all the Securities of such series and all accrued interest thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Securities of such series contained to the contrary notwithstanding.  If an Event of Default described in clause (4) or (7) (if the Event of Default under clause (4) or (7) is with respect to all series of Securities then Outstanding), of Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Securities shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 33⅓% in aggregate principal amount of all the Securities then Outstanding hereunder (treated as one class), by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal amount (or, if any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all the Securities then Outstanding and all accrued interest thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Securities contained to the contrary notwithstanding.  If an Event of Default of the type set forth in clause (5) or (6) of Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing, the principal of and any interest on the Securities then outstanding shall become immediately due and payable.
 
At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made with respect to the Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
 
 
34

 
 
(1)          the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:
 
(A)          all overdue installments of interest on the Securities of such series; and
 
(B)           the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of such series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Securities of such series, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful; and
 
(C)           interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Securities of such series to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful; and
 
(D)           all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07; and
 
(2)          all Events of Default with respect to such series of Securities, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Securities of such series which have become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.
 
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
Section 5.03                Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .  The Company covenants that if:
 
(1)           default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Security of any series when such interest becomes due and payable; or
 
(2)           default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof; or
 
(3)           default is made in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of any series;
 
 
35

 
 
and any such default continues for any period of grace provided with respect to the Securities of such series, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holder of any such Security (or the Holders of any such series in the case of clause (3) above), the whole amount then due and payable on any such Security (or on the Securities of any such series in the case of clause (3) above) for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, with interest, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon the overdue principal (and premium, if any) and upon overdue installments of interest, at such rate or rates as may be prescribed therefor by the terms of any such Security (or of Securities of any such series in the case of clause (3) above); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
 
If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series and collect the money adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.
 
If an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
 
Section 5.04               Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .  In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:
 
(i)           to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or portion thereof determined pursuant to Section 3.01(16) to be provable in bankruptcy) (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary and advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07) and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
 
 
36

 
 
(ii)           to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
 
and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Securityholder to make such payment to the Trustee and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
 
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.
 
Section 5.05           Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities .  All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities of any series may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities of such series or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities of the series in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
 
Section 5.06           Application of Money Collected .  Any money collected by the Trustee with respect to a series of Securities pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Securities of such series and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
 
FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
 
SECOND:  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities of that series for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively.
 
THIRD:  To the Company.
 
 
37

 
 
Section 5.07                Limitation on Suits .  No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
 
(1)           such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series;
 
(2)           the Holders of not less than 33⅓% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
 
(3)           such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
 
(4)           the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
 
(5)           no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series;
 
it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Securities of such series shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities of such series, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and proportionate benefit of all the Holders of all Securities of such series (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holder).
 
Section 5.08                Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .  Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 3.07) interest on such Security on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
 
Section 5.09                Restoration of Rights and Remedies .  If the Trustee or any Securityholder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Securityholders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Securityholders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
 
 
38

 
 
Section 5.10                Rights and Remedies Cumulative .  No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Securityholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
 
Section 5.11                Delay or Omission Not Waiver .  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders, as the case may be.
 
Section 5.12                Control by Securityholders .  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that:
 
(1)           the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or would conflict with this Indenture or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed would involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction, and
 
(2)           the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
 
Section 5.13                Waiver of Past Defaults .  The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default not theretofore cured:
 
(1)           in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation with respect to the Securities of such series, or
 
(2)           in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series.
 
 
39

 
 
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
Section 5.14               Undertaking for Costs .  All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series to which the suit relates, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on an Security on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on or after the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be).
 
Section 5.15               Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws .  The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
The Trustee
 
Section 6.01               Certain Duties and Responsibilities .  (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities:
 
(1)           the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
 
 
40

 
 
(2)           in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may, with respect to Securities of such series, conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
 
(b)           In case an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise with respect to the Securities of such series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution relating to such series of Securities, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
 
(c)           No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
 
(1)           this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;
 
(2)           the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
 
(3)           the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series; and
 
(4)           no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
 
(d)           Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
 
 
41

 
 
Section 6.02                Notice of Defaults .  Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Securityholders of such series, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment or analogous obligation with respect to Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders of such series; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.01(4) with respect to Securities of such series no such notice to Securityholders of such series shall be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof.  For the purpose of this Section, the term “default”, with respect to Securities of any series, means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.
 
Section 6.03                Certain Rights of Trustee .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01:
 
(a)           the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
 
(b)           any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
 
(c)           whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;
 
(d)           the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or an Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
 
(e)           the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Securityholders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
 
 
42

 
 
(f)           the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;
 
(g)           the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
 
(h)           the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any default (as defined in Section 6.02) or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of any series for which it is acting as Trustee unless either (1) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor division or department of the Trustee) shall have actual knowledge of such default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on such Securities or by any Holder of such Securities;
 
(i)           the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
 
(j)           the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;
 
(k)           in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action; and
 
(l)           the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series, except an Event of Default under Section 5.01(1), Section 5.01(2) or Section 5.01(3) hereof (provided that the Trustee is the principal Paying Agent with respect to the Securities of such series), unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.
 
 
43

 
 
Section 6.04               Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .  The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.
 
Section 6.05               May Hold Securities .  The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, the Security Registrar, any Conversion Agent or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 6.08 and 6.13, may otherwise deal with the Company or any Guarantor, if applicable, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Conversion Agent or such other agent.
 
Section 6.06               Money Held in Trust .  Subject to the provisions of Section 10.03 hereof, all moneys in any currency or currency received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.
 
Section 6.07               Compensation and Reimbursement .  The Company agrees:
 
(1)           to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as agreed in writing for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
 
(2)           except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith; and
 
(3)           to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage claim or expense incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.
 
 
44

 
 
As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Securities.
 
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(5) or (6), the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law.
 
The Company’s obligations under this Section 6.07 and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of any Trustee, the discharge of the Company’s obligations pursuant to Article IV of this Indenture and/or the termination of this Indenture.
 
Section 6.08               Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .  The Trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act during the period of time provided for therein.  In determining whether the Trustee has a conflicting interest as defined in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to the Securities of any series, there shall be excluded this Indenture with respect to Securities of any particular series of Securities other than that series.  Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
 
Section 6.09               Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .  There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to each series of Securities, which shall be either:
 
(i)           a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority, or
 
(ii)          a corporation or other Person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government that is permitted to act as Trustee pursuant to a rule, regulation or order of the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by authority of such foreign government or a political subdivision thereof substantially equivalent to supervision or examination applicable to United States institutional trustees;
 
in either case having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  Neither the Company nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company shall serve as trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder.  If at any time the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.10.
 
 
45

 
 
Section 6.10               Resignation and Removal .  (a)  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.11.
 
(b)           The Trustee may resign with respect to any series of Securities at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company.  If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(c)           The Trustee may be removed with respect to any series of Securities at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.  If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of removal, the removed Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(d)           If at any time:
 
(1)           the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act pursuant to Section 6.08 with respect to any series of Securities after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of that series for at least six months, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed in accordance with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, or
 
(2)           the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.09 with respect to any series of Securities and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or
 
(3)           the Trustee shall become incapable of acting with respect to any series of Securities, or
 
(4)           the Trustee shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee, with respect to the series, or in the case of clause (4), with respect to all series, or (ii) subject to Section 5.14, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the series, or, in the case of clause (4), with respect to all series.
 
 
46

 
 
(e)           If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting with respect to any series of Securities, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities for any cause, the Company, by Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee for that series of Securities.
 
If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to such series of Securities shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to such series and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company with respect to such series.  If no successor Trustee with respect to such series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Securityholders of such series and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, subject to Section 5.14, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of that series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such series.
 
(f)           The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to any series by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Securities of that series as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its principal Corporate Trust Office.
 
Section 6.11               Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .  Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective with respect to any series as to which it is resigning or being removed as Trustee, and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to any such series; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such predecessor Trustee shall, upon payment of its reasonable charges, if any, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the predecessor Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such predecessor trustee hereunder with respect to all or any such series, subject nevertheless to its lien, if any, provided for in Section 6.07.  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.
 
 
47

 
 
In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the predecessor Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any applicable series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series as to which the predecessor Trustee is not being succeeded shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such indenture supplemental hereto shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.
 
No successor Trustee with respect to any series of Securities shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible with respect to that series under this Article.
 
Section 6.12               Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .  Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.  In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.
 
Section 6.13               Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .  The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.
 
Section 6.14               Appointment of Authenticating Agent .  At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding the Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issuance, exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.06, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder.  Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent.  Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as an Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and, if other than the Company itself, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority.  If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.
 
 
48

 
 
Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
 
An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and, if other than the Company, to the Company.  The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and, if other than the Company, to the Company.  Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register.  Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.  No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.
 
The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.
 
If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:
 
 
49

 
 
This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 
[Name of Authenticating Agent]
   
by
 
 
As Authenticating Agent
   
by
 
 
As Authorized Agent
   
Dated
 
 
ARTICLE VII
 
Securityholders’ Lists and Reports by
Trustee and Company
 
Section 7.01               Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders .
 
The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
 
(1)           semi-annually, not more than 15 days after December 15 and June 15 in each year in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, a list of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities of each series as of such December 15 and June 15, as applicable, and
 
(2)           at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Security Registrar for Securities of a series, no such list need be furnished with respect to such series of Securities.
 
Section 7.02               Preservation of Information; Communications to Securityholders .  (a)  The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders of Securities contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders of Securities received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar, if so acting.  The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
 
 
50

 
 
(b)           If three or more Holders of Securities of any series (hereinafter referred to as “ applicants ”) apply in writing to the Trustee, and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Security of such series for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders of Securities of such series or with the Holders of all Securities with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either:
 
(1)           afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), or
 
(2)           inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of Securities of such series or all Securities, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.
 
If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Holder of a Security of such series or to all Securityholders, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless, within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Holders of Securities of such series or all Securityholders, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law.  Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion.  If the Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, the Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all Securityholders of such series or all Securityholders, as the case may be, with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.
 
(c)           Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 7.02(b), regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 7.02(b).
 
 
51

 
 
Section 7.03               Reports by Trustee .  (a)  Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the issuance of Securities, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, at the Company’s expense, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, as provided in Trust Indenture Act 313(c), a brief report dated as of May 15 in accordance with and with respect to the matters required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a).
 
(b)           The Trustee shall transmit by mail, at the Company’s expense, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, as provided in Trust Indenture Act 313(c), a brief report in accordance with and with respect to the matters required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b).
 
(c)           A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be furnished to the Company and, in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d), be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Securities are listed, and also with the Commission.  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Securities are listed on any stock exchange or any delisting thereof.
 
Section 7.04               Reports by Company .  The Company shall file with the Trustee, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.  The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a).  Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer
 
Section 8.01               Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer on Certain Terms .  Except as otherwise set forth in an indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution creating such series of Securities or in the form of security for such Series, the Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:
 
 
52

 
 
(1)           the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture (as supplemented from time to time) on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
 
(2)           immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and
 
(3)           the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such indenture supplemental hereto comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
 
Section 8.02               Successor Person Substituted .  Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein.  In the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company as the predecessor shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved, wound up or liquidated at any time thereafter.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
Supplemental Indentures
 
Section 9.01               Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders .  Except as otherwise set forth in an indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution creating such series of Securities or in the form of Security for such series, without the consent of the Holders of any Securities, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
 
(1)           to evidence the succession of another corporation or Person to the Company or any Guarantor, if any, and the assumption by any such successor of the respective covenants of the Company or any Guarantor herein and in the Securities contained; or
 
 
53

 
 
(2)           to add to the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor, if any, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor, for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of any or all series (and if such covenants or the surrender of such right or power are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included or such surrenders are expressly being made solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or
 
(3)           to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; or
 
(4)           to add to this Indenture such provisions as may be expressly permitted by the TIA, excluding, however, the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the TIA as in effect at the date as of which this instrument was executed or any corresponding provision in any similar federal statute hereafter enacted; or
 
(5)           to establish any form of Security, as provided in Article II, to provide for the issuance of any series of Securities as provided in Article III and to set forth the terms thereof, and/or to add to the rights of the Holders of the Securities of any series; or
 
(6)           to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by another corporation as a successor Trustee hereunder with respect to one or more series of Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to Section 6.11; or
 
(7)           to add any additional Events of Default in respect of the Securities of any or all series (and if such additional Events of Default are to be in respect of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or
 
(8)           to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities and to provide for bearer Securities; provided that uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of such Internal Revenue Code; or
 
(9)           to provide for the terms and conditions of conversion into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities of the Securities of any series which are convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, if different from those set forth in Article XII; or
 
(10)        to secure the Securities of any series; or

 
54

 

(11)        to add Guarantees in respect of any series or all of the Securities; or
 
(12)        to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of the Holders of any or all series of Securities; or
 
(13)        to make any change necessary to comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
 
No supplemental indenture for the purposes identified in clauses (2), (3) or (5) above may be entered into if to do so would adversely affect the rights of the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series in any material respect.
 
Section 9.02          Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders .  Except as otherwise set forth in an indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution creating such series of Securities or in the form of security for such Series, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series affected by such supplemental indenture or indentures (acting as one class), by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee (in accordance with Section 1.04 hereof), the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:
 
(1)           change the Maturity of the principal of, or the Stated Maturity of any premium on, or any installment of interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the interest or any premium thereon, or change the method of computing the amount of principal thereof or interest thereon on any date or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Maturity or the Stated Maturity, as the case may be, thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on or after the Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be), or alter the provisions of this Indenture so as to affect adversely the terms, if any, of conversion of any Securities into Common Stock or other securities; or
 
(2)           reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences, provided for in this Indenture; or

 
55

 

(3)           modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.02, Section 5.13 or Section 10.06, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; or
 
(4)           impair or adversely affect the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, the Securities of any series on or after the Stated Maturity of such Securities (or in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date); or
 
(5)           amend or modify Section 13.01 of this Indenture in any manner adverse to the rights of the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of any series.
 
For purposes of this Section 9.02, if the Securities of any series are issuable upon the exercise of warrants, each holder of an unexercised and unexpired warrant with respect to such series shall be deemed to be a Holder of Outstanding Securities of such series in the amount issuable upon the exercise of such warrant.  For such purposes, the ownership of any such warrant shall be determined by the Company in a manner consistent with customary commercial practices.  The Trustee for such series shall be entitled to rely on an Officers’ Certificate as to the principal amount of Securities of such series in respect of which consents shall have been executed by holders of such warrants.
 
A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of Holders of Securities of any other series.
 
It shall not be necessary for any Act of Securityholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
 
Section 9.03          Execution of Supplemental Indentures .  In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company in accordance with its terms.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 
56

 

Section 9.04          Effect of Supplemental Indentures .  Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby to the extent provided therein.
 
Section 9.05          Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .  Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of TIA as then in effect.
 
Section 9.06          Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .  Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.
 
ARTICLE X
 
Covenants
 
Section 10.01         Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest .  With respect to each series of Securities, the Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Securities in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and will duly comply with all the other terms, agreements and conditions contained in, or made in the Indenture for the benefit of, the Securities of such series.
 
Section 10.02         Maintenance of Office or Agency .  The Company will maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served and where any Securities with conversion privileges may be presented and surrendered for conversion.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
 
Unless otherwise set forth in, or pursuant to, a Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to a series of Securities, the Company hereby initially designates as the Place of Payment for each series of Securities, the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, and initially appoints the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office as the Company’s office or agency for each such purpose in such city.

 
57

 

Section 10.03        Money for Security Payments to Be Held in Trust .  If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of the Securities of such series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure to act.
 
Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Securities of such series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal (and premium, if any) or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
 
The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee for any series of Securities to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:
 
(1)          hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities of such series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
 
(2)          give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series) in the making of any such payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of such series; and
 
(3)          at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.
 
The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent in respect of each and every series of Securities as to which it seeks to discharge this Indenture or, if for any other purpose, all sums so held in trust by the Company in respect of all Securities, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

 
58

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.  The Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company mail to the Holders of the Securities as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, a notice that such moneys remain unclaimed and that, after a date specified in the notice, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date on which the notice was first mailed to the Holders of the Securities as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then remaining will be paid to the Company free of the trust formerly impressed upon it.
 
Section 10.04         Statement as to Compliance .  The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company stating that:
 
(1)          a review of the activities of the Company during such year and of performance under this Indenture and under the terms of the Securities has been made under his supervision; and
 
(2)          to the best of his knowledge, based on such review, the Company has fulfilled all its obligations under this Indenture and has complied with all conditions and covenants on its part contained in this Indenture through such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, covenant or condition, specifying each such default known to him and the nature and status thereof.
 
For the purpose of this Section 10.04, default and compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
 
Section 10.05         Legal Existence .  Subject to Article VIII, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence .

 
59

 

Section 10.06        Waiver of Certain Covenants .  The Company may omit in respect of any series of Securities, in any particular instance, to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in Section 10.05 or set forth in a Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to the Securities of such series, unless otherwise specified in such Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series affected by such waiver (voting as one class) shall, by Act of such Securityholders delivered to the Company and the Trustee (in accordance with Section 1.04 hereof), either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.  Nothing in this Section 10.06 shall permit the waiver of compliance with any covenant or condition set forth in such Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto which, if in the form of an indenture supplemental hereto, would not be permitted by Section 9.02 without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
Redemption of Securities
 
Section 11.01        Applicability of Article .  The Company may reserve the right to redeem and pay before Stated Maturity all or any part of the Securities of any series, either by optional redemption, sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation or otherwise, by provision therefor in the form of Security for such series established and approved pursuant to Section 2.02 and on such terms as are specified in such form or in the Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to Securities of such series as provided in Section 3.01.  Redemption of Securities of any series shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and, to the extent that this Article does not conflict with such terms, the succeeding Sections of this Article.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, except in the case of redemption pursuant to a sinking fund, the Trustee shall not make any payment in connection with the redemption of Securities until the close of business on the Redemption Date.
 
Section 11.02        Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .  The election of the Company to redeem any Securities redeemable at the election of the Company shall be evidenced by, or pursuant to authority granted by, a Board Resolution.  In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series and the Tranche (as defined in Section 11.03) to be redeemed.
 
In the case of any redemption of Securities (i) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, or (ii) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

 
60

 

Section 11.03        Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed .  If less than all the Securities of like tenor and terms of any series (a “ Tranche ”) are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such Tranche not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may include provision for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of Securities of such Tranche of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series.  Unless otherwise provided in the terms of a particular series of Securities, the portions of the principal of Securities so selected for partial redemption shall be equal to the minimum authorized denomination of the Securities of such series, or an integral multiple thereof, and the principal amount which remains outstanding shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series.  If less than all the Securities of unlike tenor and terms of a series are to be redeemed, the particular Tranche of Securities to be redeemed shall be selected by the Company.
 
If any convertible Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part before the termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion selected for redemption.
 
Upon any redemption of fewer than all the Securities of a series, the Company and the Trustee may treat as Outstanding any Securities surrendered for conversion during the period of fifteen days next preceding the mailing of a notice of redemption, and need not treat as Outstanding any Security authenticated and delivered during such period in exchange for the unconverted portion of any Security converted in part during such period.
 
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Security selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.
 
Securities shall be excluded from eligibility for selection for redemption if they are identified by registration and certificate number in a written statement signed by an authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter period shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) as being owned of record and beneficially by, and not pledged or hypothecated by either, (a) the Company or (b) an entity specifically identified in such written statement as being an Affiliate of the Company.
 
For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

 
61

 

Section 11.04         Notice of Redemption .  Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 15 (unless otherwise provided in the Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto establishing the relevant series) nor more than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each holder of Securities to be redeemed, at his address appearing in the Security Register.
 
All notices of redemption shall identify the Securities to be redeemed including CUSIP number(s) and shall state:
 
(1)           the Redemption Date;
 
(2)           the Redemption Price;
 
(3)           if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the Securities to be redeemed;
 
(4)           that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security, and that interest, if any, thereon shall cease to accrue from and after said date;
 
(5)           the place where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, which shall be the office or agency of the Company in the Place of Payment;
 
(6)           that the redemption is on account of a sinking or purchase fund, or other analogous obligation, if that be the case;
 
(7)           if such Securities are convertible into Common Stock or other securities, the Conversion Price or other conversion price and the date on which the right to convert such Securities into Common Stock or other securities will terminate; and
 
(8)           if applicable, that the redemption may be rescinded by the Company, at its sole option, pursuant to Section 11.09 of this Indenture upon the occurrence of a Redemption Rescission Event.
 
Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company; provided that if the Trustee is asked to give such notice it shall be given at least five Business Days prior notice.
 
Section 11.05        Deposit of Redemption Price .  On or prior to any Redemption Date and subject to Section 11.09, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date.  If any Security to be redeemed is converted into Common Stock or other securities, any money so deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall be paid to the Company upon Company Request or, if then so segregated and held in trust by the Company, shall be discharged from such trust.

 
62

 

Section 11.06         Securities Payable on Redemption Date .  Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, subject to Section 11.09, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Securities shall cease to bear interest and any rights to convert such Securities shall terminate.  Upon surrender of such Securities for redemption in accordance with the notice and subject to Section 11.09, such Securities shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price.  Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, installments of interest the Stated Maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.
 
If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Security, or as otherwise provided in such Security.
 
Section 11.07         Securities Redeemed in Part .  Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company in the Place of Payment with respect to that series (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.
 
Section 11.08         Provisions with Respect to Any Sinking Funds .  Unless the form or terms of any series of Securities shall provide otherwise, in lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to such series of Securities in cash, the Company may at its option (1) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities of such series theretofore acquired by the Company or converted by the Holder thereof into Common Stock or other securities, or (2) receive credit for any Securities of such series (not previously so credited) acquired by the Company (including by way of optional redemption (pursuant to the sinking fund or otherwise but not by way of mandatory sinking fund redemption) or converted by the Holder thereof into Common Stock or other securities and theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and if it does so then (i) Securities so delivered or credited shall be credited at the applicable sinking fund Redemption Price with respect to Securities of such series, and (ii) on or before the 60th day next preceding each sinking fund Redemption Date with respect to such series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee (A) an Officers’ Certificate specifying the portions of such sinking fund payment to be satisfied by payment of cash and by delivery or credit of Securities of such series acquired by the Company or converted by the Holder thereof, and (B) such Securities, to the extent not previously surrendered.  Such Officers’ Certificate shall also state the basis for such credit and that the Securities for which the Company elects to receive credit have not been previously so credited and were not acquired by the Company through operation of the mandatory sinking fund, if any, provided with respect to such Securities and shall also state that no Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series has occurred and is continuing.  All Securities so delivered to the Trustee shall be canceled by the Trustee and no Securities shall be authenticated in lieu thereof.

 
63

 

If the sinking fund payment or payments (mandatory or optional) with respect to any series of Securities made in cash plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments with respect to Securities of such series made in cash shall exceed $50,000 (or a lesser sum if the Company shall so request), unless otherwise provided by the terms of such series of Securities, that cash shall be applied by the Trustee on the sinking fund Redemption Date with respect to Securities of such series next following the date of such payment to the redemption of Securities of such series at the applicable sinking fund Redemption Price with respect to Securities of such series, together with accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption, with the effect provided in Section 11.06.  The Trustee shall select, in the manner provided in Section 11.03, for redemption on such sinking fund Redemption Date a sufficient principal amount of Securities of such series to utilize that cash and shall thereupon cause notice of redemption of the Securities of such series for the sinking fund to be given in the manner provided in Section 11.04 (and with the effect provided in Section 11.06) for the redemption of Securities in part at the option of the Company.  Any sinking fund moneys not so applied or allocated by the Trustee to the redemption of Securities of such series shall be added to the next cash sinking fund payment with respect to Securities of such series received by the Trustee and, together with such payment, shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.08.  Any and all sinking fund moneys with respect to Securities of any series held by the Trustee at the Maturity of Securities of such series, and not held for the payment or redemption of particular Securities of such series, shall be applied by the Trustee, together with other moneys, if necessary, to be deposited sufficient for the purpose, to the payment of the principal of the Securities of such series at Maturity.
 
On or before each sinking fund Redemption Date provided with respect to Securities of any series, the Company shall pay to the Trustee in cash a sum equal to all accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption on Securities to be redeemed on such sinking fund Redemption Date pursuant to this Section 11.08.

 
64

 

Section 11.09         Rescission of Redemption .  In the event that this Section 11.09 is specified to be applicable to a series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 and a Redemption Rescission Event shall occur following any day on which a notice of redemption shall have been given pursuant to Section 11.04 hereof but at or prior to the time and date fixed for redemption as set forth in such notice of redemption, the Company may, at its sole option, at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the close of business on that day which is two Trading Days following such Redemption Rescission Event and (ii) the time and date fixed for redemption as set forth in such notice, rescind the redemption to which such notice of redemption shall have related by making a public announcement of such rescission (the date on which such public announcement shall have been made being hereinafter referred to as the “ Rescission Date ”).  The Company shall be deemed to have made such announcement if it shall issue a release to the Dow Jones New Service, Reuters Information Services or any successor news wire service.  From and after the making of such announcement, the Company shall have no obligation to redeem Securities called for redemption pursuant to such notice of redemption or to pay the Redemption Price therefor and all rights of Holders of Securities shall be restored as if such notice of redemption had not been given.  As promptly as practicable following the making of such announcement, the Company shall telephonically notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of such rescission.  The Company shall give notice of any such rescission by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed as promptly as practicable but in no event later than the close of business on that day which is five Trading Days following the Rescission Date to each Holder of Securities at the close of business on the Rescission Date, to any other Person that was a Holder of Securities and that shall have surrendered Securities for conversion following the giving of notice of the subsequently rescinded redemption and to the Trustee and the Paying Agent.  Each notice of rescission shall (w) state that the redemption described in the notice of redemption has been rescinded, (x) state that any Converting Holder shall be entitled to rescind the conversion of Securities surrendered for conversion following the day on which notice of redemption was given but on or prior to the date of the mailing of the Company’s notice of rescission, (y) be accompanied by a form prescribed by the Company to be used by any Converting Holder rescinding the conversion of Securities so surrendered for conversion (and instructions for the completion and delivery of such form, including instructions with respect to any payment that may be required to accompany such delivery) and (z) state that such form must be properly completed and received by the Company no later than the close of business on a date that shall be 15 Trading Days following the date of the mailing of such notice of rescission.
 
ARTICLE XII
 
Conversion
 
Section 12.01         Conversion Privilege .  In the event that this Article XII is specified to be applicable to a series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, the Holder of a Security of such series shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert, in accordance with the terms of such series of Securities and this Article XII, all or any part (in a denomination of, unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to Securities of such series, $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of such Security into shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities specified in such Board Resolution or any indenture supplement hereto at any time or, as to any Securities called for redemption, at any time prior to the time and date fixed for such redemption (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price, in which case such right shall not terminate at such time and date).

 
65

 

Section 12.02         Conversion Procedure; Rescission of Conversion; Conversion Price; Fractional Shares .  (a)  Each Security to which this Article is applicable shall be convertible at the office of the Conversion Agent, and at such other place or places, if any, specified in a Board Resolution with respect to the Securities of such series, into fully paid and nonassessable shares (calculated to the nearest 1/100th of a share) of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities.  The Securities will be converted into shares of Common Stock or such other Marketable Securities at the Conversion Price therefor.  No payment or adjustment shall be made in respect of dividends on the Common Stock or such other Marketable Securities, or accrued interest on a converted Security except as described in Section 12.09.  The Company may, but shall not be required, in connection with any conversion of Securities, to issue a fraction of a share of Common Stock or of such other Marketable Security, and, if the Company shall determine not to issue any such fraction, the Company shall, subject to Section 12.03(4), make a cash payment (calculated to the nearest cent) equal to such fraction multiplied by the Closing Price of the Common Stock or such other Marketable Security on the last Trading Day prior to the date of conversion.
 
(b)           Before any Holder of a Security shall be entitled to convert the same into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, such Holder shall surrender such Security duly endorsed to the Company or in blank, at the office of the Conversion Agent or at such other place or places, if any, specified in a Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to the Securities of such series, and shall give written notice to the Company at said office or place that he elects to convert the same and shall state in writing therein the principal amount of Securities to be converted and the name or names (with addresses) in which he wishes the certificate or certificates for Common Stock or for such other Marketable Securities to be issued; provided, however, that no Security or portion thereof shall be accepted for conversion unless the principal amount of such Security or such portion, when added to the principal amount of all other Securities or portions thereof then being surrendered by the Holder thereof for conversion, exceeds the then effective Conversion Price with respect thereto.  If more than one Security shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock or such other Marketable Securities which shall be deliverable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.  Subject to the next succeeding sentence, the Company will, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at said office or place to such Holder of a Security, or to his nominee or nominees, certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Security to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid, together, subject to the last sentence of paragraph (a) above, with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share to which he would otherwise be entitled.  The Company shall not be required to deliver certificates for shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities while the stock transfer books for such stock or the transfer books for such Marketable Securities, as the case may be, or the Security Register are duly closed for any purpose, but certificates for shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities shall be issued and delivered as soon as practicable after the opening of such books or Security Register.  A Security shall be deemed to have been converted as of the close of business on the date of the surrender of such Security for conversion as provided above, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record Holder or Holders of such Common Stock or other Marketable Securities as of the close of business on such date.  In case any Security shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Securities so surrendered, without charge to such Holder (subject to the provisions of Section 12.08), a new Security or Securities in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Security.

 
66

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event the Company shall have rescinded a redemption of Securities pursuant to Section 11.09 hereof, any Holder of Securities that shall have surrendered Securities for conversion following the day on which notice of the subsequently rescinded redemption shall have been given but prior to the later of (a) the close of business on the Trading Day next succeeding the date on which public announcement of the rescission of such redemption shall have been made and (b) the date of the mailing of the notice of rescission required by Section 11.09 hereof (a “ Converting Holder ”) may rescind the conversion of such Securities surrendered for conversion by (i) properly completing a form prescribed by the Company and mailed to Holders of Securities (including Converting Holders) with the Company’s notice of rescission, which form shall provide for the certification by any Converting Holder rescinding a conversion on behalf of any beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of Securities that the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of such Rule) of such Securities shall not have changed from the date on which such Securities were surrendered for conversion to the date of such certification and (ii) delivering such form to the Company no later than the close of business on that date which is fifteen Trading Days following the date of the mailing of the Company’s notice of rescission.  The delivery of such form by a Converting Holder shall be accompanied by (x) any certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities issued to such Converting Holder upon a conversion of Securities that shall be rescinded by the proper delivery of such form (the “ Surrendered Securities ”), (y) any securities, evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than cash) distributed by the Company to such Converting Holder by reason of such Converting Holder being a record holder of Surrendered Securities and (z) payment in New York Clearing House funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the sum of (I) any cash such Converting Holder may have received in lieu of the issuance of fractional Surrendered Securities and (II) any cash paid or payable by the Company to such Converting Holder by reason of such Converting Holder being a record holder of Surrendered Securities.  Upon receipt by the Company of any such form properly completed by a Converting Holder and any certificates, securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets or cash payments required to be returned by such Converting Holder to the Company as set forth above, the Company shall instruct the transfer agent or agents for shares of Common Stock or other securities to cancel any certificates representing Surrendered Securities (which Surrendered Securities shall be deposited in the treasury of the Company) and shall instruct the Registrar to reissue certificates representing Securities to such Converting Holder (which Securities shall be deemed to have been outstanding at all times during the period following their surrender for conversion).  The Company shall, as promptly as practicable, and in no event more than five Trading Days following the receipt of any such properly completed form and any such certificates, securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets or cash payments required to be so returned, pay to the Holder of Securities surrendered to the Company pursuant to a rescinded conversion or as otherwise directed by such Holder any interest paid or other payment made to Holders of Securities during the period from the time such Securities shall have been surrendered for conversion to the rescission of such conversion.  All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any form submitted to the Company to rescind the conversion of Securities, including questions as to the proper completion or execution of any such form or any certification contained therein, shall be resolved by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding.

 
67

 

Section 12.03         Adjustment of Conversion Price for Common Stock or Marketable Securities .  The Conversion Price with respect to any Security which is convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:
 
(1)           In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of such Securities are outstanding, (i) pay a dividend in shares of its Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, (ii) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities into a smaller number of shares or securities, (iii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or (iv) issue by reclassification of its shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities any shares of stock or other Marketable Securities of the Company, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately before such action shall be adjusted so that the Holders of such Securities, upon conversion thereof into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities immediately following such event, shall be entitled to receive the kind and amount of shares of capital stock of the Company or other Marketable Securities which they would have owned or been entitled to receive upon or by reason of such event if such Securities had been converted immediately before the record date (or, if no record date, the effective date) for such event.  An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 12.03(1) shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend or distribution and shall become effective retroactively immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification.  For the purposes of this Section 12.03(1), each Holder of Securities shall be deemed to have failed to exercise any right to elect the kind or amount of securities receivable upon the payment of any such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification (provided that if the kind or amount of securities receivable upon such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification is not the same for each nonelecting share, then the kind and amount of securities or other property receivable upon such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification for each nonelecting share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the nonelecting shares).

 
68

 

(2)           In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of such Securities are outstanding, issue rights or warrants to all holders of shares of its Common Stock or other Marketable Securities entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 days after the record date for such issuance) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities (or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities) at a price per share less than the Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities at such record date (treating the price per share of the securities convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities as equal to (x) the sum of (i) the price for a unit of the security convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities plus (ii) any additional consideration initially payable upon the conversion of such security into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities divided by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities initially underlying such convertible security), the Conversion Price with respect to such Securities shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by dividing the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the date of issuance of such rights or warrants by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights or warrants plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so offered are initially convertible), and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights or warrants plus the number of shares or securities which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares or securities so offered for subscription or purchase (or the aggregate purchase price of the convertible securities so offered plus the aggregate amount of any additional consideration initially payable upon conversion of such Securities into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities) would purchase at such Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities.  Such adjustment shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants.

 
69

 

(3)           In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of such Securities are outstanding, distribute to all holders of shares of its Common Stock or other Marketable Securities (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities are not changed or exchanged) cash, evidences of its indebtedness, securities or assets (excluding (i) regular periodic cash dividends in amounts, if any, determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, (ii) in dividends payable in shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities for which adjustment is made under Section 12.03(1) or (iii) rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company (excluding those referred to in Section 12.03(2)), then in each such case the Conversion Price with respect to such Securities shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by dividing the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the date of such distribution by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities on the record date referred to below, and the denominator of which shall be such Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities less the then fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive) of the portion of the cash or assets or evidences of indebtedness or securities so distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one share of Common Stock or one other Marketable Security (provided that such denominator shall never be less than 1.0); provided, however, that no adjustment shall be made with respect to any distribution of rights to purchase securities of the Company if a Holder of Securities would otherwise be entitled to receive such rights upon conversion at any time of such Securities into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities unless such rights are subsequently redeemed by the Company, in which case such redemption shall be treated for purposes of this Section as a dividend on the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities.  Such adjustment shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders or holders of Marketable Securities entitled to receive such distribution; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Conversion Price shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
 
(4)           The Company shall be entitled to make such additional adjustments in the Conversion Price, in addition to those required by subsections 12.03(1), 12.03(2) and 12.03(3), as shall be necessary in order that any dividend or distribution of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, any subdivision, reclassification or combination of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or any issuance of rights or warrants referred to above shall not be taxable to the holders of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities for United States Federal income tax purposes.
 
(5)           In any case in which this Section 12.03 shall require that any adjustment be made effective as of or retroactively immediately following a record date, the Company may elect to defer (but only for five Trading Days following the filing of the statement referred to in Section 12.05) issuing to the Holder of any Securities converted after such record date the shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company or other Marketable Securities issuable upon such conversion over and above the shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company or other Marketable Securities issuable upon such conversion on the basis of the Conversion Price prior to adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such Holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such Holder’s right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

 
70

 

(6)           All calculations under this Section 12.03 shall be made to the nearest cent or one-hundredth of a share or security, with one-half cent and.005 of a share, respectively, being rounded upward.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12.03, the Company shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% of such price.  Any lesser adjustment shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with the next subsequent adjustment which, together with any adjustment or adjustments so carried forward, shall amount to an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such price.  Any adjustments under this Section 12.03 shall be made successively whenever an event requiring such an adjustment occurs.
 
(7)           In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 12.03, the Holder of any Security thereafter surrendered for conversion shall become entitled to receive any shares of stock of or other Marketable Securities of the Company other than shares of Common Stock or Marketable Securities into which the Securities originally were convertible, the Conversion Price of such other shares or Marketable Securities so receivable upon conversion of any such Security shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to Common Stock and Marketable Securities contained in subparagraphs (1) through (6) of this Section 12.03, and the provision of Sections 12.01, 12.02 and 12.04 through 12.09 with respect to the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities shall apply on like or similar terms to any such other shares or Marketable Securities and the determination of the Board of Directors as to any such adjustment shall be conclusive.
 
(8)           No adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section (i) if the effect thereof would be to reduce the Conversion Price below the par value (if any) of the Common Stock or other Marketable Security, if any, or (ii) subject to Section 12.03(5) hereof, with respect to any Security that is converted prior to the time such adjustment otherwise would be made.
 
Section 12.04         Consolidation or Merger of the Company .  In case of either (a) any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the surviving or continuing corporation and which does not result in a reclassification of, or change (other than a change in par value or from par value to no par value or from no par value to par value, as a result of a subdivision or combination) in, outstanding shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or (b) any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to another Person, then each Security then Outstanding shall be convertible from and after such merger, consolidation, sale or conveyance of property and assets into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities and property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities into which such Securities would have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, subject to adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article XII (and assuming such holder of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance (provided that, if the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance is not the same for each nonelecting share, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance for each nonelecting share, shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the nonelecting shares or securities)).  The Company shall not enter into any of the transactions referred to in clause (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence unless effective provision shall be made so as to give effect to the provisions set forth in this Section 12.04.  The provisions of this Section 12.04 shall apply similarly to successive consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.

 
71

 

Section 12.05         Notice of Adjustment .  Whenever an adjustment in the Conversion Price with respect to a series of Securities is required:
 
(1)           the Company shall forthwith place on file with the Trustee and any Conversion Agent for such Securities a certificate of the Treasurer of the Company, stating the adjusted Conversion Price determined as provided herein and setting forth in reasonable detail such facts as shall be necessary to show the reason for and the manner of computing such adjustment, such certificate to be conclusive evidence that the adjustment is correct; and
 
(2)           a notice stating that the Conversion Price has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Conversion Price shall forthwith be mailed, first class postage prepaid, by the Company to the Holders of record of such Outstanding Securities.
 
Section 12.06         Notice in Certain Events .  In case:
 
(1)           of a consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required, or of the sale or conveyance to another person or entity or group of persons or entities acting in concert as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company; or
 
(2)           of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or
 
(3)           of any action triggering an adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Article XII;

 
72

 

then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and the Agent for the applicable Securities, and shall cause to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of record of applicable Securities, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of any distribution or grant of rights or warrants triggering an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to this Article XII, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of record of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities entitled to such distribution, rights or warrants are to be determined, or (y) the date on which any reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up triggering an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to this Article XII is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock or other Marketable Securities for securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
 
Failure to give such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the proceedings described in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section.
 
Section 12.07         Company to Reserve Stock or other Marketable Securities; Registration; Listing .  (a) The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Securities, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock or number or principal amount of other Marketable Securities as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all applicable outstanding Securities into such Common Stock or other Marketable Securities at any time (assuming that, at the time of the computation of such number of shares or securities, all such Securities would be held by a single Holder); provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall preclude the Company from satisfying its obligations in respect of the conversion of the Securities by delivery of purchased shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities which are held in the treasury of the Company.  The Company shall from time to time, in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the authorized amount of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities to be increased if the aggregate of the authorized amount of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities remaining unissued and the issued shares of such Common Stock or other Marketable Securities in its treasury (other than any such shares reserved for issuance in any other connection) shall not be sufficient to permit the conversion of all Securities.
 
(b)           If any shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities which would be issuable upon conversion of Securities hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority before such shares or securities may be issued upon such conversion, the Company will in good faith and as expeditiously as possible endeavor to cause such shares or securities to be duly registered or approved, as the case may be.  The Company will endeavor to list the shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities required to be delivered upon conversion of the Securities prior to such delivery upon the principal national securities exchange upon which the outstanding Common Stock or other Marketable Securities is listed at the time of such delivery.
 

 
73

 

Section 12.08        Taxes on Conversion .  The Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities on conversion of Securities pursuant hereto.  The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or the portion, if any, of the Securities which are not so converted in a name other than that in which the Securities so converted were registered, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.
 
Section 12.09        Conversion After Record Date .  If any Securities are surrendered for conversion subsequent to the record date preceding an Interest Payment Date but on or prior to such Interest Payment Date (except Securities called for redemption on a Redemption Date between such record date and Interest Payment Date), the Holder of such Securities at the close of business on such record date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such securities on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion thereof.  Securities surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any record date next preceding any Interest Payment Date to the opening of business on such Interest Payment Date shall (except in the case of Securities which have been called for redemption on a Redemption Date within such period) be accompanied by payment in New York Clearing House funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the Securities being surrendered for conversion.  Except as provided in this Section 12.09, no adjustments in respect of payments of interest on Securities surrendered for conversion or any dividends or distributions or interest on the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities issued upon conversion shall be made upon the conversion of any Securities.
 
Section 12.10        Corporate Action Regarding Par Value of Common Stock .  Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value (if any) of the shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities deliverable upon conversion of the Securities, the Company will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities at such adjusted Conversion Price.
 
Section 12.11        Company Determination Final .  Any determination that the Company or the Board of Directors must make pursuant to this Article is conclusive.
 
Section 12.12        Trustee’s Disclaimer .  The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article should be made, how it should be made or what it should be.  The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Securities.  The Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company’s failure to comply with this Article.  Each Conversion Agent other than the Company shall have the same protection under this Section as the Trustee.

 
74

 

ARTICLE XIII
 
Guarantees
 
Section 13.01         Guarantees.   (a) Any series of Securities may be guaranteed by one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Company or other Persons.  The terms and the form of any such Guarantee will be established in the manner contemplated by Section 3.01 for the particular series of Securities.  Each Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, will fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Indenture after the date of this Indenture) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities.
 
(b)           Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other Guarantor (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of this Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that each such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms).
 
(c)           Each of the Guarantors further agrees that each Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.
 
(d)           Each of the Guarantors further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company or any other Person, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of its Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company or any other Person and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person.  The obligations of the Guarantors shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Securities of any series.
 
(e)           The obligation of each Guarantor to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company or any other Person to make such payment.  If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of such Guarantor, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 
75

 

(f)           Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under its Guarantees.
 
(g)           Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of each of the Guarantees shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the relevant Guarantor without rendering the relevant Guarantee under this Indenture voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 
76

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
   
By:
/s/ Ralph A. Than 
 
Name: Ralph A. Than
 
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
   
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
   
By:
/s/ Richard Prokosch
 
Name: Richard Prokosch
 
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page: Indenture

 
 

 
Exhibit 4.7
 
EXECUTION COPY
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION,
Issuer
 
and
  
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
Trustee
 
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
 
6.500% Notes Due 2019
 
6.750% Notes Due 2021
 
Dated as of January 28, 2011
 
 
 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
 
TIA
 
Indenture
Section
 
Section
310(a)(1)
 
7.10
(a)(2)
 
7.10
(a)(3)
 
N.A.
(a)(4)
 
N.A.
(a)(5)
 
7.10
(b)
 
7.08; 7.10
(c)
 
N.A.
311(a)
 
7.11
(b)
 
7.11
312(a)
 
2.05
(b)
 
N.A.
(c)
 
N.A.
313(a)
 
7.06
(b)(1)
 
7.06
(b)(2)
 
7.06; 7.07
(c)
 
7.05; 7.06; 11.03
(d)
 
7.06
314(a)
 
4.07; 4.09; 11.03
(b)
 
N.A.
(c)(1)
 
4.07; 11.01
(c)(2)
 
11.01
(c)(3
 
4.07; 11.01
(d)
 
N.A.
(e)
 
11.01
(f)
 
N.A.
315(a)
 
7.01(b)
(b)
 
7.05; 11.03
(c)
 
7.01(a)
(d)
 
7.01(c)
(e)
 
6.11
316(a)(last sentence)
 
2.09
(a)(1)(A)
 
6.05
(a)(1)(B)
 
6.04
(a)(2)
 
N.A.
(b)
 
6.07; 9.04
(c)
 
9.04
317(a)(1)
 
6.08
(a)(2)
 
6.09
(b)
 
2.04
 
 
 

 

 
TIA
 
Indenture
Section
 
Section
318(a)
 
11.05
(c)
 
11.05

“N.A.” means Not Applicable.
 
NOTE:  This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.
 
 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
     
SECTION 1.01.
Definitions
2
SECTION 1.02.
Incorporation by Reference of TIA
28
SECTION 1.03.
Rules of Construction
28
SECTION 1.04.
Effective Indenture
28
 
ARTICLE II
 
THE NOTES
     
SECTION 2.01.
Form and Dating
29
SECTION 2.02.
Execution and Authentication
29
SECTION 2.03.
Registrar and Paying Agent
30
SECTION 2.04.
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
30
SECTION 2.05.
Holder Lists
31
SECTION 2.06.
Transfer and Exchange
31
SECTION 2.07.
Replacement Notes
34
SECTION 2.08.
Outstanding Notes
34
SECTION 2.09.
Treasury Notes
35
SECTION 2.10.
Temporary Notes
35
SECTION 2.11.
Cancellation
35
SECTION 2.12.
CUSIP or ISIN Numbers
35
SECTION 2.13.
Additional Notes
36
SECTION 2.14.
Deposit of Moneys
36
SECTION 2.15.
Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes
36
 
ARTICLE III
 
REDEMPTION
     
SECTION 3.01.
Notices to Trustee
37
SECTION 3.02.
Selection of Notes to be Redeemed
37
SECTION 3.03.
Notice of Redemption
38
SECTION 3.04.
Effect of Notice Upon Redemption
39
SECTION 3.05.
Deposit of Redemption Price
39
SECTION 3.06.
Notes Redeemed in Part
39
SECTION 3.07.
Optional Redemption for the 2019 Notes
39
SECTION 3.08.
Optional Redemption for the 2021 Notes
40
SECTION 3.09.
Mandatory Redemption
42
 
 
 

 

 
ARTICLE IV
 
COVENANTS
     
SECTION 4.01.
Payment of Notes
42
SECTION 4.02.
Maintenance of Office or Agency
42
SECTION 4.03.
Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
42
SECTION 4.04.
Limitation on Restricted Payments
46
SECTION 4.05.
Limitation on Asset Sales
49
SECTION 4.06.
Corporate Existence
52
SECTION 4.07.
Reports to Trustee
52
SECTION 4.08.
Compliance with Laws
53
SECTION 4.09.
Reports to Holders
53
SECTION 4.10.
Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
53
SECTION 4.11.
Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
54
SECTION 4.12.
Limitation on Issuances of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
56
SECTION 4.13.
Limitation on Liens
56
SECTION 4.14.
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
57
SECTION 4.15.
Future Subsidiary Guarantors
59
SECTION 4.16.
Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
60
SECTION 4.17.
Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control
61
SECTION 4.18.
Covenant Suspension
62
 
ARTICLE V
 
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
     
SECTION 5.01.
Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets
64
SECTION 5.02.
Successor Corporation Substituted
65
 
ARTICLE VI
 
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
     
SECTION 6.01.
Events of Default
66
SECTION 6.02.
Acceleration
67
SECTION 6.03.
Other Remedies
68
SECTION 6.04.
Waiver of Past Defaults
68
SECTION 6.05.
Control by Majority
68
SECTION 6.06.
Limitation on Suits
69
SECTION 6.07.
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
69
SECTION 6.08.
Collection Suit by Trustee
69
SECTION 6.09.
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
70
SECTION 6.10.
Priorities
70
SECTION 6.11.
Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
71
SECTION 6.12.
Undertaking for Costs
72
 
 
-ii-

 

 
ARTICLE VII
 
TRUSTEE
     
SECTION 7.01.
Duties of Trustee
72
SECTION 7.02.
Rights of Trustee
73
SECTION 7.03.
Individual Rights of Trustee
75
SECTION 7.04.
Trustee’s Disclaimer
75
SECTION 7.05.
Notice of Default
75
SECTION 7.06.
Reports by Trustee to Holders
75
SECTION 7.07.
Compensation and Indemnity
76
SECTION 7.08.
Replacement of Trustee
77
SECTION 7.09.
Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
78
SECTION 7.10.
Eligibility; Disqualification
78
SECTION 7.11.
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
78
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
     
SECTION 8.01.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
78
SECTION 8.02.
Satisfaction and Discharge
81
SECTION 8.03.
Survival of Certain Obligations
82
SECTION 8.04.
Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee
82
SECTION 8.05.
Application of Trust Assets
82
SECTION 8.06.
Repayment to the Company or Subsidiary Guarantors; Unclaimed Money
83
SECTION 8.07.
Reinstatement
83
 
ARTICLE IX
 
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
     
SECTION 9.01.
Without Consent of Holders of Notes
84
SECTION 9.02.
With Consent of Holders of Notes
85
SECTION 9.03.
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
86
SECTION 9.04.
Revocation and Effect of Consents
86
SECTION 9.05.
Trustee to Sign Amendments
87
 
ARTICLE X
 
GUARANTEE
     
SECTION 10.01.
Note Guarantees
87
SECTION 10.02.
Limitation on Liability
88
SECTION 10.03.
Successors and Assigns
88
SECTION 10.04.
No Waiver
89
 
-iii-

 

 
SECTION 10.05.
Release of Subsidiary Guarantor
89
SECTION 10.06.
Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.
89
SECTION 10.07.
Contribution
90
 
ARTICLE XI
 
MISCELLANEOUS
     
SECTION 11.01.
Compliance Certificates and Opinions
90
SECTION 11.02.
Acts of Securityholders
91
SECTION 11.03.
Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company
92
SECTION 11.04.
Notices to Securityholders; Waiver
93
SECTION 11.05.
Conflict with Trust Indenture Act
93
SECTION 11.06.
Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
93
SECTION 11.07.
Successors and Assigns
94
SECTION 11.08.
Separability Clause
94
SECTION 11.09.
Benefits of Indenture
94
SECTION 11.10.
Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
94
SECTION 11.11.
Counterparts
94
SECTION 11.12.
U.S.A. Patriot Act
94
SECTION 11.13.
Force Majeure
95

Exhibit A —      Form of 2019 Notes
 
Exhibit B  —      Form of 2021 Notes
 
Note:  This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.
 
 
-iv-

 

 
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of January 28, 2011, by and between Dana Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
 
Recitals of the Company
 
The Company and the Trustee executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011 (the “ Base Indenture ,” and together with this Supplemental Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), to provide for the issuance by the Company from time to time of securities to be issued in one or mores series as provided in the Base Indenture;
 
The Company desires to execute this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to Section 3.11 of the Base Indenture to provide for the issuance, and pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Base Indenture to establish the form of a series of its notes designated as its (i) 6.500% Notes due 2019 issued on the date hereof (the “ 2019 Notes ”), in an initial aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000 and (ii) 6.750% Notes due 2021 issued on the date hereof (the “ 2021 Notes ,” and together with the 2019 Notes, the “ Notes ”), in an initial aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000;
 
This Supplemental Indenture restates in its entirety the terms of the Base Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture and does not incorporate the terms of the Base Indenture. The changes, modifications and supplements to the Base Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable only with respect to, and shall only govern the terms of, the Notes, except as otherwise provided herein, and shall not apply to any other securities that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental indenture with respect to such other securities specifically incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements;
 
The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to Section 1.02 of the Base Indenture to the effect that the execution and delivery of the Supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted under the Base Indenture and that all conditions precedent provided for in the Base Indenture to the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to be complied with by the Company have been complied with;
 
The Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;
 
The Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be incorporated into the Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions;
 
All necessary acts and things have been done to make (i) the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and (ii) this Supplemental Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture; and
 
 
 

 

 
 
The Company has received good and valuable consideration for the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, and the Company will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the issuance of the Notes.
 
Agreements of the Parties
 
To set forth or to provide for the establishment of the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are and are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed as follows, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes or of a series thereof, as the case may be: 
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
 
SECTION 1.01.                   Definitions .
 
Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time it merges or consolidates with the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and in each case not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, merger or consolidation.
 
Additional 2019 Notes ” means, subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.08, 6.500% Notes due 2019 issued from time to time after the Issue Date under the terms of the Indenture (other than pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or 3.06 of the Indenture).
 
Additional 2021 Notes ” means, subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.08, 6.750% Notes due 2021 issued from time to time after the Issue Date under the terms of the Indenture (other than pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 or 3.06 of the Indenture).
 
Additional Notes ” means the Additional 2019 Notes and the Additional 2021 Notes.
 
Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2019 Notes ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date for the 2019 Notes, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2019 Notes (if no maturity is within three months before or after February 15, 2015, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2019 Notes shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2019 Notes shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2019 Notes (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date, in each case of (1) and (2), plus 0.50 percent.
 
 
-2-

 
 
Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2021 Notes ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date for the 2021 Notes, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2021 Notes (if no maturity is within three months before or after February 15, 2016, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2021 Notes shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2021 Notes shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2021 Notes (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date, in each case of (1) and (2), plus 0.50 percent.
 
Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person.  The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing.
 
Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14.
 
Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.
 
Applicable Premium for the 2019 Notes ” means, with respect to a 2019 Note at any Redemption Date, the greater of (1) 1.00 percent of the principal amount of such 2019 Note and (2) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price of such 2019 Note on February 15, 2015 (such Redemption Price being described in Section 3.07(c) exclusive of any accrued interest), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such 2019 Note through February 15, 2015 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2019 Notes, over (B) the principal amount of such note on such Redemption Date.
 
Applicable Premium for the 2021 Notes ” means, with respect to a 2021 Note at any Redemption Date, the greater of (1) 1.00 percent of the principal amount of such 2021 Note and (2) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price of such 2021 Note on February 15, 2016 (such Redemption Price being described in Section 3.08(c) exclusive of any accrued interest), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such 2021 Note through February 15, 2016 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2021 Notes, over (B) the principal amount of such note on such Redemption Date.
 
 
-3-

 
Asset Acquisition ” means (1) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprise any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.
 
Asset Sale ” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer (other than the granting of a Lien in accordance with the Indenture) for value by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of (a) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary; or (b) any other property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that Asset Sales shall not include:
 
(1)           a transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $15.0 million;
 
(2)           the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted by Section 5.01;
 
(3)           any Restricted Payment made in accordance with Section 4.04 or a Permitted Investment;
 
(4)           sales or contributions of accounts receivable and related assets pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction made in accordance with Section 4.03;
 
(5)           the disposition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business of (i) cash and Cash Equivalents, (ii) inventory and other assets acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business, (iii) damaged, worn out or obsolete assets or assets that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, are no longer used or useful in the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (iv) rights granted to others pursuant to leases or licenses, to the extent not materially interfering with the operations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(6)           the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof;
 
(7)           the granting of a Lien in accordance with the Indenture;
 
(8)           any surrender or waiver of contract rights  pursuant to a settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; or
 
 
-4-

 
 
(9)           any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition.
 
 “ Applicable Procedures ” means with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depository that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.
 
Authentication Order ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(d).
 
Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.
 
Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.
 
Board Resolution ” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
 
Business Day ” means, each day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the pertinent place or places of payment or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.
 
Capital Stock ” means (1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person, and (2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.
 
Capitalized Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
Cash Equivalents ” means
 
(1)           marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;
 
 
-5-

 

(2)           marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s;
 
(3)           commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-2 from S&P or at least P-2 from Moody’s;
 
(4)           demand and time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million;
 
(5)           repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
 
(6)           investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above;
 
(7)           investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule of the Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and
 
(8)           solely in respect of the ordinary course cash management activities of the Foreign Subsidiaries, equivalents of the investments described in clause (1) above to the extent guaranteed by any member state of the European Union or the country in which the Foreign Subsidiary operates and equivalents of the investments described in clause (4) above issued, accepted or offered by any commercial bank organized under the laws of a member state of the European Union or the jurisdiction of organization of the applicable Foreign Subsidiary having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million.
 
Cash Management Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, all obligations of such Person in respect of overdrafts and related liabilities owed to any other Person that arise from treasury, depositary or cash management services, including in connection with any automated clearing house transfers of funds, or any similar transactions.
 
Certificated Note ” or “ Certificated Notes ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note” attached thereto.
 
 
-6-

 
 
Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
 
(1)           any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “ Group ”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture);
 
(2)           the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture);
 
(3)           any Person or Group shall become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares representing more than 50 percent of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company; or
 
(4)           during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved pursuant to a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office.
 
Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.
 
Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.
 
Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, or if at any time after the execution of the Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the applicable duties now assigned to it, then the body or bodies performing such duties at such time.
 
Commodity Agreement ” means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company designed to protect the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in the price of the commodities at the time used in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
Common Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.
 
Company ” means the party named as such in the Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to the Indenture and thereafter means such successor.
 
 
-7-

 
Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2019 Notes ” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 2019 Notes from the Redemption Date to February 15, 2015, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of U.S. Dollar denominated corporate debt securities of a maturity most nearly equal to February 15, 2015.
 
Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2021 Notes ” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 2021 Notes from the Redemption Date to February 15, 2016, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of U.S. Dollar denominated corporate debt securities of a maturity most nearly equal to February 15, 2016.
 
Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, if clause (2) of the definition of “Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2019 Notes” or “Adjusted Treasury Rate for the 2021 Notes” is applicable, the average of three, or if not possible, such lesser number as is obtained by the Company, Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date.
 
Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to the Company, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of:
 
(1)          Consolidated Net Income; and
 
(2)          to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby:
 
(A)           all income taxes of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries expensed or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period;
 
(B)           Consolidated Fixed Charges;
 
(C)           Consolidated Non-cash Charges; and
 
(D)           any expenses or charges related to any issuance of Capital Stock, Investment, acquisition or disposition of division or line of business, recapitalization or the Incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Indenture (whether or not successful),
 
less any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, all as determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
 
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to the Company, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company during the four full fiscal quarters (the “ Four Quarter Period ”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction (the “ Transaction Date ”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of the Company for such Four Quarter Period.  In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to:
 
 
-8-

 
 
(1)           the Incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any Incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness (and the application of the proceeds thereof), other than the Incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities, occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Incurrence or repayment, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period; and
 
(2)           any Asset Sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) Incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or Asset Sale or other disposition during the Four Quarter Period) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition or other disposition (including the Incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period.
 
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include, among others, adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company, to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event; provided   that any pro forma adjustments shall be limited to those that are (a) reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (b) have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur in the next twelve months following the date of such calculation, in the reasonable judgment of a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company.
 
If the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the Incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary had directly Incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness.  Furthermore, in calculating Consolidated Fixed Charges for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:
 
(1)           interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date;
 
(2)           if interest on any Indebtedness actually Incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four Quarter Period; and
 
 
-9-

 
 
(3)          notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum in effect on the Transaction Date resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements on such date.
 
Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to the Company for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
 
(1)          Consolidated Interest Expense, plus
 
(2)          the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period (other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or paid to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary) multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated federal, state and local income tax rate of the Company, expressed as a decimal.
 
Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to the Company for any period, the sum of, without duplication:
 
(1)          the aggregate of the interest expense of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation,
 
(A)           any amortization of debt discount,
 
(B)           the net costs under Interest Swap Obligations,
 
(C)           all capitalized interest, and
 
(D)           the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation;
 
(2)          the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations accrued by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; and
 
(3)          to the extent not included in clause (1) above, net losses relating to sales of accounts receivable pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
 
Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to the Company, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom:
 
 
-10-

 
 
(1)           after-tax gains and losses from Asset Sales or abandonments or reserves relating thereto or from the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2)           extraordinary or non-recurring gains or losses (determined on an after-tax basis and less any fees, expenses or charges related thereto);
 
(3)           any non-cash compensation expense Incurred for grants and issuances of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted shares or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including any such grant or issuance to a 401(k) plan or other retirement benefit plan);
 
(4)           the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is restricted by a contract, operation of law or otherwise;
 
(5)           the net income (loss) of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary by such Person;
 
(6)           the net income (loss) of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period, prior to the date of such acquisition will be excluded for purposes of Restricted Payments only;
 
(7)           income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued) from and after the date that such operation is classified as discontinued;
 
(8)           write-downs resulting from the impairment of intangible assets and any other non-cash amortization or impairment expenses;
 
(9)           cash restructuring expenses (including any severance expenses, relocation expenses, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, any expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses and fees, expenses or charges relating to facilities closing costs, acquisition integration costs, facilities opening costs, business optimization costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses) in an amount not to exceed (A) the amount of actual cash restructuring expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, (B) $150.0 million for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and (C) $75.0 million per fiscal year thereafter, plus, in the case of each of (A), (B) and (C), to the extent that any amount permitted to be included in a prior year pursuant to this clause (9) is not utilized, such unutilized amount may be carried forward for use in only the next succeeding year;
 
 
-11-

 
 
(10)         the amount of amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs and debt issuance costs of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and any premium or penalty paid in connection with redeeming or retiring Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the stated maturity thereof pursuant to the agreements governing such Indebtedness; and
 
(11)         the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.
 
Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to the Company, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash payments for any future period).
 
Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 625 Marquette Avenue, 11 th  Floor, MAC N9311-110, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55470, Attn: Corporate Trust Services — Administrator for Dana Holding Corporation.
 
Covenant Defeasance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.
 
Credit Agreement ” means the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2008, among the Company, as Borrower, the guarantors party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Citigroup Capital Markets, Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent, Barclays Capital, as joint bookrunner and documentation agent, and the lenders and other financial institutions party thereto, together with the documents related thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with their terms whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
 
Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities (including the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, or any debt securities or other form of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments), in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded in whole or in part from time to time.
 
Currency Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary against fluctuations in currency values.
 
Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
 
Default ” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
 
-12-

 
 
Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.
 
Depository ” means, with respect to the Notes issued in the form of one or more Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company or another Person designated as Depository by the Company, which must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act.
 
Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means any non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by an officer of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents (which shall be considered Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale when received).
 
Designation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.16.
 
Designation Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.16.
 
Disqualified Capital Stock ” means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is mandatorily exchangeable for Indebtedness, or is redeemable or exchangeable for Indebtedness, at the sole option of the holder thereof on or prior to the final maturity date of the Notes.
 
Equity Offering ” means a public or private offering of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company.
 
Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.
 
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
 
Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction.  Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized and existing under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
 
Four Quarter Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
 
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.
 
 
-13-

 
Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in the form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A , with respect to the 2019 Notes, and Exhibit B , with respect to the 2021 Notes, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under the Indenture.
 
Global Notes ” means the global Notes in the form of Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto issued in accordance with Article II hereof.
 
Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner, including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person, but excluding endorsements for collection or deposit in the normal course of business or Standard Receivables Undertakings in a Qualified Receivables Transaction.
 
Guaranteed Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15.
 
Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person in respect of Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations.
 
Holder ” or “ Securityholder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.
 
Incur   means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” will have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided   that (1) any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount nor the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued) will be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness.
 
Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
 
(1)            all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money;
 
(2)            all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
 
(3)            all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

 
-14-

 

(4)            all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted);
 
(5)            all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction, excluding obligations in respect of trade letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued in respect of trade payables to the extent not drawn upon or presented, or, if drawn upon or presented, the resulting obligation of the Person is paid within 10 Business Days;
 
(6)            guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clauses (8) and (10) below;
 
(7)            all Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above which are secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property or asset or the amount of the Obligation so secured;
 
(8)            all Hedging Obligations of such Person;
 
(9)            all Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company and all Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued and unpaid dividends, if any; and
 
(10)          all obligations of such Person in respect of Qualified Receivables Transactions.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing to any governmental entity.
 
Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of ASC 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under the Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.
 
For purposes hereof, the “ maximum fixed repurchase price ” of any Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock, such Fair Market Value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock.

 
-15-

 

Indenture ” means the Base Indenture together with this Supplemental Indenture, to provide for the issuance by the Company of the Notes.
 
Independent Financial Advisor ” means a firm (1) which does not, and whose directors, officers and employees and Affiliates do not, have a direct or indirect material financial interest in the Company and (2) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged.
 
Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
 
Initial 2019 Notes ” means $400,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2019 Notes issued under the Indenture on the date hereof.
 
Initial 2021 Notes ” means $350,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2021 Notes issued under the Indenture on the date hereof.
 
Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law, (b) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding with respect to such Person or with respect to any of its assets, (c) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding up of such Person whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy or (d) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshaling of assets and liabilities of such Person.
 
Interest Payment Date ” means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.
 
Interest Swap Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which such Person is party or of which it is a beneficiary.
 
Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a Guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any other Person.  “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be.  If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (the “ Referent Subsidiary ”) such that after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, the Referent Subsidiary shall cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of the Referent Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

 
-16-

 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s (or the equivalent rating by any Successor Rating Agency) and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P (or the equivalent rating by any Successor Rating Agency).
 
Issue Date ” means January 28, 2011, the date of initial issuance of the Notes.
 
Legal Defeasance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.
 
Lien ” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest).
 
Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to its rating agency business.
 
Net Cash Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest), received by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, net of:
 
(1)            reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions and relocation expenses);
 
(2)            taxes paid or payable after taking into any tax sharing arrangements;
 
(3)            payments required to be made to any Person (other than to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to such Asset Sale;
 
(4)            repayments of Indebtedness secured by the property or assets subject to such Asset Sale that is required to be repaid in connection with such Asset Sale;
 
(5)            appropriate amounts to be determined by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale; and
 
(6)            payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Indebtedness and not owed to the Company or any Subsidiary) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or within 30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale.
 
Net Proceeds Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.

 
-17-

 

Net Proceeds Offer Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.
 
Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.
 
Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.
 
Note Guarantee ” means a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Indenture.
 
Notes ” means the 2019 Notes and the 2021 Notes treated as a single class of securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to the Indenture.
 
Obligations ” means any and all obligations with respect to the payment of (a) any principal of or interest (including interest accruing on or after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceedings, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) or premium on any Indebtedness, including any reimbursement obligation in respect of any letter of credit, (b) any fees, indemnification obligations, damages, expense reimbursement obligations or other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness, (c) any obligation to post cash collateral in respect of letters of credit and any other obligations and (d) any Cash Management Obligations or Hedging Obligations.
 
Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of such Person.
 
Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company and another Officer or the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer or controller of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.
 
Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion acceptable to the Trustee from legal counsel who may be an employee of the Company.
 
Participants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15.
 
Paying Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).
 
Payment Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.
 
Permitted Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).
 
Permitted Investments ” means:
 
(1)            Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person that is or will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary or that will merge or consolidate into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2)            Investments in the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(3)            Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 
-18-

 

(4)            loans and advances to employees, officers and directors of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes and to purchase Capital Stock of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) not in excess of an aggregate of $25.0 million at any one time outstanding;
 
(5)            Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s businesses and otherwise in compliance with the Indenture;
 
(6)            Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received upon foreclosure or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers;
 
(7)            Investments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.05;
 
(8)            Investments (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) in Persons, including, without limitation, Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures, engaged in a business similar or related to or logical extensions of the businesses in which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date, not to exceed the greater of (i) $375.0 million and (ii) 7.5 percent of Total Assets at the time of such Investment, at any one time outstanding;
 
(9)            Investments (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) not to exceed the greater of (i) $375.0 million and (ii) 7.5 percent of Total Assets at the time of such Investment, at any one time outstanding;
 
(10)          Investments in a Receivable Entity;
 
(11)          stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;
 
(12)          payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as operating expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;
 
(13)          prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for the collection and workers compensation, performance and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;
 
(14)          lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

 
-19-

 

(15)          Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture; and
 
(16)          Investments in existence on the Issue Date.
 
Permitted Liens ” means the following types of Liens:
 
(1)            Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either (A) not delinquent or (B) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, in each case, as to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP;
 
(2)            statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law Incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;
 
(3)            Liens on property or shares of Capital Stock of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person and not Incurred in connection with or in contemplation thereof; provided , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto);
 
(4)            Liens on property at the time such Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquires the property and not Incurred in connection with or in contemplation thereof, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; provided , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto);
 
(5)            leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(6)            any interest or title of a lessor under any lease;
 
(7)            Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(8)            Liens Incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

 
-20-

 

(9)            judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;
 
(10)          easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or restrictions or encumbrances in respect of real property or immaterial imperfections of title which do not, in the aggregate, impair in any material respect the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
 
(11)          any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or asset which is not leased property subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligation;
 
(12)          purchase money Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to finance property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired in the ordinary course of business, and Liens securing Indebtedness which Refinances any such Indebtedness; provided , however , that (A) the related Purchase Money Indebtedness (or Refinancing Indebtedness) shall not exceed the cost of such property or assets and shall not be secured by any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property and assets so acquired (and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto) and (B) the Lien securing the Purchase Money Indebtedness shall be created within 180 days after such acquisition;
 
(13)          Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
 
(14)          Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;
 
(15)          Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and set-off;
 
(16)          Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities in accordance with Section 4.03(b)(1);
 
(17)          Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations which Interest Swap Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under the Indenture;
 
(18)          Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements and Cash Management Obligations, in each case permitted under the Indenture;

 
-21-

 

(19)          Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; provided that (A) such Liens secured the Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (B) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(20)          Liens securing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets other than property or assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;
 
(21)          Liens Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
 
(22)          Liens Incurred to secure Obligations; provided that, at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Obligations secured by such Liens do not exceed the greater of (A)   $250.0 million and (B) 5.0 percent of Total Assets;
 
(23)          Liens arising from filing of Uniform Commercial Code or similar state law financing statements regarding leases; and
 
(24)          Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods.
 
Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.
 
Preferred Stock ” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.
 
Prospectus Supplement ” means the Prospectus Supplement, dated January 25, 2011, relating to the Notes.
 
Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of an Asset Acquisition or construction or improvement of any property; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed such purchase price or cost.
 
Qualified Capital Stock ” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.
 
Qualified Receivables Transaction   means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers to (1) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or transfers an undivided interest in or grants a security interest in, any Receivables Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 
-22-

 

Quotation Agent ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers selected by the Company.
 
Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P; provided that if S&P, Moody’s or any Successor Rating Agency (as defined below) shall cease to be in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally, the Company shall be entitled to replace any such Rating Agency or Successor Rating Agency, as the case may be, which has ceased to be in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally with a security rating agency which is in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally and which is nationally recognized in the United States (such rating agency, a “ Successor Rating Agency ”).
 
Receivables Assets   means any accounts receivable and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable and assets and all contracts and contract rights, and all guarantees or other supporting obligations (within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code Section 9-102(a)(77)) (including Hedging Obligations), in respect of such accounts receivable and assets and all proceeds of the foregoing and other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Receivables Assets.
 
Receivables Entity   means a Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Transaction in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes an Investment and to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries transfers Receivables Assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables Assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and any business or activities incidental or related to such financing, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or of such other Person (as provided below) to be a Receivables Entity (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (1) is guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Receivables Undertakings), (2) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Receivables Undertakings or (3) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than Receivables Assets and related assets as provided in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction”), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof other than pursuant to Standard Receivables Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company) other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing Receivables Assets, and (c) with which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

 
-23-

 

Receivables Repurchase Obligation   means any obligation of a seller of Receivables Assets in a Qualified Receivables Transaction to repurchase Receivables Assets arising as a result of a breach of a Standard Receivables Undertaking, including as a result of a Receivables Asset or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.
 
Record Date ” means the Record Dates specified in the Notes; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately preceding such specified day that is a Business Day.
 
Redemption Date ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to the Indenture and the Notes.
 
Redemption Price ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to the Indenture and the Notes.
 
Reference Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04.
 
Reference Treasury Dealer ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and its successors and assigns and two other nationally recognized investment banking firms selected by the Company that are primary U.S. Government securities dealers.
 
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for either the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2019 Notes or the Comparable Treasury Issue for the 2021 Notes, as applicable, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding such Redemption Date.
 
Refinance ” means in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part.  “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” shall have correlative meanings.
 
Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Refinancing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, in each case that does not:
 
(1)            result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness of such Person as of the date of the completion of all components of such proposed Refinancing (provided such completion occurs within 60 days of the initial Incurrence of Indebtedness in connection with such Refinancing) (plus the amount of any premium reasonably necessary to Refinance such Indebtedness and plus the amount of reasonable expenses Incurred by the Company in connection with such Refinancing); or

 
-24-

 

(2)            create Indebtedness with (A) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced or (B) a final maturity earlier than the final maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;
 
provided that (x) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness of the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness solely of the Company and/or such Subsidiary Guarantor and (y) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinate or junior to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same extent and in the same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced.
 
Registrar ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).
 
Replacement Assets ” means assets and property that will be used in the business of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries as existing on the Issue Date or in a business the same, similar or reasonably related thereto or in an unrelated business to the extent that it is not material in size as compared to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole (including Capital Stock of a Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary).
 
Responsible Officer ” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee including any vice president, assistant vice president or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, and to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture.
 
Restricted Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04.
 
Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that has not been designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, by a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee, as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.16.  Any such Designation may be revoked by a Board Resolution of the Company delivered to the Trustee, subject to the provisions of such covenant.
 
Reversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.
 
Revocation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.16.
 
S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to its rating agency business.
 
Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced on the security of such Property.

 
-25-

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
 
Significant Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.
 
Standard Receivables Undertakings   means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which are customary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Entity, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Receivables Undertaking.
 
Special Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.
 
Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness as to which the payment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest and other payment obligations is subordinate or junior in right of payment by its terms to the Notes or the Note Guarantees of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable.
 
Subsidiary ,” with respect to any Person, means (1) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or (2) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person.
 
Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Restricted Subsidiary that in the future is required to or executes a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.15 or otherwise; provided   that any Person constituting a Subsidiary Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Subsidiary Guarantor when its Notes Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
 
Successor Rating Agency ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Rating Agencies.
 
Surviving Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01.
 
Suspended Covenants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.
 
Suspension Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.
 
Suspension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.
 
Total Assets   means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company required to be provided to the Trustee, calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition or disposition of companies, divisions, lines of businesses or operations by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to such date and on or prior to the date of determination.

 
-26-

 

Total Debt   means, at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
 
Total Foreign Assets ” means the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet, calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition or disposition of companies, divisions, lines of businesses or operations by the Foreign Subsidiaries subsequent to such date and on or prior to the date of determination.
 
Total Leverage Ratio   means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total Debt to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Four Quarter Period ending on or prior to the Transaction Date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Total Debt and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
 
Transaction Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
 
Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date of the execution of the Indenture until such time as the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, and thereafter as in effect on the date on which the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.03.
 
Trustee ” means the party named as such in the Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and thereafter means such successor.
 
Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company designated as such pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.16.  Any such designation may be revoked by a Board Resolution of the Company delivered to the Trustee, subject to the provisions of such covenant.
 
U.S. Government Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.
 
U.S. Legal Tender ” means such coin or currency in immediately available funds of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
 
Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (A) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (B) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying (I) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (II) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.
 
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of the Company means any Restricted Subsidiary of which all the outstanding voting securities (other than in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, directors’ qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned by the Company or any other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary.

 
-27-

 

SECTION 1.02.        Incorporation by Reference of TIA .
 
(a)            Whenever the Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, the Indenture.
 
(b)            The following TIA terms used in the Indenture have the following meanings:
 
“indenture securities” means the Notes.
 
“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor and any other obligor on the Notes.
 
(c)            All other TIA terms used in the Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.
 
SECTION 1.03.        Rules of Construction .
 
(a)            Unless the context otherwise requires
 
(1)            a term has the meaning assigned to it;
 
(2)            an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
 
(3)            “or” is not exclusive;
 
(4)            words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;
 
(5)            provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and
 
(6)            “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to the Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.
 
SECTION 1.04.        Effective Indenture .
 
This Supplemental Indenture restates in their entirety the terms of the Base Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture and does not incorporate the terms of the Base Indenture. The changes, modifications and supplements to the Base Indenture affected by this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable only with respect to, and shall only govern the terms of, the Notes, except as otherwise provided herein, and shall not apply to any other securities that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental indenture with respect to such other securities specifically incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements.

 
-28-

 

ARTICLE II
 
THE NOTES
 
SECTION 2.01.        Form and Dating .
 
(a)             General .  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto with respect to the 2019 Notes and in the form of Exhibit B with respect to the 2021 Notes, each of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of the Indenture.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B .  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereafter.  The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of the Indenture and the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of the Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
 
(b)             Book-Entry Provisions .  This Section 2.01(b) shall only apply to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary.  Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the custodian for the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
 
(c)             Certificated Notes .  Except as otherwise provided herein, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes.  For greater certainty, the provisions of this Section 2.01(c) are subject to the requirements relating to notations, legends or endorsements on Notes required by law, stock exchange rule, or agreements to which any the Company is subject, if any.
 
SECTION 2.02.        Execution and Authentication .
 
(a)            One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries.

(b)            If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.
 
 
-29-

 
 
(c)            A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under the Indenture.
 
(d)            The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue.
 
(e)            The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes.  Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in the Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
 
SECTION 2.03.       Registrar and Paying Agent .
 
(a)            The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”).  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to the Indenture.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
 
(b)            The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
 
(c)            The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby initially agrees so to act.
 
SECTION 2.04.        Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .
 
The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 
-30-

 

SECTION 2.05.        Holder Lists .
 
The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).
 
Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes.  The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
 
SECTION 2.06.        Transfer and Exchange .
 
(a)             Transfer and Exchange of Certificated Notes .  When Certificated Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request:
 
(1)            to register the transfer of such Certificated Notes; or
 
(2)            to exchange such Certificated Notes for an equal principal amount of Certificated Notes of other authorized denominations,
 
the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Certificated Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
 
(b)             Restrictions on Transfer of a Certificated Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note .  A Certificated Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Certificated Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, then the Trustee shall cancel such Certificated Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased accordingly.  If no Global Notes are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate from the Company, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.
 
(c)             Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .  The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.

 
-31-

 

(d)             Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in subsection (e) of this Section 2.06), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
 
(e)             Authentication in Absence of Depositary .  If at any time:
 
(1)            the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;
 
(2)            the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Certificated Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or
 
(3)            there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes and beneficial owners holding interests representing an aggregate principal amount of at least 51 percent of such Notes represented by Global Notes advise the Trustee in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the Depositary is no longer in such owner’s best interests,
 
then the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate requesting the authentication and delivery of Certificated Notes to the Persons designated by the Company, will authenticate and deliver Certificated Notes, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Global Notes, in exchange for such Global Notes.
 
(f)             Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Note .  At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depositary for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.
 
(g)             Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .
 
(1)            To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

 
-32-

 

(2)            No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
 
(3)            The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article III, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes or 15 Business Days before an Interest Payment Date (whether or not an Interest Payment Date or other date determined for the payment of interest), and ending on such mailing date or Interest Payment Date, as the case may be.
 
(4)            Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
(5)            All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
 
(h)             No Obligation of the Trustee .
 
(1)            The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note in global form shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary.  The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
 
(2)           The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including without limitation any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
 
 
-33-

 
 
(3)           Neither the Trustee nor any agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any action taken or not taken by the Depositary.
 
SECTION 2.07.                    Replacement Notes .
 
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.
 
In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note had become or is about to become due and payable, the Company, in its discretion, may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the preceding paragraph.
 
Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of the Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
 
The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies of any Holder with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.
 
SECTION 2.08.                    Outstanding Notes .
 
(a)           The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 2.08(b) hereof.
 
(b)           If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
 
(c)           If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 
-34-

 

(d)           If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with the Indenture, on a date of redemption (a “ Redemption Date ”) or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
 
SECTION 2.09.                    Treasury Notes .
 
In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.
 
SECTION 2.10.                    Temporary Notes .
 
Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
 
Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of the Indenture.
 
SECTION 2.11.                    Cancellation .
 
The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent, upon written direction by the Company and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act). The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
 
SECTION 2.12.                    CUSIP or ISIN Numbers .
 
The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

 
-35-

 

SECTION 2.13.                    Additional Notes .
 
The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.03 hereof, to issue Additional 2019 Notes and Additional 2021 Notes under the Indenture in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, each of which shall have identical terms as the Initial 2019 Notes and Initial 2021 Notes, respectively, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price and first payment of interest. The Initial 2019 Notes and Initial 2021 Notes, respectively, and any Additional 2019 Notes and Additional 2021 Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.
 
With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:
 
(1)           the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture; and
 
(2)           the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number(s) (which may be different than the CUSIP numbers of the Initial 2019 Notes and the Initial 2021 Notes) of such Additional Notes.
 
SECTION 2.14.                    Deposit of Moneys .
 
Not later than 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on each due date of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest so becoming due.
 
SECTION 2.15.                    Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes .
 
(a)           The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear Global Note Legend.
 
Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“ Participants ”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 
-36-

 

(b)           Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Certificated Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.06. In addition, Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in Global Notes if (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for any Global Note and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depository to issue Certificated Notes.
 
(c)           In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon written instructions from the Company, authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations.
 
The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold interests through Participants, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes.
 
ARTICLE III
 
REDEMPTION
 
SECTION 3.01.                    Notices to Trustee .
 
If the Company elects to redeem any series of Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Sections 3.07 or 3.08 hereof and paragraph 5 of the applicable Notes, it shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the Section of the Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of 2019 Notes or 2021 Notes, as applicable, to be redeemed, and (iv) the Redemption Price. If the Company elects to redeem any series of Notes pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.07 or 3.08 hereof and paragraph 5 of the applicable Notes, it shall furnish such Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date unless a shorter notice shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Each Officers’ Certificate shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel from the Company to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall, therefore, be void and of no effect.
 
SECTION 3.02.                    Selection of Notes to be Redeemed .
 
(a)           If less than all of the Notes of any series are to be redeemed or purchased at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes or such series to be redeemed or purchased, (i) if the applicable Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the applicable Notes are listed, or (ii) if the applicable Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, unless a shorter notice period shall be agreed to by the Trustee, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 
-37-

 

(b)           The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 thereafter; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of the Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.
 
SECTION 3.03.                    Notice of Redemption .
 
At least 30 days but not more than 60 days, unless a shorter notice period shall be agreed to by the Trustee, before a Redemption Date (except in the case of satisfaction and discharge pursuant to Section 8.02), the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.
 
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) and shall state:
 
(a)           the Redemption Date;
 
(b)           the Redemption Price;
 
(c)           if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
 
(d)           the name and address of the Paying Agent;
 
(e)           that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;
 
(f)            that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
 
(g)           the paragraph of the Notes and Section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
 
(h)           that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
 
At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense, provided , however , that the Company gives the Trustee at least 10 Business Days prior notice of such request, unless a shorter period shall be agreed to by the Trustee. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent.

 
-38-

 

SECTION 3.04.                    Effect of Notice Upon Redemption .
 
Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the Redemption Price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the related Interest Payment Date). Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
 
SECTION 3.05.                    Deposit of Redemption Price .
 
On or before 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions of Notes) to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.
 
If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
 
SECTION 3.06.                    Notes Redeemed in Part .
 
Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.
 
SECTION 3.07.                    Optional Redemption for the 2019 Notes .
 
Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a), (b) and (d) below, the 2019 Notes are not redeemable before February 15, 2015.
 
(a)           At any time prior to February 15, 2015, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or part of the 2019 Notes (which includes Additional 2019 Notes, if any), at a Redemption Price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of 2019 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium for the 2019 Notes, as of, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

 
-39-

 

(b)           At any time prior to February 15, 2015, during any 12-month period ending on February 15 (except the period ending on February 15, 2012 shall be extended to commence on the Issue Date), the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 10 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2019 Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 103.000 percent of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).
 
(c)           On or after February 15, 2015, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the 2019 Notes, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below:
 
Year
 
Redemption Price
 
2015
    103.250 %
2016
    101.625 %
2017 and thereafter
    100.000 %

(d)           Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior to February 15, 2014, the Company may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35 percent of the aggregate principal amount of 2019 Notes issued under the Indenture (which includes the Additional 2019 Notes, if any) at a Redemption Price of 106.500 percent of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided   that:
 
(1)           at least 65 percent of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2019 Notes) remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to such redemption; and
 
(2)           any such redemption by the Company must be made within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.
 
(e)           Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
 
SECTION 3.08.                    Optional Redemption for the 2021 Notes .
 
Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a), (b) and (d) below, the 2021 Notes are not redeemable before February 15, 2016.

 
-40-

 

(a)           At any time prior to February 15, 2016, the Company may, at its option, redeem the 2021 Notes (which includes Additional 2021 Notes, if any), in whole or in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the 2021 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium for the 2021 Notes, as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).
 
(b)           At any time prior to February 15, 2016, during any 12-month period ending on February 15 (except the period ending on February 15, 2012 shall be extended to commence on the Issue Date), the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 10 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the 2021 Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2021 Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 103.000 percent of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).
 
(c)           On or after February 15, 2016, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the 2021 Notes, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to (but not including) the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below:
 
Year
 
Redemption Price
 
2016
    103.375 %
2017
    102.250 %
2018
    101.125 %
2019 and thereafter
    100.000 %

(d)           Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 3.08, at any time prior to February 15, 2014, the Company may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35 percent of the aggregate principal amount of 2021 Notes issued under the Indenture (which includes the Additional 2021 Notes, if any) at a Redemption Price of 106.750 percent of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided   that:
 
(1)           at least 65 percent of the original aggregate principal amount of the 2021 Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional 2021 Notes) remains outstanding immediately after giving effect to such redemption; and
 
(2)           any such redemption by the Company must be made within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.
 
(e)           Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.08 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 
-41-

 

SECTION 3.09.                    Mandatory Redemption .
 
Except as set forth in Section 4.05 and 4.17 hereof, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
COVENANTS
 
SECTION 4.01.                    Payment of Notes .
 
The Company shall pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in the manner provided in the Notes. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds on that date U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient to pay the installment.
 
The Company shall pay, to the extent such payments are lawful, interest on overdue principal and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
SECTION 4.02.                    Maintenance of Office or Agency .
 
The Company shall maintain an office or agency required under Section 2.03. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as its office or agency.
 
SECTION 4.03.                    Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness .
 
(a)           The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided , however , that if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or as a consequence of the Incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be at least 2.0 to 1.0.
 
(b)           Nothing contained in Section 4.03(a) shall prohibit the Incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Indebtedness ”):
 
(1)           Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of:

 
-42-

 

(A)           $1,000.0 million (reduced by any required permanent repayments with the proceeds of Asset Sales (which are accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) thereunder); and
 
(B)           the sum of (A) 80 percent of the net book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) 60 percent of the net book value of the inventory of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2)           Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness referenced in clauses (1), (3) and (6) of this Section 4.03(b));
 
(3)           Indebtedness represented by the Notes (other than Additional Notes);
 
(4)           Indebtedness represented by (i) any Sale and Leaseback Transaction or (ii) Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case in this subclause (ii), Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction, improvement, repair or replacement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) used in the business of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor (including any reasonably related fees, expenses, taxes or other transaction costs Incurred in connection with such acquisition, construction or improvement), in an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (4), including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of $300.0 million and 6 percent of Total Assets;
 
(5)           Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net cash proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness that was permitted by the Indenture to be Incurred under Section 4.03(a) or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (10), (11) or (17) of this Section 4.03(b);
 
(6)           the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that:
 
(A)           if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor; and
 
(B)            (i) any event that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (except for any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien until the pledgee commences actions to foreclose on such Indebtedness) will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

 
-43-

 

(7)           the Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.03;
 
(8)           Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for speculative purposes;
 
(9)           Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets, including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business or assets, including the Capital Stock, for the purpose of financing or in contemplation of any such acquisition; provided   that (a) any amount of such obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this clause (9) (contingent obligations referred to on the face of a balance sheet or in a footnote thereto and not otherwise quantified and reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed “included on the face of the balance sheet” for purposes of the foregoing) and (b) in the case of a disposition, the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such obligations outstanding under this clause (9) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;
 
(10)         Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was merged with or into or acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred in contemplation of, in connection with, as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Company); provided , however , that, (i) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (a) after giving effect to the Incurring of such Indebtedness, pursuant to this clause (10) or (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to such Incurrence and related transaction would be equal to or greater than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction;
 
(11)         Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in an amount, including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11), not to exceed $50.0 million Incurred in contemplation of, in connection with, as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Company whether by means of the acquisition of assets or the Capital Stock of such entity or by merger; provided , however , that (i) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (11) or (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to such Incurrence and related transaction would be equal to or greater than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction;

 
-44-

 

(12)         Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence;
 
(13)         Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds, workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;
 
(14)         Indebtedness to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes as described in Sections 8.01 and 8.02;
 
(15)         Indebtedness in a Qualified Receivables Transaction that is without recourse to the Company or to any other Subsidiary of the Company or their assets (other than a Receivables Entity and its assets and, as to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than pursuant to Standard Receivables Undertakings) and is not guaranteed by any such Person;
 
(16)         Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of $500.0 million and 15 percent of Total Foreign Assets at any one time outstanding;
 
(17)         additional Indebtedness in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding, including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (17), not to exceed the greater of $400.0 million and 7.5 percent of Total Assets;
 
(18)         Guarantees of Indebtedness of (i) suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers in the ordinary course of business or (ii) joint ventures, in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding under this clause (18) not to exceed $100.0 million; or
 
(19)         Indebtedness consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums or (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business.
 
 
-45-

 

(c)           For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred (or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt); provided   that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.
 
The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
 
(d)           For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.03, in the event that any proposed Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in Sections 4.03(b)(1) through 4.03(b)(19), or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Company will be permitted to divide, classify, and may later reclassify, such item of Indebtedness or a part thereof in any manner that complies with Section 4.03. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by Section 4.03(b)(1).
 
(e)           The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not Incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors unless such Indebtedness is at least equally subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and any Note Guarantee.
 
SECTION 4.04.                    Limitation on Restricted Payments .
 
(a)           The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
 
(1)           declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company) on or in respect of shares of its Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2)           purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company;
 
(3)           make any principal payment on, or purchase, redeem, defease, retire or otherwise acquire for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the principal payment on, or the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition for value of, (i) Subordinated Indebtedness made in satisfaction of or anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity within one year of the due date of such obligation, installment or final maturity) and (ii) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.03(b)(6); or

 
-46-

 

(4)           make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments)
 
(each of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses 4.04 (1), (2), (3) and (4) being referred to as a “ Restricted Payment ”), if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto:
 
(A)          a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(B)           the Company is not able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.03; or
 
(C)           the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made after the Issue Date (the amount expended for such purpose, if other than in cash, being the Fair Market Value of such property as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall exceed the sum of:
 
(i)           50 percent of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100 percent of such loss) of the Company earned during the period beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter commencing on January 1, 2011 and through the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available prior to the date such Restricted Payment occurs (the “ Reference Date ”) (treating such period as a single accounting period); plus
 
(ii)          the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or from the issuance of Indebtedness of the Company subsequent to the Issue Date that has been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company on or prior to the Reference Date; plus
 
(iii)         an amount equal to the sum of (1) the net reduction in the Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person after the Issue Date resulting from repurchases, repayments or redemptions of such Investments by such Person, proceeds realized on the sale of such Investment and proceeds representing the return of capital, in each case received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (2) the amount of any Guarantee or similar arrangement that has terminated or expired or by which it has been reduced to the extent that it was treated as a Restricted Payment after Issue Date that reduced the amount available under this Section 4.04(a)(4)(C) or clause (9) of Section 4.04(b) net of any amounts paid by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Guarantee or similar arrangement; provided , however , that the amounts set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above shall not exceed, in the case of any such Person, the amount of Investments (excluding Permitted Investments) previously made and treated as a Restricted Payment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date that reduced the amount available under this Section 4.04(a)(4)(C) or clause (9) of Section 4.04(b) in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 
-47-

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph do not prohibit:
 
(1)           the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend or giving notice of such redemption, as the case may be, if the dividend or redemption would have been permitted on the date of declaration or notice;
 
(2)           a Restricted Payment, either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or substantially concurrent cash contribution to the common equity of the Company;
 
(3)           so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Capital Stock (or rights or options therefor) of the Company from current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants pursuant to equity ownership or compensation plans or stockholders agreements not to exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate subsequent to the Issue Date;
 
(4)           dividends and distributions paid on Common Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to the Company;
 
(5)           any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Indebtedness utilizing any Net Cash Proceeds remaining after the Company has complied with the requirements of Sections 4.05;
 
(6)           the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.03; provided   that such dividends are included in Consolidated Fixed Charges; and payment of any mandatory Redemption Price or liquidation value of any such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock when due in accordance with its terms in effect upon the issuance of such Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock;

 
-48-

 

(7)           any purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement, payment or prepayment of principal of Subordinated Indebtedness either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (iii) Refinancing Indebtedness;
 
(8)           repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if the Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof (or related withholding taxes), and Restricted Payments by the Company to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of the Company;
 
(9)           Restricted Payments if, at the time of making such payments, and after giving effect thereto (including, without limitation, the Incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such payment), the Total Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00; provided , however , that at the time of each such Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom); and
 
(10)         other Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $400.0 million in the aggregate since the Issue Date.
 
(c)           In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with Section 4.04(a)(4)(C), amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1), (2)(ii), (7)(ii), (9) and (10) of Section 4.04(b) shall be included in such calculation.
 
SECTION 4.05.                    Limitation on Asset Sales .
 
(a)           The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
 
(1)           the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of;
 
(2)           at least 75 percent of the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents and is received at the time of such disposition (for purposes of this clause (2) only, (A) the assumption by the purchaser of Indebtedness or other obligations (other than Subordinated Indebtedness or intercompany obligations) that releases the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from future liability pursuant to a customary written novation agreement, (B) instruments or securities received from the purchaser that are promptly, but in any event within 90 days of the closing, converted by the Company to cash, to the extent of the cash actually so received, (C) the Fair Market Value of any Replacement Assets received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be considered cash received at closing), and (D) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (D) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $150.0 million (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

 
-49-

 

(3)           upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 365 days after receipt thereof either (A) to prepay any secured Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and, in the case of any such Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility (or effect a permanent reduction in availability under such revolving credit facility, regardless of the fact that no prepayment is required), (B) to acquire Replacement Assets, or (C) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (3)(A) and (3)(B).
 
Pending the final application of the Net Cash Proceeds, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.
 
(b)           On the 366th day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any (each, a “ Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date ”), as the Board of Directors of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (3)(A), (3)(B) and (3)(C) of Section 4.05(a), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds (each, a “ Net Proceeds Offer Amount ”) which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (3)(A), (3)(B) and (3)(C) of Section 4.05(a) shall be applied by the Company to make an offer to purchase (the “ Net Proceeds Offer ”) on a date (the “ Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date ”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders on a pro rata basis, that principal amount of Notes equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase; provided , however , that if the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with the Notes), such Net Proceeds Offer may be made ratably to purchase the Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness.
 
(c)           If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration) or Cash Equivalents, then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.05.
 
(d)           The Company may defer the Net Proceeds Offer until there is an aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount equal to or in excess of $50.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales or deemed Asset Sales (at which time, the entire unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount, and not just the amount in excess of $50.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to this paragraph). The first such date the aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount is equal to or in excess of $50.0 million shall be treated for this purpose as the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date.

 
-50-

 

(e)           Notice of each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed or caused to be mailed, by first class mail, by the Company within 30 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date to all record Holders as shown on the register of Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer and shall state the following terms:
 
(1)           that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.05 and that the Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof for cash; provided , however , that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes properly tendered in a Net Proceeds Offer exceeds the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, Notes of tendering Holders will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered);
 
(2)           the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest, if any) and the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date (which shall be at least 20 Business Days from the date of mailing of notice of such Net Proceeds Offer, or such longer period as required by law);
 
(3)           that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
 
(4)           that, unless the Company defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date;
 
(5)           that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date;
 
(6)           that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the Business Day prior to the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; and
 
(7)           that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.
 
(f)           On or before the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date, the Company shall (i) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer which are to be purchased in accordance with Section 4.05(e)(1), (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 2.14 U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the purchase price plus accrued interest, if any, of all Notes to be purchased and (iii) deliver to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price plus accrued interest, if any. For purposes of this Section 4.05, the Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent.

 
-51-

 

(g)           To the extent that the aggregate amount of the Notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer is less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company may use such excess Net Proceeds Offer Amount for general corporate purposes or for any other purposes not prohibited by the Indenture. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset to zero. A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be required by law.
 
(h)           The Company will comply with all tender offer rules under state and federal securities laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, Section 14(e) under the Exchange Act and Rule 14e-1 thereunder, to the extent applicable to such offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the foregoing “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the foregoing provisions of the Indenture by virtue thereof.
 
(i)            The Trustee shall make such adjustments as are needed so that no unauthorized denominations are purchased in part when the aggregate principal amount of Notes properly tendered in a Net Proceeds Offer pursuant to this Section 4.05 exceeds the Net Proceeds Offer Amount and Notes of tendering Holders are purchased on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered). Each Notice of Net Proceeds Offer required pursuant to this Section 4.05 shall state that such adjustments may be made under such circumstances.
 
SECTION 4.06.                    Corporate Existence .
 
Except as otherwise permitted by Article V, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise, or the corporate existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
SECTION 4.07.                    Reports to Trustee .
 
(a)           The Company will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Company has fulfilled its obligations hereunder or, if there has been a Default, specifying the Default and its nature and status.
 
(b)           The Company shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of a Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

 
-52-

 

SECTION 4.08.                    Compliance with Laws .
 
The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of America, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except for such noncompliances as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
SECTION 4.09.                    Reports to Holders .
 
(a)           Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to the extent permitted by the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the Commission, and provide to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods required; provided , however , that availability of the foregoing materials on the Commission’s EDGAR service shall be deemed to satisfy the Company’s delivery obligations hereunder; provided , further , that the Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility whatsoever to determine if such materials have been made so available. In the event that the Company is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company will nevertheless provide such Exchange Act information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes as if the Company were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods required by law.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding anything in the Indenture, the Company will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations under clause (a) of this Section 4.09 for purposes of Section 6.01(3) until 90 days after the date any report hereunder is due.
 
Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 4.09 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).
 
SECTION 4.10.                    Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws .
 
The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture, and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) the Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 
-53-

 
 
SECTION 4.11.                    Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .
 
(a)            The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
 
(1)            pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock;
 
(2)            make loans or advances or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(3)            transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
 
except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
 
(A)           applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
 
(B)            the Indenture;
 
(C)            the Credit Agreement and/or the documentation for the Credit Agreement;
 
(D)           customary non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(E)            any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired;
 
(F)            agreements existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date;
 
(G)            any other agreement entered into after the Issue Date which contains encumbrances and restrictions which are not materially more restrictive with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements as in effect on the Issue Date;
 
(H)           any instrument governing Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary;

 
-54-

 

(I)            a security agreement governing a Lien permitted under the Indenture containing customary restrictions on the transfer of any property or assets;
 
(J)             secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03 and Section 4.13 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
 
(K)            any agreement governing the sale or disposition of any Restricted Subsidiary which restricts dividends and distributions of such Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or disposition;
 
(L)            existing pursuant to customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar Person;
 
(M)          consisting of restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(N)           consisting of customary restrictions pursuant to any Qualified Receivables Transaction;
 
(O)           existing pursuant to provisions in instruments governing other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be Incurred after the Issue Date; provided   that (i) such provisions are customary for instruments of such type (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) and (ii) the Company’s Board of Directors determines in good faith that such restrictions will not materially adversely impact the ability of the Company to make required principal and interest payments on the Notes;
 
(P)            any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (B), (C), (E), (F) and (G) above; provided   that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend restrictions and other encumbrances than those contained prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and
 
(Q)            restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase or other agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided   that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary.

 
-55-

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.
 
SECTION 4.12.                     Limitation on Issuances of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries .
 
The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary) or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) to own any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary.
 
SECTION 4.13.                     Limitation on Liens .
 
(a)            The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind against or upon any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom unless:
 
(1)            in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, the Notes or such Note Guarantee is secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and
 
(2)            in all other cases, the Notes are equally and ratably secured,
 
except for:
 
(A)           Liens existing as of the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date;
 
(B)            Liens securing the Notes or any Note Guarantee;
 
(C)            Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
 
(D)            Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness which is Incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) which has been secured by a Lien permitted under the Indenture and which has been Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided , however , that such Liens:

 
-56-

 

(i)            are no less favorable to Holders of the Notes and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and
 
(ii)           do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so Refinanced; and
 
(E)            Permitted Liens.
 
SECTION 4.14.                     Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates .
 
(a)            The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payment or consideration in excess of $15.0 million, other than:
 
(1)            Affiliate Transactions permitted under paragraph (b) below; and
 
(2)            Affiliate Transactions on terms that are not materially less favorable than those that would have reasonably been expected in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.
 
All Affiliate Transactions (and each series of related Affiliate Transactions which are similar or part of a common plan) involving aggregate payments or other property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $25.0 million shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, such approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution stating that such Board of Directors has determined that such transaction complies with the foregoing provisions.  If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary enters into an Affiliate Transaction (or series of related Affiliate Transactions related to a common plan) on or after the Issue Date that involves an aggregate Fair Market Value of more than $150.0 million, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the fairness of such transaction or series of related transactions to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee.
 
(b)            The restrictions set forth in paragraph (a) above shall not apply to:
 
(1)            employment, consulting and compensation arrangements and agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consistent with past practice or approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors (or a committee comprised of disinterested directors);

 
-57-

 

(2)            reasonable fees and compensation paid to and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees, consultants or agents of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or senior management;
 
(3)            transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;
 
(4)            Restricted Payments, Permitted Investments (other than clauses (1) or (2) thereof) or transactions involving Permitted Liens, in each case permitted by the Indenture;
 
(5)            transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in effect on the Issue Date, as amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as the amended, modified or replacements, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those in effect on the Issue Date;
 
(6)            the entering into of a customary agreement providing registration rights to the direct or indirect shareholders of the Company and the performance of such agreements;
 
(7)            the issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company to any Person or any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or any contribution to the common equity capital of the Company;
 
(8)            pledges of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
 
(9)            sales of Receivables Assets, or participations therein, or any related transaction, in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction;
 
(10)          (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture, (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in this ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm or (C) any management services or support agreement entered into on terms consistent with past practice, in each of clauses (A), (B) and (C) that are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
 
(11)          transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because one or more of its directors is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person; or

 
-58-

 

(12)          the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business; provided that the Board of Directors determines in good faith that the formation and maintenance of such group or subgroup is in the best interests of the Company and will not result in the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries paying taxes in excess of the tax liability that would have been payable by them on a stand-alone basis.
 
SECTION 4.15.                     Future Subsidiary Guarantors .
 
(a)            If, on or after the Issue Date, any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor Guarantees any capital markets Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) (“ Guaranteed Indebtedness ”), then the Company shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary, to:
 
(1)            execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary, shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms set forth in the Indenture; and
 
(2)            execute and deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may contain customary exceptions) that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary.
 
(b)            Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes of the Indenture.  The Company may cause any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue a Note Guarantee and become a Subsidiary Guarantor.
 
(c)            If the Guaranteed Indebtedness is pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be pari passu with the Note Guarantee.  If the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Note Guarantee at least to the extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes.
 
(d)            A Note Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically terminate and be released without any action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes   upon:
 
(1)            a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of such Subsidiary Guarantor after which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Company) otherwise permitted by the Indenture;
 
(2)            such Subsidiary Guarantor’s becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

 
-59-

 

(3)            the release or discharge of the Guarantee or security that enabled the creation of such Note Guarantee and all other Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company by such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided   that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom; or
 
(4)            the legal defeasance or covenant defeasance in accordance with terms of the Indenture or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture.
 
(e)            The Company shall notify the Trustee and the Holders in writing if the Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor is released.  The Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument confirming the release of any such Subsidiary Guarantor upon written request of the Company as provided in the Indenture.
 
(f)            At the Company’s written request, the Trustee will execute and deliver any instrument evidencing such release.  A Subsidiary Guarantor may also be released from its obligation under its Note Guarantee in connection with a permitted amendment.  See Article IX of the Indenture.  The Trustee shall only be obligated to deliver any such instrument upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate stating that such release is authorized and in compliance with the Indenture.
 
SECTION 4.16.                     Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries .
 
The Company may, on or after the Issue Date, designate any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Subsidiary of the Company which owns Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or is a Subsidiary Guarantor) as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the Indenture (a “ Designation ”) only if:
 
(1)            no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation; and
 
(2)            the Company would be permitted under the Indenture to make an Investment at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation) in an amount (the “ Designation Amount ”) equal to the sum of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by the Company and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date and (B) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owed to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date.
 
In the event of any such Designation, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment constituting a Restricted Payment in the Designation Amount pursuant to Section 4.04 for all purposes of the Indenture.
 
The Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (“ Revocation ”), whereupon such Subsidiary shall then constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, if:
 
(1)            no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time and after giving effect to such Revocation; and

 
-60-

 

(2)            all Liens, Indebtedness and Investments of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries outstanding immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of the Indenture.
 
All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee certifying authorization under the Indenture and compliance with the foregoing provisions.
 
SECTION 4.17.                      Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control .
 
(a)            If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”), at a purchase price equal to 101.000 percent of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).
 
(b)            Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the Company must send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each Holder, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state:
 
(1)            that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.000 percent of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);
 
(2)            the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control;
 
(3)            the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”); and
 
(4)            the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this covenant, that a Holder must follow in order to have its notes purchased.
 
Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
(c)            On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the applicable Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided   that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 
-61-

 

(d)            The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the Company complies with the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations, the Company shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.17.
 
(e)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.17, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.17 hereof and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. In addition, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if the Notes have been or are called for redemption by the Company prior to it being required to mail notice of the Change of Control Offer, and thereafter redeems all Notes called for redemption in accordance with the terms set forth in such redemption notice.
 
(f)            A change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a change of Control, and conditioned upon, the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.
 
SECTION 4.18.                     Covenant Suspension .
 
(a)            Beginning on the date (the “ Suspension Date ”) that (i) the Notes have been assigned an Investment Grade Rating from one of the two Rating Agencies and a rating from the other Rating Agency of at least Ba1 in the case of Moody’s or BB+ in the case of S&P (or a comparable rating from a Successor Rating Agency) and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture, and ending on the date (the “ Reversion Date ”) that either Rating Agency (or both Rating Agencies) downgrades the rating assigned by it to the Notes below the Investment Grade Rating or other specified rating, as applicable, or a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (such period of time from and including the Suspension Date to but excluding the Reversion Date, the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following provisions of the Indenture:
 
(1)            Section 4.03;
 
(2)            Section 4.04;
 
(3)            Section 4.05;
 
(4)            Section 4.11;
 
(5)            Section 4.12;

 
-62-

 

(6)            Section 4.14; and
 
(7)            Section 5.01(a)(2)
 
(collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).
 
(b)            In addition, the Company may elect to suspend the Note Guarantees.
 
(c)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will remain subject to the following provisions of the Indenture:
 
(1)            Section 4.09;
 
(2)            Section 4.13;
 
(3)            Section 4.15;
 
(4)            Section 4.16;
 
(5)            Section 4.17; and
 
(6)            Section 5.01 (except to the extent set forth in Section 4.18(a)(7)).
 
(d)            During any Suspension Period, the Company’s Board of Directors may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
 
(e)            On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Capital Stock and Preferred Stock issued during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.03(b)(2).
 
(f)            Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though Section 4.04 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period.  Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a).
 
For purposes of Section 4.05, on the Suspension Date, the Net Cash Proceeds amount will be reset to zero.
 
Notwithstanding the reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants on the Reversion Date, neither (a) the continued existence, on and after the Reversion Date, of facts and circumstances or obligations that occurred, were Incurred or otherwise came into existence during a Suspension Period nor (b) the performance thereof, shall constitute a breach of any Suspended Covenant set forth in the Indenture or cause a Default or Event of Default thereunder; provided , however , that (i) the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries did not Incur or otherwise cause such facts and circumstances or obligations to exist in anticipation of a withdrawal or downgrade by either Rating Agency (or both Rating Agencies) of its Investment Grade Rating on the Notes and (ii) the Company reasonably believed that such Incurrence or actions would not result in such withdrawal or downgrade.

 
-63-

 

ARTICLE V
 
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
 
SECTION 5.01.                     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets .
 
(a)            The Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries) whether as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:
 
(1)            either (A) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation or (B) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the “ Surviving Entity ”) (x) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and (y) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes and the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
 
(2)            immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(B)(y) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.03 or (B) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, is greater than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction; provided , however , that this clause (2) shall not be effective during any Suspension Period as described under Section 4.18;
 
(3)            immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(B)(y) above (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred and any Lien granted or to be released in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
 
(4)            the Company or the Surviving Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied;

 
-64-

 

provided   that clauses (2) and (3) above do not apply to the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all its assets to, a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary with or into, or the sale by such Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its assets to, the Company.
 
(b)            For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.
 
(c)            No Subsidiary Guarantor (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor whose Note Guarantee is to be released in accordance with the terms of the Note Guarantee and the Indenture in connection with any transaction complying with the provisions of Section 4.05) will, and the Company will not cause or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with or into any Person other than the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor unless:
 
(1)            (A)          either (x) the Subsidiary Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia or the jurisdiction of such Subsidiary Guarantor and expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor under its Note Guarantee; and
 
(B)            immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or
 
(2)            the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Subsidiary Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Subsidiary Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the Indenture.
 
SECTION 5.02.                     Successor Corporation Substituted .
 
In accordance with the foregoing, upon any such consolidation, combination, merger, conveyance, lease or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing corporation, the Surviving Entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter the predecessor corporation will be relieved of all further obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes; provided that solely for purposes of computing amounts described in clause (3) of Section 4.04 (a), any such Surviving Entity shall only be deemed to have succeeded to and be substituted for the Company with respect to periods subsequent to the effective time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets.

 
-65-

 
 
ARTICLE VI
 
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
SECTION 6.01.                     Events of Default .
 
(a)            Each of the following is an “ Event of Default :”
 
(1)            the failure to pay interest on the Notes of such series when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days;
 
(2)            the failure to pay the principal on any Notes of such series when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer);
 
(3)            a default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture which default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25 percent of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default with respect to Article V, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement);
 
(4)            a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), whether such Indebtedness now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness after any applicable grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “ Payment Default ”), or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity (and such acceleration is not rescinded, or such Indebtedness is not repaid, within 30 days) and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, exceeds $100.0 million or more at any time;
 
(5)            the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, (B) commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law with respect to itself, (C) consents to the entry of a judgment, decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law, (D) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for substantially all of its property, (E) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it, (F) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (G) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing;

 
-66-

 

(6)            a court of competent jurisdiction enters a judgment, decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law, which shall (A) approve as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, (B) appoint a Custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for substantially all of any of their property or (C) order the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs; and such judgment, decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;
 
(7)            one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $100.0 million not covered by adequate insurance (other than self-insurance) shall have been rendered against the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and nonappealable; or
 
(8)            any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect, or any Note Guarantee of such a Significant Subsidiary is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or any Note Guarantee of such a Significant Subsidiary is found to be invalid or any Subsidiary Guarantor which is a Significant Subsidiary denies its liability under its Note Guarantee (other than by reason of release of such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).
 
(b)            The Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, give to the Securityholders notice of such Default; provided that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Notes, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Securityholders.
 
SECTION 6.02.                      Acceleration .
 
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) or (6) above) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25 percent in principal amount of outstanding Notes of any series may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes of such series to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee, if given by the Holders) specifying the respective Events of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration,” and the same shall become immediately due and payable.  If an Event of Default specified in clause (5) or (6) above occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes of such series shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 
-67-

 

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes of such series as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences;
 
 
(i)             if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
 
 
(ii)            if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration; and
 
 
(iii)            in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clauses (5) and (6) of the description above of Events of Default, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.
 
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
 
SECTION 6.03.                      Other Remedies .
 
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, the Indenture or any Note Guarantee.
 
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy.  All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
 
SECTION 6.04.                      Waiver of Past Defaults .
 
Subject to Sections 6.02, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Notes of such series as specified in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 6.01.  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely.  When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is cured and ceases.
 
SECTION 6.05.                      Control by Majority .
 
The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it.  Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or the Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Securityholder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

 
-68-

 

Prior to taking any action or following any direction pursuant to this Section 6.05, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification from such Holders satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against any fees, loss, liability, cost or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.
 
SECTION 6.06.                     Limitation on Suits .
 
A Securityholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee unless:
 
(1)            the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
 
(2)            the Holder or Holders of at least 25 percent in principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
(3)            such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
 
(4)            the Trustee does not comply with the request within 30 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and
 
(5)            during such 30-day period the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearance are unduly prejudicial to such Holdres).
 
A Securityholder may not use the Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Securityholder.
 
SECTION 6.07.                     Rights of Holders to Receive Payment .
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, but subject to Section 8.03, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium and interest on Notes of such series, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Notes of such series, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.
 
SECTION 6.08.                     Collection Suit by Trustee .
 
If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes of such series for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 
-69-

 

SECTION 6.09.                     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
 
The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents and take such other actions as it may determine in its reasonable discretion to be necessary or advisable (including participating as a member of any creditors committee acting in the matter) in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, legal fees and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, nominees, custodians, counsel, accountants and experts) and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company, its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Securityholder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, legal fees and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, nominees, custodians and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.
 
SECTION 6.10.                     Priorities .
 
If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
 
First:  without duplication, to the Trustee for amounts owing under Section 7.07;
 
Second:  if the Holders are forced to proceed against the Company, a Guarantor or any other obligor on the Notes directly without the Trustee, to Holders for their collection costs;
 
Third:  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and interest, respectively; and
 
Fourth:  to the Company or any Guarantors, as their respective interests may appear or to such party as directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 
-70-

 

SECTION 6.11.                     Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .
 
Interest on any Notes which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest.
 
Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in subsection (1) or (2) below:
 
(1)            The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on a special Record Date (the “ Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this subsection provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date.  In the name and at the expense of the Company, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address as it appears in the security register for the Notes, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor securities) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following subsection (2).
 
(2)            The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Company has caused the Notes to be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this subsection, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
 
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under the Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 
-71-

 

SECTION 6.12.                     Undertaking for Costs .
 
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under the Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10 percent in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
TRUSTEE
 
SECTION 7.01.                     Duties of Trustee .
 
(a)            Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to any series of Notes:
 
(1)            the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Indenture with respect to the Notes of such series, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into the Indenture against the Trustee; and
 
(2)            in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may, with respect to Notes of such series, conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of the Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of the Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
 
(b)            In case an Event of Default with respect to any series of Notes has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise with respect to the Notes of such series such of the rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution relating to such series of Notes, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
 
(c)            No provision of the Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 
-72-

 

(1)            this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;
 
(2)            the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
 
(3)            the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of any series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under the Indenture with respect to the Notes of such series; and
 
(4)            no provision of the Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
 
(d)            Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
 
SECTION 7.02.                     Rights of Trustee .
 
Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01:
 
(a)            the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
 
(b)            any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
 
(c)            whenever in the administration of the Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;
 
(d)            the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or an Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
 
 
-73-

 
 
(e)          the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Securityholders pursuant to the Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
 
(f)           the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;
 
(g)          the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
 
(h)          the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any default (as defined in Section 6.02) or Event of Default with respect to the Notes of any series for which it is acting as Trustee unless either (1) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor division or department of the Trustee) shall have actual knowledge of such default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on such Notes or by any Holder of such Notes;
 
(i)           the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by the Indenture;
 
(j)           the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;
 
(k)          in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action; and
 
(l)           the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series, except an Event of Default under Section 6.01(1), Section 6.01(2) or Section 6.01(3) hereof ( provided that the Trustee is the principal Paying Agent with respect to the Notes of such series), unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and the Indenture.
 
 
-74-

 
 
SECTION 7.03.                    Individual Rights of Trustee .
 
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries, any Subsidiary Guarantors and their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights.  However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11 of the Indenture as well as the provisions of the TIA.
 
SECTION 7.04.                    Trustee’s Disclaimer .
 
The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of the Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of the Indenture, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in the Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.  The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of the Indenture.  The Trustee shall not be responsible for independently ascertaining or maintaining such validity, if any, and shall be fully protected in relying upon certificates and opinions delivered to it in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
 
SECTION 7.05.                    Notice of Default .
 
If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives written notice of such event, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder, as their names and addresses appear on the Securityholder list described in Section 2.05, notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the Trustee receives such notice (or 30 days in the case of a Default or Event of Default specified in the following sentence).  Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or interest on, any Note, including the failure to make payment on (i) the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or (ii) the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date pursuant to an Net Proceeds Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Securityholders.
 
SECTION 7.06.                    Reports by Trustee to Holders .
 
This Section 7.06 shall not be operative as a part of the Indenture until the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, and, until such qualification, the Indenture shall be construed as if this Section 7.06 were not contained herein.
 
Within 60 days after each May 15 of each year beginning with 2011, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous 12 months, but not otherwise, mail to each Securityholder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).
 
 
-75-

 
 
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.
 
The Company shall notify a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in writing if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof.
 
SECTION 7.07.                      Compensation and Indemnity .
 
(a)           The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its services hereunder as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as shall be determined to have been caused by the Trustee’s own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, legal fees and expenses, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, accountants, experts, nominees, custodians and counsel and any taxes or other expenses incurred by a trust created pursuant to Section 8.01.
 
(b)           The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee, its directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, successors and each predecessor Trustee for, and hold them harmless against, any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee, without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance and administration of this trust and its duties under the Indenture, including the reasonable fees and expenses of its attorneys (including, without limitation, for defending itself against any claim, whether asserted by the Company, a Holder or any other Person,  of liability arising hereunder).  The Trustee shall notify the Company reasonably promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice for which it may seek indemnity.  However, the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  The Company and Subsidiary Guarantors shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense (and may employ its own counsel) at the Company’s expense.  The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, expense, claim, damage or liability incurred by the Trustee determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the Trustee’s own negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(c)           To secure the payment obligations of the Company in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to any Lien held by the Securityholders on all money and property held or collected by the Trustee as such for so long as the Trustee holds such money and property, except funds and property held in trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture for so long as the Trustee holds such money and property.
 
 
-76-

 
 
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (5) or (6) of Section 6.01 occurs, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for the services shall be preferred over the status of the Holders in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.  The Company’s obligations under this Section 7.07 and any claim arising hereunder shall survive termination of the Indenture, the resignation or removal of any Trustee, the discharge of the Company’s obligations pursuant to Article VIII and any rejection or termination under any Bankruptcy Law.
 
SECTION 7.08.                    Replacement of Trustee .
 
The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Company and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s consent.  The Company may remove the Trustee if:
 
(1)           the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
 
(2)           the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;
 
(3)           a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
 
(4)           the Trustee becomes legally incapable of acting with respect to its duties hereunder.
 
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
 
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under the Indenture; provided , however , that no Trustee under the Indenture shall be liable for any act or omission of any successor Trustee.  A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Securityholder.
 
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Company), the Company or the Holders of at least 10 percent in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
 
-77-

 
 
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee and the Company shall pay to any such replaced or removed Trustee all amounts owed under Section 7.07 upon such replacement or removal.
 
SECTION 7.09.                    Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .
 
Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.
 
SECTION 7.10.                    Eligibility; Disqualification .
 
The Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of TIA §§ 310(a)(1) and 310(a)(5).  The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.  The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Company are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.
 
SECTION 7.11.                    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .
 
The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
 
SECTION 8.01.                    Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .
 
(a)           The Company may, at its option and at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) below applied to the outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraph (d).
 
 
-78-

 
 
(b)          Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been released and discharged from their obligations with respect to the outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”).  For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of the Sections and matters under the Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and the Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned, except for the following, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (i) the rights of the Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due; (ii) the Company’s obligations to issue temporary Notes, register the transfer or exchange of any Notes, replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and maintain an office or agency for payments in respect of the Notes; (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and (iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.  The Company may exercise its option under this paragraph (b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under paragraph (c) below with respect to the Notes.
 
(c)           Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be released and discharged from their obligations under any covenant contained in Article V and in Sections 4.03 through 4.18 with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed to be not “outstanding” for the purpose of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder.  For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01(3), nor shall any event referred to in Section 6.01(4) or (7) thereafter constitute a Default or an Event of Default thereunder but, except as specified above, the remainder of the Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.
 
(d)           The following shall be the conditions to application of either paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) above to the outstanding Notes:
 
 (1)           The Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holder pursuant to an irrevocable trust and security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, U.S. Legal Tender or direct non-callable obligations of, or non-callable obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligation or guarantee the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged (“ U.S. Government Obligations ”) or a combination thereof, maturing as to principal and interest in such amounts and at such times as are sufficient, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and principal and after payment of all federal, state and local taxes or other charges or assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, selected by the Company, expressed in a written certification thereof (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the outstanding Notes of such series on the dates on which any such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and of the Notes;
 
 
-79-

 
 
(2)           Such deposits shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest as defined in and for purposes of the TIA;
 
(3)           No Default or Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Section 6.01(5) or (6) is concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period);
 
(4)           Such deposit will not result in a Default under the Indenture or a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument or agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
 
(5)           (i) In the event the Company elects paragraph (b) hereof, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and the defeasance contemplated hereby and will be subject to federal income taxes on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred, or (ii) in the event the Company elects paragraph (c) hereof, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, confirming that, Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and the defeasance contemplated hereby and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;
 
(6)           The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that the deposit under clause (1) was not made by the Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Subsidiary of the Company or others;
 
 
-80-

 
 
(7)           The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, to the effect that, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;
 
(8)           The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.01 have been complied with; provided , however , that no deposit under clause (1) above shall be effective to terminate the obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture prior to 90 days following any such deposit; and
 
(9)           The Company shall have paid all amounts owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by paragraph (5) above need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable on the maturity date for the securities within one year, or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.
 
In the event all or any portion of the Notes are to be redeemed through such irrevocable trust, the Company must make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee, at the time of such deposit, for the giving of the notice of such redemption or redemptions by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.
 
SECTION 8.02.                    Satisfaction and Discharge .
 
In addition to the Company’s rights under Section 8.01, the Company may terminate all of its obligations under the Indenture (subject to Section 8.03) when:
 
(1)           Either (a) all Notes of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (b) all Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid) have (i) become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of such series to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; and
 
 
-81-

 
 
(2)           the Company and/or the Subsidiary Guarantors have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the Indenture; and
 
(3)           there exists no Default or Event of Default under the Indenture; and
 
(4)           the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with; and
 
(5)           the Company shall have paid all amounts owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07.
 
SECTION 8.03.                    Survival of Certain Obligations .
 
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and of the Notes referred to in Section 8.01 or 8.02, the respective obligations of the Company and the Trustee under Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 2.12, 2.13, 4.01 (only in the case of Section 8.01), 4.02 and 6.07 (only in the case of Section 8.01), Article VII and Sections 8.05, 8.06 and 8.07 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding, and thereafter the obligations of the Company and the Trustee under Sections 7.07, 8.05, 8.06 and 8.07 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall abrogate any of the rights, obligations or duties of the Trustee under the Indenture.
 
SECTION 8.04.                    Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee .
 
Subject to Section 8.07, after (i) the conditions of Section 8.01 or 8.02 have been satisfied, (ii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, and (iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent referred to in clause (i) above relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with, the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified in Section 8.03.
 
SECTION 8.05.                    Application of Trust Assets .
 
The Trustee shall hold any U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it in the irrevocable trust established pursuant to Section 8.01.  The Trustee shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender or the U.S. Government Obligations, together with earnings thereon, through the Paying Agent, in accordance with the Indenture and the terms of the irrevocable trust agreement established pursuant to Section 8.01, to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes.  The U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations so held in trust and deposited with the Trustee in compliance with Section 8.01 shall not be part of the trust estate under the Indenture, but shall constitute a separate trust fund for the benefit of all Holders entitled thereto.
 
 
-82-

 
 
The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.01 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of outstanding Notes.
 
SECTION 8.06.                    Repayment to the Company or Subsidiary Guarantors; Unclaimed Money .
 
Subject to Sections 7.07 and 8.01 and to applicable laws relating to escheat, the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Company, or if deposited with the Trustee by any Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor, upon receipt by the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate, any excess money, determined in accordance with Section 8.01, held by it at any time.  The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, upon receipt by the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, of an Officers’ Certificate, any money held by it for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after payment to the Holders is required; provided , however , that the Trustee and the Paying Agent before being required to make any payment shall, at the expense of the Company cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein (which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication and shall be at least two years after the date such money held by the Trustee for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed), any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.  After payment to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, Securityholders entitled to such money must look solely to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.
 
SECTION 8.07.                    Reinstatement .
 
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with the Indenture by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then and only then the Company’s and each Subsidiary Guarantor’s, if any, obligations under the Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had been made pursuant to the Indenture until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with the Indenture; provided , however , that if the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
 
 
-83-

 
 
ARTICLE IX
 
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
 
SECTION 9.01.                    Without Consent of Holder s of Notes .
 
Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes of any series without the consent of any Holder of a Note of such series to:
 
(1)           cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
 
(2)           provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture;
 
(3)           provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided , however , that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986);
 
(4)           provide for any Guarantees of the Notes, to secure the Notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is permitted under the Indenture;
 
(5)           add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;
 
(6)           make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;
 
(7)           make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the form, authentication, transfer and legending of Notes; provided , however , that (A) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;
 
(8)           comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA;
 
(9)           convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge as security for the Notes any property or assets in accordance with Section 4.13;
 
(10)         to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee; or
 
(11)         to conform the “Description of the Notes” in the Prospectus Supplement, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee.
 
 
-84-

 
 
Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of the Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under the Indenture or otherwise.
 
SECTION 9.02.                    With Consent of Holders of Notes .
 
(a)           Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Notes of any series may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding voting as a single class, and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes of such series, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes of such series may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series voting as a single class.
 
(b)           Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.
 
(c)           It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
 
(d)           After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes of any series affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of a series voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes with respect to such series.  However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes of such series held by a non-consenting Holder):
 
 
-85-

 
 
(1)           reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;
 
(2)           reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Notes;
 
(3)           reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Notes; or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor;
 
(4)           make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;
 
(5)           make any change in provisions of the Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes on or after the stated due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;
 
(6)           amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer after the occurrence of a Change of Control or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto;
 
(7)           modify or change any provision of the Indenture or the related definitions affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner which adversely affects the Holders; or
 
(8)           release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
 
SECTION 9.03.                   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .
 
Every amendment or supplement to the Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.
 
SECTION 9.04.                   Revocation and Effect of Consents .
 
Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every Holder.
 
 
-86-

 
 
SECTION 9.05.                    Trustee to Sign Amendments .
 
The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  None of the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor may sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until its board of directors (or committee serving a similar function) approves it.  In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by the Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).
 
ARTICLE X
 
GUARANTEE
 
SECTION 10.01.                  Note Guarantees .
 
(a)           Any Subsidiary Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).  Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Subsidiary Guarantor and that such Subsidiary Guarantor will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.
 
(b)           Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment.  Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations.  The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Obligations; or (f) except as set forth in Section 10.06, any change in the ownership of such Subsidiary Guarantor.
 
 
-87-

 
 
(c)           Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.
 
(d)           Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.
 
(e)           Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Note Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.
 
(f)           Each Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section.
 
SECTION 10.02.                  Limitation on Liability .
 
Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor (a) not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee, and (b) not result in a distribution to shareholders not permitted under the applicable state law.  Any term or provision of the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering the Indenture, as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
 
SECTION 10.03.                  Successors and Assigns .
 
This Article X shall be binding upon each Subsidiary Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall ensure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in the Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture.
 
 
-88-

 
 
SECTION 10.04.                  No Waiver .
 
Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article X shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article X at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.
 
SECTION 10.05.                  Release of Subsidiary Guarantor .
 
(a)           Upon the sale (including any sale pursuant to any exercise of remedies by a holder of Indebtedness of the Company or of such Subsidiary Guarantor) or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of a Subsidiary Guarantor; (b) upon the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor; (c) if a Subsidiary Guarantor no longer guarantees or is otherwise obligated under any capital markets Indebtedness; (d) upon designation of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of the Indenture; or (e) at the Company’s election, during any Suspension Period, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed released from all obligations under this Article X without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
 
If the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII hereof or if its obligations under the Indenture are discharged in accordance with Section 8.02 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all obligations under this Article X without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.  At the request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing the release of a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this Section 10.05.
 
SECTION 10.06.                  Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.
 
(a)           Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05, a Subsidiary Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person unless:
 
(1)           immediately after giving effect to such transactions, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
(2)           either:
 
 (A)           the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or
 
 
-89-

 
 
(B)           the Net Cash Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Subsidiary Guarantor, to the extent required, are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.05 hereof; and
 
(3)          the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such sale, other disposition, consolidation or merger complies with the requirements of the Indenture.
 
(b)           In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and, if applicable, upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of any Note Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by the Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as though all such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
 
(c)           Except as set forth in Articles IV and V hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor.
 
SECTION 10.07.                  Contribution .
 
Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations to contribution from each Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, in an amount equal to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
SECTION 11.01.                  Compliance Certificates and Opinions .
 
(a)           Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of the Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), provided for in the Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of the Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
 
 
-90-

 
 
(b)           Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture (other than annual statements of compliance provided pursuant to Section 8.04) shall include:
 
(1)           a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
 
(2)           a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
 
(3)           a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
 
(4)           a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
 
SECTION 11.02.                 Acts of Securityholders .
 
(a)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by the Indenture to be given or taken by Securityholders or Securityholders of any series may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Securityholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing or may be embodied in or evidenced by an electronic transmission which identifies the documents containing the proposal on which such consent is requested and certifies such Securityholders’ consent thereto and agreement to be bound thereby; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company.  If any Notes are denominated in coin or currency other than that of the United States, then for the purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have taken any action as herein described, the principal amount of such Notes shall be deemed to be that amount of United States dollars that could be obtained for such principal amount on the basis of the spot rate of exchange into United States dollars for the currency in which such Notes are denominated (as evidenced to the Trustee by an Officers’ Certificate) as of the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is evidenced to the Trustee as provided in the immediately preceding sentence.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Securityholders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of the Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.
 
 
-91-

 
 
(b)           The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
 
(c)           The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the security register for the Notes.
 
(d)           If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so.  Such record date shall be the later of 10 days prior to the first solicitation of such action or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.05.  If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Notes outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Notes outstanding shall be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture not later than six months after the record date, and that no such authorization, agreement or consent may be amended, withdrawn or revoked once given by a Holder, unless the Company shall provide for such amendment, withdrawal or revocation in conjunction with such solicitation of authorizations, agreements or consents or unless and to the extent required by applicable law.
 
(e)           Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
 
SECTION 11.03.                  Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company .
 
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Securityholders or other document provided or permitted by the Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:
 
(1)           the Trustee by any Securityholder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention:  Corporate Trust Services Administrator for Dana Holding; or
 
 
-92-

 
 
(2)           the Company by the Trustee or by any Securityholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (except as provided in Section 7.05 or, in the case of a request for repayment, as specified in the Note carrying the right to repayment) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument, Attention:  Office of the General Counsel, or at the address last furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
 
SECTION 11.04.                 Notices to Securityholders; Waiver .
 
Where the Indenture or any Note provides for notice to Securityholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein or in such Note expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the security register for the Notes, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.  In any case where notice to Securityholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Securityholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Securityholders.  Where the Indenture or any Note provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Securityholders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
 
In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or otherwise, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to any Securityholder when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of the Indenture, then any method of notification as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.
 
SECTION 11.05.                 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act .
 
If and to the extent that any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in the Indenture by operation of, any of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.
 
SECTION 11.06.                 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .
 
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
 
-93-

 
 
SECTION 11.07.            Successors and Assigns .
 
All covenants and agreements in the Indenture by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
 
SECTION 11.08.            Separability Clause .
 
In case any provision in the Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
SECTION 11.09.            Benefits of Indenture .
 
Nothing in the Indenture or in any Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Authenticating Agent or Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Holders of Notes (or such of them as may be affected thereby), any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture.
 
SECTION 11.10.            Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .
 
The Indenture shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.  EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
SECTION 11.11.                 Counterparts .
 
This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  The exchange of copies of the Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of the Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
 
SECTION 11.12.            U.S.A. Patriot Act .
 
The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to the Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

 
-94-

 

SECTION 11.13.                 Force Majeure .
 
In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
 
[Signature Pages Follow]

 
-95-

 

SIGNATURES
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
 
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
     
 
By:
/s/ Ralph A. Than 
   
Name: Ralph A. Than
   
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

[Signature Page to Indenture – Dana Holding Corporation]

 
 

 
 
 
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
 
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
   
 
By:
/s/ Richard Prokosch
   
Name: Richard Prokosch
   
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Indenture – Trustee]

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A
 
[Global Note Legend] THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY.  THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
 
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 
A-1

 

DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
 
6.500% Notes
due February 15, 2019
 
   
CUSIP No.:
     
No. [  ]
 
$[    ]
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of [  ] Dollars, on February 15, 2019.
 
Interest Payment Dates:  February 15 and August 15, commencing August 15, 2011.
 
Record Dates:  February 1 and August 1.
 
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 
A-2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
 
Dated:  [Date of Execution]
 
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
Dated:  [Date of Execution]
 
Attest:
   
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 

 
A-3

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
 
This is one of the 6.500% Notes due 2019 referenced in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 
Dated:  [Date of Authentication]
 
 
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
 
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
   
 
By:
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory

 
A-4

 

(REVERSE OF SECURITY)
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
 
6.500% Notes
due February 15, 2019
 
1.
Interest .
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.  The Company will pay interest semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year (an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing August 15, 2011.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from January 28, 2011.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
 
The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal from time to time on demand at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes (without regard to any applicable grace periods) to the extent lawful.
 
2.
Method of Payment .
 
The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if the Notes are canceled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  The Company may deliver any such interest payment to the Paying Agent or to a Holder at the Holder’s registered address.
 
3.
Paying Agent and Registrar .
 
Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders.
 
4.
Indenture .
 
The Company issued the Notes under an indenture by and between the Company and the Trustee, dated as of January 28, 2011 (the “ Base Indenture ” ), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture by between the Company and the Trustee, dated as of January 28, 2011 (the “ Supplemental Indenture ,” and together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ” ). Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture until such time as the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, and thereafter as in effect on the date on which the Indenture is qualified under the TIA. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are governed by all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them.

 
A-5

 

5.
Optional Redemption .
 
The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on and after February 15, 2015 upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, unless a shorter notice period shall be agreed to by the Trustee, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 15 of the applicable year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date):
 
Year
 
Redemption Price
 
2015
    103.250 %
2016
    101.625 %
2017 and thereafter
    100.000 %

At any time prior to February 15, 2015, the Notes may also be redeemed in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
 
At any time prior to February 15, 2015, during any 12-month period (except the period ending on February 15, 2012 shall be extended to commence on the Issue Date), we may at our option redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of redemption.
 
6.
Optional Redemption upon Equity Offerings .
 
At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to February 15, 2014, the Company may, at its option, use all or any portion of the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued at a redemption price equal to 106.500% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption.  In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, the Company shall make such redemption not more than 180 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering.

 
A-6

 

7.
Notice of Redemption .
 
Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date, unless a shorter notice period shall be agreed to by the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.  Notes in denominations of $2,000 may be redeemed only in whole.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000.
 
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
 
8.
Change of Control Offer .
 
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will be required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.
 
9.
Limitation on Disposition of Assets .
 
The Company is, subject to certain conditions, obligated to make an offer to purchase Notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase with certain net cash proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions of assets in accordance with the Indenture.
 
10.
Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .
 
The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.  A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any security being redeemed in part.
 
11.
Persons Deemed Owners .
 
The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
 
12.
Unclaimed Funds .
 
Subject to any applicable escheat laws, if funds for the payment of principal or interest remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will repay the funds to the Company at its written request.  After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such funds shall cease.
 
13.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .
 
The Company may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof, and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture and the Notes, in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 
A-7

 

14.
Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .
 
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.  Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any other change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder of a Note.
 
15.
Restrictive Covenants .
 
The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to issue preferred or other capital stock of subsidiaries, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by subsidiaries to the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets, to engage in transactions with affiliates or to engage in certain businesses.  The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions.
 
16.
Defaults and Remedies .
 
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.  Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received indemnity or security satisfactory to it.  The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium or interest, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
 
17.
Trustee Dealings with Company .
 
The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries, any Guarantor and their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 
A-8

 

18.
No Recourse Against Others .
 
No stockholder, director, officer, employee or incorporator, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of a Note by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
 
19.
Authentication .
 
This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.
 
20.
Abbreviations and Defined Terms .
 
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
 
21.
CUSIP Numbers .
 
Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders of the Notes.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 
A-9

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
 
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
 
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)
 
(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)
 
and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                  
agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.
 
The agent may substitute another to act for him.
 
Dated:
    
Signed:
  
     
(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
 
Signature Guarantee:
 
 
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 
A-10

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
 
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.05 or Section 4.17 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:
 
Section 4.05 o Section 4.17 o
 
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.05 or Section 4.17 of the Indenture, state the amount:  $ _______
 
Date:
   
Your Signature:
 
       
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
 
Signature Guarantee:
   
 
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion
 
 
Program
 
 
(or other signature guarantor reasonably acceptable to the
 
 
Trustee)
 

 
A-11

 

EXHIBIT B
 
[FORM OF 2021 NOTES]
 
[Global Note Legend] THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY.  THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
 
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 
B-1

 

DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
 
6.750% Notes
due February 15, 2021
 
CUSIP No.:
 
No. [  ]
 
$[  ]
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of [  ] Dollars, on February 15, 2021.
 
Interest Payment Dates:  February 15 and August 15, commencing August 15, 2011.
 
Record Dates:  February 1 and August 1.
 
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 
B-2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
 
Dated:  [Date of Execution]
 
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
     
 
By:
  
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
Dated:  [Date of Execution]
 
Attest:
   
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 

 
B-3

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
 
This is one of the 6.750% Notes due 2021 referenced in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 
Dated:  [Date of Authentication]
 
 
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
   
 
By:
 
   
Authorized Signatory

 
B-4

 

(REVERSE OF SECURITY)
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
 
6.750% Notes
due February 15, 2021
 
1.
Interest.
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.  The Company will pay interest semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year (an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing August 15, 2011.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from January 28, 2011.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
 
The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal from time to time on demand at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes (without regard to any applicable grace periods) to the extent lawful.
 
2.
Method of Payment .
 
The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are the registered Holders at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if the Notes are canceled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Record Date.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  The Company may deliver any such interest payment to the Paying Agent or to a Holder at the Holder’s registered address.
 
3.
Paying Agent and Registrar .
 
Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to the Holders.
 
4.
Indenture .
 
The Company issued the Notes under an indenture by and between the Company and the Trustee, dated as of January 28, 2011 (the “ Base Indenture ” ), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture by between the Company and the Trustee, dated as of January 28, 2011 (the “ Supplemental Indenture ,” and together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ” ). Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture until such time as the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, and thereafter as in effect on the date on which the Indenture is qualified under the TIA. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are governed by all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them.

 
B-5

 

5.
Optional Redemption .
 
The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on and after February 15, 2016 upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, unless a shorter notice period shall be agreed to by the Trustee, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 15 of the applicable year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date):
 
Year
 
Redemption Price
 
2016
    103.375 %
2017
    102.250 %
2018
    101.125 %
2019 and thereafter
    100.000 %

At any time prior to February 15, 2016, the Notes may also be redeemed in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
 
At any time prior to February 15, 2016, during any 12-month period (except the period ending on February 15, 2012 shall be extended to commence on the Issue Date), we may at our option redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the date of redemption.
 
6.
Optional Redemption upon Equity Offerings .
 
At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to February 15, 2014, the Company may, at its option, use all or any portion of the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued at a redemption price equal to 106.750% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption.  In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, the Company shall make such redemption not more than 180 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering.

 
B-6

 

7.
Notice of Redemption .
 
Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date, unless a shorter notice period shall be agreed to by the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address.  Notes in denominations of $2,000 may be redeemed only in whole.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000.
 
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
 
8.
Change of Control Offer .
 
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will be required to offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.
 
9.
Limitation on Disposition of Assets .
 
The Company is, subject to certain conditions, obligated to make an offer to purchase Notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase with certain net cash proceeds of certain sales or other dispositions of assets in accordance with the Indenture.
 
10.
Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .
 
The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.  A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay certain transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable in connection therewith as permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any security being redeemed in part.
 
11.
Persons Deemed Owners .
 
The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
 
12.
Unclaimed Funds .
 
Subject to any applicable escheat laws, if funds for the payment of principal or interest remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will repay the funds to the Company at its written request.  After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such funds shall cease.

 
B-7

 

13.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .
 
The Company may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof, and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture and the Notes, in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.
 
14.
Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .
 
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.  Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any other change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder of a Note.
 
15.
Restrictive Covenants .
 
The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to issue preferred or other capital stock of subsidiaries, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by subsidiaries to the Company, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets, to engage in transactions with affiliates or to engage in certain businesses.  The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions.
 
16.
Defaults and Remedies .
 
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.  Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received indemnity or security satisfactory to it.  The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium or interest, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 
B-8

 

17.
Trustee Dealings with Company .
 
The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries, any Guarantor and their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.
 
18.
No Recourse Against Others .
 
No stockholder, director, officer, employee or incorporator, as such, of the Company shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of a Note by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
 
19.
Authentication .
 
This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.
 
20.
Abbreviations and Defined Terms .
 
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
 
21.
CUSIP Numbers .
 
Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders of the Notes.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 
B-9

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
 
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
 
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)
 
(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)
 
and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                        
agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.
 
The agent may substitute another to act for him.
 
Dated:
   
Signed:
 
       
(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
 
Signature Guarantee:
 
 
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 
B-10

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
 
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.05 or Section 4.17 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:
 
Section 4.05 o Section 4.17 o
 
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.05 or Section 4.17 of the Indenture, state the amount:  $ ________
 
Date:
   
Your Signature:
 
       
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
 
Signature Guarantee:
   
 
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion
 
 
Program
 
 
(or other signature guarantor reasonably acceptable to the
 
 
Trustee)
 

 
B-11

 

EXHIBIT 10.33
EXECUTION COPY
 
$500,000,000
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT
AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT
Dated as of February 24, 2011
 
among
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION,
as Borrower
 
and
 
THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO
 
and
 
CITICORP USA, INC.,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
 
and
 
CITIBANK, N.A.,
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
 
and
 
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC ,
as Issuing Banks
 
and
 
THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC.

and

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC,
as Joint Lead Arrangers

and

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC.

and
 
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC,
as Joint Bookrunners
 

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC,
as Syndication Agent

and
 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

and

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Documentation Agents

and
 
DEUTSCHE BANK AG  CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
 
 and
 
ING CAPITAL LLC
 
and
 
UBS SECURITIES LLC,
as Senior Managing Agents

 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
Page
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
     
Section 1.01
Certain Defined Terms
1
Section 1.02
Computation of Time Periods
34
Section 1.03
Accounting Terms and Financial Determinations
34
Section 1.04
Terms Generally
35
Section 1.05
Reserves
35
     
ARTICLE II
     
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES AND THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
     
Section 2.01
The Advances
35
Section 2.02
Making the Advances
36
Section 2.03
Issuance of and Drawings and Reimbursement Under Letters of Credit
38
Section 2.04
Repayment of Advances
44
Section 2.05
Termination or Reduction of Commitments
44
Section 2.06
Prepayments
45
Section 2.07
Interest
46
Section 2.08
Fees
47
Section 2.09
Conversion of Advances
47
Section 2.10
Increased Costs, Etc
48
Section 2.11
Payments and Computations
49
Section 2.12
Taxes
51
Section 2.13
Sharing of Payments, Etc
53
Section 2.14
Use of Proceeds
54
Section 2.15
Defaulting Lenders
54
Section 2.16
Evidence of Debt
56
Section 2.17
Cash Management
56
Section 2.18
[RESERVED]
58
Section 2.19
[RESERVED]
58
Section 2.20
Replacement of Certain Lenders
59
Section 2.21
Increase in Commitments
59
     
ARTICLE III
     
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS
     
Section 3.01
Conditions Precedent to the Closing Date
60

 
i

 
 
Section 3.02
Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing and Each Issuance of a Letter of Credit
63
Section 3.03
Determinations Under Section 3.01
63
 
ARTICLE IV
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     
Section 4.01
Representations and Warranties of the Loan Parties
64
 
ARTICLE V
 
COVENANTS OF THE LOAN PARTIES
     
Section 5.01
Affirmative Covenants
68
Section 5.02
Negative Covenants
74
Section 5.03
Reporting Requirements
81
Section 5.04
Financial Covenant
84
 
ARTICLE VI
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
     
Section 6.01
Events of Default
84
Section 6.02
Actions in Respect of the Letters of Credit upon Default
87
 
ARTICLE VII
 
THE AGENTS
     
Section 7.01
Appointment and Authorization of the Agents
87
Section 7.02
Delegation of Duties
88
Section 7.03
Liability of Agents
89
Section 7.04
Reliance by Agents
89
Section 7.05
Notice of Default
90
Section 7.06
Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents
90
Section 7.07
Indemnification of Agents
91
Section 7.08
Agents in Their Individual Capacity
91
Section 7.09
Successor Agent
92
Section 7.10
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
93
Section 7.11
Collateral and Guaranty Matters
93
Section 7.12
Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers
94
Section 7.13
Flood Insurance on Mortgaged Properties
94

 
ii

 
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY
     
Section 8.01
Subsidiary Guaranty
95
Section 8.02
Guaranty Absolute
95
Section 8.03
Waivers and Acknowledgments
96
Section 8.04
Subrogation
97
Section 8.05
Additional Guarantors
97
Section 8.06
Continuing Guarantee; Assignments
97
Section 8.07
No Reliance
97
Section 8.08
No Fraudulent Transfer
98
 
ARTICLE IX
 
[ RESERVED ]
 
ARTICLE X
 
MISCELLANEOUS
     
Section 10.01
Amendments, Etc
98
Section 10.02
Notices, Etc
100
Section 10.03
No Waiver; Remedies
101
Section 10.04
Costs, Fees and Expenses
102
Section 10.05
Right of Set-off
103
Section 10.06
Binding Effect
104
Section 10.07
Successors and Assigns
104
Section 10.08
Execution in Counterparts; Integration
107
Section 10.09
Confidentiality; Press Releases, Related Matters and Treatment of Information
107
Section 10.10
Patriot Act Notice
109
Section 10.11
Jurisdiction, Etc
109
Section 10.12
Governing Law
110
Section 10.13
Waiver of Jury Trial
110
 
 
iii

 
 
SCHEDULES
 
Schedule I
-
Commitments and Applicable Lending Offices
Schedule II
-
Existing Accounts
Schedule III
-
Affiliated Transactions
Schedule V
-
Agreements with Negative Pledge Clauses
Schedule VI
-
Concentration Limits
Schedule VII
-
Excluded Real Property
Schedule VIII
-
Term Facility Collateral
Schedule 1.01(a)
-
Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 1.01(b)
-
[ RESERVED ]
Schedule 1.01(c)
-
Surviving Debt
Schedule 4.01
-
Equity Investments; Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.01(j)
-
Disclosures
Schedule 4.01(n)
-
Environmental Matters
Schedule 4.01(r)
-
Owned Real Property
Schedule 4.01(s)
-
Leased Real Property - Lessee
Schedule 4.01(t)
-
Leased Real Property - Lessor
Schedule 5.02(a)
-
Existing Liens
Schedule 5.02(f)
-
Existing Investments
Schedule 5.02(n)
-
Permitted Sales and Lease Backs
 
EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit A
-
Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B
-
Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit C
-
Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit D-1
-
Form of Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, LLP
Exhibit D-2
-
Form of Opinion of Shumaker, Loop & Kendrick, LLP
Exhibit E
-
[ RESERVED ]
Exhibit F
-
[ RESERVED ]
Exhibit G
-
Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit H
-
Form of Guaranty Supplement
Exhibit I
-
Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit J
-
[ RESERVED ]
Exhibit K
-
[ RESERVED ]
Exhibit L
-
Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit M
-
Form of Mortgage
Exhibit N
-
Form of Opinion of Local Counsel
Exhibit O
-
Form of Notice of Secured Hedge Agreement
 
 
iv

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING
CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of February 24, 2011 among DANA HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), and each of the direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Borrower signatory hereto (each, a “ Guarantor ”, and, collectively, together with any person that becomes a Guarantor hereunder pursuant to Section 8.05, the “ Guarantors ”), the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders party hereto (each, a “Lender”, and collectively with any other person that becomes a Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 10.07, the “ Lenders ”), CITICORP USA, INC. (“ CUSA ”), as administrative agent (or any successor appointed pursuant to Article VII, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lender Parties and the other Secured Parties (each as hereinafter defined), CUSA as collateral agent (or any successor appointed pursuant to Article VII, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Lender Parties and the other Secured Parties, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS, INC. (“ CGMI ”) and WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) as joint lead arrangers (the “ Lead Arrangers ”), CGMI and Wells Fargo, as joint bookrunners (the “ Joint Bookrunners ”), Wells Fargo, as syndication agent (the “ Syndication Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (“ Bank of America ”) and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as documentation agents (“ Barclays ”; together with Bank of America, the “ Documentation Agents ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK AG CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. (collectively, “ Deutsche Bank ”), ING CAPITAL LLC (“ ING ”) and UBS SECURITIES LLC, as senior managing agents (collectively, “ UBS ”; together with Deutsche Bank and ING, the “ Senior Managing Agents ”).
 
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
 
(1)           The Borrower, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and certain banks and financial institutions have entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 31, 2008 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to the Revolving Facility Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2009 and Amendment No. 2 to the Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 14, 2011, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”).
 
(2)           The Borrower, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders have agreed to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
 
Section 1.01     Certain Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
Account Debtor ” means the Person obligated on an Account.
 
Accounts ” has the meaning set forth in the UCC.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
 

 

ACH ” means automated clearinghouse transfers.
 
Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (i) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or any business or division of any Person, (ii) the acquisition or ownership of in excess of 50% of the Equity Interests in any Person, or (iii) the acquisition of another Person by a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or any other combination with such Person.
 
Activities ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.08.
 
Additional Revolving Credit Commitment Amendment   has the meaning specified in Section 2.21(b).
 
Additional Commitments Closing Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.21(b).
 
Additional Revolving Credit Commitments ” means the commitments of the Additional Revolving Credit Lenders to make Additional Revolving Credit Advances pursuant to Section 2.21.
 
Additional Revolving Credit Lenders ” means the lenders providing the Additional Revolving Credit Advances.
 
Additional Revolving Credit Advances ” means any loans made in respect of any Additional Revolving Credit Commitments that shall have been added pursuant to Section 2.21.
 
Adjustment Date ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Applicable Margin”.
 
Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Administrative Agent’s Account ” means the account of the Administrative Agent maintained by the Administrative Agent with Citibank, N.A. and identified to the Borrower and the Lender Parties from time to time.
 
Administrative Agent Fee Letter ” means the fee letter dated January 14, 2011 by and between the Borrower and CGMI.
 
Advance ” means a Revolving Credit Advance, a Swing Line Advance, a Letter of Credit Advance or an Additional Revolving Credit Advance, as applicable.
 
Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person.  For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) of a Person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise.
 
Affiliated Lender ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eligible Assignee”.
 
Agent Parties ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(c).
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
2

 
 
Agent-Related Persons ” means, the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Agents and Affiliates.
 
Agent Concentration Account ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(b).
 
Agents ” means the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agents and the Lead Arrangers.
 
Agent’s Group ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.08.
 
Agreement Value ” means, for each Hedge Agreement, on any date of determination, an amount equal to:  (a) in the case of a Hedge Agreement documented pursuant to the Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) published by the International Swap and Derivatives Association, Inc. (the “Master Agreement”), the amount, if any, that would be payable by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to its counterparty to such Hedge Agreement, as if (i) such Hedge Agreement was being terminated early on such date of determination, (ii) such Loan Party or Subsidiary was the sole “Affected Party,” and (iii) the Administrative Agent was the sole party determining such payment amount (with the Administrative Agent making such determination pursuant to the provisions of the form of Master Agreement); (b) in the case of a Hedge Agreement traded on an exchange, the mark-to-market value of such Hedge Agreement, which will be the unrealized loss or gain on such Hedge Agreement to the Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party to such Hedge Agreement based on the settlement price of such Hedge Agreement on such date of determination; or (c) in all other cases, the mark-to-market value of such Hedge Agreement, which will be the unrealized loss or gain on such Hedge Agreement to the Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party to such Hedge Agreement determined as the amount, if any, by which (i) the present value of the future cash flows to be paid by such Loan Party or Subsidiary exceeds (ii) the present value of the future cash flows to be received by such Loan Party or Subsidiary pursuant to such Hedge Agreement; capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the above described Master Agreement.
 
Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Facility Security Agreement and Collateral Document Confirmation ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a)(iii).
 
Applicable Lending Office ” means, with respect to each Lender Party, such Lender Party’s Domestic Lending Office in the case of a Base Rate Advance and such Lender Party’s Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance.
 
Applicable Margin ” means 2.75% per annum, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances, and 1.75% per annum, in the case of Base Rate Advances; provided that on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of the first full Fiscal Quarter after the Closing Date, the Applicable Margin will be the rate per annum as determined pursuant to the pricing grid below based upon the average daily Availability for the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter immediately preceding such Adjustment Date:
 
Availability
 
Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Advances
 
Applicable Margin for
Base Rate Advances
> $350,000,000
 
2.50%
 
1.50%
> $150,000,000 but ≤ $350,000,000
 
2.75%
 
1.75%
≤ $150,000,000
  
3.00%
  
2.00%
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
3

 

Any change in the Applicable Margin resulting from changes in average daily Availability shall become effective on the date (the “ Adjustment Date ”) that is three Business Days after the date on which the last Borrowing Base Certificate of any Fiscal Quarter is delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.03(o) and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this paragraph.  If any such Borrowing Base Certificate is not delivered within the time period specified in Section 5.03(o), then, until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered, the highest rate set forth in each column of the above pricing grid shall apply.
 
In the event that at any time after the end of a Fiscal Quarter it is discovered that the average daily Availability for such Fiscal Quarter used for the determination of the Applicable Margin was less than the actual amount of the average daily Availability for such Fiscal Quarter, the Applicable Margin for such prior Fiscal Quarter shall be adjusted to the applicable percentage based on such actual average daily Availability for such Fiscal Quarter and any additional interest for the applicable period payable as a result of such recalculation shall be promptly paid to Lender Parties.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the implementation of the default rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.07(b) hereof, the Applicable Margin shall be the highest rate set forth in each column of the above pricing grid.
 
Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, with respect to (a) the Revolving Credit Facility, a Lender that has a Commitment or Advances outstanding, in each case with respect to or under such Facility at such time, (b) the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (i) any Issuing Bank and (ii) if the Revolving Credit Lenders have made Letter of Credit Advances pursuant to Section 2.03(c) that are outstanding at such time, each such Revolving Credit Lender and (c) the Swing Line Facility, (i) the Swing Line Lender and (ii) if the Revolving Credit Lenders have made Swing Line Advances pursuant to Section 2.02(b) that are outstanding at such time, each Revolving Credit Lender.
 
Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
 
Assignment and Acceptance ” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender Party and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in accordance with Section 10.07 and in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.
 
Available Amount ” of any Letter of Credit means, at any time, the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit at such time (assuming compliance at such time with all conditions to drawing).
 
Availability ” means at any time the excess of (a) the Revolving Credit Availability Amount at such time over (b) the sum of (i) the Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Advances outstanding at such time plus (ii) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
4

 
 
Availability Threshold Amount ” means $75,000,000.
 
Bank of America ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar foreign, federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
 
Barclays ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Base Rate ” means a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the higher of:
 
(a)           the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank, N.A. in New York, New York, from time to time, as Citibank N.A.’s base rate;
 
(b)           the sum (adjusted to the nearest 1/4 of 1% or, if there is no nearest 1/4 of 1%, to the next higher 1/4 of 1%) of (i) 1/2 of 1% per annum, plus (ii) the rate obtained by dividing (A) the latest three week moving average of secondary market morning offering rates in the United States for three month certificates of deposit of major United States money market banks, such three week moving average (adjusted to the basis of a year of 360 days) being determined weekly on each Monday (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) for the three week period ending on the previous Friday by Citibank N.A. on the basis of such rates reported by certificate of deposit dealers to and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if such publication shall be suspended or terminated, on the basis of quotations for such rates received by Citibank N.A. from three New York certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by Citibank N.A., by (B) a percentage equal to 100% minus the average of the daily percentages specified during such three week period by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, but not limited to, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for Citibank N.A. with respect to liabilities consisting of or including (among other liabilities) three month U.S. dollar non personal time deposits in the United States, plus (iii) the average during such three week period of the annual assessment rates estimated by Citibank N.A. for determining the then current annual assessment payable by Citibank N.A. to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or any successor) for insuring U.S. dollar deposits in the United States; and
 
(c)           ½ of 1% per annum above the Federal Funds Rate.
 
Blocked Account Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(a)(ii).
 
Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Borrower’s Account ” means the account of the Borrower maintained by the Borrower and specified in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time.
 
Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Advances of the same Type made by the Appropriate Lenders.
 
Borrowing Base ” means (a) the sum of the Loan Values less (b) Reserves.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
5

 

Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit I hereto (with such changes therein as may be required by the Administrative Agent to reflect the components of, and reserves against, the Borrowing Base as provided for hereunder from time to time), executed and certified as accurate and complete by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or by the controller of the Borrower, which shall include detailed calculations as to the Borrowing Base as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.
 
Borrowing Base Deficiency ” means, at any time, the failure of (a) the Borrowing Base at such time to equal or exceed (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances outstanding at such time plus (ii) the aggregate Available Amount under all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time.
 
Business Day ” means a day of the year on which banks are not required or authorized by law to close in New York City and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Advances, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.
 
Capital Expenditures ” means, for any Person for any period, the sum (without duplication) of all expenditures made, directly or indirectly, by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period for equipment, fixed assets, real property or improvements, or for replacements or substitutions therefor or additions thereto, that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment on a Consolidated balance sheet of such Person.  For purposes of this definition, the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade in of existing equipment or with insurance proceeds shall be included in Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount of such purchase price less the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time or the amount of such proceeds, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Investment entered into by a Loan Party in accordance with Section 5.02(f) shall not be included in Capital Expenditures.
 
Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.  For the avoidance of doubt, any obligation of a Person under a lease (whether existing as of the Closing Date or entered into in the future) that is not (or would not be) required to be classified and accounted for as a Capitalized Lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP as in effect at the time such lease is entered into shall not be deemed a Capitalized Lease as a result of the adoption of changes in or changes in the application of GAAP after such lease is entered into.
 
Cash Control Trigger Event ” means either (a) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or (b) the failure of the Loan Parties to maintain Availability of at least (i) $65,000,000 for five (5) consecutive Business Days or (ii) $50,000,000 on any Business Day.  For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Cash Control Trigger Event shall be deemed to be continuing (a) until such Event of Default has been cured or waived and/or (b) if the Cash Control Trigger Event arises under clause (b) above, until Availability is equal to or greater than the Availability Threshold Amount for thirty (30) consecutive days, at which time a Cash Control Trigger Event shall no longer deemed to be occurring for purposes of this Agreement.
 
Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following having a maturity of not greater than 12 months from the date of issuance thereof:  (a) readily marketable direct obligations of the Government of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the Government of the United States, (b) certificates of deposit of or time deposits with any commercial bank that is a Lender Party or a member of the Federal Reserve System that issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c), is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and has combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, (c) commercial paper in an aggregate amount of no more than $10,000,000 per issuer outstanding at any time, issued by any corporation organized under the laws of any state of the United States and rated at least “Prime 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or “A 1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P or (d) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP, as current assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by financial institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, or (e) offshore overnight interest bearing deposits in foreign branches of Citibank, N.A., any Lender Party or an Affiliate of a Lender Party.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
6

 
 
Cash Management Obligations ” means all Obligations of any Loan Party owing to a Lender Party (or a banking Affiliate of a Lender Party) in respect of any overdrafts and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or in connection with any ACH transfers of funds.
 
Cash Pooling Arrangements ” means the cash pooling and setting off arrangements entered into by the Borrower and Dana Limited pursuant to that certain Cash Pooling Agreement dated as of October 29, 2010 among the Borrower, Dana Limited and Bank Mendes Gans N.V., as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, or any replacement of any of the foregoing or any cash pooling arrangements for the same or substantially similar purposes, in each case on terms no less favorable in any material respect to the Lenders than the terms in respect of the Cash Pooling Arrangements in effect on the date hereof.
 
CFC ” means any (i) Foreign Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of the Code section 957(a) and (ii) domestic Subsidiary the sole assets of which consist of the Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of the Code section 957(a).
 
CGMI ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Change of Control ” means and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of any of the following events:  (i) any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and regulations promulgated thereunder), other than Centerbridge Partners, L.P. or any of its Affiliates, shall have acquired beneficial ownership of more than 40% of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower and (ii) after the Closing Date, the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (A) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (B) appointed by the directors so nominated.
 
Closing Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.
 
Collateral ” means all “ Collateral ” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all other property that is or is intended to be subject to any Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
 
Collateral Agent ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Mortgages, Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Facility Security Agreement and Collateral Document Confirmation, the Mortgage Modifications and any other agreement that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
7

 
 
Commitment ” means a Revolving Credit Commitment, a Swing Line Commitment or a Letter of Credit Commitment.
 
Commitment Letter ” means the commitment letter dated January 21, 2011 among the Borrower, the Lead Arrangers, the Documentation Agents and the Senior Managing Agents.
 
Communications ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(b).
 
Concentration Account ” means each deposit account, other than an Excluded Account, maintained by a Loan Party in which funds of such Loan Party from one or more DDAs are concentrated.
 
Concentration Limit ” means, as to each Account Debtor set forth on Schedule VI, the applicable percentage of Accounts owing from such Account Debtor.
 
Confidential Information ” means any and all material non-public information delivered or made available by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party relating to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is or has been made available publicly by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof.
 
Confidential Information Memorandum ” means the confidential information memorandum that will be used by the Lead Arrangers in connection with the syndication of the Commitments.
 
Consolidated ” refers to the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP.
 
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date, taken as one accounting period, the ratio of (a)(i) EBITDA for such period minus (ii) the unfinanced portion of all Capital Expenditures during such period to (b) the sum of (i) Debt Service Charges payable in cash during such period plus (ii) the amount (positive or negative) of federal, state and foreign income taxes payable (less taxes receivable) in cash with respect to such period, plus (iii) any payments made in cash during such period in reliance on clauses (i) and (iv) of Section 5.02(d), all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
 
Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, total interest expense (including that attributable to Capitalized Leases in accordance with GAAP) with respect to all outstanding Debt, including, without limitation, the Obligations owed with respect thereto, but excluding (i) any interest not currently payable in cash with respect to such period and (ii) any non-cash amortization or write-down of any deferred financing fees or amortization of original issue discount of any Debt, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of the foregoing, interest expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to interest rate Hedging Agreements.
 
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, as of any date of determination, the total assets, less goodwill, current liabilities and other intangibles, shown on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements are available, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
8

 
 
Conversion ”, “ Convert ” and “ Converted ” each refers to the conversion of Advances from one Type to Advances of the other Type.
 
Credit Card Program ” means the (i) Citibank Business Card Purchasing Card Agreement, dated August 31, 1994, between Citibank (South Dakota), N.A. and Dana Corporation, (ii) Citibank Purchasing Card Agreement, dated January 18, 2005, between Citibank International plc and Dana Corporation, and (iii) Citibank Corporate Card Agreement, dated January 24, 2005, between Citibank International plc and Dana Corporation, each as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, or any replacement of any of the foregoing or any additional credit card programs for the same or substantially similar purposes; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Debt outstanding with respect to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall not exceed $25,000,000.
 
CUSA ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
DCC ” means Dana Credit Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
 
DCC Entity ” means DCC or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
DDAs ” means any checking or other demand deposit account maintained by a Loan Party.
 
Debt ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all indebtedness of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capitalized Leases, (f) all reimbursement obligations, whether contingent or otherwise, of such Person under acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities, (g) all mandatory obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in cash in respect of any Disqualified Capital Stock in such Person or any other Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such Disqualified Capital Stock, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (h) all obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements, valued at the Agreement Value thereof, (i) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person and (j) all indebtedness and other payment Obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above of another Person secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness or other payment Obligations.  The amount of any Debt related to clause (j) above shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of such Debt so secured or (b) the fair market value of the property subject to such Lien.
 
Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
9

 

Debt Service Charges ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense, for such period, plus (b) scheduled principal payments made or required to be made (after giving effect to any prepayments paid in cash that reduce the amount of such required payments) on account of Debt (including, without limitation, obligations under Capitalized Leases but excluding Earn-Out Obligations) for such period, plus (c) scheduled mandatory payments on account of Disqualified Capital Stock (whether in the nature of dividends, redemption, repurchase or otherwise) required to be made during such period, in each case determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; minus (d) Interest Income.
 
Default ” means any Event of Default or any event that would constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.
 
Defaulted Advance ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the portion of any Advance required to be made by such Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, 2.02 or 2.21 at or prior to such time which has not been made by such Lender or by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender pursuant to Section 2.02(e) as of such time.  In the event that a portion of a Defaulted Advance shall be deemed made pursuant to Section 2.15(a), the remaining portion of such Defaulted Advance shall be considered a Defaulted Advance originally required to be made pursuant to Section 2.01 on the same date as the Defaulted Advance so deemed made in part.
 
Defaulted Amount ” means, with respect to any Lender Party at any time, any amount required to be paid by such Lender Party to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document at or prior to such time which has not been so paid as of such time, including, without limitation, any amount required to be paid by such Lender Party to (a) the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.02(b) to purchase a portion of the Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Lender, (b) any Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.03(d) to purchase a portion of a Letter of Credit Advance made by such Issuing Bank, (c) the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.02(e) to reimburse the Administrative Agent for the amount of any Advance made by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender Party, (d) any other Lender Party pursuant to Section 2.13 to purchase any participation in Advances owing to such other Lender Party and (e) the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 7.07 to reimburse the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank for such Lender Party’s ratable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lender Parties to the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank as provided therein.  In the event that a portion of a Defaulted Amount shall be deemed paid pursuant to Section 2.15(b), the remaining portion of such Defaulted Amount shall be considered a Defaulted Amount originally required to be paid hereunder or under any other Loan Document on the same date as the Defaulted Amount so deemed paid in part.
 
Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender Party that, at such time, has (a) failed to fund any Defaulted Advance or Defaulted Amount on the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in such writing) cannot be satisfied) or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, or (c) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a governmental authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such governmental authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
10

 

Deutsche Bank ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Disbursement Account ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(e).
 
Disqualified Capital Stock ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) is mandatorily redeemable in whole or in part prior to the Maturity Date, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for Debt or any Equity Interest referred to in (a) above prior to the Maturity Date, or (c) contains any mandatory repurchase obligation which comes into effect prior to the Maturity Date, provided that any Equity Interest that would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interest is convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the issuer thereof to redeem such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a Change of Control shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock.
 
Documentation Agents ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Dollar ” means the lawful currency of the United States.
 
Domestic Lending Office ” means, with respect to any Lender Party, the office of such Lender Party specified as its “Domestic Lending Office” opposite its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender Party, as the case may be, or such other office of such Lender Party as such Lender Party may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
 
DDAC ” means Dongfeng Dana Axle Company Limited (Business License Registration Number 4206001351648), a Sino-foreign joint venture enterprise with limited liability duly formed under the laws of the Peoples Republic of China, with its legal address at 10th Floor, Torch Building, Hi-Tech Industry Development Zone, Xiangfan Municipality, Hubei Province, PRC.  Pursuant to that certain Sale and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2005, as amended March 14, 2007, the equity of DDAC is owned by Dongfeng Motor Co., Ltd (75.23%), Dongfeng (Shiyan) Industrial Company (10.96%), Dongfeng Motor Corporation (9.81%) and Dana Mauritius (4%).
 
Earn-Out Obligations ” means purchase price adjustments, earnouts and similar obligations, in each case, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
11

 

EBITDA ” means, for any period, without duplication (a) the sum, determined on a Consolidated basis, of (i) net income (or net loss), (ii) interest expense and facility fees, unused commitment fees, letter of credit fees and similar fees, (iii) income tax expense, (iv) depreciation expense, (v) amortization expense, (vi) non recurring, transactional or unusual losses deducted in calculating net income less non recurring, transactional or unusual gains added in calculating net income, (vii) in each case without duplication, cash Restructuring Charges to the extent deducted in computing net income for such period and settled or to be settled in cash during such period in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000,000 in Fiscal Year 2011, an amount not to exceed $75,000,000 in the aggregate in any other Fiscal Year and an amount not to exceed $250,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement, in each case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP for such period, (viii) non-cash Restructuring Charges and related non-cash losses or other non-cash charges resulting from the write-down in the valuation of any assets, in each case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP for such period, (ix) without duplication, net losses from discontinued operations, (x) amounts associated with stock options or restricted stock expense, (xi) minority interest expense, (xii) losses or expenses associated with the Agreement Value of Hedge Agreements, (xiii) post-emergence costs associated with the continued cost of the Reorganization Plan in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 in any Fiscal Year, (xiv) non-cash currency losses on intercompany loans or advances, (xv) losses of Affiliates accounted for on an equity basis, (xvi) any costs and expenses incurred in connection with Amendment No. 2 dated as of January 14, 2011 to the Existing Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes and the Transactions, and (xvii) any costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, Investments or disposition permitted hereunder; minus (b) (i) net income from discontinued operations, (ii) earnings of Affiliates accounted for on an equity basis, (iii) interest income, (iv) any income or gain associated with the Agreement Value of Hedge Agreements, and (v) non-cash currency income or gains on intercompany loans or advances.
 
Eligible Assignee ” means with respect to any Facility (i) a Lender Party; (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender Party; (iii) an Approved Fund; and (iv) any other Person (other than an individual) approved by (x) the Administrative Agent, (y) each Issuing Bank and (z) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that no Loan Party (or any Affiliate of a Loan Party) shall qualify as an Eligible Assignee under this definition.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, assignments to an Affiliate of a Loan Party shall be permitted so long as (A) the aggregate amount of Commitments of such assignee immediately after giving effect to such assignment is less than 10% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Advances and (B) such assignee agrees in writing not to exercise any of the rights and obligations afforded to an Eligible Assignee pursuant to Section 10.01 (any such assignee being referred to herein as an “ Affiliated Lender ”).
 
Eligible Inventory ” means, at the time of any determination thereof, without duplication, the Inventory Value of the Loan Parties at such time that is not ineligible for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (o) below.  Criteria and eligibility standards used in determining Eligible Inventory may be fixed and revised from time to time by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.  Unless otherwise from time to time approved in writing by the Administrative Agent, no Inventory shall be deemed Eligible Inventory if, without duplication:
 
(a)           a Loan Party does not have good, valid and unencumbered title thereto, subject only to Liens permitted under clause (i), (ii) or (iv) of the definition of Permitted Liens (“ Permitted Collateral Liens ”); or
 
(b)           it is not located in the United States or Mexico; provided that in the case of Inventory located in Mexico, the Borrower provides evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that there is an enforceable, perfected security interest under the laws of the applicable foreign jurisdiction in such Inventory in favor of the Administrative Agent (or Collateral Agent); provided further that Availability in respect of Inventory located in Mexico shall  be limited to an aggregate amount up to $50,000,000; or
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
12

 
 
(c)           it is either (i) not located on property owned by a Loan Party or (ii) located at a third party processor or (except in the case of consigned Inventory, which is covered by clause (f) below) in another location not owned by a Loan Party (it being understood that the Borrower will provide its best estimate of the value of such Inventory to be agreed to by the Administrative Agent and reflected in the Borrowing Base Certificate), and either (A) is not covered by a Landlord Lien Waiver, (B) a Rent Reserve has not been taken with respect to such Inventory or, in the case of any third party processor, a Reserve has not been taken by the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its reasonable discretion or (C) is not subject to an enforceable agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the relevant Loan Party has validly assigned its access rights to such Inventory and property to the Administrative Agent; or
 
(d)          it is operating supplies, labels, packaging or shipping materials, cartons, repair parts, labels or miscellaneous spare parts, nonproductive stores inventory and other such materials, in each case not considered used for sale in the ordinary course of business of the Loan Parties by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion from time to time; or
 
(e)           it is not subject to a valid and perfected first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent (or Collateral Agent) subject only to Permitted Collateral Liens; or
 
(f)            it is consigned at a customer, supplier or contractor location but still accounted for in the Loan Party’s inventory balance; or
 
(g)          it is Inventory that is in-transit to or from a location not leased or owned by a Loan Party (it being understood that the Borrower will provide its best estimate of the value of all such Inventory, which estimate is to be reflected in the Borrowing Base Certificate) other than any such in-transit Inventory from a Foreign Subsidiary to a Loan Party that is physically in-transit within the United States and as to which a Reserve has been taken by the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its reasonable discretion; or
 
(h)          it is obsolete, slow-moving, nonconforming or unmerchantable or is identified as a write-off, overstock or excess by a Loan Party, or does not otherwise conform to the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents applicable to Inventory; or
 
(i)            it is Inventory used as a sample or prototype, display or display item; or
 
(j)            to the extent of any portion of Inventory Value thereof attributable to intercompany profit among Loan Parties or their Affiliates (it being understood that the Borrower will provide its best estimate of the value of such Inventory Value to be agreed by the Administrative Agent and reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate); or
 
(k)           any Inventory that is damaged, defective or marked for return to vendor, has been deemed by a Loan Party to require rework or is being held for quality control purposes; or
 
(l)            such Inventory does not meet all material applicable standards imposed by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over it; or
  
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
13

 
 
(m)          any Inventory consisting of tooling the costs for which are capitalized by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; or
 
(n)          any Inventory as to which the Borrower takes an unrecorded book to physical inventory reduction based on its most recent physical inventory or cycle counts to the extent of such reduction or as otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; or
 
(o)          any Inventory as to which the Borrower takes a revaluation reserve whereby favorable variances shall be deducted from Eligible Inventory and unfavorable variances shall not be added to Eligible Inventory.
 
Eligible Receivables ” means, at the time of any determination thereof, each Account of each Loan Party that satisfies the following criteria: such Account (i) has been invoiced to, and represents the bona fide amounts due to a Loan Party from, the purchaser of goods or services, in each case originated in the ordinary course of business of such Loan Party and (ii) is not ineligible for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (s) below.  In determining the amount to be so included, the face amount of an Account shall be reduced by, without duplication, to the extent not reflected in such face amount, (A) the amount of all accrued and actual discounts, claims, credits or credits pending, promotional program allowances, price adjustments, finance charges or other allowances (including any amount that a Loan Party may be obligated to rebate to a customer pursuant to the terms of any written agreement or understanding), (B) the aggregate amount of all limits and deductions provided for in this definition and elsewhere in this Agreement, if any, and (C) the aggregate amount of all cash received in respect of such Account but not yet applied by a Loan Party to reduce the amount of such Account. Criteria and eligibility standards used in determining Eligible Receivables may be fixed and revised from time to time by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.  Unless otherwise approved from time to time in writing by the Administrative Agent, no Account shall be an Eligible Receivable if, without duplication:
 
(a)           (i) a Loan Party does not have sole lawful and absolute title to such Account (subject only to Liens permitted under clause (i), (ii) or (iv) of the definition of Permitted Liens) or (ii) the goods sold with respect to such Account have been sold under a purchase order or pursuant to the terms of a contract or other written agreement or understanding that indicates that any Person other than a Loan Party has or has purported to have an ownership interest in such goods; or
 
(b)           (i) it is unpaid more than 90 days from the original date of invoice or 60 days from the original due date or (ii) it has been written off the books of a Loan Party or has been otherwise designated on such books as uncollectible; or
 
(c)           more than 50% in face amount of all Accounts of the same Account Debtor are ineligible pursuant to clause (b) above; or
 
(d)          the Account Debtor is insolvent or the subject of any bankruptcy case or insolvency proceeding of any kind (other than postpetition accounts payable of an Account Debtor that is a debtor-in-possession under the Bankruptcy Code and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent); or
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
14

 

(e)           (i) the Account is not payable in Dollars or Canadian Dollars or other currency as to which a Reserve has been taken by the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its reasonable discretion or (ii) the Account Debtor is either not organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, or Canada or any province thereof or is located outside or has its principal place of business or substantially all of its assets outside the United States or Canada, unless, in each case, either (A) such Account is supported by a letter of credit from an institution and in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion or (B) the Borrower provides evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that there is an enforceable, perfected security interest under the laws of the applicable foreign jurisdiction in such Account in favor of the Administrative Agent; or
 
(f)           the Account Debtor is the United States of America or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless the relevant Loan Party duly assigns its rights to payment of such Account to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, which assignment and related documents and filings shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; or
 
(g)          the Account is subject to any security deposit (to the extent received from the applicable Account Debtor), progress payment, retainage or other similar advance made by or for the benefit of the applicable Account Debtor, in each case to the extent thereof; or
 
(h)          (i) it is not subject to a valid and perfected first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent (or Collateral Agent), subject to no other Liens other than Liens permitted by this Agreement or (ii) it does not otherwise conform in all material respects to the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents relating to Accounts; or
 
(i)            (i) such Account was invoiced in advance of goods or services provided, (ii) such Account was invoiced twice or more, or (iii) the associated revenue has not been earned; or
 
(j)           the sale to the Account Debtor is on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-and-return, ship-and-return, sale on  approval or consignment or other similar basis or made pursuant to any other agreement providing for repurchases or return of any merchandise which has been claimed to be defective or otherwise unsatisfactory; or
 
(k)           the goods giving rise to such Account have not been shipped and/or title has not been transferred to the Account Debtor, or the Account represents a progress-billing or otherwise does not represent a complete sale; for purposes hereof, “progress-billing” means any invoice for goods sold or leased or services rendered under a  contract or agreement pursuant to which the Account Debtor’s obligation to pay such invoice is conditioned upon the completion by a Loan Party of any further performance under the contract or agreement; or
 
(l)            it arises out of a sale made by a Loan Party to an employee, officer, agent, director, Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Loan Party; or
 
(m)         such Account was not paid in full, and a Loan Party created a new receivable for the unpaid portion of the Account, and other Accounts constituting chargebacks, debit memos and other adjustments for unauthorized deductions; or
 
(n)          (A) the Account Debtor (i) has or has asserted a right of set-off, offset, deduction, defense, dispute, or counterclaim against a Loan Party (unless such Account Debtor has entered into a written agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to waive such set-off, offset, deduction, defense, dispute, or counterclaim rights), (ii) has disputed its liability (whether by chargeback or otherwise) or made any claim with respect to the Account or any other Account of a Loan Party which has not been resolved, in each case of clause (i) and (ii), without duplication, only to the extent of the amount of such actual or asserted right of set-off, or the amount of such dispute or claim, as the case may be or (iii) is also a creditor or supplier of the Loan Party (but only to the extent of such Loan Party’s obligations to such Account Debtor from time to time) or (B) the Account is contingent in any respect or for any reason; or
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
15

 
 
(o)          the Account does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws and regulations, whether Federal, state or local, including without limitation, the Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act, Federal Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z; or
 
(p)          as to any Account, to the extent that (i) a check, promissory note, draft, trade acceptance or other instrument for the payment of money has been received, presented for payment and returned uncollected for any reason or (ii) such Account is otherwise classified as a note receivable and the obligation with respect thereto is evidenced by a promissory note or other debt instrument or agreement; or
 
(q)          the Account is created on cash on delivery terms, or on extended terms and is due and payable more than 90 days from the invoice date; or
 
(r)           the Account represents tooling receivables related to tooling that has not been completed or received by a Loan Party and approved and accepted by the applicable customer; or
 
(s)           Accounts designated by a Loan Party as convenience accounts.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Accounts of any single Account Debtor and its Affiliates which, in the aggregate, exceed (i) in respect of any Account Debtor, 20% of all Eligible Receivables or (ii) as to any Account Debtor set forth on Schedule VI, the Concentration Limit (provided that the Concentration Limit with respect to Eligible Receivables owing from Ford Motor Company shall be 33%) shall not be deemed “Eligible Receivables”.  In addition, in determining the aggregate amount from the same Account Debtor that is unpaid more than 90 days from the date of invoice or more than 60 days from the due date pursuant to clause (b) above there shall be excluded the amount of any net credit balances relating to Accounts due from an Account Debtor with invoice dates more than 90 days from the date of invoice or more than 60 days from the due date.
 
Environmental Action ” means any action, suit, written demand, demand letter, written claim, written notice of noncompliance or violation, notice of liability or potential liability, investigation, proceeding, consent order or consent agreement relating in any way to any Environmental Law, any Environmental Permit, any Hazardous Material, or arising from alleged injury or threat to public or employee health or safety, as such relates to the actual or alleged exposure to Hazardous Material, or to the environment, including, without limitation, (a) by any governmental or regulatory authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages and (b) by any governmental or regulatory authority or third party for damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief.
 
Environmental Law ” means any applicable federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree, or judicial or agency interpretation, relating to pollution or protection of the environment, public or employee health or safety, as such relates to the actual or alleged exposure to Hazardous Material, or natural resources, including, without limitation, those relating to the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
16

 
 
Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.
 
Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including, without limitation, partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are authorized on any date of determination.
 
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.
 
ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person that for purposes of Title IV of ERISA is a member of the controlled group of any Loan Party (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), or under common control with any Loan Party (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
ERISA Event ” means (a) (i) the occurrence of a reportable event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to any ERISA Plan unless the 30 day notice requirement with respect to such event has been waived by the PBGC or (ii) the requirements of subsection (1) of Section 4043(b) of ERISA (without regard to subsection (2) of such Section) are met with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of an ERISA Plan, and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such ERISA Plan within the following 30 days; (b) the application for a minimum funding waiver with respect to an ERISA Plan; (c) the provision by the administrator of any ERISA Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such ERISA Plan, pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA); (d) the cessation of operations at a facility of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate in the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (e) the withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (f) the conditions for imposition of a lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA shall have been met with respect to any ERISA Plan; (g) the adoption of an amendment to an ERISA Plan requiring the provision of security to such ERISA Plan pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA; or (h) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate an ERISA Plan pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition described in Section 4042 of ERISA that constitutes grounds for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, such ERISA Plan.
 
ERISA Plan ” means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan.
 
Euro ” means the single currency of Participating Member States of the European Union.
 
Eurodollar Lending Office ” means, with respect to any Lender Party, the office of such Lender Party specified as its “Eurodollar Lending Office” opposite its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender Party, as the case may be, or such other office of such Lender Party as such Lender Party may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
17

 
 
Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Period for all Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum obtained by dividing (a) the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period ( provided that, if for any reason such rate is not available, the term “Eurodollar Rate” means, for any Interest Period for all Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period); provided , however , if more than one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates) by (b) a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage for such Interest Period.
 
Eurodollar Rate Advance ” means an Advance that bears interest as provided in Section 2.07(a)(ii).
 
Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage ” for any Interest Period for all Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing means the reserve percentage applicable two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities (or with respect to any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurodollar Rate Advances is determined) having a term equal to such Interest Period.
 
Events of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
 
Excluded Account ” means (i) any deposit or concentration accounts funded in the ordinary course of business, the deposits in which shall not aggregate more than $5,000,000 or exceed $1,000,000 with respect to any one account (or in each case, such greater amounts to which the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree), (ii) any payroll, trust and tax withholding accounts funded in the ordinary course of business or required by Applicable Law or (iii) any Disbursement Account.
 
Excluded Earn-Out Obligations ” means Earn-Out Obligations (a) incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition in an amount which, taken together with all existing Earn-Out Obligations, does not exceed 25% of the future EBITDA attributable to such acquired Person or Persons determined after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition and (b) subject to terms pursuant to which payments in respect thereof during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default may accrue, but shall not be payable in cash during such period, but may be payable in cash upon the cure or waiver of such Event of Default.
 
Excluded Real Property ” means each parcel of real property set forth on Schedule VII.
 
Excluded Subsidiaries ” means each DCC Entity and Dana Companies, LLC and each of its Subsidiaries.
 
Existing Accounts ” means the cash concentration accounts and other deposit accounts of the Loan Parties set forth on Schedule II.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
18

 
 
Existing Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.
 
Existing Letters of Credit ” means each Letter of Credit issued under the Existing Credit Agreement prior to the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 1.01(a), which Letters of Credit are to be migrated from the Existing Credit Agreement to the Revolving Credit Facility and shall be deemed to be obligations of the Borrower.
 
Existing Mortgages ” means the deeds of trust, trust deeds, mortgages, leasehold mortgages and leasehold deeds of trust delivered under the Existing Credit Agreement.
 
Facility ” means the Revolving Credit Facility, the Swing Line Facility or the Letter of Credit Sublimit.
 
Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
 
Fee Letter ” means the fee letter dated January 14, 2011 among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and the Lead Arrangers.
 
Financial Covenant Trigger Event ” means the failure of the Loan Parties to maintain Availability in an amount greater than or equal to (a) the Availability Threshold Amount for five (5) consecutive Business Days or (b) $50,000,000 on any Business Day.  For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Financial Covenant Trigger Event shall be deemed continuing until Availability is greater than or equal to the Availability Threshold Amount for thirty (30) consecutive days, at which time a Financial Covenant Trigger Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement.
 
Fiscal Quarter ” means any fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year, which quarter shall end on the last day of each March, June, September and December of such Fiscal Year in accordance with the fiscal accounting calendar of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
 
Fiscal Year ” means a fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31.
 
Foreign Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any of the direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are organized outside of the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia at such time.
 
Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.
 
GAAP ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.03.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
19

 
 
Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(k).
 
Guarantee Obligation ” means, with respect to any Person, any Obligation or arrangement of such Person to guarantee or intended to guarantee any Debt (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, (a) the direct or indirect guarantee, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the primary obligation of a primary obligor, (b) the Obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments, if required, regardless of nonperformance by any other party or parties to an agreement or (c) any Obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, assets, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.  The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Guarantee Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder), as determined by such Person in good faith.
 
Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
 
Guarantor ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Guaranty ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
 
Hazardous Materials ” means (a) petroleum or petroleum products, by products or breakdown products, radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, mold and radon gas and (b) any other chemicals, materials or substances designated, classified or regulated as hazardous, toxic or words of similar import under any Environmental Law.
 
Hedge Agreements ” means interest rate swaps, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts and other hedging agreements.
 
Hedge Bank ” means, as of the date any Secured Hedge Agreement is entered into, any Lender Party or an Affiliate of a Lender Party in its capacity as a party to a Secured Hedge Agreement.
 
Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c).
 
ICC ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(h).
 
Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).
 
Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).
 
Informational Website ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
20

 
 
ING ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Initial Extension of Credit ” means the earlier to occur of the initial Borrowing and the initial issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder.
 
Insufficiency ” means, with respect to any ERISA Plan, the amount, if any, of its unfunded benefit liabilities, as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA.
 
Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” means that certain Intellectual Property Revolving Security Agreement dated as of January 31, 2008 made by the Persons listed on the signature thereof in favor of Citicorp USA, Inc., as Collateral Agent (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time).
 
Intercreditor Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.02(a).
 
Interest Income ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, total interest income receivable in cash with respect to such period, as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
 
Interest Period ” means, for each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Eurodollar Rate Advance or the date of the Conversion of any Base Rate Advance into such Eurodollar Rate Advance, and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and, thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below.  The duration of each such Interest Period shall be one, two, three, six months (or, if consented to by all Lenders, nine months or twelve months), as the Borrower may, upon notice received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period, select; provided , however , that:
 
(a)           the Borrower may not select any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advance under a Facility that ends after any principal repayment installment date for such Facility unless, after giving effect to such selection, the aggregate principal amount of Base Rate Advances and of Eurodollar Rate Advances having Interest Periods that end on or prior to such principal repayment installment date for such Facility shall be at least equal to the aggregate principal amount of Advances under such Facility due and payable on or prior to such date;
 
(b)          Interest Periods commencing on the same date for Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing shall be of the same duration;
 
(c)           whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided , however , that, if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; and
 
(d)          whenever the first day of any Interest Period occurs on a day of an initial calendar month for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that succeeds such initial calendar month by the number of months equal to the number of months in such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such succeeding calendar month.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
21

 
 
Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.
 
Inventory ” has the meaning specified in the UCC.
 
Inventory Value ” means with respect to any Inventory of a Loan Party at the time of any determination thereof, the standard cost determined on a first in first out basis and carried on the general ledger or inventory system of such Loan Party stated on a basis consistent with its current and historical accounting practices, in Dollars, determined in accordance with the standard cost method of accounting less, without duplication, (i) any markup on Inventory from an Affiliate and (ii) in the event variances under the standard cost method are expensed, a Reserve reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent as appropriate in order to adjust the standard cost of Eligible Inventory to approximate actual cost.
 
Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition (whether for cash, securities, property, services or otherwise) by such Person of, or of a beneficial interest in, any Equity Interests or Debt of any other Person, (b) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition (whether for cash, securities, property, services or otherwise) by such Person of all or substantially all of the property and assets of any other Person or of any division, branch or other unit of operation of any other Person, and (c) any direct or indirect loan, advance, other extension of credit or capital contribution by such Person to, or any other investment by such Person in, any other Person (including, without limitation, any arrangement pursuant to which the investor incurs indebtedness of the types referred to in clause (i) or (j) of the definition of “Debt” set forth in this Section 1.01 in respect of such other Person).
 
Issuing Bank ” means each financial institution listed on the signature pages hereof as an “Issuing Bank” and any other Revolving Credit Lender approved as an Issuing Bank by the Administrative Agent and any Eligible Assignee to which a Letter of Credit Commitment hereunder has been assigned pursuant to Section 7.09 or 10.07.
 
Joint Bookrunners ” has the meaning specified in the recitals of parties to this Agreement.
 
Landlord Lien Waiver ” means a written agreement that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which a Person shall waive or subordinate its rights (if any, that are or would be prior to the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders under the Loan Documents) and claims as landlord in any Inventory of a Loan Party for unpaid rents, grant access to the Administrative Agent for the repossession and sale of such inventory and make other agreements relative thereto.
 
L/C Cash Collateral Account ” means the account established by the Borrower in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole and exclusive control of the Administrative Agent that shall be used solely for the purposes set forth herein.
 
L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate Available Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all Letter of Credit Borrowings.
 
Lead Arrangers ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Lender Party ” means any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
22

 
 
Lenders ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.  For purposes of Section 10.01 (and any other provisions requiring the consent or approval of the Lenders set forth herein), the definition of “Lenders” shall exclude Affiliated Lenders.
 
Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder and shall include any Existing Letters of Credit.
 
Letter of Credit Advance ” means an advance made by any Issuing Bank or Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c).
 
Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the applicable Issuing Bank.
 
Letter of Credit Commitment ” means with respect to any Issuing Bank, the amount set forth opposite such Issuing Bank’s name on Schedule I hereto under the caption “Letter of Credit Commitment” or if such Issuing Bank has entered into one or more Assignment and Acceptances, set forth for such Issuing Bank in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(d) as such Issuing Bank’s “Letter of Credit Commitment,” as such amount may be reduced at or prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.05.
 
Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five days prior to the Maturity Date, or such later date as the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, specify.
 
Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the aggregate amount of the Issuing Banks’ Letter of Credit Commitments at such time and (b) $300,000,000 as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.05.  The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Commitments.
 
Lien ” means any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement, including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor and any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property.
 
Loan Documents ” means (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, if any, (iii) the Collateral Documents, (iv) the Fee Letter, (v) the Administrative Agent Fee Letter, (vi) solely for purposes of the Collateral Documents, each Secured Hedge Agreement, and (vii) any other document, agreement or instrument executed and delivered by a Loan Party in connection with the Facilities, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
 
Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors.
 
Loan Value ” means, (a) with respect to Eligible Receivables, up to 85% of the value of Eligible Receivables and (b) with respect to Eligible Inventory, the lesser of (i) 65% of the value of Eligible Inventory and (ii) 85% of the Net Recovery Rate of Eligible Inventory (based on the then most recent independent inventory appraisal) on any date of determination.
 
Margin Stock ” has the meaning specified in Regulation U.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
23

 

Material Adverse Change ” means any event or occurrence that has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in any material adverse change in the business, financial or other condition, operations or properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that events, developments and circumstances disclosed in public filings and press releases of the Borrower and any other events of information made available in writing to the Lead Arrangers, in each case at least three days prior to the Closing Date, shall not be considered in determining whether a Material Adverse Change has occurred, although subsequent events, developments and circumstances relating thereto may be considered in determining whether or not a Material Adverse Change has occurred.
 
Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial or other condition, operations or properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party under any Loan Document or (c) the ability of any Loan Party to perform its Obligations under any Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party; provided that events, developments and circumstances disclosed in public filings and press releases of the Borrower and any other events of information made available in writing to the Lead Arrangers, in each case at least three days prior to the Closing Date, shall not be considered in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred, although subsequent events, developments and circumstances relating thereto may be considered in determining whether or not a Material Adverse Effect has occurred.
 
Material Real Property ” means any (i) parcel of real property having a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000 and (ii) leasehold properties (x) that are greater than 100,000 square feet, (y) the annual rental payments with respect to such leasehold property are greater than $5,000,000 and (z) the term of such leasehold property expires after the Maturity Date; provided ; that the real property owned or leased by any non-Material Subsidiary, as determined pursuant to the definition of Material Subsidiary herein, shall not be deemed Material Real Property.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of Material Real Property shall exclude the Excluded Real Property.
 
Material Subsidiary ” means, on any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that, on such date, has (i) assets with a book value equal to or in excess of $5,000,000, (ii) annual net income in excess of $5,000,000 or (iii) liabilities in an aggregate amount equal to or in excess of $5,000,000; provided , however , that in no event shall all Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Material Subsidiaries have (i) in the case of all such Subsidiaries organized under the laws of a jurisdiction located within the United States (A) assets with an aggregate book value in excess of $5,000,000, (B) aggregate annual net income in excess of $5,000,000 or (C) liabilities in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 and (ii) in the case of all such Subsidiaries (A) assets with an aggregate book value in excess of $20,000,000, (B) aggregate annual net income in excess of $20,000,000 or (C) liabilities in an aggregate amount in excess of $20,000,000.
 
Maturity Date ” means the date that is five years following the Closing Date.
 
Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.
 
Mortgages ” means each Existing Mortgage, as modified by the related Mortgage Modification, and each deed of trust, trust deed, mortgage, leasehold mortgage and leasehold deed of trust  delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(m), in each case as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, spread or otherwise modified from time to time, and substantially in the form of Exhibit M hereto (with such changes as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel to account for local law matters) and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which, among other things, a Loan Party owning or leasing real property grants a Lien on such real property securing the Secured Obligations to the Administrative Agent (or Collateral Agent) for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
24

 
 
Mortgage Modification ” means each amendment, amendment and restatement, supplement or modification in respect of each Existing Mortgage reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(t).
 
Mortgage Policies ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(m).
 
Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.
 
Multiple Employer Plan ” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one Person other than the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained within any of the preceding five plan years and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.
 
Net Orderly Liquidation Value ” means, with respect to Inventory, as the case may be, the orderly liquidation value with respect to such Inventory, net of expenses estimated to be incurred in connection with such liquidation, based on the most recent third party appraisal in form and substance, and by an independent appraisal firm, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
 
Net Recovery Rate ” means, with respect to Inventory at any time, the quotient (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of all Inventory owned by the Borrower and the Guarantors divided by (ii) the gross inventory cost of such Inventory, determined on the basis of the then most recently conducted third party inventory appraisal in form and substance, and performed by an independent appraisal firm, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
 
Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.01.
 
Non-Loan Party ” means any Subsidiary of a Loan Party that is not a Loan Party.
 
Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of any Revolving Credit Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Advances made by such Lender.
 
Notice of Borrowing ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).
 
Notice of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05.
 
Notice of Swing Line Borrowing ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(b).
 
Obligation ” means, with respect to any Person, any payment, performance or other obligation of such Person of any kind, including, without limitation, any liability of such Person on any claim, whether or not the right of any creditor to payment in respect of such claim is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, and whether or not such claim is discharged, stayed or otherwise affected by any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, charges, expenses, fees, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender Party, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
25

 
 
Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(b).
 
Outstanding Amount ” means (i) with respect to Advances on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Advances, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any Letter of Credit Borrowing occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit or any reductions in the Available Amount of any Letter of Credit taking effect on such date.
 
Participating Member States ” has the meaning given to it in Council Regulation EC No. 1103/97 of 17 June 1997 made under Article 235 of the Treaty on European Union.
 
Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub.  L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001.
 
Payment Condition ” means, immediately before and immediately after giving effect to a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 5.02(d)(i), an Investment pursuant to Section 5.02(f)(xii), or a payment of Debt pursuant to Section 5.02(o), the sum of Availability of the Borrower plus Unrestricted Cash is equal to or greater than $130,000,000; provided that Availability shall be no less than the Availability Threshold Amount.
 
PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor).
 
Permitted Acquisition ” means any Acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that  (A) such Acquisition shall be in property and assets which are part of, or in lines of business that are, substantially the same lines of business as (or ancillary to) one or more of the businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course; (B) any determination of the amount of consideration paid in connection with such investment shall include all cash consideration paid, including Earn-Out Obligations (other than Excluded Earn-Out Obligations), the aggregate amounts paid or to be paid under noncompete, consulting and other affiliated agreements with, the sellers of such investment, and the principal amount of all assumptions of debt, liabilities and other obligations in connection therewith; and (C) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
Permitted Collateral Liens ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eligible Inventory”.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
26

 

Permitted Lien ” means (i) liens in favor of the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the other parties intended to share the benefits of the Collateral granted pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; (ii) liens for taxes and other obligations or requirements owing to or imposed by governmental authorities existing or having priority, as applicable, by operation of law which in either case (A) are not yet overdue or (B) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted so long as appropriate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been made with respect to such taxes or other obligations; (iii) statutory liens of banks and other financial institutions (and rights of set-off), (iv) statutory liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other liens imposed by law (other than any such lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or by ERISA), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (A) for amounts not yet overdue or (B) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of five days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts; (v) liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (vi) liens, pledges and deposits to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, performance and completion bonds, surety bonds, appeal bonds, bids, leases, licenses, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations; (vii) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions, licenses, encroachments, restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case that were not incurred in connection with and do not secure Debt and do not materially and adversely affect the use of the property encumbered thereby for its intended purposes; (viii) (A) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (B) any leases or subleases by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to another Person(s) in the ordinary course of business do not materially and adversely affect the use of the property encumbered thereby for its intended purposes; (ix) liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement entered into in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or another Investment permitted hereunder; (x) the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating to leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and the filing of UCC financing statements by bailees and consignees in the ordinary course of business; (xi) liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (xii) leases and subleases or licenses and sublicenses of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights granted by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary; (xiii) liens arising out of judgments not constituting an Event of Default hereunder; (xiv) liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the proceeds and products thereof; and (xv) any right of first refusal or first offer, redemption right, or option or similar right in respect of any Equity Interest owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower with respect to any joint venture or other Investment, in favor of any co-venturer or other holder of Equity Interests in such investment; and (xvi) Permitted Encumbrances (as defined in the Mortgages).
 
Permitted Refinancing ” with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Debt of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Debt so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) if the Debt being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended  is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Debt being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, taken as a whole, (d) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to Collateral) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Debt are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Debt being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and (e) at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
27

 
 
Permitted Sale and Lease Back Transaction ” means any Sale and Lease Back Transaction entered into by the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries in respect of any property, real or personal, of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries; provided that (a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of consummation thereof or result therefrom, and (b) the aggregate fair market value of all assets subject to such Sale and Lease Back Transactions of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries shall not exceed in the aggregate 7.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Permitted Sale and Lease Back Transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto.  
 
Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
 
Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(b).
 
Preferred Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests issued by such Person that are entitled to a preference or priority over any other Equity Interests issued by such Person upon any distribution of such Person’s property and assets, whether by dividend or upon liquidation.
 
Pro Forma Transaction ” means (a) any Permitted Acquisition, together with each other transaction relating thereto and consummated in connection therewith, including any incurrence or repayment of Debt and (b) any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition made in accordance with Section 5.02(g) hereof.
 
Pro Rata Share ” of any amount means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the product of such amount times a fraction the numerator of which is the amount of such Lender’s Commitment (or, if the Commitments shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 2.05 or Section 6.01, such Lender’s Commitment as in effect immediately prior to such termination) under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of such Facility or Facilities at such time (or, if the Commitments shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 2.05 or Section 6.01, the amount of such Facility or Facilities as in effect immediately prior to such termination).
 
Projections ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03(d).
 
Properties ” means the properties listed on Schedule 4.01(r), Schedule 4.01(s) and Schedule 4.01(t) hereto.
 
Receivables Facility ” means any accounts receivable securitization facility under which financing is made available to the Subsidiaries of the Borrower through the sale and securitization of certain Accounts of such Subsidiaries, pursuant to a receivables loan agreement, receivables purchase agreements and related agreements, as applicable.
 
Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d).
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
28

 
 
Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.
 
Rent Reserve ” means, with respect to any plant, warehouse distribution center or other operating facility where any Inventory subject to landlords’ Liens or other Liens arising by operation of law is located, a reserve equal to three (3) month’s rent at such plant, warehouse distribution center, or other operating facility, and such other reserve amounts that may be determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
 
Reorganization Plan ” means the Chapter 11 plan of reorganization in respect of the jointly administered cases, Case No. 06-10354 (BRL) under the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, of certain of the Loan Parties, in accordance with Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, confirmed by final non-appealable order of the United States Bankruptcy Court of the Southern District of New York.
 
Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders or an Affiliated Lender owed or holding at least a majority in interest of the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Advances outstanding at such time, (b) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time and (c) the aggregate Unused Revolving Credit Commitment at such time; provided , however , that if any Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender or an Affiliated Lender at such time, there shall be excluded from the determination of Required Lenders at such time (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Advances owing to such Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) and outstanding at such time, (B) such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit issued by such Lender and outstanding at such time and (C) the Unused Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender at such time.  For purposes of this definition, the aggregate amount of Swing Line Advances owing to any Swing Line Lender, the aggregate principal amount of Letter of Credit Advances owing to the Issuing Banks and the Available Amount of each Letter of Credit shall be considered to be owed to the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitments).
 
Reserves ” means, at any time of determination, (a) Rent Reserves, (b) Secured Hedge Agreement Reserves (to be determined on a net basis, taking into account the Agreement Value of each Secured Hedge Agreement), and (c) such other reserves as determined from time to time in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent to preserve and protect the value of the Collateral.
 
Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer secretary or assistant secretary or treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party.  Any document delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
 
Restricting Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.09(c).
 
Restructuring ” means the reorganization or discontinuation of the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business, operations and structure in respect of (a) facility closures and the consolidation, relocation or elimination of operations and (b) related severance costs and other costs incurred in connection with the termination, relocation and training of employees.
 
Restructuring Charges ” means non-recurring and other one-time costs incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with a Restructuring.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
29

 
 
Revolving Credit Advance ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a) and shall include any Additional Revolving Credit Advance as described in Section 2.21(b).
 
Revolving Credit Availability Amount ” means the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
 
Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the amount set forth for such time opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I hereto under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitment” or, if such Lender has entered into one or more Assignments and Assignments, set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(d) as such Lender’s “Revolving Credit Commitment”, as such amount may be reduced at or prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.05 and shall include any Additional Revolving Credit Commitment as described in Section 2.21(b).
 
Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
 
Revolving Credit Lender ” means any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment and shall include any Additional Revolving Credit Lender as described in Section 2.21(b).
 
S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The Mc-Graw Hill Companies, Inc.
 
Sale and Lease Back Transaction ” means any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (a) sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any property, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and (b) as part of such transaction, thereafter rents or leases such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold, transferred or disposed of.
 
SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
 
Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Hedge Agreement required or permitted under Article V that is entered into by and between (a) any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank or (b) any secured guaranty by the Borrower of any Hedge Agreement entered into by Dana Financial Services Switzerland GmbH with any Hedge Bank, in each case solely to the extent that the obligations in respect of such Hedge Agreement are not cash collateralized or otherwise secured (other than pursuant to the Collateral Documents).
 
Secured Hedge Agreement Reserves ” means a reserve equal to the aggregate amount of Debt outstanding in excess of $50,000,000 with respect to Secured Hedge Agreements.
 
Secured Obligation ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
 
Secured Parties ” means, collectively, each Agent, the Lender Parties, the Hedge Banks and the Affiliates of Lender Parties party to the Credit Card Program.
 
Security Agreement ” means that certain Revolving Facility Security Agreement dated as of January 31, 2008 from Dana Holding Corporation and the other grantors party thereto from time to time to Citicorp USA, Inc., as Collateral Agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Revolving Facility Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2009.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
30

 
 
Senior Managing Agents ” has the meaning set forth in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Senior Notes ” means (a) the 2019 6.5% $400,000,000 Senior Notes issued by the Borrower pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of January 28, 2011 and (b) the 2021 6.75% $350,000,000 Senior Notes issued by the Borrower pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of January 28, 2011.
 
Senior Notes Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(xviii).
 
Single Employer Plan ” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate and no Person other than the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained within any of the preceding five plan years and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.
 
Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, in the case of each of the foregoing, as determined in accordance with under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.  The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
 
SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(k).
 
Subordinated Debt ” means Debt that is (a) subordinated to the Obligations under the Loan Documents or (b) required to be subordinated to the Obligations under the Loan Documents; provided that: (i) such Subordinated Debt shall have a term to maturity no earlier than the date that is six months after the scheduled maturity date under this Agreement; (ii) no Subordinated Debt shall permit or require scheduled amortization payments or mandatory prepayments of principal, sinking fund or similar scheduled payments (other than regularly scheduled payments of interest) prior to the date that is six months after the scheduled maturity date under this Agreement; (iii) Obligations under any Subordinated Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations under the Loan Documents, including any Obligations incurred, created, assumed or guaranteed after the date hereof (subject to any limitation contained in such Subordinated Debt) on terms not less favorable to the Lenders than subordination provisions customarily contained in high-yield debt securities for issuers of similar creditworthiness; (v) no Loan Party shall be permitted to make a payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt so long as an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, or would result therefrom; (vi) no Subordinated Debt shall contain covenants, defaults, remedy provisions or provisions relating to mandatory prepayment, repurchase, redemption and offers to purchase other than those that, taken as a whole, are consistent with those customarily found in high-yield financings for issuers of similar creditworthiness; (vii) Subordinated Debt shall be unsecured; and (viii) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Subordinated Debt, the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.04.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
31

 
 
Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or estate of which (or in which) more than 50% of (a) the issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of such partnership, joint venture or limited liability company or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other Subsidiaries; provided that, for purposes of the Loan Documents, no Excluded Subsidiary shall be a “Subsidiary” of the Borrower.
 
Supermajority Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders owed or holding at least 66 2/3% in interest of the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Advances outstanding at such time, (b) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time and (c) the aggregate Unused Revolving Credit Commitment at such time; provided , however , that if any Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender at such time, there shall be excluded from the determination of Supermajority Lenders at such time (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Advances owing to such Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) and outstanding at such time, (B) such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit issued by such Lender and outstanding at such time and (C) the Unused Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender at such time.  For purposes of this definition, the aggregate amount of Swing Line Advances owing to any Swing Line Lender, the aggregate principal amount of Letter of Credit Advances owing to the Issuing Banks and the Available Amount of each Letter of Credit shall be considered to be owed to the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitments.  For purposes of Section 10.01 (and any other provisions requiring the consent or approval of the Lenders set forth herein), the definition of “Supermajority Lenders” shall exclude Affiliated Lenders.
 
Supplemental Collateral Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02.
 
Surviving Debt ” means the Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 1.01(c).
 
Swing Line Advance ” means an advance made by (a) the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.01(c) or (b) any Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.02(b).
 
Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of a Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.01(c) or the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.02(b).
 
Swing Line Commitment ” means, with respect to the Swing Line Lender, the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule I hereto under the caption “Swing Line Commitment” or, if the Swing Line Lender has entered into an Assignment and Acceptance, set forth for the Swing Line Lender in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(d) as the Swing Line Lender’s “Swing Line Commitment”, as such amount may be reduced at or prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.05.
 
Swing Line Facility ” means, at any time, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the Swing Line Lender’s Swing Line Commitment at such time, as such amount may be reduced at or prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.05.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
32

 
 
Swing Line Lender ” means the banks listed on the signature pages hereof as a “Swing Line Lender” and any Eligible Assignee to which the Swing Line Commitment hereunder has been assigned pursuant to Section 10.07 so long as such Eligible Assignee expressly agrees to perform in accordance with their terms all obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Swing Line Lender and notifies the Administrative Agent of its Applicable Lending Office and the amount of its Swing Line Commitment (which information shall be recorded by the Administrative Agent in the Register), for so long as such Swing Line Lender or Eligible Assignee, as the case may be, shall have a Swing Line Commitment.
 
Syndication Agent ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a).
 
Term Facility Collateral ” means the Collateral set forth on Schedule VIII.
 
Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (i) the Maturity Date and (ii) the date of termination in whole of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01.
 
Tooling Program ” means any program whereby tooling equipment is purchased or progress payments are made to facilitate production customer’s products and whereby the customer will ultimately repurchase the tooling equipment after the final approval by such customer.
 
Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the entering into by the Loan Parties and their applicable Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which they are or are intended to be a party, and the borrowings hereunder on the Closing Date and application of the proceeds as contemplated hereby and thereby and (b) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the foregoing.
 
Type ” refers to the distinction between Advances bearing interest at the Base Rate and Advances bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate.
 
UBS ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
 
Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
 
Unrestricted Cash ” means any cash held by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that is (i) not being held as cash collateral or subject to any Lien, (ii) does not constitute escrowed funds for any purpose and (iii) does not represent a minimum balance requirement.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
33

 

Unused Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time minus (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Advances made by such Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) and outstanding at such time, plus (ii) such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of (A) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, (B) the aggregate principal amount of all Letter of Credit Advances made by the Issuing Banks pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and outstanding at such time, and (C) the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Advances made by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.01(c) at any time.
 
Voting Stock ” means capital stock issued by a corporation, or equivalent interests in any other Person, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even if the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.
 
Wells Fargo ” has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.
 
Withdrawal Liability ” has the meaning specified in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
 
Section 1.02     Computation of Time Periods .  In this Agreement in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”.
 
Section 1.03     Accounting Terms and Financial Determinations .
 
(a)            All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time (“ GAAP ”); provided, however, that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article V to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP that occurs after the Closing Date on the operation of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article V for such purpose), then the Borrower’s compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agreeing to enter into negotiations to amend any such covenant immediately upon receipt from any party entitled to send such notice.
 
(b)            All components of financial calculations made to determine compliance with Article V shall be adjusted on a pro forma basis to include or exclude, as the case may be, without duplication, such components of such calculations attributable to any Pro Forma Transaction consummated after the first day of the applicable period of determination and prior to the end of such period, as determined in good faith by the Borrower based on assumptions expressed therein and that were reasonable based on the information available to Borrower at the time of preparation of such calculations.
 
(c)            Any financial statements or other financial information required to be provided hereunder (including any comparison financial information to any prior period) for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that includes or references financial information for any period prior to the Closing Date, shall, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, be deemed a reference to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the applicable period.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
34

 

Section 1.04     Terms Generally .  The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”  Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Schedules and Exhibits to, this Agreement, (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all real property, tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights, and interests in any of the foregoing, and (f) any reference to a statute, rule or regulation is to that statute, rule or regulation as now enacted or as the same may from time to time be amended, re-enacted or expressly replaced.
 
Section 1.05     Reserves .  When any Reserve is to be established or a change in any amount, percentage, reserve, eligibility criteria or other item in the definitions of the terms “Borrowing Base”, “Eligible Inventory”, “Eligible Receivables” and “Rent Reserve” is to be determined in each case in the Administrative Agent’s “reasonable discretion”, such Reserve shall be implemented or such change shall become effective on the date of delivery of a written notice thereof to the Borrower (a “ Borrowing Base Change Notice ”), or immediately, without prior written notice, during the continuance of an Event of Default.
 
ARTICLE II
 
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES AND THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
 
Section 2.01     The Advances .  (a)   The Revolving Credit Advances .  Each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make advances (each, a “ Revolving Credit Advance ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Termination Date (i) in an amount for each such Advance not to exceed such Revolving Credit Lender’s Unused Revolving Credit Commitment at such time and (ii) in an aggregate amount for all such Advances not to exceed such Lender’s ratable portion (based on the aggregate amount of the Unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time) of the Revolving Credit Availability Amount at such time; provided that the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Advances outstanding at such time plus (y) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Availability Amount at any time.
 
(b)            Borrowings .  Each Borrowing shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (other than a Borrowing the proceeds of which shall be used solely to repay or prepay in full outstanding Swing Line Advances or Letter of Credit Advances) and shall consist of Advances made simultaneously by the Lenders under the applicable Facility ratably according to the Lenders’ Commitments under such Facility.  Within the limits of each Lender’s Unused Revolving Credit Commitment in effect from time to time, the Borrower may borrow under Section 2.01(a), prepay pursuant to Section 2.06, and reborrow under Section 2.01(a).
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
35

 
 
(c)             The Swing Line Advances .  The Swing Line Lender severally agrees on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth to make, in its sole discretion, Swing Line Advances to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Termination Date in an aggregate amount owing to the Swing Line Lender not to exceed at any time outstanding the lesser of (i) the Swing Line Facility at such time and (ii) the Swing Line Lender’s Swing Line Commitment at such time; provided , however , that no Swing Line Borrowing shall exceed the aggregate of the Unused Revolving Credit Commitments of the Revolving Credit Lenders at such time; provided , further , that the Swing Line Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Advance.  No Swing Line Advance shall be used for the purpose of funding the payment of principal of any other Swing Line Advance.  Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be in an amount of $500,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Within the limits of the Swing Line Facility and within the limits referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (c), the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(c), repay pursuant to Section 2.04(b) or prepay pursuant to Section 2.06(a) and reborrow under this Section 2.01(c).  Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Advance, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Advance in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the principal amount of such Swing Line Advance.
 
Section 2.02     Making the Advances .  (a)  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.02(b) or 2.03, each Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances, or on the Business Day of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Advances, by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, which shall give to each Lender prompt notice thereof by telex or telecopier.  Each such notice of a Borrowing (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”) shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing, or telex or telecopier, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Borrowing, (ii) the Facility under which such Borrowing is to be made, (iii) Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing, (iv) aggregate amount of such Borrowing and (v) in the case of a Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances, initial Interest Period for each such Advance.  Each Lender shall, before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing, make available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Account, in same day funds, such Lender’s ratable portion of such Borrowing in accordance with the respective Commitments of such Lender and the other Lenders.  After the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower by crediting the Borrower’s Account or such other account as the Borrower shall request; provided , however , that, in the case of Revolving Credit Advances, the Administrative Agent shall first apply such funds to prepay ratably the aggregate principal amount of any Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Advances outstanding on the date of such Borrowing, plus interest accrued and unpaid thereon to and as of such date.
 
(b)            (i)  Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing, by the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent.  Each such notice of a Swing Line Borrowing (a “ Notice of Swing Line Borrowing ”) shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing, or telecopier, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Borrowing, (ii) amount of such Borrowing and (iii) maturity of such Borrowing (which maturity shall be no later than the seventh day after the requested date of such Borrowing).  The Swing Line Lender will make the amount of the requested Swing Line Advances available to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Account, in same day funds.  After the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower by crediting the Borrower’s Account or such other account as the Borrower shall request.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
36

 
 
(ii)            The Swing Line Lender may, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, request on behalf of the Borrower (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf) that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Advance in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Advances then outstanding.  Such request shall be deemed to be a Notice of Borrowing for purposes hereof and shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02(a) without regard solely to the minimum amounts specified therein but subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 (except that the Borrower shall not be deemed to have made any representations and warranties).  The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the Notice of Borrowing promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent.  Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Notice of Borrowing available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Swing Line Lender, by deposit to the Administrative Agent’s Account, in same date funds, not later than 3:00 P.M. on the day specified in such Notice of Borrowing.
 
(iii)            If for any reason any Swing Line Advance cannot be refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing as contemplated by Section 2.02(b)(ii), the request for Base Rate Advances submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth in Section 2.02(b)(ii) shall be deemed to be a request by such Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Advance and each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.02(b)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.
 
(iv)            If and to the extent that any Revolving Credit Lender shall not have made the amount of its Pro Rata Share of such Swing Line Advance available to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02(b)(ii), such Revolving Credit Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date of the applicable Notice of Borrowing delivered by such Swing Line Lender until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.
 
(v)            Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Advances or to purchase and fund risk participations in a Swing Line Advance pursuant to this Section 2.02(b) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Advances pursuant to this Section 2.02(b) is subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.02.  No funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Advances, together with interest as provided herein.
 
(c)            Anything in subsection (a) above to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the Borrower may not select Eurodollar Rate Advances for the initial Borrowing hereunder or for any Borrowing if the aggregate amount of such Borrowing is less than $5,000,000 or if the obligation of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Rate Advances shall then be suspended pursuant to Section 2.09 or 2.10 and (ii) the Revolving Credit Advances may not be outstanding as part of more than 15 separate Borrowings.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
37

 
 
(d)           Each Notice of Borrowing and each Notice of Swing Line Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.  In the case of any Borrowing that the related Notice of Borrowing specifies is to be comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in such Notice of Borrowing for such Borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including, without limitation, any actual loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Advance to be made by such Lender as part of such Borrowing when such Advance, as a result of such failure, is not made on such date.
 
(e)            Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from any Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 2.02 and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount.  If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay or pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount and to pay interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid or paid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at such time under Section 2.07 to Advances comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate.  If such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Advance as part of such Borrowing for all purposes of this Agreement.
 
(f)            The failure of any Lender to make the Advance to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Advance or make available on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Advance to be made by it.
 
Section 2.03     Issuance of and Drawings and Reimbursement Under Letters of Credit .
 
(a)             The Letter of Credit Commitment .
 
(i)             Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and to amend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuing Banks shall not be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit, and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if as of the date of such issuance, (x) the Available Amount for all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank would exceed the lesser of the Letter of Credit Sublimit at such time and such Issuing Bank’s Letter of Credit Commitment at such time, (y) the Available Amount of such Letter of Credit would exceed the Unused Revolving Credit Commitment or (z) the sum of (1) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances plus Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Advances outstanding at such time plus (2) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time exceed the Borrowing Base at such time.  Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.  All Existing Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Closing Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
38

 
 
(ii)            No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:  (A) any order, judgment or decree of any governmental authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to such Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any governmental authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that such Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it; (B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Revolving Credit Lenders have approved such expiry date; (C) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such Issuing Bank; or (D) such Letter of Credit is in an initial amount less than $100,000 (unless such Issuing Bank agrees otherwise), or is to be denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars.
 
(iii)           No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.
 
(b)             Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit .
 
(i)             Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the applicable Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or such Subsidiary for whose account such Letter of Credit is to be issued.  Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as such Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be.  In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as such Issuing Bank may reasonably require.  In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as such Issuing Bank may reasonably require.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
39

 
 
(ii)            Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable Issuing Bank will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such Issuing Bank will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof.  Upon receipt by such Issuing Bank of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with such Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices.  Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from such Issuing Bank a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.
 
(iii)           Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable Issuing Bank will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
 
(c)             Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .
 
(i)            Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof.  Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day following any payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit, so long as the Borrower has received notice of such drawing by 10:00 a.m. on such following Business Day (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse such Issuing Bank through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing (together with interest thereon at the rate set forth in Section 2.07 for Revolving Credit Advances bearing interest at the Base Rate).  If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof.  In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.01 for the principal amount of Borrowings, but subject to the amount of the Unused Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 (other than the delivery of a Notice of Borrowing).  Any notice given by an Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
40

 

(ii)            Each Revolving Credit Lender (including a Revolving Credit Lender acting as Issuing Bank) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Letter of Credit Advance to the Borrower in such amount.  The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the applicable Issuing Bank.
 
(iii)           With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing because the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable Issuing Bank a Letter of Credit Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which Letter of Credit Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.  In such event, each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such Letter of Credit Borrowing and shall constitute a Letter of Credit Advance from such Revolving Credit Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.
 
(iv)          Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Revolving Credit Advance or Letter of Credit Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of such Issuing Bank.
 
(v)           Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Letter of Credit Advances to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Credit Lender may have against such Issuing Bank, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.  No such making of a Letter of Credit Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for the amount of any payment made by such Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
 
(vi)          If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), such Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Credit Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the such Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.  A certificate of the applicable Issuing Bank submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
41

 

(d)           Repayment of Participations .
 
(i)            At any time after any Issuing Bank has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Revolving Credit Lender’s Letter of Credit Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Revolving Credit Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Revolving Credit Lender’s Letter of Credit Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
 
(ii)            If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any circumstances (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Issuing Bank in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Revolving Credit Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.
 
(e)             Obligations Absolute .  The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse any Issuing Bank for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each Letter of Credit Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
 
(i)             any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;
 
(ii)            the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), such Issuing Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
 
(iii)          any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
 
(iv)          any payment by the Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by such Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
42

 
 
(v)           any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower.
 
The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the applicable Issuing Bank.  The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the applicable Issuing Bank and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
 
(f)            Role of Issuing Bank .  Each Revolving Credit Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, no Issuing Bank shall have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.  None of the Issuing Banks, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Revolving Credit Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Revolving Credit Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application.  The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower from pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement.  None of the Issuing Banks, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any Issuing Bank, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e); provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an Issuing Bank, any related Agent-Related Person, any of their respective correspondents, participants or assignees of such Issuing Bank or any Agent-Related Person, and they may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such Issuing Bank’s, any such Agent-Related Person’s, or any of such respective correspondents, participants or assignees of such Issuing Bank or of any Agent-Related Person’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such Issuing Bank’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the applicable Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and such Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
43

 

(g)            Cash Collateral .  Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit may for any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, the Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to 105% of such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such Letter of Credit Borrowing or the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, as the case may be).  For purposes hereof, “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the Revolving Credit Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks (which documents are hereby consented to by the Revolving Credit Lenders).  Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings.  The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the Revolving Credit Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing.  Such cash collateral shall be maintained in the L/C Cash Collateral Account.
 
(h)           Applicability of ISP98 and UCP .  Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce (the “ ICC ”) at the time of issuance (including the ICC decision published by the Commission on Banking Technique and Practice on April 6, 1998 regarding the European single currency (euro)) shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.
 
(i)             Conflict with Letter of Credit Application .  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control.
 
(j)             Issuing Banks .  Until such time as any financial institution that is an Issuing Bank on the date hereof shall become a Revolving Credit Lender hereunder, such Issuing Bank shall have no obligations under the Loan Documents other than with respect to Existing Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.
 
Section 2.04     Repayment of Advances .  (a)   Revolving Credit Advances .  The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Revolving Credit Lenders on the Termination Date the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances then outstanding.
 
(b)           Swing Line Advances .  The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender and each other Revolving Credit Lender that has made a Swing Line Advance the outstanding principal amount of each Swing Line Advance made by each of them on the earlier of the maturity date specified in the applicable Notice of Swing Line Borrowing (which maturity shall be no later than the seventh day after the requested date of such Borrowing) and the Termination Date.
 
(c)             Letter of Credit Advances .  The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Banks and each Revolving Credit Lender that has made a Letter of Credit Advance the outstanding principal amount of each Letter of Credit Advance made by each of them on the earlier of (i) the date of demand therefor and (ii) the Termination Date.
 
Section 2.05     Termination or Reduction of Commitments .  (a)   Optional .  The Borrower may, upon at least two Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate in whole or reduce in part the unused portions of the Swing Line Facility and the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the Unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided , however , that each partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
44

 
 
(b)            Mandatory .
 
(i)             The Letter of Credit Sublimit shall be automatically and permanently reduced from time to time on the date of each reduction in the Revolving Credit Facility by the amount, if any, by which the amount of the Letter of Credit Sublimit exceeds the Revolving Credit Facility after giving effect to such reduction of the Revolving Credit Facility.
 
(ii)            The Swing Line Facility shall be permanently reduced from time to time on the date of each reduction in the Revolving Credit Facility by the amount, if any, by which the amount of the Swing Line Facility exceeds the Revolving Credit Facility after giving effect to such reduction of the Revolving Credit Facility.
 
(c)             Application of Commitment Reductions .  Upon each reduction of the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to this Section 2.05, the Commitment of each of the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be reduced by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which the Revolving Credit Facility is reduced in accordance with the Lenders’ respective Revolving Credit Commitments.
 
Section 2.06     Prepayments .  (a)   Optional .  The Borrower may, upon at least one Business Day’s notice to the Administrative Agent received not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York, New York time) stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, and if such notice is given the Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Advances, in whole or ratably in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the aggregate principal amount prepaid; provided , however , that (i) each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any Advance and (ii) that no prepayment of Eurodollar Loans shall be permitted pursuant to this Section 2.06 other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto unless such prepayment is accompanied by the payment of the amounts required by Section 10.04(c) if the applicable Lender has provided the Borrower with adequate notice of the amount of the same.
 
(b)            Mandatory .
 
(i)            [ RESERVED .]
 
(ii)            The Borrower shall, on each Business Day, if applicable, prepay (with no corresponding commitment reduction) an aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances comprising part of the same Borrowings, the Letter of Credit Advances and the Swing Line Advances or deposit an amount in the Collateral Account in an amount equal to the amount by which (A) the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances, the Letter of Credit Advances and the Swing Line Advances then outstanding plus (y) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding exceeds (B) the Revolving Credit Availability Amount.
 
(iii)           The Borrower shall, on each Business Day, if applicable, pay to the Administrative Agent for deposit in the L/C Cash Collateral Account an amount sufficient to cause the aggregate amount on deposit in such L/C Cash Collateral Account to equal the amount by which the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding exceeds the Letter of Credit Sublimit on such Business Day.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
45

 
 
(iv)          Prepayments of the Revolving Credit Facility made pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be first applied to prepay Letter of Credit Advances then outstanding, if any, until such Advances are paid in full, second applied to prepay Swing Line Advances then outstanding until such Advances are paid in full, third applied ratably to prepay Revolving Credit Advances then outstanding, if any, comprising part of the same Borrowings until such Advances are paid in full and third, if required under Section 2.03(g), deposited in the L/C Cash Collateral Account.  Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit in the L/C Cash Collateral Account, such funds shall be applied to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank or Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable.
 
(v)           All prepayments under this subsection (b) shall be made together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid, and, if any such prepayment is made on a day other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, such prepayment shall be accompanied by the payment of the amounts required by Section 10.04(c) if the applicable Lender has provided the Borrower with adequate notice of the amount of the same.
 
Section 2.07     Interest .  (a)   Scheduled Interest .  The Borrower shall pay interest on each Revolving Credit Advance owing to each Lender from the date of such Revolving Credit Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:
 
(i)              Base Rate Advances .  During such periods as such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times to the sum of (A) the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus (B) the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time, payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day following each Fiscal Quarter during such periods and upon repayment of such Advance.
 
(ii)             Eurodollar Rate Advances .  During such periods as such Advance is a Eurodollar Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during each Interest Period for such Advance to the sum of (A) the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period for such Advance plus (B) the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time, payable in arrears on the last Business Day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest Period has a duration of more than 90 days, every 90 days from the first day of such Interest Period and on the date such Eurodollar Rate Advance shall be Converted or paid in full.
 
(b)             Default Interest .  The Borrower shall pay interest, (i) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of (x) an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a) or (f) or (y) any other Event of Default at the election of the Required Lenders, on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance owing to each Lender, payable in arrears on the dates referred to in clause (a) above and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on such Advance pursuant to clause (a) and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, on the amount of any interest, fee or other amount payable hereunder that is not paid when due, from the date such amount shall be due until such amount shall be paid in full, payable in arrears on the date such amount shall be paid in full and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on Advances pursuant to clause (a)(i) above.
 
(c)             Notice of Interest Rate .  Promptly after receipt of a Notice of Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02(a), the Administrative Agent shall give notice to the Borrower and each Lender of the interest rate determined by the Administrative Agent for purposes of clause (a) above.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
46

 
 
Section 2.08     Fees .  (a)   Commitment Fees .  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Revolving Credit Lenders a commitment fee, from the date hereof in the case of each Lender party to this Agreement on the Closing Date and from the effective date specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case of each other such Lender until the Termination Date, payable in quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day following each Fiscal Quarter and on the Termination Date, at the rate of (i) 0.625% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the Unused Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender, if the average daily unused portion of the Unused Revolving Credit Commitments is equal to or greater than 50% of the aggregate Commitments and (ii) 0.50% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the Unused Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender, if the average daily unused portion of the Unused Revolving Credit Commitments is less than 50% of the aggregate Commitments; provided , however , that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender; provided , further , that the commitment fee payable to each Lender on the first Business Day of the first full Fiscal Quarter after the Closing Date shall be at the rate of 0.625% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the Unused Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender at such time.
 
(b)           Letter of Credit Fees, Etc .
 
(i)           The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender a commission, payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter, on the earliest to occur of the full drawing, expiration, termination or cancellation of any such Letter of Credit and on the Termination Date, on such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the average daily aggregate Available Amount during such quarter of all Letters of Credit outstanding from time to time at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit Facility.
 
(ii)            The Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Banks, for their own account, (A) ratably, a fronting fee, payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day following each Fiscal Quarter and on the Termination Date, on the average daily Available Amount during such quarter of all Letters of Credit, from the Closing Date until the Termination Date, at the rate of 0.25% per annum and (B) the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the Issuing Banks.
 
Section 2.09     Conversion of Advances .  (a)   Optional .  The Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion and subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, Convert all or any portion of the Advances of one Type comprising the same Borrowing into Advances of the other Type; provided , however , that any Conversion of Eurodollar Rate Advances into Base Rate Advances shall be made only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Advances, any Conversion of Base Rate Advances into Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be in an amount not less than the minimum amount specified in Section 2.02(c), no Conversion of any Advances shall result in more separate Borrowings than permitted under Section 2.02(c) and each Conversion of Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their Commitments.  Each such notice of Conversion shall, within the restrictions specified above, specify (i) the date of such Conversion, (ii) the Advances to be Converted and (iii) if such Conversion is into Eurodollar Rate Advances, the duration of the initial Interest Period for such Advances.  Each notice of Conversion shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
47

 
 
(b)           Mandatory .
 
(i)            On the date on which the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising any Borrowing shall be reduced, by payment or prepayment or otherwise, to less than $5,000,000, such Advances shall, at the end of the applicable Interest Period, automatically Convert into Base Rate Advances.
 
(ii)            If the Borrower shall fail to select the duration of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advances in accordance with the provisions contained in the definition of “Interest Period” in Section 1.01, the Administrative Agent will forthwith so notify the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon each such Eurodollar Rate Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Advance.
 
(iii)           Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, (x) each Eurodollar Rate Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Advance and (y) the obligation of the Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended.
 
Section 2.10     Increased Costs, Etc .  (a)  If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law and, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-203) and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives in connection therewith regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender Party of agreeing to make or of making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Advances or of agreeing to issue or of issuing or maintaining or participating in Letters of Credit or of agreeing to make or of making or maintaining Letter of Credit Advances (excluding, for purposes of this Section 2.10, any such increased costs resulting from (x) Taxes or Other Taxes (as to which Section 2.12 shall govern) and (y) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income by the United States or by the foreign jurisdiction or state under the laws of which such Lender Party is organized or has its Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof), then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon demand by such Lender Party (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender Party additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender Party for such increased cost; provided , however , that a Lender Party claiming additional amounts under this Section 2.10(a) agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a designation would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such increased cost that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender Party, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender Party.  A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to the Borrower by such Lender Party, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
 
(b)            If any Lender Party determines that compliance with any law or regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender Party or any corporation controlling such Lender Party and that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of such Lender Party’s commitment to lend or to issue or participate in Letters of Credit hereunder and other commitments of such type or the issuance or maintenance of or participation in the Letters of Credit (or similar contingent obligations), then, upon demand by such Lender Party or such corporation (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender Party, from time to time as specified by such Lender Party, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender Party in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that such Lender Party reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of such Lender Party’s commitment to lend or to issue or participate in Letters of Credit hereunder or to the issuance or maintenance of or participation in any Letters of Credit.  A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Borrower by such Lender Party shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
48

 
 
(c)            If, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent that the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period for such Advances will not adequately reflect the cost to such Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their Eurodollar Rate Advances for such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith so notify the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon (i) each such Eurodollar Rate Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Advance and (ii) the obligation of the Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that such Lenders have determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.
 
(d)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation shall make it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority shall assert that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or to continue to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder, then, on notice thereof and demand therefor by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Advance will automatically, upon such demand, Convert into a Base Rate Advance and (ii) the obligation of the Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that such Lender has determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist; provided , however , that, before making any such demand, such Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Eurodollar Lending Office if the making of such a designation would allow such Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office to continue to perform its obligations to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or to continue to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances and would not, in the judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.
 
Section 2.11     Payments and Computations .
 
(a)            The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder and under the Notes, irrespective of any right of counterclaim or set-off (except as otherwise provided in Section 2.15), not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York, New York time) on the day when due (or, in the case of payments made by a Guarantor pursuant to Section 8.01, on the date of demand therefor) in U.S. dollars to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Account in same day funds.  The Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter cause like funds to be distributed (i) if such payment by the Borrower is in respect of principal, interest, commitment fees or any other Obligation then payable hereunder and under the Notes to more than one Lender Party, to such Lender Parties for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices ratably in accordance with the amounts of such respective Obligations then payable to such Lender Parties and (ii) if such payment by the Borrower is in respect of any Obligation then payable hereunder to one Lender Party, to such Lender Party for the account of its Applicable Lending Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Acceptance and recording of the information contained therein in the Register pursuant to Section 10.07(d), from and after the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under the Notes in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender Party assignee thereunder, and the parties to such Assignment and Acceptance shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior to such effective date directly between themselves.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
49

 
 
(b)            If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations under the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the Advances to which, or the manner in which, such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each Lender Party ratably in accordance with such Lender Party’s proportionate share of the principal amount of all outstanding Advances and the Available Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Advances or other Obligations owed to such Lender Party, and for application to such principal installments, as the Administrative Agent shall direct.
 
(c)            The Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender Party, if and to the extent payment owed to such Lender Party is not made when due hereunder or, in the case of a Lender, under the Note held by such Lender, to charge from time to time against any or all of the Borrower’s accounts with such Lender Party any amount so due.  Each of the Lender Parties hereby agrees to notify the Borrower promptly after any such setoff and application shall be made by such Lender Party; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such charge.
 
(d)            All computations of interest based on the Base Rate, of fees and Letter of Credit commissions shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and all computations of interest based on the Eurodollar Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest, fees or commissions are payable.  Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate, fee or commission hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
 
(e)            Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Notes shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or commitment fee, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Advances to be made in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.
 
(f)            Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to any Lender Party hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such date and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each such Lender Party on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender Party.  If and to the extent the Borrower shall not have so made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent, each such Lender Party shall repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender Party together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender Party until the date such Lender Party repays such amount to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
50

 
 
Section 2.12     Taxes .  (a)  Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all payments by any Loan Party to or for the account of any Lender Party or any Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made, in accordance with Section 2.11 or the applicable provisions of such other Loan Document, if any, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender Party and each Agent, (x) taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings that are imposed on or measured by its overall net income and franchise taxes imposed in lieu thereof by the United States of America or by the state or foreign jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof under the laws of which such Lender Party or such Agent, as the case may be, is organized or, in the case of each Lender Party, such Lender Party’s Applicable Lending Office is located, (y) any branch profit taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which such Applicable Lending Office is located or (z) any withholding tax that would not have been imposed on a Lender Party but for the failure of such Lender Party to comply with Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code, or any applicable Treasury regulation promulgated thereunder or published administrative guidance implementing such law (all such non excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”).  If any Loan Party shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Lender Party or any Agent, subject to Section 2.12(f), (i) the sum payable by such Loan Party shall be increased as may be necessary so that after such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent have made all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.12) such Lender Party or such Agent, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Loan Party shall make all such deductions and (iii) such Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.
 
(b)            In addition, each Loan Party shall pay any present or future stamp, documentary, excise, property, intangible, mortgage recording or similar taxes, charges or levies that arise from any payment made by such Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Documents or from the execution, delivery or registration of, performance under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).
 
(c)            Except as otherwise provided herein, the Loan Parties shall indemnify each Lender Party and each Agent for and hold them harmless against the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes imposed on or paid by such Lender Party or such Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, additions to tax, interest and reasonable expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, but excluding penalties, interest or other expenses to the extent attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Person claiming such indemnity.  This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date such Lender Party or such Agent (as the case may be) makes written demand therefor, which written demand shall be accompanied by copies of the applicable documentation evidencing the amount of such taxes.
 
(d)            Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the appropriate Loan Party shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its address referred to in Section 10.02, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing such payment, to the extent such a receipt is issued therefor, or other written proof of payment thereof that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.  In the case of any payment hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by or on behalf of a Loan Party through an account or branch outside the United States or by or on behalf of a Loan Party by a payor that is not a United States person, if such Loan Party determines that no Taxes are payable in respect thereof, such Loan Party shall furnish, or shall cause such payor to furnish, to the Administrative Agent, at such address, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Administrative Agent stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes.  For purposes of subsections (d) and (e) of this Section 2.12, the terms “United States person” shall have the meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
51

 
 
(e)            Each Lender Party organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States shall, on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement or on the date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it becomes a Lender Party, as applicable, and at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, or from time to time thereafter as reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower (but only so long thereafter as such Lender Party remains lawfully able to do so), provide each of the Administrative Agent and Borrower with two original properly completed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, W-8IMY or W-8ECI as appropriate, or any successor or other form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, certifying that such Lender Party is exempt from or entitled to a reduced rate of United States withholding tax on payments pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  In addition, in the case of a Lender Party that is relying on the portfolio interest exemption under Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, such Lender Party shall also deliver at such time or times described above a form approved by the Borrower, to the effect that such Lender Party is not (A) a “bank” lending in the ordinary course of its trade or business, within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(3)(c) of the Code.  If the forms provided by a Lender Party at the time such Lender Party first becomes a party to this Agreement indicate a United States interest withholding tax rate in excess of zero, withholding tax at such rate shall be considered excluded from Taxes unless and until such Lender Party provides the appropriate forms certifying that a lesser rate applies, whereupon withholding tax at such lesser rate only shall be considered excluded from Taxes for periods governed by such forms; provided, however, that if, at the effective date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which a Lender Party becomes a party to this Agreement, the Lender Party assignor was entitled to payments under subsection (a) of this Section 2.12 in respect of United States withholding tax with respect to interest paid at such date, then, to such extent, the term Taxes shall include (in addition to withholding taxes that may be imposed in the future or other amounts otherwise includable in Taxes) United States withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the Lender Party assignee on such date.  In addition, each Lender Party  that is a “United States person” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) agrees to complete and deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two (2) original copies of accurate, complete and signed IRS Form W-9 or successor form, certifying that such Lender Party is not subject to U.S. federal backup withholding tax, on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement, or on the date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it becomes a Lender Party, as applicable, and from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.  If any form or document referred to in this subsection (e) requires the disclosure of information, other than information necessary to compute the tax payable and information required on the date hereof by Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8IMY, W-8ECI, W-9 or any successor, or the related certificate described above, that the applicable Lender Party reasonably considers to be confidential, such Lender Party shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and shall not be obligated to include in such form or document such confidential information.
 
(f)            For any period with respect to which a Lender Party has failed to provide the Borrower with the appropriate form, certificate or other document described in subsection (e) above (other than if such failure is due to a change in law, or in the interpretation or application thereof, occurring after the date on which a form, certificate or other document originally was required to be provided or if such form, certificate or other document otherwise is not required under subsection (e) above), such Lender Party shall not be entitled to increased payment or indemnification under subsection (a) or (c) of this Section 2.12 with respect to taxes imposed by the United States by reason of such failure; provided, however, that should a Lender Party become subject to taxes because of its failure to deliver a form, certificate or other document required hereunder, the Loan Parties shall take such steps as such Lender Party shall reasonably request to assist such Lender Party to recover such taxes.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
52

 
 
(g)            If any Lender Party determines, in its sole discretion, that it has actually and finally realized by reason of the refund of or credit against any Taxes paid or reimbursed by any Loan Party pursuant to subsection (a) or (c) above in respect of payments under the Loan Documents, a current monetary benefit that it would otherwise not have obtained, and that would result in the total payments under this Section 2.12 exceeding the amount needed to make such Lender Party whole, such Lender Party shall pay to the Borrower or other Loan Party, as the case may be, with reasonable promptness following the date on which it actually realizes such benefit, an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of such benefit or the amount of such excess, net of all out-of-pocket expenses in securing such refund.
 
Section 2.13     Sharing of Payments, Etc .  If any Lender Party shall obtain at any time any payment, whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set off, or otherwise (other than pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.12, 10.04 or 10.07), (a) on account of Obligations due and payable to such Lender Party hereunder and under the Notes at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender Party at such time (other than pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.12, 10.04 or 10.07) to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations due and payable to all Lender Parties hereunder and under the Notes at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations due and payable to all Lender Parties hereunder and under the Notes at such time obtained by all the Lender Parties at such time or (b) on account of Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender Party hereunder and under the Notes at such time (other than pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.12, 10.04 or 10.07) in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing to such Lender Party at such time (other than pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.12, 10.04 or 10.07) to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lender Parties hereunder and under the Notes at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lender Parties hereunder and under the Notes at such time obtained by all of the Lender Parties at such time, such Lender Party shall forthwith purchase from the other Lender Parties such participations in the Obligations due and payable or owing to them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender Party to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that, if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender Party, such purchase from each other Lender Party shall be rescinded and such other Lender Party shall repay to the purchasing Lender Party the purchase price to the extent of such Lender Party’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the purchase price paid to such Lender Party to (ii) the aggregate purchase price paid to all Lender Parties) of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender Party’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such other Lender Party’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender Party) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender Party in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The Borrower agrees that any Lender Party so purchasing a participation from another Lender Party pursuant to this Section 2.13 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender Party were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
53

 

Section 2.14     Use of Proceeds .
 
(a)            The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Advances, the Swing Line Advances and the Letters of Credit shall only be utilized to provide financing for working capital, letters of credit, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
 
(b)           Transactions with CGMI .  Borrower will not use any of the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Advances, the Swing Line Advances and the Letters of Credit, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of (i) purchasing an asset from a CGMI as principal, (ii) purchasing a security underwritten by CGMI, (iii) repaying principal of, or interest or fees on, any extension of credit made by CGMI, (iv) posting collateral to secure its obligations under any transaction with CGMI or (v) making any payment for services provided by CGMI.
 
Section 2.15     Defaulting Lenders .  (a)  In the event that, at any time, (i) any Lender Party shall be a Defaulting Lender, (ii) such Defaulting Lender shall owe a Defaulted Advance to the Borrower and (iii) the Borrower shall be required to make any payment hereunder or under any other Loan Document to or for the account of such Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, set off and otherwise apply the Obligation of the Borrower to make such payment to or for the account of such Defaulting Lender against the obligation of such Defaulting Lender to make such Defaulted Advance.  In the event that, on any date, the Borrower shall so set off and otherwise apply its obligation to make any such payment against the obligation of such Defaulting Lender to make any such Defaulted Advance on or prior to such date, the amount so set off and otherwise applied by the Borrower shall constitute for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents an Advance by such Defaulting Lender made on the date under the Facility pursuant to which such Defaulted Advance was originally required to have been made pursuant to Section 2.01.  Such Advance shall be considered, for all purposes of this Agreement, to comprise part of the Borrowing in connection with which such Defaulted Advance was originally required to have been made pursuant to Section 2.01, even if the other Advances comprising such Borrowing shall be Eurodollar Rate Advances on the date such Advance is deemed to be made pursuant to this subsection (a).  The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent at any time the Borrower exercises its right of set-off pursuant to this subsection (a) and shall set forth in such notice (A) the name of the Defaulting Lender and the Defaulted Advance required to be made by such Defaulting Lender and (B) the amount set off and otherwise applied in respect of such Defaulted Advance pursuant to this subsection (a).  Any portion of such payment otherwise required to be made by the Borrower to or for the account of such Defaulting Lender which is paid by the Borrower, after giving effect to the amount set off and otherwise applied by the Borrower pursuant to this subsection (a), shall be applied by the Administrative Agent as specified in subsection (b) or (c) of this Section 2.15.
 
(b)           In the event that, at any time, (i) any Lender Party shall be a Defaulting Lender, (ii) such Defaulting Lender shall owe a Defaulted Amount to the Administrative Agent or any of the other Lender Parties and (iii) the Borrower shall make any payment hereunder or under any other Loan Document to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender, then the Administrative Agent may, on its behalf or on behalf of such other Lender Parties and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, apply at such time the amount so paid by the Borrower to or for the account of such Defaulting Lender to the payment of each such Defaulted Amount to the extent required to pay such Defaulted Amount.  In the event that the Administrative Agent shall so apply any such amount to the payment of any such Defaulted Amount on any date, the amount so applied by the Administrative Agent shall constitute for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents payment, to such extent, of such Defaulted Amount on such date.  Any such amount so applied by the Administrative Agent shall be retained by the Administrative Agent or distributed by the Administrative Agent to such other Lender Parties, ratably in accordance with the respective portions of such Defaulted Amounts payable at such time to the Administrative Agent and such other Lender Parties and, if the amount of such payment made by the Borrower shall at such time be insufficient to pay all Defaulted Amounts owing at such time to the Administrative Agent and the other Lender Parties, in the following order of priority:
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
54

 
 
(i)             first, to the Administrative Agent for any Defaulted Amount then owing to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Administrative Agent; and
 
(ii)           second, to the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender for any Defaulted Amounts then owing to them, in their capacities as such, ratably in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender; and
 
(iii)         third, to any other Lender Parties for any Defaulted Amounts then owing to such other Lender Parties, ratably in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to such other Lender Parties.
 
Any portion of such amount paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender remaining, after giving effect to the amount applied by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this subsection (b), shall be applied by the Administrative Agent as specified in subsection (c) of this Section 2.15.
 
(c)            In the event that, at any time, (i) any Lender Party shall be a Defaulting Lender, (ii) such Defaulting Lender shall not owe a Defaulted Advance or a Defaulted Amount and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party shall be required to pay or distribute any amount hereunder or under any other Loan Document to or for the account of such Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower or such other Lender Party shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent to be held by the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in escrow or the Administrative Agent shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, hold in escrow such amount otherwise held by it.  Any funds held by the Administrative Agent in escrow under this subsection (c) shall be deposited by the Administrative Agent in an account with Citibank, N.A., in the name and under the control of the Administrative Agent, but subject to the provisions of this subsection (c).  The terms applicable to such account, including the rate of interest payable with respect to the credit balance of such account from time to time, shall be Citibank, N.A.’s standard terms applicable to escrow accounts maintained with it.  Any interest credited to such account from time to time shall be held by the Administrative Agent in escrow under, and applied by the Administrative Agent from time to time in accordance with the provisions of, this subsection (c).  The Administrative Agent shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, apply all funds so held in escrow from time to time to the extent necessary to make any Advances required to be made by such Defaulting Lender and to pay any amount payable by such Defaulting Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party, as and when such Advances or amounts are required to be made or paid and, if the amount so held in escrow shall at any time be insufficient to make and pay all such Advances and amounts required to be made or paid at such time, in the following order of priority:
 
(i)             first, to the Administrative Agent for any amount then due and payable by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder in its capacity as Administrative Agent;
 
(ii)            second, to the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender for any amounts then due and payable to them hereunder, in their capacities as such, by such Defaulting Lender, ratably in accordance with such respective amounts then due and payable to the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender;
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
55

 
 
(iii)           third, to any other Lender Parties for any amount then due and payable by such Defaulting Lender to such other Lender Parties hereunder, ratably in accordance with such respective amounts then due and payable to such other Lender Parties; and
 
(iv)          fourth, to the Borrower for any Advance then required to be made by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to a Commitment of such Defaulting Lender.
 
In the event that any Lender Party that is a Defaulting Lender shall, at any time, cease to be a Defaulting Lender, any funds held by the Administrative Agent in escrow at such time with respect to such Lender Party shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to such Lender Party and applied by such Lender Party to the Obligations owing to such Lender Party at such time under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents ratably in accordance with the respective amounts of such Obligations outstanding at such time.
 
(d)           The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.15 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Defaulted Advance and that the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Defaulted Amount.
 
Section 2.16     Evidence of Debt .  (a)  The Advances made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business.  The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Advances made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon.  Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.  Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Advances in addition to such accounts or records.  Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Advances and payments with respect thereto.
 
(b)           In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
 
Section 2.17     Cash Management .
 
(a)            On or prior to the Closing Date, the Borrower shall
 
(i)            deliver to the Administrative Agent a schedule of all DDAs maintained by the Loan Parties, which schedule includes, with respect to each depository (A) the name and address of such depository, (B) the account number(s) maintained with such depository and (C) a contact person at such depository; and
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
56

 
 
(ii)            enter into a blocked account agreement (each, a “ Blocked Account Agreement ”), satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, with respect to each Concentration Account existing as of the Closing Date (other than any Concentration Account maintained with the Collateral Agent);
 
provided that to the extent that the Collateral Agent has been granted control, as determined by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, with respect to the Existing Accounts, the Loan Parties are not required to comply with the foregoing clause (a).
 
(b)            Each Blocked Account Agreement or such other account control agreement, if applicable, for each Concentration Account shall require, during the continuance of a Cash Control Trigger Event (and delivery of notice thereof from the Collateral Agent), the ACH or wire transfer on each Business Day of all available cash receipts held in the Concentration Account to a concentration account maintained by the Administrative Agent at Citibank, N.A. (the “ Agent Concentration Account ”).
 
(c)            If (i) at any time during the continuance of a Cash Control Trigger Event, any cash or Cash Equivalents owned by a Loan Party are deposited in any account (other than an Excluded Account), or held or invested in any manner (other than (x) in the Concentration Account that is subject to the Blocked Account Agreement, (y) in a Concentration Account that is maintained with the Collateral Agent or (z) a DDA which is swept daily to a Concentration Account subject to a Blocked Account Agreement), or (ii) at any time, a Concentration Account shall cease to be subject to a Blocked Account Agreement, the applicable Loan Party shall as soon as practicable furnish the Collateral Agent with written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent may require such Loan Party to close such account and have any such funds transferred to a Concentration Account which is subject to a Blocked Account Agreement.  In addition to the foregoing, during the continuance of a Cash Control Trigger Event, the Loan Parties shall, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, provide such Agent with an accounting of the contents of the Concentration Accounts.
 
(d)            A Loan Party may close DDAs or a Concentration Account, maintain existing DDAs or Concentration Accounts and/or open new DDAs or Concentration Accounts, subject to the execution and delivery to the Collateral Agent of appropriate Blocked Account Agreements with respect to each Concentration Account (except with respect to any Concentration Account maintained with the Collateral Agent) consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.17 and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.  The applicable Loan Party shall furnish the Administrative Agent with prior written notice of its intention to open or close a Concentration Account and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify such Loan Party as to whether the Administrative Agent shall require a Blocked Account Agreement with the Person with whom such account will be maintained.
 
(e)            The Loan Parties may also maintain one or more disbursement accounts which shall be used by the Loan Parties solely for disbursements and payments (including payroll) in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted hereunder (any account so used, a “ Disbursement Account ”).
 
(f)            The Agent Concentration Account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent.  Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) it has no right of withdrawal from the Agent Concentration Account, (ii) the funds on deposit in the Agent Concentration Account shall at all times continue to be collateral security for all of the Secured Obligations, and (iii) the funds on deposit in the Agent Concentration Account shall be applied as provided in this Agreement.  In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.17, during the continuance of a Cash Control Trigger Event, a Loan Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of any such proceeds or collections, such proceeds and collections shall be held in trust by such Loan Party for the Administrative Agent, shall not be commingled with any of such Loan Party’s other funds or deposited in any account of such Loan Party and shall promptly be deposited into a Concentration Account or dealt with in such other fashion as such Loan Party may be instructed by the Administrative Agent.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
57

 
 
(g)           [RESERVED.]
 
(h)            The Collateral Agent shall promptly (but in any event within two (2) Business Days) furnish written notice to each Person with whom a Concentration Account is maintained when a Cash Control Trigger Event is no longer continuing for purposes of this Agreement.
 
(i)             Subject to Section 2.17(c), any amounts received in the Agent Concentration Account shall be applied to the payment (without a corresponding reduction of Commitments) of all of the Advances (whether then due or not) and all of the other Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than contingent obligations) (whether then due or not) in the order provided in Section 21(b) of the Revolving Facility Security Agreement (with all Advances deemed due for purposes thereof).
 
(j)             The following shall apply to deposits and payments under and pursuant to this Agreement:
 
(i)             funds shall be deemed to have been deposited to the Agent Concentration Account on the Business Day on which deposited, provided that such deposit is available to the Administrative Agent by 4:00 p.m. on that Business Day (except that if the Obligations are being paid in full, by 2:00 p.m. on that Business Day);
 
(ii)            funds paid to the Administrative Agent, other than by deposit to the Agent Concentration Account, shall be deemed to have been received on the Business Day when they are good and collected funds, provided that such payment is available to the Administrative Agent by 4:00 p.m. on that Business Day (except that if the Obligations are being paid in full, by 2:00 p.m. on that Business Day); and
 
(iii)           if a deposit to the Agent Concentration Account or payment is not available to the Administrative Agent until after 4:00 p.m. on a Business Day, such deposit or payment shall be deemed to have been made at 9:00 a.m. on the then next Business Day.
 
Section 2.18       [RESERVED] .
 
Section 2.19       [RESERVED] .
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
58

 

Section 2.20       Replacement of Certain Lenders .  In the event a Lender (“ Affected Lender ”) shall have (a) become a Defaulting Lender under Section 2.15, (b) requested compensation from the Borrower under Section 2.12 with respect to Taxes or Other Taxes or with respect to increased costs or capital or under Section 2.10 or other additional costs incurred by such Lender which, in any case, are not being incurred generally by the other Lenders, or (c) delivered a notice pursuant to Section 2.10(d) claiming that such Lender is unable to extend Eurodollar Rate Advances to the Borrower for reasons not generally applicable to the other Lenders, then (1) the Borrower may prepay the outstanding principal amount of such Affected Lender’s Advances in whole (together with accrued interest to the date thereof on the principal amount prepaid) pursuant to Section 2.06 and reduce the Commitment of such Affected Lender to zero (unless, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Affected Lender of notice from the Borrower that the Borrower intends to prepay and reduce the Commitment of the Affected Lender to zero, in the event that such Lender is an Affected Lender pursuant to (i) clause (a) above, such Lender no longer is a Defaulting Lender, (ii) clause (b) above, such Lender withdraws the request for compensation as set forth in clause (b) above or (iii) clause (c) above, such Lender withdraws the notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(d) claiming that such Lender is unable to extend Eurodollar Rate Advances (as noted in clause (c) above) and extends such Eurodollar Rate Advances to the Borrower) and such Affected Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.04, as well as to any fees accrued for its account hereunder and not paid, and shall continue to be obligated under Section 7.07 with respect to losses, obligations, liabilities, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, costs, expenses or disbursements for matters which occurred prior to the reduction of the Commitment of such Affected Lender, or (2) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent may make written demand on such Affected Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent in the case of a demand by the Borrower and a copy to the Borrower in the case of a demand by the Administrative Agent) for the Affected Lender to assign, and such Affected Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assign pursuant to one or more duly executed Assignments and Acceptances within five (5) Business Days after the date of such demand, to one or more financial institutions that comply with the provisions of Section 10.07 which the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, shall have engaged for such purpose (“ Replacement Lender ”), all of such Affected Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, its Commitment, all Advances owing to it, all of its participation interests in existing Letters of Credit, and its obligation to participate in additional Letters of Credit hereunder) in accordance with Section 10.07. The Administrative Agent is authorized to execute one or more of such Assignments and Acceptances as attorney-in-fact for any Affected Lender failing to execute and deliver the same within 5 Business Days after the date of such demand.  Further, with respect to such assignment, the Affected Lender shall have concurrently received, in cash, all amounts due and owing to the Affected Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document; provided that upon such Affected Lender’s replacement, such Affected Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 and 10.04, as well as to any fees accrued for its account hereunder and not yet paid, and shall continue to be obligated under Section 7.07 with respect to losses, obligations, liabilities, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, costs, expenses or disbursements for matters which occurred prior to the date the Affected Lender is replaced.
 
Section 2.21       Increase in Commitments .  (a)  Upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may request that Additional Revolving Credit Commitments be provided by Additional Revolving Credit Lenders (which may include Persons meeting the definition of an Eligible Assignee) on terms agreed to by the Borrower and such Additional Revolving Credit Lenders; provided that (i) after giving effect to any such Additional Revolving Credit Commitments, the aggregate amount of Additional Revolving Credit Commitments that have been added pursuant to this Section 2.21 shall not exceed $100,000,000, and (ii) the final maturity date of any Additional Revolving Credit Advances shall be the Maturity Date .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Lenders shall not be obligated to commit to the Additional Revolving Credit Commitments.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
59

 

(b)            Any Additional Revolving Credit Commitments to provide Additional Revolving Credit Advances under this Section 2.21 shall be added to this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (the “ Additional Revolving Credit Commitment Amendment ”) among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Revolving Credit Lenders.  As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Additional Revolving Credit Commitment Amendment, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate on behalf of the Borrower dated as of the effective date (the “ Additional Commitments Closing Date ”) signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (i) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in Article IV and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained in such representations and warranties) on and as of the Additional Commitments Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such increase, (iii) all fees and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent and the Additional Revolving Credit Lenders in connection with the Additional Revolving Credit Commitments shall have been paid.  Any other terms and conditions in respect of any Additional Revolving Credit Commitments shall be substantially similar to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and (iv) if the initial yield of any Additional Revolving Credit Commitment (as determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the Applicable Margin with respect to such Additional Revolving Credit Commitment) exceeds the Applicable Margin then in effect for Revolving Credit Commitments (such excess, the “ Yield Differential ”), then the Applicable Margin for the adversely affected Revolving Credit Commitment shall automatically be increased by the Yield Differential, effective upon the Additional Commitments Closing Date.  On each Additional Commitments Closing Date, (x) each applicable Additional Revolving Credit Lender or Eligible Assignee shall become a “ Revolving Credit Lender ”, (y) each Additional Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed a “ Revolving Credit Commitment ”, and (z) each Additional Revolving Credit Advance made thereafter in connection with such Additional Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed a “ Revolving Credit Advance ” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
 
(c)            Any Additional Revolving Credit Commitment Amendment and any related documentation may, without the consent of any Lenders (other than Additional Revolving Credit Lenders that are party to such Additional Revolving Credit Commitment Amendment), effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be reasonably necessary, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.21.  Any Additional Revolving Credit Advances made pursuant to this Section 2.21 shall be evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 10.07(d).
 
(d)            This Section 2.21 shall supersede any provisions in Section 10.01 to the contrary.  Notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document, the Loan Documents may be amended by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties, if necessary, to provide for terms applicable to each Additional Revolving Credit Commitment.
 
ARTICLE III
 
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS
 
Section 3.01       Conditions Precedent to the Closing Date .  This Agreement shall become effective on and as of the first date (the “ Closing Date ”) on which the following conditions precedent have been satisfied (and the obligation of each Lender to make an Advance or of the Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit on the occasion of the Initial Extension of Credit hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of such conditions precedent before or concurrently with the Closing Date):
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
60

 
 
(a)            The Administrative Agent shall have received on or before the Closing Date the following, each dated such day (unless otherwise specified), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders (unless otherwise specified) and (except for the Notes) in sufficient copies for each Lender:
 
(i)             Duly executed counterparts of this Agreement.
 
(ii)            The Notes payable to the order of the Lenders to the extent requested in accordance with Section 2.16(a).
 
(iii)           A certificate of each Loan Party signed on behalf of such Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, dated the Closing Date, amending certain provisions of the Security Agreement and certifying that the Collateral Documents to which such Loan Party is a party and all the Collateral described therein do, and shall continue to secure, payment of all of the Secured Obligations (in each case, as defined in the applicable Collateral Document) (the “ Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Facility Security Agreement and Collateral Document Confirmation ”), together with evidence that all other action that the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect and protect the liens and security interests created under the Collateral Documents and the required priority thereof has been taken.
 
(iv)           Certified copies of the resolutions of the boards of directors of each of the Borrower and each Guarantor approving the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is, or is intended to be a party, and of all documents evidencing other necessary constitutive action and, if any, material governmental and other third party approvals and consents, if any, with respect to this Agreement, the other Transactions and each other Loan Document.
 
(v)           A copy of the charter or other constitutive document of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto, certified (as of a date reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) by the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case may be, thereof as being a true and correct copy thereof.
 
(vi)          A certificate of each Loan Party signed on behalf of such Loan Party by a Responsible Officer, dated the Closing Date (the statements made in which certificate shall be true on and as of the Closing Date), certifying as to (A) the accuracy and completeness of the charter (or other applicable formation document) of such Loan Party and the absence of any changes thereto; (B) the accuracy and completeness of the bylaws (or other applicable organizational document) of such Loan Party as in effect on the date on which the resolutions of the board of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person referred to in Section 3.01(a)(iv) were adopted and the absence of any changes thereto (a copy of which shall be attached to such certificate); (C) the absence of any proceeding known to be pending for the dissolution, liquidation or other termination of the existence of such Loan Party; (D) the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties made by such Loan Party in the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party as though made on and as of the Closing Date, before and after giving effect to all of the Borrowings and the issuance of all of the Letters of Credit to be made on such date (including the migration of any Existing Letters of Credit) and to the application of proceeds, if any, therefrom; (E) the absence of any event occurring and continuing, or resulting from any of the Borrowings or the issuance of any of the Letters of Credit to be made on the Closing Date (including the migration of any Existing Letters of Credit) or the application of proceeds, if any, therefrom, that would constitute a Default; and (F) the absence of a Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2009.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
61

 
 
(vii)         A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Loan Party authorized to sign this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.
 
(viii)        Certificates, in substantially the form of Exhibit L attesting to the Solvency of the Borrower and each Guarantor, on a consolidated basis (after giving effect to the Transactions), from its Chief Financial Officer or other financial officer.
 
(ix)           Copies of (i) at least five (5) days prior to the Closing Date, audited financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each of the three most recently-ended Fiscal Years ending more than 90 days prior to the Closing Date; and (ii) customary unaudited pro forma financial statements as to the  Borrower and its Subsidiaries giving effect to the Transactions,  in each case prepared in a manner consistent with the projections in the presentation provided by the Borrower dated February 2, 2011.
 
(x)           [RESERVED.]

(xi)          To the extent applicable, a Notice of Borrowing for any Borrowing to be made, and/or one or more Letter of Credit Applications for each Letter of Credit (other than any Existing Letter of Credit) to be issued, on the Closing Date.
 
(xii)         A favorable opinion of (A) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, in substantially the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto, and addressing such other matters as the Lenders may reasonably request (including as to Delaware corporate law matters), and (B) Shumaker, Loop & Kendrick, LLP, Michigan counsel to the Loan Parties, in substantially the form of Exhibit D-2 hereto and addressing such other matters as the Lenders may reasonably request.
 
(xiii)        With respect to any Flood Hazard Property, (i) the applicable Loan Party's written acknowledgment of receipt of written notification as to the fact that a Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property and as to whether the community in which each such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program and (ii) copies of the Borrower’s application for a flood insurance policy plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that flood insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of flood insurance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and naming the Collateral Agent as sole loss payee on behalf of the Lenders.
 
(xiv)        [ RESERVED .]
 
(xv)         [ RESERVED .]
 
(xvi)        Since December 31, 2009, there shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(xvii)       [ RESERVED .]
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
62

 
 
(xviii)      All costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, title premiums, survey charges and recording taxes and fees for which the Borrower has received an invoice at least one (1) day prior to the Closing Date) and other compensation contemplated by the Commitment Letter, the Administrative Agent Fee Letter and the Fee Letter and payable to the Agents or the Lender Parties shall have been paid in full in cash to the extent due and payable.
 
(xix)        The Lenders shall have received, at least five (5) days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “ know your customer ” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the Patriot Act.
 
Section 3.02       Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing and Each Issuance of a Letter of Credit .  Each of (a) the obligation of each Appropriate Lender to make an Advance (other than a Letter of Credit Advance to be made by the Issuing Banks or a Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and as set forth in Section 2.02(b) with respect to the Swing Line Advances made by a Lender) on the occasion of each Borrowing, and (b) the obligation of the Issuing Banks to issue a Letter of Credit (including the initial issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder) or to renew a Letter of Credit and the right of the Borrower to request a Swing Line Borrowing, shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that on the date of such Borrowing, issuance or renewal:
 
(a)            the following statements shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Letter of Credit Application and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Borrowing or the issuance or renewal of such Letter of Credit, as the case may be, shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that both on the date of such notice and on the date of such Borrowing, issuance or renewal such statements are true):
 
(i)             the representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document, are correct in all material respects, only to the extent that such representation and warranty is not otherwise qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect on and as of such date, before and after giving effect to such Borrowing, issuance or renewal and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, refer to a specific date other than the date of such Borrowing, issuance or renewal, in which case as of such specific date;
 
(ii)            no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Borrowing, issuance or renewal or from the application of the proceeds, if any, therefrom, that constitutes a Default; and
 
(iii)           no Borrowing Base Deficiency will exist after giving effect to such Borrowing, issuance or renewal and to the application of the proceeds therefrom; and
 
(b)            the Lenders shall have received the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(o), the calculations contained in which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
 
Section 3.03       Determinations Under Section 3.01 .  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 3.01, each Lender Party shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lender Parties unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents shall have received notice from such Lender Party prior to the Closing Date specifying its objection thereto, and if a Borrowing occurs on the Closing Date, such Lender Party shall not have made available to the Administrative Agent such Lender Party’s ratable portion of such Borrowing.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
63

 
 
ARTICLE IV
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
Section 4.01       Representations and Warranties of the Loan Parties .  Each Loan Party represents and warrants as follows:
 
(a)            Each of the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries (i) is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other organization duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or to the extent such concept is applicable to a non-U.S. entity, the functional equivalent thereof) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation except where the failure to be in good standing (or the functional equivalent), individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation (or other entity) and in good standing (or the functional equivalent thereof, if applicable) in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or in which the conduct of its business requires it to so qualify or be licensed, except where the failure to so qualify or be licensed and in good standing (or the functional equivalent thereof, if applicable), individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) has all requisite power and authority (including, without limitation, all governmental licenses, permits and other approvals) to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to have such power or authority, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the Closing Date, all of the outstanding capital stock of each Loan Party (other than the Borrower) has been validly issued, is fully paid and non assessable and is owned by the Persons listed on Schedule 4.01 hereto in the percentages specified on Schedule 4.01 hereto free and clear of all Liens, except those created under the Collateral Documents or otherwise permitted under Section 5.02(a) hereof.
 
(b)            Set forth on Schedule 4.01 hereto is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Subsidiaries of the Borrower, showing as of the Closing Date (as to each such Subsidiary) the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case may be, and the percentage of the Equity Interests owned (directly or indirectly) by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.
 
(c)            The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement, the Notes and each other Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party, and the consummation of each aspect of the transactions contemplated hereby, are within such Loan Party’s constitutive powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary constitutive action, and do not (i) contravene such Loan Party’s constitutive documents, (ii) violate any applicable law (including, without limitation, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), rule, regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award, (iii) conflict with or result in the breach of, or constitute a default under, any contract, loan agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease or other instrument binding on or affecting any Loan Party, or any of their properties entered into by such Loan Party after the date hereof except, in each case, other than any conflict, breach or violation which, individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to  have a Material Adverse Effect or (iv) except for the Liens created under the Loan Documents, result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any of the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
64

 
 
(d)           Except for the filing or recordings of Collateral Documents, filings or recordings already made or to be made pursuant to any federal law, rule or regulation or filings or recordings to be made in any jurisdiction outside of the United States, no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party is required for (i) the due execution, delivery, recordation, filing or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party, or for the consummation of each aspect of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (iii) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents or (iv) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
 
(e)            This Agreement has been, and each of the Notes, if any, and each other Loan Document when delivered hereunder will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party thereto.  This Agreement is, and each of the Notes and each other Loan Document when delivered hereunder will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject in each case to Debtor Relief Laws.
 
(f)            The Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2009, and the related Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year then ended, and the interim Consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at October 31, 2010 and November 30, 2010 and the related Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the respective months then ended, which have been furnished to each Lender Party present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods all in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (subject to year-end adjustments and in the case of unaudited financial statements, except for the absence of footnote disclosure).
 
(g)            Since December 31, 2009, there has not occurred a Material Adverse Change.
 
(h)            All projected Consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered to the Lender Parties pursuant to Section 5.03(d) were prepared and will be prepared, as applicable, in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair and will be fair in the light of conditions existing at the time of delivery of such projections, and represented and will represent, at the time of delivery, the Borrower’s reasonable estimate of its future financial performance, it being understood that projections are inherently unreliable and that actual performance may differ materially from such projections.
 
(i)             Neither the Confidential Information Memorandum nor any other written information, exhibits and reports furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party on or after February 2, 2011 in connection with any Loan Document (other than to the extent that any such information, exhibits and reports constitute projections described in Section 4.01(h) above and any information of a general economic or industry nature) taken as a whole and in light of the circumstances in which made, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which any such statements were made, not misleading.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
65

 
 
(j)             Except as set forth on Schedule 4.01(j) or as disclosed in any SEC filings, there is no action, suit, or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries pending or, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator that (i) is reasonably expected to be determined adversely to the Loan Party and, if so adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Note or any other Loan Document.
 
(k)            The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no proceeds of any Advance or any drawing under any Letter of Credit will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.
 
(l)             No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any ERISA Plan that has resulted in or is reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(m)           The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each ERISA Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such ERISA Plan by an amount which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded ERISA Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded ERISA Plans by an amount which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Borrower, its Material Subsidiaries, nor any ERISA Affiliates has incurred within the previous five years or is reasonably expected to incur any material Withdrawal Liability.
 
(n)            Except as set forth in Schedule 4.01(n) hereto, the operations and properties of each Loan Party and each of its Material Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, all past non compliance with such Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits has been resolved in a manner that could not be reasonably likely to result in a material liability, and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after reasonable inquiry, no circumstances exist that would be reasonably likely to (i) form the basis of an Environmental Action against any Loan Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of their properties that could be reasonably likely to have a material impact on any Loan Party or any Material Real Property or (ii) cause any such property to be subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law.
 
(o)            Once executed, the Collateral Documents create a valid and perfected security interest or Lien, as applicable in the Collateral having the priority set forth therein securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, and all filings and other actions necessary (except with respect to any action that is not required to be taken on the Closing Date in accordance with Section 5.01(t) hereof) to perfect such security interest have been duly taken, except that the execution and delivery of local law governed pledge or analogous documentation with respect to Equity Interests in Subsidiaries of the Borrower organized in jurisdictions outside the United States, and the filing, notarization, registration or other publication thereof, and the taking of other actions, if any, required under local law of the relevant jurisdictions of organization for the effective grant and perfection of a Lien on such Equity Interests under laws of such jurisdictions of organization outside the United States, may be required in order to fully grant, perfect and protect such security interest under such local laws.  The Loan Parties are the legal and beneficial owners of the Collateral free and clear of any Lien, except for the liens and security interests created or permitted under the Loan Documents.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
66

 
 
(p)            Neither the making of any Advances, nor the issuance of any Letters of Credit, nor the application of the proceeds or repayment thereof by the Borrowers, nor the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, will violate any provision of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any rule, regulation or order of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
 
(q)            Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all returns and reports (federal, state, local and foreign) which are required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it, together with applicable interest and penalties, except (a) taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(r)            Set forth on Schedule 4.01(r) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all domestic real property owned by any Loan Party, showing as of the date hereof the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, record owner and book and estimated fair value thereof.  Each Loan Party or such Subsidiary has good and insurable fee simple title to such real property, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens.
 
(s)            Set forth on Schedule 4.01(s) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all leases of Material Real Property under which any Loan Party is the lessee, showing as of the date hereof the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, lessor, lessee, expiration date and annual rental cost thereof.  To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, each such lease is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the lessee thereof, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
 
(t)            Set forth on Schedule 4.01(t) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all leases of domestic real property under which any Loan Party is the lessor, showing as of the date hereof the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, lessor, lessee, expiration date and annual rental cost thereof.
 
(u)            Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property necessary, in the aggregate, for the conduct of its business as currently conducted, and the use thereof by the Borrower and the Guarantors does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringement that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(v)            The Borrower and it Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will be Solvent on and as of the Closing Date.
 
(w)            To each Loan Party’s knowledge, each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries do not have any material contingent liability in connection with any release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
67

 
 
(x)            To each Loan Party’s knowledge, none of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries are in violation of any law, rule or regulation, or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, except for any such violation or default that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(y)            No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the Transactions or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Borrower.
 
(z)            To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act.
 
ARTICLE V
 
COVENANTS OF THE LOAN PARTIES
 
Section 5.01       Affirmative Covenants .  So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding or any Lender Party shall have any Commitment hereunder, each Loan Party will:
 
(a)             Corporate Existence .  Preserve and maintain in full force and effect all governmental rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business except (i)(A) if in the reasonable business judgment of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, it is in its best economic interest not to preserve and maintain such rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises and the loss thereof is not materially disadvantageous to the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, and (B) such failure to preserve the same could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) as otherwise permitted by Section 5.02(g).
 
(b)             Compliance with Laws .  Comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority applicable to it or its property, such compliance to include without limitation, ERISA, Environmental Laws and The Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Chapter of The Organized Crime Control Act of 1970, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(c)             Environmental Matters .  Comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries and all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to obtain and renew, all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties and conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to conduct, any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws, in each case to the extent the failure to do so would result in a material loss or liability; provided , however , that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
68

 
 
(d)             Insurance .  (i) Keep its insurable properties insured at all times, against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with companies of the same or similar size in the same or similar businesses (subject to deductibles and including provisions for self-insurance); and maintain in full force and effect public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by the Borrower or any Guarantor, as the case may be, in such amounts and with such deductibles as are customary with companies of the same or similar size in the same or similar businesses and in the same geographic area and in each case with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (subject to provisions for self-insurance) and (ii) with respect to each parcel of Material Real Property that is subject to a Mortgage, obtain flood insurance in such total amounts as are required pursuant to applicable law or otherwise customary with companies of the same or similar size, if at any time the area in which any improvements are located is designated as a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map established by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) (each such Property, a “ Flood Hazard Property ”), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time, and the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, as amended from time to time, and related legislation (collectively, the “ Flood Laws ”).
 
(e)             Obligations and Taxes .  Pay all its material obligations promptly and in accordance with their terms and pay and discharge and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge promptly all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise which, if unpaid, would become a Lien or charge upon such properties or any part thereof; provided , however , that the Borrower and each Guarantor shall not be required to pay and discharge or to cause to be paid and discharged any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, in each case, if the Borrower and the Guarantors shall have set aside on their books adequate reserves therefor in conformity with GAAP.
 
(f)             Access to Books and Records .
 
(i)            Maintain or cause to be maintained at all times true and complete books and records in accordance with GAAP of the financial operations of the Borrower and the Guarantors; and provide the Lender Parties and their representatives (which shall coordinate through the Administrative Agent) access to all such books and records during regular business hours upon reasonable advance notice, in order that the Lender Parties may examine and make abstracts from such books, accounts, records and other papers for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of the various reports delivered by the Borrower or the Guarantors to any Agent or the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement or for otherwise ascertaining compliance with this Agreement and to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of the Borrower and the Guarantors with the officers and independent accountants of the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall  have the right to be present at any such visit or inspection.
 
(ii)            Grant the Lender Parties (which shall coordinate through the Administrative Agent) access to and the right to inspect all reports, audits and other internal information of the Borrower and the Guarantors relating to environmental matters upon reasonable advance notice, but subject to appropriate limitations so as to preserve attorney-client privilege.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
69

 
 
(iii)           At any reasonable time and from time to time during regular business hours, upon reasonable notice by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, permit such Agent or any Lenders and/or any representatives designated by such Agent  or such Lender (it being understood that all such visits by Lenders shall be coordinated through the Administrative Agent) (including any internal and third party consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers retained by such Agent or Lender) to visit the properties of the Borrower and the Guarantors to conduct evaluations, appraisals, environmental assessments and ongoing maintenance and monitoring in connection with the Borrower’s computation of the Borrowing Base and the assets included in the Borrowing Base and such other assets and properties of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries as such Agent or Lender may require, and to monitor the Collateral and all related systems, and pay the reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith (including the reasonable and customary fees and expenses of such Agents and Lenders, as forth in Section 10.04);   provided that the Borrower shall have the right to be present at any such visit and, unless (a) a Default has occurred and is continuing or (b) the Availability is less than or equal to the Availability Threshold Amount, such visits permitted under this clause (iii) shall be coordinated through the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and shall be made no more frequently than twice in any fiscal year.  In connection with any collateral monitoring or review and appraisal relating to the computation of the Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall make such modifications and adjustments to the Borrowing Base or the computation thereof as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require upon at least ten (10) days written notice (it being understood that no such notice is required during the continuance of an Event of Default or in the event that Availability is less than or equal to the Availability Threshold Amount) based upon the terms of this Agreement and results of such collateral monitoring, review or appraisal (which modifications and adjustments may include maintaining additional Reserves, modifying the advance rates or modifying the eligibility criteria for components of the Borrowing Base to the extent reasonably required by the Administrative Agent).
 
(iv)          Permit third-party appraisals of Inventory; provided that such third-party appraisals may be conducted (i) no more than once per year or (ii) at any time upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.
 
(g)            [RESERVED.]
 
(h)            Maintenance of Credit Ratings .  Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain, in respect of the Borrower, corporate ratings and corporate family ratings of S&P and Moody’s, respectively.
 
(i)             Use of Proceeds .  Use the proceeds of the Advances solely for the purposes, and subject to the restrictions, set forth in Section 2.14.
 
(j)              Validity of Loan Documents .  Use its best efforts to object to any application made on behalf of any Loan Party or by any Person to the validity of any Loan Document or the applicability or enforceability of any Loan Document or which seeks to void, avoid, limit, or otherwise adversely affect the security interest created by or in any Loan Document or any payment made pursuant thereto.
 
(k)             Maintenance of Cash Management System .  Maintain a cash management system on terms reasonably acceptable to the Lenders (it being acknowledged that the Cash Management System of the Borrower as in effect on the Closing Date is reasonably acceptable to the Lenders) in accordance with Section 2.17 of this Agreement.  Continue to maintain one or more Concentration Accounts to be used by the Borrower as its principal concentration account for day-to-day operations conducted by the Borrower.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
70

 
 
(l)              [RESERVED.]
 
(m)            Additional Domestic Subsidiaries; Additional Properties .  If any Loan Party shall form or directly acquire all or substantially all of the outstanding Equity Interests of a Material Subsidiary after the Closing Date, a Subsidiary becomes a domestic Material Subsidiary after the Closing Date, or any Loan Party shall acquire an interest in any Material Real Property, then, in each case, the Borrower will: (x) notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent thereof, (y) with respect to the acquisition or domestication of any Material Subsidiary, such Loan Party will cause any applicable Material Subsidiary to become a Loan Party hereunder and under each applicable Collateral Document (excluding mortgages) within fifteen (15) Business Days after such Material Subsidiary is formed or acquired and promptly take such actions to create and perfect Liens on such Material Subsidiary’s assets (excluding real property and leases) to secure the Secured Obligations as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request in accordance with and subject to the Collateral Documents, and (z) with respect to the acquisition of an interest in any Material Real Property (whether by way of acquisition of a new Material Subsidiary or acquisition by a Loan Party of such interest in Material Real Property), cause the Loan Party holding such interest not later than 30 days after such acquisition to provide to the Administrative Agent a description, in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the real property and revised copies of Schedules 4.01(r), 4.01(s) and 4.01(t), as applicable, reflecting the addition of such real property, and, provide the Administrative Agent with each of the following within 60 days after such acquisition (or such longer period of time as may be agreed to in writing by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion): (I)  a Mortgage with respect to such Material Real Property, together with evidence that counterparts of such Mortgage have been either (x) duly recorded on or before such outside date or (y) duly executed, acknowledged and delivered in form suitable for filing or recording, in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting Lien having the required priority on the property described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid; (II) an American Land Title Association/California Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policy (a “ Mortgage Policy ”) with respect to such Property, in form and substance, with endorsements (including zoning endorsements, where available) and in amount reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insuring the applicable Mortgage to be valid first and subsisting Liens on the real property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Permitted Liens, and Liens existing as of the date the applicable asset or subsidiary was acquired, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable; (III) an American Land Title Association/American Congress on Surveying and Mapping form survey with respect to such Property, for which all necessary fees (where applicable) have been paid, and dated no more than ninety (90) days before the date of the applicable Mortgage Policy, certified to the Administrative Agent and the issuer of the applicable Mortgage Policy in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent by a land surveyor duly registered and licensed in the State in which the property described in such survey is located and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; (IV) estoppel and consent agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed by each of the lessors of the leased real properties listed on Schedule 4.01(s) hereto, along with (x) a memorandum of lease in recordable form with respect to such leasehold interest, executed and acknowledged by the owner of the affected Property, as lessor, or (y) evidence that the applicable lease with respect to such leasehold interest or a memorandum thereof has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice to third-party purchasers of such leasehold interest, or (z) if such leasehold interest was acquired or subleased from the holder of a recorded leasehold interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent ( provided that, with respect to any leasehold interest, the Borrower shall only be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such estoppel and consent agreements or such memorandums of lease and, in the event that such estoppel and consent agreements or such memorandums of lease are not obtained with respect to any such leasehold, the other requirements set forth in clauses (I) through (VII) of this Section 5.01(m) shall not apply to such leasehold interest); (V) favorable legal opinions in the form required by Section 5.01(t)(iii), mutatis mutandis ; (VI) evidence of insurance of the type required by Section 5.01(t)(iv), mutatis mutandis ; and (VII) such other items of the type described in Section 5.01(t)(v) which may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, mutatis mutandis; provided that (i) Mortgages (and the other items set forth in Section 5.01(t)(i) through (v) and the foregoing clauses (I) through (VI) of this Section 5.01(m)) shall only be required in respect of Material Real Property, and (ii) notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subsidiary will be required to become or remain a Guarantor or provide or maintain a Lien on any of its assets as security for any of the Obligations (A) if such Subsidiary is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary; (B) to the extent doing so would (1) in the case of any CFC or any assets of a CFC, result in any materially adverse tax consequences or (2) be prohibited by any applicable law; (C) such Person is an Excluded Subsidiary, or (D) if, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the cost of providing a Guarantee Obligation hereunder is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained by the Lender Parties therefrom.  If any certificated shares of Equity Interests of any such Subsidiary, or any Debt of any such Subsidiary exceeding $1,000,000, are owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, such Loan Party will cause such shares and promissory notes evidencing such Debt to be pledged to secure the Secured Obligations within fifteen (15) Business Days after such Subsidiary is formed or such shares of Equity Interests or Debt are acquired (except that, if such Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, shares of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary to be pledged shall be limited to 65% of the outstanding shares of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary).
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
71

 
 
(n)            [RESERVED.]
 
(o)            [RESERVED.]
 
(p)            Further Assurances .
 
(i)            Promptly upon reasonable request by any Agent, correct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries promptly to correct, any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
72

 

(ii)            Promptly upon reasonable request by any Agent, do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, conveyances, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds, assignments, financing statements and continuations thereof, termination statements, notices of assignment, transfers, certificates, landlords’ and bailees’ waiver and consent agreements, assurances and other instruments as any Agent may reasonably require from time to time in order to (A) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (B) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject any Loan Party’s properties, assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter required to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (C) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens required to be created thereunder and (D) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to be a party, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so.
 
(q)             Maintenance of Properties, Etc .  Maintain and preserve all of its properties that are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and will from time to time make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof except where failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that, this subsection (q) shall not prohibit the sale, transfer or other disposition of any such property consummated in accordance with the other terms of this Agreement.
 
(r)            [ RESERVED .]
 
(s)            [ RESERVED .]
 
(t)            Post-Closing Obligations .  Within 120 days after the Closing Date, duly execute, as applicable, the Mortgage Modifications covering each Property that is subject to an Existing Mortgage, together with:
 
 
(i)
evidence that counterparts of the Mortgage Modifications have been either (x) duly recorded on or before the Closing Date or (y) duly executed, acknowledged and delivered in form suitable for filing or recording, in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting Lien having the required priority on the property described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid,
 
 
(ii)
fully paid title searches and modification and date-down endorsements to the existing Mortgage Policies showing no Liens of record other than Permitted Liens,
 
 
(iii)
without duplication of the opinions of counsel provided pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(xii), favorable opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties (i) in states in which the Material Properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings substantially in the form of Exhibit N hereto, and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, or such other advice of such local counsel as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) in states in which the Loan Parties party to the Mortgages are organized or formed, with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties in the granting of the Mortgages, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
73

 
 
 
(iv)
evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the Mortgages,
 
 
(v)
such other consents, agreements and confirmations of lessors and third parties as the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable and evidence that all other actions that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in order to create valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken.
 
Section 5.02        Negative Covenants .  So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding or any Lender Party shall have any Commitment hereunder, no Loan Party will, at any time:
 
(a)             Liens .  Incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries now owned or hereafter acquired by any of the Borrower or any such Material Subsidiary, other than:  (i) Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 5.02(a); (ii) Permitted Liens; (iii) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries to secure Debt permitted by Sections 5.02(b)(ii) or (vi); (iv) Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties; (v) Liens in connection with Debt permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 5.02(b)(vii) so long as such Liens extend solely to the property (and improvements and proceeds of such property) acquired or financed with the proceeds of such Debt or subject to the applicable Capitalized Lease; (vi) Liens (x) in the form of cash collateral deposited to secure Obligations under Hedge Agreements, Credit Card Programs and Cash Management Obligations (in each case, not secured as set forth in clause (y)); provided that such cash is not in excess of $75,000,000, and (y) on the Collateral to secure (A) Obligations under Hedge Agreements (not secured as set forth in clause (x)) up to an amount not to exceed $125,000,000, (B) Cash Management Obligations (not secured as set forth in clause (x)) and, to the extent satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, obligations of the Loan Parties in respect of Cash Pooling Arrangements and (C) Obligations under Credit Card Programs (not secured as set forth in clause (x)); (vii) Liens arising pursuant to the Tooling Program; (viii) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents to secure cash management obligations to Keybank National Association provided that such cash or cash equivalents are not in excess of $1,000,000; and (ix) Liens on the Term Facility Collateral to secure Debt incurred pursuant to Section 5.02(b)(xvii), so long as the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 1.1:1.0 on a pro forma basis as at the end of the trailing four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended immediately prior to the incurrence of such Liens (calculated as if such Debt had been incurred at the beginning of such period).   Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent that any Loan Party incurs a Lien on any Collateral in accordance with this Section 5.02(a), the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may enter into an intercreditor agreement with the other applicable secured parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and on such terms and conditions as are customary for similar financing in light of the then-prevailing market conditions as determined by the Administrative Agent giving due regard to the first priority nature of the Collateral (and the Required Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such intercreditor agreement) (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”) and the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may in connection therewith, make such amendments to the Security Agreement as it deems necessary to reflect the terms of such Intercreditor Agreement, in accordance with the amendment provisions as set forth in the Security Agreement.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
74

 

(b)             Debt .  Contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, or permit any of its Material Subsidiaries to contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except for (i) Debt under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (ii) (x) Surviving Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (y) Debt in respect of any Receivables Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed €170,000,000 (or the equivalent amount in Dollars); (iii) Debt arising from Investments among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are permitted hereunder; (iv) Debt in respect of any overdrafts and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or in connection with any automated clearing house transfers of funds; (v) Debt consisting of (x) guaranties permitted by Section 5.02(c) and (y) non-recourse Debt in respect of Investments in joint ventures permitted under Section 5.02(f)(ix) or Section 5.02(f)(xv) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000,000 plus any non-recourse Debt directly associated with DDAC at any time outstanding; (vi) Debt of Foreign Subsidiaries owing to third parties in an aggregate outstanding principal amount (together with the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all other Debt of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted under this subsection (b)) not in excess of $750,000,000 at any time outstanding; (vii) Debt constituting purchase money debt and Capitalized Lease obligations (not otherwise included in subclause (iii) above and including any such Debt or Capitalized Lease obligations assumed in connection with a Permitted Acquisition); provided   that, at the time of incurrence of such Debt and after giving pro   forma   effect thereto, the aggregate amount of such Debt shall not exceed in the aggregate 7.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; (viii) (x) Debt in respect of Hedge Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business to protect against fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices and (y) Debt arising under the Credit Card Program, provided that Hedge Agreements and Credit Card Programs subject to Liens permitted under Section 5.02(a)(vi)(x) shall not exceed $75,000,000 at any time outstanding; (ix) indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any surety bonds, appeal bonds or similar obligations incurred in connection with any judgment not constituting an Event of Default; (x) indebtedness in respect of netting services, customary overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business; (xi) payables owing to suppliers in connection with the Tooling Program, (xii) Debt representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower or any other Loan Party incurred in the ordinary course of business; (xiii) Debt incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Disposition, in each case limited to indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price, including Earn-Out Obligations or similar adjustments; (xiv) Debt consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business; (xv) Debt supported by a Letter of Credit in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit; (xvi) Subordinated Debt of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000,000 at any time outstanding; (xvii) secured Debt not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $1,000,000,000; (xviii) Debt incurred in connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes (the “ Senior Notes Debt ”)(and any Permitted Refinancings thereof); (xix) Debt assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition (and any Permitted Refinancings thereof), provided that (1) such Debt was not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, (2) the only obligors with respect to any Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (xix) shall be those Persons who were obligors of such Debt prior to such Permitted Acquisition (and any other Person that would have been required to become an obligor under the terms of such Debt), and (3) both immediately prior and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall exist or result therefrom; (xx) Debt incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to finance any Permitted Acquisition (and any Permitted Refinancings thereof); and (xxi) unsecured Debt not otherwise permitted hereunder so long as the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 1.1:1.0 on a pro forma basis as at the end of the trailing four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended immediately prior to the incurrence of such Debt (calculated as if such Debt had been incurred at the beginning of such period) (and any Permitted Refinancings thereof).
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
75

 

(c)             Guarantees and Other Liabilities .  Contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist, or permit any Material Subsidiary to contract, create, assume or permit to exist, any Guarantee Obligations, except (i) for any guaranty of Debt or other obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor if the Borrower or such Guarantor could have incurred such Debt or obligations under this Agreement; provided that, if the Debt being guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations under this Agreement, such Guarantee Obligation shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Debt, (ii) by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Guarantee Obligations constituting Investments of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted hereunder (provided that Guarantee Obligations in respect of Investments in joint ventures permitted under Section 5.02(f)(i) shall not exceed an aggregate amount of $50,000,000 at any time outstanding) and (iv) for any guaranty by the Borrower of obligations of Dana Financial Services Switzerland GmbH under Secured Hedge Agreements entered into by Dana Financial Services Switzerland GmbH with Hedge Banks.
 
(d)             Dividends; Capital Stock .  Declare or pay, directly or indirectly, any dividends or make any other distribution, or payment, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with respect to (whether by reduction of capital or otherwise) any shares of capital stock (or any options, warrants, rights or other equity securities or agreements relating to any capital stock) of the Borrower, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that:
 
(i)            So long as (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (y) the Payment Condition is satisfied, the Borrower may declare and pay dividends in respect of its Preferred Interests; provided that the aggregate amount of dividends paid in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $32,000,000; provided further that if the terms of this Section 5.02(d)(i) prevent the Borrower from declaring such dividends in any Fiscal Year, the aggregate amount of dividends paid in the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year (subject to this Agreement) may include the unused amount permitted hereunder for the prior year;
 
(ii)            to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower may enter into and consummate any transactions permitted under Section 5.02(e), (f) and (j);
 
(iii)            repurchases of Equity Interests in the ordinary course of business in the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
 
(iv)           the Borrower may declare and pay dividends or other distributions in respect of any class of its Equity Interests, provided that, before and after giving effect to such payment, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (y)  either (1) Availability on a pro forma basis as calculated in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(o) shall be at least $125,000,000 or (2) in the event that Availability on a pro forma basis as calculated in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(o) is less than $125,000,000 but greater than or equal to $75,000,000, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be at least 1.1:1.0 on a pro forma basis as at the end of the trailing four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended;
 
(v)           the Borrower may declare and pay dividends or other distributions in respect of any class of its Equity Interests so long as such dividends or distributions are payable solely in shares of such class of Equity Interests; and
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
76

 
 
(vi)         the Borrower may convert shares of its Preferred Interests into shares of common stock or other common Equity Interests.
 
(e)             Transactions with Affiliates .  Enter into or permit any of its Material Subsidiaries to enter into any transaction with any of its Affiliates, other than on terms and conditions at least as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would reasonably be obtained at that time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, except for the following: (i) any transaction between any Loan Party and any other Loan Party or between any Non-Loan Party and any other Non-Loan Party; (ii) any transaction between any Loan Party and any Non-Loan Party that is at least as favorable to such Loan Party as would reasonably be obtained at that time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate; (iii) any transaction individually or of a type expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents; or (iv) reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements, in each case approved by the relevant Board of Directors or (v) transactions in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule III and any renewal or replacement thereof on substantially identical terms.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
77

 

(f)             Investments .  Make or hold, or permit any of its Material Subsidiaries to make, any Investment in any Person, except for (i) (A) ownership by the Borrower or the Guarantors of the capital stock of each of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 4.01 and (B) Investments consisting of intercompany loans or advances existing as of the Closing Date and other Investments existing as of the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 5.02(f), together with any increase in the value of thereof, in each case as extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time so long as the aggregate thereof is not increased above the amount as of the Closing Date plus the increase in the value thereof unless otherwise permitted pursuant to another exception in this Section 5.02(f) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; (ii) Investments in Cash Equivalents and Investments by Foreign Subsidiaries in securities and deposits similar in nature to Cash Equivalents and customary in the applicable jurisdiction; (iii) Investments or intercompany loans or advances (A) by any Loan Party to or in any other Loan Party, (B) by any Non-Loan Party to or in any Loan Party or (C) by any Non-Loan Party to or in any other Non-Loan Party; (iv) investments (A) received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors or in connection with the settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with customers and suppliers, or (B) received  in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or in satisfaction of judgments; (v) Investments (A) in the form of deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business consistent with current market practices, (B) in the form of extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, or (C) in the form of prepaid expenses and deposits to other Persons in the ordinary course of business; (vi) Investments made in any Person to the extent such investment represents the non-cash portion of consideration received for an asset sale permitted under the terms of the Loan Documents; (vii) loans or advance to directors, officers and employees for bona fide business purposes and in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding; (viii) investments constituting guaranties permitted pursuant to Section 5.02(c)(i) or (ii) above and guaranties of leases and trade payables and other similar obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business; (ix) Permitted Acquisitions by Loan Parties, provided that, before and after giving effect to any Permitted Acquisition, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (y) either (1) Availability on a pro forma basis as calculated in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(o) shall be at least $125,000,000 or (2) in the event that Availability on a pro forma basis as calculated in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(o) is less than $125,000,000 but greater than or equal to $75,000,000, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be at least 1.1:1.0 on a pro forma basis as at the end of the trailing four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended; (x) Investments in connection with the Tooling Program in an aggregate amount (together with any Investments in connection with the Tooling Program permitted under sub-clause (i)(B) above) not in excess of $135,000,000; (xi) Investments in Mexico in connection with Maquiladora or similar arrangements in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000; (xii) Investments by Loan Parties in Non-Loan Parties (A) in an aggregate amount not to exceed an amount equal to $50,000,000 plus, with respect to any such Loan Party, the difference (if greater than zero) of (1) the aggregate amount of dividends, distributions and loan repayments received by such Loan Party since January 31, 2008 from Non-Loan Parties at any time outstanding minus (2) the aggregate amount of Investments made in such Non-Loan Parties by such Loan Party since January 31, 2008 at any time outstanding    and (B) to the extent that Letters of Credit are permitted to be issued hereunder to provide credit support for third-party Debt of Foreign Subsidiaries; (xiii) Investments by Foreign Subsidiaries in other Foreign Subsidiaries and in the Loan Parties; (xiv) loans or advances made by any Foreign Subsidiary to the purchaser of receivables and receivables related assets or any interest therein to fund part of the purchase price of such receivables and receivables related assets or any interest therein in connection with the factoring or sale of such receivables pursuant to a transaction permitted pursuant to Section 5.02(b)(iii) or (vi); (xv) Permitted Acquisitions by Foreign Subsidiaries not to exceed $100,000,000 in any Fiscal Year; (xvi) other Investments to the extent not permitted pursuant to any other subpart of this Section, provided that, before and after giving effect to such Investments, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (y) either (1) Availability on a pro forma basis as calculated in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(o) shall be at least $125,000,000 or (2) in the event that Availability on a pro forma basis as calculated in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(o) is less than $125,000,000 but greater than or equal to $75,000,000, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be at least 1.1:1.0 on a pro forma basis as at the end of the trailing four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended; (xvii) Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions) made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower with proceeds of Debt incurred pursuant to Section 5.02(b)(vi); and (xviii) Investments (including Permitted Acquisitions) made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower  with proceeds of Debt incurred pursuant to Section 5.02(b)(xvii), provided that, to the extent that such Investments are made by  a Loan Party and constitute Debt, such Investments shall be pledged in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement, provided, further, that, before and after giving effect to such Investments, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (y) either (1) Availability on a pro forma basis as calculated in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(o) shall be at least $125,000,000 or (2) in the event that Availability on a pro forma basis as calculated in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(o) is less than $125,000,000 but greater than or equal to $75,000,000, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be at least 1.1:1.0 on a pro forma basis as at the end of the trailing four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of Investments permitted by clauses (xii) above, no such Investment may be made by any Loan Party unless the Payment Condition is satisfied.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
78

 

(g)             Disposition of Assets .  Sell or otherwise dispose of, or permit any of its Material Subsidiaries to sell or otherwise dispose of, any assets (including, without limitation, the capital stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower or a Material Subsidiary) except for (i) proposed divestitures publicly disclosed or otherwise disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent, in each case at least 5 Business Days prior to the Closing Date and satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; (ii) (x) sales of inventory or obsolete or worn-out property by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (y) sales, leases or transfers of property by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Borrower or a Subsidiary or to a third party in connection with the asset value recovery program, or (z) sales by Non-Loan Parties of property no longer used or useful; (iii) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any assets (A) by any Loan Party to any other Loan Party, (B) by any Non-Loan Party to any Loan Party or (C) by any Non-Loan Party to any other Non-Loan Party; (iv) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person so long as (1) no Default has occurred and is continuing, (2) to the extent that any Eligible Inventory or any Eligible Receivables are disposed of in connection with such sale, lease or transfer, upon such sale, lease or transfer, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent a revised Borrowing Base Certificate giving pro forma effect to such sale, lease or transfer of such Eligible Inventory or Eligible Receivables, as the case may be, and (3) the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, do not sell, lease or transfer all, or substantially all, of their assets to any Non-Loan Party or other Person; (v) sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets in connection with the Tooling Program; (vi)  any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition made in connection with any Investment permitted under Sections 5.02(f)(ii), (iv), (v) or (viii) hereof; (vii) licenses, sublicenses or similar transactions of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business and the abandonment of intellectual property, in accordance with Section 13 of the Security Agreement, deemed no longer useful; (viii) equity issuances by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent such equity issuance constitutes an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 5.02(f)(iii); (ix) transfers of receivables and receivables related assets  or any interest therein by any Foreign Subsidiary in connection with any factoring or similar arrangement permitted pursuant to Section 5.02(b); (x) other sales, leases, transfers or dispositions of assets for fair value at the time of such sale (as reasonably determined by Borrower) so long as (A) in the case of any sale or other disposition, in any single transaction or series of related transactions, in which the fair value of the assets being sold, leased, transferred or disposed of exceed $5,000,000 in any Fiscal Year and $50,000,000 during the term of this Agreement, not less than 75% of the consideration is cash, (B) no Default or Event of Default exists immediately before or after giving effect to any such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, (C) in the case of any sale, lease transfer or other disposition by any Loan Party, the fair value of all such assets sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of in any Fiscal Year does not exceed an amount equal to $50,000,000 and (D) in the case of any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition by any Foreign Subsidiary, (1) no Default has occurred and is continuing, and (2) the Foreign Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not sell, lease or transfer all, or substantially all, of their assets.
 
(h)             Nature of Business .  Modify or alter, or permit any of its Material Subsidiaries to modify or alter, in any material manner the nature and type of its business as conducted at or prior to the Closing Date or the manner in which such business is currently conducted, it being understood that neither sales permitted by Section 5.02(g) nor Permitted Acquisitions shall constitute such a material modification or alteration.
 
(i)              Capital Expenditures .  Make, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any Capital Expenditures that would cause the aggregate of all such Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during any fiscal year to exceed $375,000,000; provided , however , that if, for any year, the aggregate amount of capital expenditures made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is less than $375,000,000 (the difference between $375,000,000 and the amount of Capital Expenditures in such year (the “ Excess Amount ”)), the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to make additional Capital Expenditures in the immediately succeeding year in an amount equal to the Excess Amount, it being understood that the Excess Amount for any Fiscal Year shall be deemed the first amount used in any succeeding Fiscal Year.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
79

 

(j)              Mergers .  Merge into or consolidate with any Person or permit any Person to merge into it, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business, except (i) for mergers or consolidation constituting permitted Investments under Section 5.02(f) or asset dispositions permitted pursuant to Section 5.02(g), (ii) mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions (A) by any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) with or into any other Loan Party, (B) by any Non-Loan Party (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) with or into any Loan Party or (C) by any Non-Loan Party (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) with or into any other Non-Loan Party (other than an Excluded Subsidiary); provided that, in the case of any such merger or consolidation, the person formed by such merger or consolidation shall be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, and provided further that in the case of any such merger or consolidation (x) to which the Borrower is a party, the Person formed by such merger or consolidation shall be the Borrower and (y) to which a Loan Party (other than the Borrower) is a party (other than a merger or consolidation made in accordance with subclause (B) above), the Person formed by such merger or consolidation shall be a Loan Party on the same terms; and (iii) the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of any subsidiary of the Borrower, provided that such dissolution, liquidation or winding up would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and the assets of the Person so dissolved, liquidated or wound-up are distributed to the Borrower or to another Loan Party.
 
(k)             Amendments of Constitutive Documents .  Amend its constitutive documents, except for amendments that would not reasonably be expected to materially affect the interests of the Lenders.
 
(l)             Accounting Changes .  Make or permit any changes in (i) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted or required by generally accepted accounting principles, or (ii) its Fiscal Year.
 
(m)            Negative Pledge; Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .  Enter into or allow to exist, or allow any Material Subsidiary to enter into or allow to exist, any agreement prohibiting or conditioning the ability of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary to (i) create any Lien upon any of its property or assets, (ii) make dividends to, or pay any indebtedness owed to, any Loan Party, (iii) make loans or advances to, or other investments in, any Loan Party, or (iv) transfer any of its assets to any Loan Party other than (A) any such agreement with or in favor of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders; (B) in connection with (1) any agreement evidencing any Liens permitted pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(iii), (v), (vi), (vii) or (ix) (so long as (x) in the case of agreements evidencing Liens permitted under Section 5.02(a)(iii), such prohibitions or conditions are customary for such Liens and the obligations they secure and (y) in the case of agreements evidencing Liens permitted under Section 5.02(a)(v) and (vii) such prohibitions or conditions relate solely to the assets that are the subject of such Liens) or (2) any Debt permitted to be incurred under Section 5.02(b)(ii), (iii), (vi), (vii), (viii), (xi), (xiii), (xvi), (xvii), (xviii), (xix), (xx) or (xxi) above (so long as (x) in the case of agreements evidencing Debt permitted under Section 5.02(b)(vi), such prohibitions or conditions are customary for such Debt and (y) in the case of agreements evidencing Debt permitted under Section 5.02(b)(vii), such prohibitions or conditions are limited to the assets securing such Debt); (C) any agreement setting forth customary restrictions on the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract of similar property or assets; (D) any restriction or encumbrance imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower for the disposition of any of its property or assets so long as such disposition is otherwise permitted under the Loan Documents; (E) any such agreement imposed in connection with consignment agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; (F) customary anti-assignment provisions contained in any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business; (G) any agreement in existence at the time a Subsidiary is acquired so long as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition; (H) such encumbrances or restrictions required by applicable law; or (I) any agreement in existence on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule V, the terms of which shall have been disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent prior to the date thereof.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
80

 
 
(n)            Sales and Lease Backs .  Except (x) as set forth in on Schedule 5.02(n) and (y) for Permitted Sale and Lease Back Transactions, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor  or other surety with respect to any lease of any property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (i) which such Loan Party has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person (other than another Loan Party) or (ii) which such Loan Party intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by a Loan Party to any Person (other than another Loan Party) in connection with such lease.
 
(o)            Prepayments, Amendments, Etc. of Debt .  (i) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of, any Subordinated Debt except (A) regularly scheduled (including repayments of revolving facilities) or required repayments or redemptions of Subordinated Debt permitted hereunder, (B) any prepayments or redemptions of Subordinated Debt in connection with a refunding or refinancing of such Subordinated Debt permitted by Section 5.02(b), or (C) any repayments of Subordinated Debt to the Company or its Subsidiaries that was permitted to be incurred under this Agreement; provided that in the case of any prepayments or redemptions by Loan Parties pursuant to the foregoing clauses (B) or (C), the Payment Condition shall be satisfied; or (ii) amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the Lenders any term or condition of any Subordinated Debt.
 
(p)           [ RESERVED .]
 
(q)             Holding Company Status .  In the case of any domestic Subsidiary that is a CFC, engage in any business or activity or incur liabilities other than (i) the ownership of the Equity Interests of a CFC, (ii) maintaining its corporate existence and (iii) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii).
 
(r)            [RESERVED.]
 
Section 5.03       Reporting Requirements .  So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding or any Lender Party shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent:
 
(a)             Default Notice .  As soon as possible and in any event within three Business Days after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower has knowledge of the occurrence of each Default or within five Business Days after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower has knowledge of the occurrence of any event, development or occurrence reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of a Responsible Officer (or person performing similar functions) of the Borrower setting forth details of such Default or other event and the action that the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
81

 

(b)            Quarterly Financials .  Commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2011, as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each Fiscal Year (or such earlier date as the Borrower may be required by the SEC to deliver its Form 10-Q or such later date as the SEC may permit for the delivery of the Borrower’s Form 10-Q), a Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter, and Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous quarter and ending with the end of such quarter, and Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such quarter, setting forth, in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and duly certified (subject to normal year end audit adjustments) by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as having been prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with a certificate of said officer stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing or, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action that the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.
 
(c)             Annual Financials .  As soon as available and in any event no later than 90 days following the end of the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2010, a copy of the annual audit report for such Fiscal Year, including therein a Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, in each case accompanied by (A) an opinion acceptable to the Lenders of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing acceptable to the Lenders, (B) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing or, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action that the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto, and (C) for any Fiscal Year after January 1, 2011, a schedule in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders of the computations used in determining, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 5.02(i) and 5.04; provided that, in the event of any change in GAAP used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Borrower shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 5.02(i) and 5.04, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP.
 
(d)             Annual Budget .  As soon as available, and in any event no later than 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2011, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget for the following Fiscal Year and each subsequent year thereafter through the Maturity Date (including a projected Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following Fiscal Year), the related projected Consolidated statements of cash flow and income for such Fiscal Year and the projected Availability (detailing the respective Borrowing Base and the amount of aggregate Advances) expected as of the end of each month during such Fiscal Year (collectively, the “ Projections ”) in the form delivered to the board of directors of the Borrower, which Projections shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that such Projections are based on then reasonable estimates and then available information and assumptions; it being understood that the Projections are made on the basis of the Borrower’s then current good faith views and assumptions believed to be reasonable when made with respect to future events, and assumptions that the Borrower believes to be reasonable as of the date thereof (it being understood that projections are inherently unreliable and that actual performance may differ materially from the Projections).
 
(e)             [RESERVED.]
 
(f)             [RESERVED.]
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
82

 

(g)             ERISA Events and ERISA Reports .  Promptly and in any event within 3 Business Days after any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event has occurred with respect to an ERISA Plan, a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, that such Loan Party or such ERISA Affiliate has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto, on the date any records, documents or other information must be furnished to the PBGC with respect to any ERISA Plan pursuant to Section 4010 of ERISA, a copy of such records, documents and information.
 
(h)             Plan Terminations .  Promptly and in any event within two Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate, copies of each notice from the PBGC stating its intention to terminate any ERISA Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any ERISA Plan.
 
(i)             Actuarial Reports .  Promptly upon receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate, a copy of the annual actuarial valuation report for each Plan the funded current liability percentage (as defined in Section 302(d)(8) of ERISA) of which is less than 90% or the unfunded current liability of which exceeds $5,000,000.
 
(j)             Multiemployer Plan Notices .  Promptly and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan, copies of each notice concerning (i) the imposition of Withdrawal Liability by any such Multiemployer Plan, (ii) the reorganization or termination, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, of any such Multiemployer Plan or (iii) the amount of liability incurred, or that may be incurred, by such Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate in connection with any event described in clause (i) or (ii) above.
 
(k)             Litigation .  Promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of each unstayed action, suit, investigation, litigation and proceeding before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, affecting any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that (i) is reasonably likely to be determined adversely and if so determined adversely would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Note, any other Loan Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
(l)              Securities Reports .  Promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all proxy statements, financial statements and reports that the Borrower sends to its public stockholders, copies of all regular, periodic and special reports, and all registration statements, that the Borrower files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority that may be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange; provided that such documents may be made available by posting on the Borrower’s website.
 
(m)             Environmental Conditions .  Promptly after the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any Environmental Action against or of any non-compliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit that would reasonably be expected to (i) result in a material loss or liability or (ii) cause any real property to be subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law.
 
(n)             Other Information .  Such other information respecting the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as any Lender Party (through the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent or any of their advisors may from time to time reasonably request.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
83

 

(o)             Borrowing Base Certificate .  A Borrowing Base Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I as of the date required to be delivered or so requested, in each case with supporting documentation (including, without limitation, the documentation described in Schedule 1 to Exhibit I) shall be furnished to the Administrative Agent:  (i) as soon as available and in any event prior to the Initial Extension of Credit, (ii)(A) after the Initial Extension of Credit, on or before the 15th day following the end of each fiscal month, which monthly Borrowing Base Certificate shall reflect the Inventory updated as of the end of each such month and (B) in addition to such monthly Borrowing Base Certificates, (x) upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or if Availability is less than $100,000,000, on or before the third Business Day following the end of each week, which weekly Borrowing Base Certificate shall reflect the Accounts updated as of the immediately preceding Thursday; provided that if Availability is equal to or greater than $125,000,000 for three consecutive Business Days, such Borrowing Base Certificate shall be delivered pursuant to clause (ii)(A) herein and (y) at the option of the Borrower, weekly updates of Accounts, certified by a Responsible Officer, and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent at any other time when the Administrative Agent reasonably believe that the then existing Borrowing Base Certificate is materially inaccurate, as soon as reasonably available after such request, in each case with supporting documentation as the Lenders may reasonably request (including without limitation, the documentation described on Schedule 1 to Exhibit I) and (iv) pursuant to Section 5.02(g)(iv).
 
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.03 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of receipt by the Administrative Agent irrespective of when such document or materials are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website (the “ Informational Website ”), if any, to which each Lender and the Agents have unrestricted access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that the accommodation provided by the foregoing sentence shall not impair the right of the Administrative Agent to request and receive from the Loan Parties physical delivery of any specific information provided for in Section 5.01 or this Section 5.03.  Other than with respect to the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Lead Arrangers, Agents or Lenders, none of the Lead Arrangers, Agents or the Lenders shall have any liability to any Loan Party, each other or any of their respective Affiliates associated with establishing and maintaining the security and confidentiality of the Informational Website and the information posted thereto.
 
Section 5.04        Financial Covenant .  So long as any Financial Covenant Trigger Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, for the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(b), shall not be less than 1.1 to 1.0.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
Section 6.01        Events of Default .  If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur and be continuing:
 
(a)            the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Advance or any unreimbursed drawing with respect to any Letter of Credit when the same shall become due and payable or any Loan Party shall fail to make any payment of interest on any Advance or any other payment under any Loan Document within five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
84

 
 
(b)           any representation or warranty made by any Loan Party (or any of its officers) under or in connection with any Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect, only to the extent that such representation and warranty is not otherwise qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, when made or deemed made; or
 
(c)            any Loan Party shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 2.14, 5.01(i), 5.01(t), 5.02, 5.03 or 5.04; or
 
(d)           any Loan Party shall fail to perform any other term, covenant or agreement contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed if such failure shall remain unremedied for after the earlier of 30 days after (i) an Responsible Officer of any Loan Party obtaining knowledge of such default or (ii) the Borrower receiving notice of such default from any Agent or any Lender (any such notice to be identified as a notice of default and to refer specifically to this paragraph); or
 
(e)            (i) any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any principal of, premium or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or more items of Debt of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (excluding Debt outstanding hereunder) that is outstanding in an aggregate principal or notional amount (or, in the case of any Hedge Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any guaranty by the Borrower of Secured Hedge Agreements entered into by Dana Financial Services Switzerland GmbH with Hedge Banks) an Agreement Value) of at least $50,000,000 when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreements or instruments relating to all such Debt; or (ii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under the agreements or instruments relating to one or more items of Debt of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (excluding Debt outstanding hereunder) that is outstanding in an aggregate principal or notional amount of at least $50,000,000, and such other event or condition shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in all such agreements or instruments, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt or otherwise to cause, or to permit the holder thereof to cause, such Debt to mature; or (iii) one or more items of Debt of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (excluding Debt outstanding hereunder) that is outstanding in an aggregate principal or notional amount (or, in the case of any Hedge Agreement, an Agreement Value) of at least $50,000,000, shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than by a regularly scheduled or required prepayment or redemption), purchased or defeased, or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; or
 
(f)            any Loan Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it) that is being diligently contested by it in good faith, either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (f); or
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
85

 
 
(g)           one or more final, non-appealable judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess of $50,000,000 (exclusive of any judgment or order the amounts of which are fully covered by insurance (less any applicable deductible) which is not in dispute) in the aggregate at any time, shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order; or
 
(h)           one or more nonmonetary judgments or orders shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any period of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or
 
(i)            any provision of any Loan Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 3.01 shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against any Loan Party intended to be a party to it, or any such Loan Party shall so state in writing; or
 
(j)            any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 3.01 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected lien on and security interest in the Collateral purported to be covered thereby; or
 
(k)            any ERISA Event shall have occurred with respect to a Plan and the sum (determined as of the date of occurrence of such ERISA Event) of the Insufficiency of such Plan and the Insufficiency of any and all other Plans with respect to which an ERISA Event shall have occurred and then exist (or the liability of the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates related to such ERISA Event) is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
 
(l)            any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan in an amount that, when aggregated with all other amounts required to be paid to Multiemployer Plans by the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates as Withdrawal Liability (determined as of the date of such notification), exceeds $50,000,000 or requires payments exceeding $25,000,000 per annum; or
 
(m)           any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or is being terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, and as a result of such reorganization or termination the aggregate annual contributions of the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans that are then in reorganization or being terminated have been or will be increased over the amounts contributed to such Multiemployer Plans for the plan years of such Multiemployer Plans immediately preceding the plan year in which such reorganization or termination occurs by an amount exceeding $20,000,000; or
 
(n)           any challenge by any Loan Party to the validity of any Loan Document or the applicability or enforceability of any Loan Document or which seeks to void, avoid, limit, or otherwise adversely affect the security interest created by or in any Loan Document or any payment made pursuant thereto; or
 
(o)           a Change of Control shall occur;
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
86

 
 
then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent (i) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the obligation of each Lender to make Advances (other than Letter of Credit Advances by the Issuing Banks or a Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and Swing Line Advances by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.02(b)) and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Notes, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.
 
Section 6.02       Actions in Respect of the Letters of Credit upon Default .  If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may, or shall at the request of the Required Lenders, irrespective of whether it is taking any of the actions described in Section 6.01 or otherwise, make demand upon the Borrower to, and forthwith upon such demand the Borrower will, pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lender Parties in same day funds at the Administrative Agent’s office designated in such demand, for deposit in the L/C Cash Collateral Account, an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding.  If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held in the L/C Cash Collateral Account are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the L/C Cash Collateral Account, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such aggregate Available Amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held in the L/C Cash Collateral Account that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
THE AGENTS
 
Section 7.01       Appointment and Authorization of the Agents .  (a)  Each Lender Party hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes each of the Agents to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall any Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender Party or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against such Agent.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law.  Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.  Each Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each Issuing Bank shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to each Agent in this Article VII with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Agent” as used in this Article VII and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included such Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to such Issuing Bank.  The provisions of this Article VII are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
87

 
 
(b)            Citigroup Global Markets Inc. hereby appoints Citicorp USA, Inc. to act as “collateral agent” or as “administrative agent” solely for the purpose of negotiating, executing, accepting delivery of and otherwise acting pursuant to collateral access agreements, Landlord Lien Waivers or any other similar agreement.
 
Section 7.02       Delegation of Duties .
 
(a)            Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(b)            Without limitation of the provisions of Section 7.02(a), it is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction.  It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Collateral Agent deems that by reason of any present or future law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, it may be necessary that the Collateral Agent appoint an additional individual or institution as a separate trustee, co-trustee, collateral agent, collateral sub-agent or collateral co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein as a “ Supplemental Collateral Agent ”).
 
(c)            In the event that the Collateral Agent appoints a Supplemental Collateral Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Collateral Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Collateral Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Collateral Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Collateral Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Collateral Agent or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article and of Section 10.04 that refer to the Collateral Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Collateral Agent and all references therein to the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Collateral Agent and/or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, as the context may require.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
88

 

(d)            Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Collateral Agent so appointed by the Collateral Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, such Loan Party shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Collateral Agent.  In case any Supplemental Collateral Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Collateral Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Collateral Agent.
 
Section 7.03        Liability of Agents .
 
(a)            The Administrative Agent’s duties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are solely ministerial and administrative in nature and the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, but shall be required to act or refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the written direction of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law.
 
(b)            No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender Party or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender Party or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof.
 
(c)            Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall require the Administrative Agent or  any of its Agent-Related Persons to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender Party and each Lender Party confirms to the Administrative Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Administrative Agent or any of its Agent-Related Persons.
 
Section 7.04        Reliance by Agents .  (a)  Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent, as applicable.  Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
89

 
 
(b)            For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 3.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the relevant Agent or Agents shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
 
Section 7.05        Notice of Default .  No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to any Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless such Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default.”  The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice.  The Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Lenders, shall take such action with respect to such Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VI; provided , however , that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, it may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, in each case, in consultation with the Lenders, with respect to such Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.
 
Section 7.06       Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents .  Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession.  Each Lender represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder.  Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
90

 
 
Section 7.07       Indemnification of Agents .  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined in a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided , however , that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse each Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by any Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower.  The undertaking in this Section shall survive termination of the Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of each of the Agents.  In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 7.07 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender Party, its directors, shareholders or creditors and whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.
 
Section 7.08       Agents in Their Individual Capacity .
 
(a)            CUSA, CGMI, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, Barclays, Deutsche Bank, ING and UBS and their respective Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though CUSA, CGMI, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, Barclays, Deutsche Bank, ING and UBS, as the case may be, were not an Agent or Issuing Bank hereunder, as the case may be, and without notice to or consent of the Lenders.  The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, each of CUSA, CGMI, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, Barclays, Deutsche Bank, ING and UBS and each of their respective Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that each of CUSA, CGMI, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, Barclays, Deutsche Bank, ING and UBS and their respective Affiliates shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them.  With respect to its Advances, each of CUSA, CGMI, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, Barclays, Deutsch Bank, ING and UBS and their respective Affiliates shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not an Agent, the Swing Line Lender or an Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include CUSA, CGMI, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, Barclays, Deutsche Bank, ING and UBS in its individual capacity.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
91

 

(b)            Each Lender Party understands that the Administrative Agent, acting in its individual capacity, and its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Agent’s Group ”) are engaged in a wide range of financial services and businesses (including investment management, financing, securities trading, corporate and investment banking and research) (such services and businesses are collectively referred to in this Section 7.08(b) as “ Activities ”) and may engage in the Activities with or on behalf of one or more of the Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates.  Furthermore, the Agent’s Group may, in undertaking the Activities, engage in trading in financial products or undertake other investment businesses for its own account or on behalf of others (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and including holding, for its own account or on behalf of others, equity, debt and similar positions in the Borrower, another Loan Party or their respective Affiliates), including trading in or holding long, short or derivative positions in securities, loans or other financial products of one or more of the Loan Parties or their Affiliates.  Each Lender Party understands and agrees that in engaging in the Activities, the Agent’s Group may receive or otherwise obtain information concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) which information may not be available to any of the Lender Parties that are not members of the Agent’s Group.  None of the Administrative Agent nor any member of the Agent’s Group shall have any duty to disclose to any Lender Party or use on behalf of the Lender Parties, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, any information whatsoever about or derived from the Activities or otherwise (including any information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party) or to account for any revenue or profits obtained in connection with the Activities, except that the Administrative Agent shall deliver or otherwise make available to each Lender Party such documents as are expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lender Parties.
 
(c)            Each Lender Party further understands that there may be situations where members of the Agent’s Group or their respective customers (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates) either now have or may in the future have interests or take actions that may conflict with the interests of any one or more of the Lender Parties (including the interests of the Lender Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents).  Each Lender Party agrees that no member of the Agent’s Group is or shall be required to restrict its activities as a result of the Administrative Agent being a member of the Agent’s Group, and that each member of the Agent’s Group may undertake any Activities without further consultation with or notification to any Lender Party.  None of (i) this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, (ii) the receipt by the Agent’s Group of information (including Communications) concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) nor (iii) any other matter shall give rise to any fiduciary, equitable or contractual duties (including without limitation any duty of trust or confidence) owing by the Administrative Agent or any member of the Agent’s Group to any Lender Party including any such duty that would prevent or restrict the Agent’s Group from acting on behalf of customers (including the Loan Parties or their Affiliates) or for its own account.
 
Section 7.09       Successor Agent .  Each Agent may resign from acting in such capacity upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower; provided that any such resignation by CUSA shall also constitute the resignation by CUSA as Issuing Bank.  If an Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders.  If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of such Agent, such Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders, a successor agent from among the Lenders.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Agent and Issuing Bank and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor agent, and the retiring Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated and in the case of the Administrative Agent, the retiring Issuing Bank’s rights, powers and duties as such shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such retiring Agent or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, or any other Lender, other than the obligation of the successor Issuing Bank to issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or to make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring with respect to such Letters of Credit.  After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article VII and Section 10.04 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.  If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
92

 
 
Section 7.10       Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .  In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Advance shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether any Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
 
(a)            to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Advances and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Agents (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Agents and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Agents under Sections 2.08 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
 
(b)            to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
 
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.08 and 10.04.
 
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
 
Section 7.11       Collateral and Guaranty Matters .  The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, at their option and in their discretion,
 
(a)            to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
93

 
 
(b)            to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 5.02(a);
 
(c)            to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder or if all of such Person’s assets are sold or liquidated as permitted under the terms of the Loan Documents and the proceeds thereof are distributed to the Borrower; and
 
(d)            to acquire, hold and enforce any and all Liens on Collateral granted by and of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such other powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto.
 
Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders (acting on behalf of all the Lenders) will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release Liens or subordinate the interests of the Secured Parties  in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 7.11.
 
Section 7.12       Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers .  None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “book runner,” “documentation agent,” “arranger,” or “lead arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of such Lenders, those applicable to all Lenders as such.  Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender.  Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.
 
Section 7.13       Flood Insurance on Mortgaged Properties .  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent have adopted internal policies and procedures that address requirements placed on federally regulated lenders under the Flood Laws.  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent , will post on the applicable electronic platform (or otherwise distribute to the Lenders) documents that it receives in connection with the Flood Laws.  However, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent remind each Lender that, pursuant to the Flood Laws, each federally regulated lender (whether acting as a lender or participant in the Facilities) is responsible for assuring its own compliance with the flood insurance requirements.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
94

 

ARTICLE VIII
 
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY
 
Section 8.01       Subsidiary Guaranty .  Each Guarantor, severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees (the undertaking by each Guarantor under this Article VIII being the “ Guaranty ”) the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all of the Obligations of each of the other Loan Parties now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premium, fees, indemnification payments, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise (such Obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay any and all expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any of the other Secured Parties solely in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any of the other Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or any of the other Secured Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Loan Party.
 
Section 8.02       Guaranty Absolute .  Each Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party with respect thereto.  The Obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against any other Loan Party or whether any other Loan Party is joined in any such action or actions.  The liability of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of, and such Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now or hereafter have in any way relating to, any and all of the following:
 
(a)            any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;
 
(b)           any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise;
 
(c)            any taking, exchange, release or nonperfection of any Collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any Subsidiary Guaranty or any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;
 
(d)           any manner of application of Collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents, or any other property and assets of any other Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;
 
(e)            any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any other Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;
 
(f)            any failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to disclose to any Loan Party any information relating to the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party now or hereafter known to the Administrative Agent or such other Secured Party, as the case may be (such Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information);
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
95

 
 
(g)            the failure of any other Person to execute this Guaranty or any other guarantee or agreement of the release or reduction of the liability of any of the other Loan Parties or any other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; or
 
(h)            any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party) that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, such Guarantor, any other Loan Party or any other guarantor or surety other than payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations.
 
This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party or by any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any other Loan Party or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.
 
Section 8.03       Waivers and Acknowledgments .  (a)  Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty, and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property or assets subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any other Loan Party or any other Person or any Collateral.
 
(b)            Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally waives any right to revoke this Guaranty, and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.
 
(c)            Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by the Secured Parties which in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Guarantor or other rights to proceed against any of the other Loan Parties, any other guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral, and (ii) any defense based on any right of setoff or counterclaim against or in respect of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.
 
(d)            Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 8.02 and this Section 8.03 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
96

 

Section 8.04       Subrogation .  Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or may hereafter acquire against any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of its Obligations under this Guaranty or under any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party against such other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from such other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, until such time as all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, all of the Letters of Credit and all Secured Hedge Agreements shall have expired or been terminated and the Commitments shall have expired or terminated.  If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the latest of (a) the payment in full in cash of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (b) the latest date of expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit and all Secured Hedge Agreements, and (c) the Termination Date, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or to be held as Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising.  If (i) any Guarantor shall pay to the Administrative Agent all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, (iii) all Letters of Credit and all Secured Hedge Agreements shall have expired or been terminated, and (iv) the Termination Date shall have occurred, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties will, at such Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer of subrogation to such Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the payment made by such Guarantor.
 
Section 8.05       Additional Guarantors .  Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a guaranty joinder agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit H hereto (each, a “Guaranty Supplement”), (i) such Person shall be referred to as an “Additional Guarantor” and shall become and be a Guarantor hereunder, and each reference in this Guaranty to a “Guarantor” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “Guarantor” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and (ii) each reference herein to “this Guaranty”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, and each reference in any other Loan Document to the “Guaranty”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, shall include each such duly executed and delivered Guaranty Supplement.
 
Section 8.06       Continuing Guarantee; Assignments .  This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the latest of (i) the payment in full in cash of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (ii) the latest date of expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit and all Secured Hedge Agreements, and (iii) the Termination Date, (b) be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, transferees and assigns.  Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, any Lender Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitment or Commitments, the Advances owing to it and the Notes held by it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender Party under this Article VIII or otherwise, in each case as provided in Section 10.07.
 
Section 8.07       No Reliance .  Each Guarantor has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any Lender Party and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Guaranty and each other Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party, and such Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from each other Loan Party on a continuing basis information pertaining to, and is now and on a continuing basis will be completely familiar with, the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties and prospects of such other Loan Party.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
97

 
 
Section 8.08       No Fraudulent Transfer .  Each Guarantor which is incorporated or formed under the laws of a jurisdiction located within the United States, and by its acceptance of this Guaranty, the Agents and each Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of U.S. bankruptcy laws, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty and the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Agents, the Secured Parties and such Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will not result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

ARTICLE IX
 
[ RESERVED ]
 
ARTICLE X
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 10.01     Amendments, Etc .  Except as provided in Section 2.21, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall;
 
(a)            waive any condition set forth in Section 3.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender;
 
(b)            extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 2.05 or Section 6.01) without the written consent of such Lender;
 
(c)            postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
 
(d)            reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Advance, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
 
(e)            change (i) Section 2.02(a) in a manner that would alter the pro rata nature of Borrowings required thereby or (ii) Section 2.13 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, in each case with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 10.01(e), without the written consent of each Lender;
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
98

 
 
(f)            change the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;
 
(g)           [ RESERVED ];
 
(h)            except in connection with a transaction permitted under this Agreement, release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantors from the Guaranty or release all or substantially all of the Collateral without the written consent of each Lender; and
 
(i)             increase the advance rates set forth in the definition of the term “Borrowing Base”, add new asset categories to the Borrowing Base or otherwise cause the Borrowing Base or availability under the credit facility provided for herein to be increased ( provided , that, the foregoing shall not limit the discretion of the Administrative Agent to add assets acquired in a Permitted Acquisition to the Borrowing Base) without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders;
 
and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender or the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender or of the Issuing Banks, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; and (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.  In the event that the Borrower requests that this Agreement or any other Loan Document be amended in a manner which would require the consent of each Lender and such modification or amendment is agreed to by the Required Lenders, then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to amend this Agreement or such other Loan Document without the consent of the Lender or Lenders which did not agree to the modification or amendment requested by the Borrower (such Lender or Lenders, collectively, the “ Non-Consenting Lenders ”) to provide for (i) the termination of the Commitment of each of the Non Consenting Lenders, (ii) the addition to this Agreement of one or more other financial institutions (each of which shall meet the requirements of Section 10.07), or an increase in the Commitment of one or more of the Required Lenders approving such modification or amendment, so that the aggregate value of the sum of each of the Lenders’ Commitments after giving effect to such amendment shall be in the same amount as the aggregate value of the sum of each of the Lenders’ Commitments immediately before giving effect to such amendment, (iii) if any Advances are outstanding at the time of such amendment, the making of such additional Advances by such new financial institutions or Required Lenders, as the case may be, as may be necessary to repay in full the outstanding Advances (including principal, interest, fees and other amounts due and owing under the Loan Documents) of the Non-Consenting Lenders immediately before giving effect to such amendment and (iv) such other modifications to this Agreement as may be appropriate.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
99

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.01, if at any time on or before the date that is sixty  (60) days following the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.
 
Each Loan Party acknowledges the agreements set forth in the Fee Letter and the Administrative Agent Fee Letter and agrees that it will execute and deliver such amendments to the Loan Documents as shall be deemed advisable by the Lead Arrangers to give effect to the provisions of the Fee Letter and the Administrative Agent Fee Letter.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.01, the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties shall be permitted to execute and deliver such amendments and such amendments shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.
 
Section 10.02     Notices, Etc .  (a)  All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic or telecopy communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telecopied or delivered, if to the Borrower or any Guarantor, at the Borrower’s address at 3939 Technology Drive, Maumee, Ohio 43537, Attention:  Treasurer, as well as to the attention of the general counsel of the Borrower at the Borrower’s address, fax number (419) 535-4544; if to any Lender or any Issuing Banks, at its Applicable Lending Office, respectively, specified opposite its name on Schedule I hereto; if to any other Lender Party, at its Applicable Lending Office specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender Party; if to the Administrative Agent, at its address at 390 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, fax number (646) 328-3782, Attention:  Shapleigh Smith, as well as to Shearman & Sterling, counsel to the Administrative Agent, at its address at 599 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10022, fax number (212) 848-7179, Attention:  Maura O’Sullivan, Esq.; or, as to the Borrower, any Guarantor or the Administrative Agent, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties.  All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telegraphed or telecopied, be effective three Business Days after being deposited in the U.S. mails, first class postage prepaid, delivered to the telegraph company or confirmed as received when sent by telecopier, respectively, except that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article II, III or VII shall not be effective until received by the Administrative Agent.  Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes or of any Exhibit hereto to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.
 
(b)            The Borrower hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a Conversion of an existing, Borrowing or other Extension of Credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any Borrowing or other Extension of Credit thereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to oploanswebadmin@citigroup.com.  In addition, the Borrower agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent.  The Borrower further agrees that the Administrative Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on an Informational Website or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”).
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
100

 
 
(c)            THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”.  THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY, “ AGENT PARTIES ”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE BORROWER, ANY LENDER PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF THE BORROWER’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY AGENT PARTY IS FOUND IN A FINAL NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH AGENT PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
 
(d)            The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents.  Each Lender Party agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender Party for purposes of the Loan Documents.  Each Lender Party agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender Party’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (ii) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.  Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.
 
Section 10.03     No Waiver; Remedies .  No failure on the part of any Lender Party or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.  The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
101

 

Section 10.04     Costs, Fees and Expenses .  (a)  Each Loan Party agrees (i) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Documentation Agents, the Senior Managing Agents and each Lead Arranger for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by each such Agent in connection with (a) the development, preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated), (b) the syndication and funding of the Revolving Credit Facility, (c) the creation, perfection or protection of the liens under the Loan Documents (including all reasonable search, filing and recording fees) and (d) the ongoing administration of the Loan Documents (including the preparation, negotiation and execution of any amendments, consents, waivers, assignments, restatements or supplements thereto and costs associated with insurance reviews, collateral audits, field exams, collateral valuations and collateral reviews); provided , that, prior to the occurrence, and during the continuance, of  a Default or Event of Default, reasonable attorney’s fees shall be limited to one primary counsel and, if reasonably required by any Agent, local or specialist counsel, provided further that no such limitation shall apply if counsel determines in good faith that there is a conflict of interest that requires separate representation for any party, and (ii)  to pay or reimburse each Agent and each of the Lenders for all reasonable documented costs and expenses, incurred  by such Agent or such Lenders and in connection with (a) the enforcement of the Loan Documents or collection of payments due from any Loan Party and (b) any legal proceeding relating to or arising out of the Revolving Credit Facility or the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.  The foregoing fees, costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance, collateral review, monitoring, and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agents and the cost of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained jointly by the Agents.  All amounts due under this Section 10.04(a) shall be payable within ten Business Days after demand therefor accompanied by an appropriate invoice.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of the Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations.
 
(b)            Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Loan Party shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact and representatives (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel), joint or several that may be incurred by, or asserted or awarded against any Indemnitee, in each case arising out of or in connection with or relating to any investigation, litigation or proceeding or the preparation of any defense with respect thereto arising out of or in connection with (i) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) any Commitment, Advance or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or any Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of Environmental Laws, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such claim, damage, loss, liability or expense is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.  In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.04(b) applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any security holders or creditors of the foregoing an Indemnitee or any other Person, or an Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.  No Indemnitee shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent such liability is determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  In no event, however, shall any Indemnitee be liable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including, without limitation, any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings).  No Indemnitee shall be liable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through an Informational Website or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement.  All amounts due under this Section 10.04(b) shall be payable within ten Business Days after demand therefor.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
102

 
 
(c)            If any payment of principal of, or Conversion of, any Eurodollar Rate Advance is made by the Borrower to or for the account of a Lender Party other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance, as a result of a payment or Conversion pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.09(b)(i) or 2.10(d), acceleration of the maturity of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason, or if the Borrower fails to make any payment or prepayment of an Advance for which a notice of prepayment has been given or that is otherwise required to be made, whether pursuant to Section 2.04, 2.06 or 6.01 or otherwise, the Borrower shall, upon demand by such Lender Party (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender Party any amounts required to compensate such Lender Party for any additional losses, costs or expenses that it may reasonably incur as a result of such payment or Conversion or such failure to pay or prepay, as the case may be, including, without limitation, any actual loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender Party to fund or maintain such Advance.
 
Section 10.05     Right of Set-off .  Upon (a) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (b) the making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 6.01 to authorize the Administrative Agent to declare the Notes due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, each Lender Party and each of its respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and otherwise apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender Party or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the Obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the Note or Notes (if any) held by such Lender Party, irrespective of whether such Lender Party shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such Note or Notes and although such obligations may be unmatured.  Each Lender Party agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set off and application; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set off and application.  The rights of each Lender Party and its respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such Lender Party and its respective Affiliates may have.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
103

 

Section 10.06     Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower, the Guarantors, each Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender that such Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Agent and each Lender Party and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of each Lender Party.
 
Section 10.07     Successors and Assigns .  (a)  Each Lender may assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment or Commitments, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it); provided, however, that (i) each such assignment shall be of a uniform, and not a varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of any or all Facilities, (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Person that, immediately prior to such assignment, was a Lender, an Affiliate of any Lender or an Approved Fund of any Lender or an assignment of all of a Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the aggregate amount of the Commitments being assigned to such Eligible Assignee pursuant to such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be less than $5,000,000 under each Facility for which a Commitment is being assigned, (iii) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee, and (iv) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with any Note or Notes (if any) subject to such assignment and a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which shall not be payable by the Borrower).  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, at the election of the Administrative Agent, any such Assignment and Acceptance may be electronically executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent via an electronic loan assignment confirmation system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which shall include ClearPar, LLC).
 
(b)            Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance, (i) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, hereunder and (ii) the Lender or Issuing Bank assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (other than its rights under Sections 2.10, 2.12 and 10.04 to the extent any claim thereunder relates to an event arising prior to such assignment) and be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall cease to be a party hereto).
 
(c)            By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, each Lender Party assignor thereunder and each assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties thereto and hereto as follows:  (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender Party makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with any Loan Document or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with, any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (ii) such assigning Lender Party makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of its obligations under any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, such assigning Lender Party or any other Lender Party and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such assignee confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes each Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Loan Documents as are delegated to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
104

 
 
(d)            The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose (but only for this purpose) as the agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 10.02 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lender Parties and the Commitment under each Facility of, and principal amount of the Advances owing under each Facility to, each Lender Party from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lender Parties may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender Party hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Agent or any Lender Party at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
 
(e)            Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender Party and an assignee, together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment, the Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof and a copy of such Assignment and Acceptance to the Borrower and each other Agent.  In the case of any assignment by a Lender, within five Business Days after its receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent in exchange for the surrendered Note or Notes (if any) a new Note to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it under each Facility pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if any assigning Lender that had a Note or Notes prior to such assignment has retained a Commitment hereunder under such Facility, a new Note to the order of such assigning Lender in an amount equal to the Commitment retained by it hereunder.  Such new Note or Notes shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, as the case may be.
 
(f)            Each Issuing Bank may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under the undrawn portion of its Letter of Credit Commitment at any time; provided, however, that (i) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee and (ii) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which shall not be payable by the Borrower).
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
105

 

(g)            Each Lender Party may sell participations to one or more Persons (other than any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates) in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments, the Advances owing to it and any Note or Notes held by it); provided , however , that (i) such Lender Party’s obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitments) shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender Party shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) such Lender Party shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes of this Agreement, (iv) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lender Parties shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender Party in connection with such Lender Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, (v) no participant under any such participation shall have any right to approve any amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document, or any consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, except to the extent that such amendment, waiver or consent would reduce the principal of, or interest (other than default interest) on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such participation, postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such participation, or release a substantial portion of the value of the Collateral or the value of the Guaranties and (vi) the participating banks or other entities shall be entitled to the benefit of Section 2.12 to the same extent as if they were a Lender Party but, with respect to any particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender Party that sold the participation to such participant and only if such participant agrees to comply with Section 2.12(e) as though it were a Lender Party.
 
(h)            Any Lender Party may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 10.07, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender Party by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided , however , that, prior to any such disclosure, the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall agree to preserve the confidentiality of any Confidential Information received by it from such Lender Party in accordance with Section 10.09 hereof.
 
(i)             Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, any Lender Party may at any time (and without the consent of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower) create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Advances owing to it and any Note or Notes held by it) in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
 
(j)             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such fund as security for such obligations or securities, provided , however , that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
106

 

(k)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender Party (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Advance that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Advance, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Advance, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Advance pursuant to the terms hereof.  The making of an Advance by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Advance were made by such Granting Lender.  Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender Party would be liable, (ii) no SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 and 2.12 (or any other increased costs protection provision) and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including, without limitation, the approval of any amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the Lender Party of record hereunder.  In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior Debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, assign all or any portion of its interest in any Advance to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Advances to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.  This subsection (k) may not be amended without the prior written consent of each Granting Lender, all or any part of whose Advances are being funded by the SPC at the time of such amendment.
 
Section 10.08     Execution in Counterparts; Integration .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier or other electronic communication shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with the provisions of the Commitment Letter that are stated to survive the execution hereof and the Fee Letter and the Administrative Agent Fee Letter, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.
 
Section 10.09     Confidentiality; Press Releases, Related Matters and Treatment of Information .  (a)  No Agent or Lender Party shall disclose any Confidential Information to any Person without the consent of the Borrower, other than (i) to such Agent’s or such Lender Party’s Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors and to actual or prospective Eligible Assignees and participants, and then only on a confidential, need to know basis, (ii) as requested or required by any law, rule or regulation or judicial process or (iii) as requested or required by any state, federal or foreign authority or examiner regulating banks or banking.
 
(b)            Each of the parties hereto and each party joining hereafter agrees that neither it nor its Affiliates will in the future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of any Lender or its Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents without at least 2 Business Days’ prior notice to such Lender and without the prior written consent of such Lender or unless (and only to the extent that) such party or Affiliate is required to do so under law and then, in any event, such party or Affiliate will consult with the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Lender before issuing such press release or other public disclosure.  Each party consents to the publication by the Agents or any Lender Party of a tombstone or similar advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Agents reserve the right to provide to industry trade organizations such necessary and customary information needed for inclusion in league table measurements.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
107

 
 
(c)            Certain of the Lenders may enter into this Agreement and take or not take action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on the basis of information that does not contain material non-public information with respect to any of the Loan Parties or their securities (“ Restricting Information ”).  Other Lenders may enter into this Agreement and take or not take action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on the basis of information that may contain Restricting Information.  Each Lender Party acknowledges that United States federal and state securities laws prohibit any person from purchasing or selling securities on the basis of material, non-public information concerning the issuer of such securities or, subject to certain limited exceptions, from communicating such information to any other Person.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Agent-Related Persons shall, by making any Communications (including Restricting Information) available to a Lender Party, by participating in any conversations or other interactions with a Lender Party or otherwise, make or be deemed to make any statement with regard to or otherwise warrant that any such information or Communication does or does not contain Restricting Information nor shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Agent-Related Persons be responsible or liable in any way for any decision a Lender Party may make to limit or to not limit its access to Restricting Information.  In particular, none of the Administrative Agent nor any of its Agent-Related Persons (i) shall have, and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and each of its Agent-Related Persons, hereby disclaims, any duty to ascertain or inquire as to whether or not a Lender Party has or has not limited its access to Restricting Information, such Lender Party’s policies or procedures regarding the safeguarding of material, nonpublic information or such Lender Party’s compliance with applicable laws related thereto or (ii) shall have, or incur, any liability to any Loan Party or Lender Party or any of their respective Agent-Related Persons arising out of or relating to the Administrative Agent or any of its Agent-Related Persons providing or not providing Restricting Information to any Lender Party.
 
(d)            Each Loan Party agrees that (i) all Communications it provides to the Administrative Agent intended for delivery to the Lender Parties whether by posting to the Platform or otherwise shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” if such Communications do not contain Restricting Information which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof, (ii) by marking Communications “PUBLIC,” each Loan Party shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties to treat such Communications as either publicly available information or not material information (although, in this latter case, such Communications may contain sensitive business information and, therefore, remain subject to the confidentiality undertakings of this Agreement) with respect to such Loan Party or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws, (iii) all Communications marked “PUBLIC” may be delivered to all Lender Parties and may be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information,” and (iv) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Communications that are not marked “PUBLIC” as Restricting Information and may post such Communications to a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.”  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates shall be responsible for any statement or other designation by a Loan Party regarding whether a Communication contains or does not contain material non-public information with respect to any of the Loan Parties or their securities nor shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates incur any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender Party or any other Person for any action taken by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates based upon such statement or designation, including any action as a result of which Restricting Information is provided to a Lender Party that may decide not to take access to Restricting Information.
 
(e)            Each Lender Party acknowledges that circumstances may arise that require it to refer to Communications that might contain Restricting Information.  Accordingly, each Lender Party agrees that it will nominate at least one designee to receive Communications (including Restricting Information) on its behalf.  Each Lender Party agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time of such Lender Party’s designee’s e-mail address to which notice of the availability of Restricting Information may be sent by electronic transmission.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
108

 
 
(f)            Each Lender Party acknowledges that Communications delivered hereunder and under the other Loan Documents may contain Restricting Information and that such Communications are available to all Lender Parties generally.  Each Lender Party that elects not to take access to Restricting Information does so voluntarily and, by such election, acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent and other Lender Parties may have access to Restricting Information that is not available to such electing Lender Party.  None of the Administrative Agent nor any Lender Party with access to Restricting Information shall have any duty to disclose such Restricting Information to such electing Lender Party or to use such Restricting Information on behalf of such electing Lender Party, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, such Restricting Information.
 
(g)            Clauses (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this Section 10.09 are designed to assist the Administrative Agent, the Lender Parties and the Loan Parties, in complying with their respective contractual obligations and applicable law in circumstances where certain Lender Parties express a desire not to receive Restricting Information notwithstanding that certain Communications hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or other information provided to the Lender Parties hereunder or thereunder may contain Restricting Information.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Agent-Related Persons warrants or makes any other statement with respect to the adequacy of such provisions to achieve such purpose nor does the Administrative Agent or any of its Agent-Related Persons warrant or make any other statement to the effect that a Loan Party or Lender Party’s adherence to such provisions will be sufficient to ensure compliance by such Loan Party or Lender Party with its contractual obligations or its duties under applicable law in respect of Restricting Information and each of the Lender Parties and each Loan Party assumes the risks associated therewith.
 
Section 10.10     Patriot Act Notice .  Each Lender Party and each Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender Party) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender Party or such Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, provide the extent commercially reasonable, such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by any Agents or any Lender Party in order to assist the Agents and the Lender Parties in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act.
 
Section 10.11     Jurisdiction, Etc .  (a)  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in the courts of any jurisdiction.
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement
 
109

 
 
(b)            Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party in any New York State or federal court.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
 
Section 10.12     Governing Law .
 
This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
Section 10.13     Waiver of Jury Trial .
 
Each of the Guarantors, the Borrower, the Agents and the Lender Parties irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to any of the Loan Documents, the Advances or the actions of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement thereof.
 
[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
 
Dana
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement   
 
110

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
 
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION, as Borrower
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Vice President and Treasurer
   
 
DANA LIMITED,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS GROUP, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA DRIVESHAFT PRODUCTS, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA DRIVESHAFT MANUFACTURING, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA LIGHT AXLE PRODUCTS, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA LIGHT AXLE MANUFACTURING, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]
 
 
 

 

 
 
DANA SEALING PRODUCTS, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA SEALING MANUFACTURING, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA STRUCTURAL PRODUCTS, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA STRUCTURAL MANUFACTURING, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA THERMAL PRODUCTS, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA HEAVY VEHICLE SYSTEMS GROUP, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA COMMERCIAL VEHICLE PRODUCTS, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 
 

 

 
 
DANA COMMERCIAL VEHICLE
 
MANUFACTURING, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
SPICER HEAVY AXLE & BRAKE, INC.,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA OFF HIGHWAY PRODUCTS, LLC,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA WORLD TRADE CORPORATION,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA AUTOMOTIVE AFTERMARKET, INC.,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer
   
 
DANA GLOBAL PRODUCTS, INC.,
 
as a Guarantor
   
 
By:
/s/ Ralph Than
   
Name:  Ralph Than
   
Title:  Treasurer

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 
 

 

 
 
CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent,
Collateral Agent
   
 
By:
/s/ Shane V. Azzara
   
Name: Shane V. Azzara
   
Title: Director
   
 
Citibank, N.A., as a Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Shane V. Azzara
   
Name: Shane V. Azzara
   
Title: Director
   
 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Documentation Agent
and Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Thomas J. Brennan
   
Name: Thomas J. Brennan
   
Title: Senior Vice President
   
 
BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ David Barton
   
Name: David Barton
   
Title: Director
   
 
DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, as a
and Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Erin Morrissey
   
Name: Erin Morrissey
   
Title:  Vice President
   
 
By:
/s/ Carin Keegan
   
Name: Carin Keegan
   
Title: Director

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 
 

 

 
 
ING CAPITAL LLC, as Senior Managing
Agent and Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ William Beddingfield
   
Name:  William Beddingfield
   
Title:    Managing Director
   
 
UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as a Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Mary E. Evans
   
Name:  Mary E. Evans
   
Title:    Associate Director
   
 
By:
/s/ Iria R. Otsa
   
Name:  Iria R. Otsa
   
Title:    Associate Director
   
 
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC, as
 
Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunner,
 
Syndication Agent, Issuing Bank and Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Thomas Forbath
   
Name:  Thomas Forbath
   
Title:    Vice President
   
 
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Robert P. Kellas
   
Name:  Robert P. Kellas
   
Title:    Executive Director
   
 
State of California Public Employees’
Retirement System, as a Lender
     
 
By:
/s/ Mike Claybar
   
Name:  Mike Claybar
   
Title:    Portfolio Manager

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 
 

 

 
 
CIT Bank, as a Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Benjamin Haslam
   
Name:  Benjamin Haslam
   
Title:    Authorized Signatory
   
 
Fifth Third Bank, an Ohio banking corporation,
as a Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Brian Jelinski
   
Name:  Brian Jelinski
   
Title:    Assistant Vice President
   
 
KeyBank National Association, as a Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Mike Claybar
   
Name:  Andrew C. Ashley
   
Title:    AVP
   
 
PNC Bank, N.A., as a Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Angus J. White
   
Name:  Angus J. White
   
Title:    Senior Vice President
   
 
RB INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (USA) LLC, as a
Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Astrid Noebauer
   
Name:  Astrid Noebauer
   
Title:    Group Vice President
   
 
By:
/s/ Marta Miller
   
Name:  Marta Miller
   
Title:    Vice President
   
 
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as a
Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Yoshihiro Hyakutome
   
Name:  Yoshihiro Hyakutome
   
Title:    General Manager
   
 
Webster Business Credit Corporation, as a
Lender
   
 
By:
/s/ Harvey Winter
   
Name:  Harvey Winter
   
Title:    Vice President

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 
 

 
EXHIBIT 21
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010*

Name of Company
 
Incorporation
     
C.A. Danaven
 
Venezuela
D.E.H. Holdings SARL
 
Luxembourg
Dana Grundstuckverwaltung
 
Germany
Dana (Wuxi) Technology Co. Ltd.
 
China
Dana Argentina S.A.
 
Argentina
Dana Australia (Holdings) Pty. Ltd.
 
Australia
Dana Australia Pty. Ltd.
 
Australia
Dana Austria GmbH
 
Austria
Dana Automocion, S.A.
 
Spain
Dana Automotive Aftermarket, Inc.
 
Delaware
Dana Automotive Systems Group, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Belgium BVBA
 
Belgium
Dana Brazil Holdings I LLC
 
Virginia
Dana Canada Corporation
 
Canada
Dana Canada Holding Company
 
Canada
Dana Canada LP
 
Canada
Dana Comercializadora, S. de R.L. de C.V.
 
Mexico
Dana Commercial Vehicle Manufacturing, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Commercial Vehicle Products, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Companies, LLC
 
Virginia
Dana de México Corporacion, S. de R.L. de C.V.
 
Mexico
Dana Driveshaft Manufacturing, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Driveshaft Products, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Ejes S.A. de C.V.
 
Mexico
Dana Equipamentos Ltda.
 
Brazil
Dana Europe SA
 
Switzerland
Dana Global Products, Inc.
 
Michigan
Dana GmbH
 
Germany
Dana Heavy Axle Mexico S.A. de C.V.
 
Mexico
Dana Heavy Vehicle Systems Group, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Holding GmbH
 
Germany
Dana Holdings Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.
 
Mexico
Dana Holdings SRL
 
Argentina
Dana Hungary kft
 
Hungary
Dana India Private Limited
 
India
Dana India Technical Centre Private Limited
 
India
Dana Industrias Ltda.
 
Brazil
Dana International Luxembourg S.a.r.l.
 
Luxembourg
Dana Investment GmbH
 
Germany

 
 

 
 
Name of Company
 
Incorporation
     
Dana Italia, SpA
 
Italy
Dana Japan, Ltd.
 
Japan
Dana Korea Co. Ltd.
 
Republic of Korea
Dana Light Axle Manufacturing, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Light Axle Products, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Limited
 
Ohio
Dana Mauritius Limited
 
Mauritius
Dana Off-Highway Hong Kong Holding Limited
 
Hong Kong
Dana Off Highway Products, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana San Luis S.A.
 
Argentina
Dana SAS
 
France
Dana Sealing Manufacturing, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Sealing Products, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Spicer (Thailand) Limited
 
Thailand
Dana Spicer Europe Limited
 
United Kingdom
Dana Structural Manufacturing, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Structural Products, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana Thermal Products, LLC
 
Ohio
Dana UK Automotive Limited
 
United Kingdom
Dana UK Automotive Systems Limited
 
United Kingdom
Dana UK Axles Limited
 
United Kingdom
Dana UK Driveshaft Limited
 
United Kingdom
Dana World Trade Corporation
 
Delaware
DTF Trucking, Inc.
 
Delaware
Dana Spicer Industria e Comercio Antopeca Ltda.
 
Brazil
Fujian Spicer Drivetrain System Co., Ltd.
 
China
Gearmax (Pty) Ltd.
 
South Africa
Industria de Ejes y Transmissiones S.A.
 
Colombia
Nippon Reinz Co. Ltd.
 
Japan
Parrish Bermuda Limited
 
Bermuda
Reinz-Dichtungs-GmbH
 
Germany
ROC Spicer Investment Co., Ltd.
 
British Virgin Islands
ROC Spicer, Ltd.
 
Taiwan
Spicer Axle Australia Pty Ltd
 
Australia
Spicer Ayra Cardan, S.A.
 
Spain
Spicer Ejes Pesados S.A.
 
Argentina
Spicer France S.A.S.
 
France
Spicer Gelenkwellenbau GmbH
 
Germany
Spicer Heavy Axle & Brake, Inc.
 
Michigan
Spicer India Limited
 
India
Spicer Nordiska Kardan AB
 
Sweden
Spicer Off-Highway Belgium N.V.
 
Belgium
Tai-Ya Investment (HK) Co., Ltd.
 
Hong Kong
Taiguang Investment (BVI) Co., Ltd.
 
British Virgin Islands
Taiguang Investment (HK) Co., Ltd.
 
Hong Kong
Taiguang Investment Co. Ltd
 
Taiwan

 
 

 
 
Name of Company
 
Incorporation
     
Taijie Investment Co. Ltd
 
Taiwan
Taiyang Investment Co. Ltd
 
Taiwan
Talesol S.A.
 
Uruguay
Tecnologia de Mocion Controlada S.A. de C.V.
 
Mexico
Thermal Products France SAS
 
France
Transajes Transmissiones Homocineticas de Columbia SA.
 
Columbia
Tuboauto, C.A.
 
Venezuela
Victor Reinz India Private Limited
 
India
Victor Reinz Valve Seals, L.L.C.
 
Indiana
Wrenford Insurance Company Limited
  
Bermuda

 
*
Subsidiaries not shown by name in the above list, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary.

 
 

 
 
 
Exhibit 23
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
     We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in (i) the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-149191), (ii) the Registration Statement on Form S-3 and Form S-3/A (333-161676), and (iii) the Registration Statement on Form S-3ASR (333-171826) of Dana Holding Corporation of our reports dated February 24, 2011 and March 16, 2009 relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.
 
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
   
 
 
Toledo, Ohio
   
 
 
February 24, 2011
   
 
 

 

 
 

Exhibit 24
 
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each of the undersigned, a director or officer of Dana Holding Corporation, appoints each of John M. Devine, James A. Yost, Marc S. Levin, Richard J. Dyer, Robert W. Spencer, Jr., and M. Jean Hardman, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power for and on their behalf to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all instruments which the attorney-in-fact and agent may deem necessary or advisable in order to enable Dana Holding Corporation to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the Annual Report of Dana Holding Corporation on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of Dana Holding Corporation under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Each of the undersigned ratifies and confirms all that any of the attorneys-in-fact and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  Any one of the attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have, and may exercise, all the powers conferred by this instrument.

This Power of Attorney shall be effective as of February 23, 2010, and shall end automatically as to each undersigned upon the termination of his service as a director and/or officer of Dana Holding Corporation.

 
 
/s/ John M. Devine
 
 
 
/s/ David P. Trucano
John M. Devine
 
David P. Trucano
 
 
/s/ Mark T. Gallogly
 
 
 
/s/ Richard F. Wallman
Mark T. Gallogly
 
Richard F. Wallman
 
 
/s/ Terrence J. Keating
 
 
 
/s/ Keith E. Wandell
Terrence J. Keating
 
Keith E. Wandell
 
 
/s/ Joseph C. Muscari
 
 
 
/s/ James A. Yost
Joseph C. Muscari
 
James A. Yost
 
 
/s/ Mark A. Schulz
 
 
 
/s/ Richard J. Dyer
Mark A. Schulz
 
Richard J. Dyer

 
Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
I, John M. Devine, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dana Holding Corporation;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: February 24, 2011
 
 
/s/ John M. Devine  
  John M. Devine  
  Interim Chief Executive Officer and President  
 
 

 

Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
I, James A. Yost, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dana Holding Corporation;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: February 24, 2011
 
 
/s/ James A. Yost  
  James A. Yost  
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
     

 

 
 
 
Exhibit 32
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
 
In connection with the Annual Report of Dana Holding Corporation (Dana) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), each of the undersigned officers of Dana certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to such officer's knowledge:
 
(1) 
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and

(2) 
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Dana as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.
 
Date: February 24, 2011
 
/s/ John M. Devine
   
 
 
John M. Devine
   
 
 
Interim Chief Executive Officer and President
   
 
 
         
/s/ James A. Yost        
James A. Yost        
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer